1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
3 @setfilename ../../info/eintr.info
4 @c setfilename emacs-lisp-intro.info
5 @c sethtmlfilename emacs-lisp-intro.html
6 @settitle Programming in Emacs Lisp
7 @documentencoding UTF-8
12 @include emacsver.texi
14 @c ================ How to Print a Book in Various Sizes ================
16 @c This book can be printed in any of three different sizes.
17 @c Set the following @-commands appropriately.
27 @c European A4 size paper:
32 @c (Note: if you edit the book so as to change the length of the
33 @c table of contents, you may have to change the value of `pageno' below.)
35 @c <<<< For hard copy printing, this file is now
36 @c set for smallbook, which works for all sizes
37 @c of paper, and with PostScript figures >>>>
45 @c ================ Included Figures ================
47 @c If you clear this, the figures will be printed as ASCII diagrams
48 @c rather than PostScript/PDF.
49 @c (This is not relevant to Info, since Info only handles ASCII.)
50 @set print-postscript-figures
51 @c clear print-postscript-figures
53 @comment %**end of header
55 @c per rms and peterb, use 10pt fonts for the main text, mostly to
56 @c save on paper cost.
57 @c Do this inside @tex for now, so current makeinfo does not complain.
63 \global\hbadness=6666 % don't worry about not-too-underfull boxes
66 @c These refer to the printed book sold by the FSF.
67 @set edition-number 3.10
68 @set update-date 28 October 2009
70 @c For next or subsequent edition:
71 @c create function using with-output-to-temp-buffer
72 @c create a major mode, with keymaps
73 @c run an asynchronous process, like grep or diff
75 @c For 8.5 by 11 inch format: do not use such a small amount of
76 @c whitespace between paragraphs as smallbook format
79 \global\parskip 6pt plus 1pt
83 @c For all sized formats: print within-book cross
84 @c reference with ``...'' rather than [...]
86 @c This works with the texinfo.tex file, version 2003-05-04.08,
87 @c in the Texinfo version 4.6 of the 2003 Jun 13 distribution.
90 \if \xrefprintnodename
91 \global\def\xrefprintnodename#1{\unskip, ``#1''}
93 \global\def\xrefprintnodename#1{ ``#1''}
95 % \global\def\xrefprintnodename#1{, ``#1''}
98 @c ----------------------------------------------------
100 @dircategory Emacs lisp
102 * Emacs Lisp Intro: (eintr). A simple introduction to Emacs Lisp programming.
106 This is an @cite{Introduction to Programming in Emacs Lisp}, for
107 people who are not programmers.
110 Edition @value{edition-number}, @value{update-date}
113 Distributed with Emacs version @value{EMACSVER}.
116 Copyright @copyright{} 1990--1995, 1997, 2001--2014 Free Software
123 GNU Press, @hfill @uref{http://www.fsf.org/licensing/gnu-press/}@*
124 a division of the @hfill email: @email{sales@@fsf.org}@*
125 Free Software Foundation, Inc. @hfill Tel: +1 (617) 542-5942@*
126 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor @hfill Fax: +1 (617) 542-2652@*
127 Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
131 Printed copies available from @uref{http://shop.fsf.org/}. Published by:
134 GNU Press, http://www.fsf.org/licensing/gnu-press/
135 a division of the email: sales@@fsf.org
136 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Tel: +1 (617) 542-5942
137 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor Fax: +1 (617) 542-2652
138 Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
146 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
147 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
148 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; there
149 being no Invariant Section, with the Front-Cover Texts being ``A GNU
150 Manual'', and with the Back-Cover Texts as in (a) below. A copy of
151 the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU Free
152 Documentation License''.
154 (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You have the freedom to
155 copy and modify this GNU manual. Buying copies from the FSF
156 supports it in developing GNU and promoting software freedom.''
160 @c half title; two lines here, so do not use `shorttitlepage'
163 \hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{An Introduction to}%
165 {\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 0.25in \chaprm%
166 \centerline{Programming in Emacs Lisp}%
167 \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page}
172 @center @titlefont{An Introduction to}
174 @center @titlefont{Programming in Emacs Lisp}
176 @center Revised Third Edition
178 @center by Robert J. Chassell
181 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
187 @evenheading @thispage @| @| @thischapter
188 @oddheading @thissection @| @| @thispage
192 @c Keep T.O.C. short by tightening up for largebook
195 \global\parskip 2pt plus 1pt
196 \global\advance\baselineskip by -1pt
206 @top An Introduction to Programming in Emacs Lisp
210 <p>The homepage for GNU Emacs is at
211 <a href="/software/emacs/">http://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/</a>.<br>
212 To view this manual in other formats, click
213 <a href="/software/emacs/manual/eintr.html">here</a>.
219 This master menu first lists each chapter and index; then it lists
220 every node in every chapter.
223 @c >>>> Set pageno appropriately <<<<
225 @c The first page of the Preface is a roman numeral; it is the first
226 @c right handed page after the Table of Contents; hence the following
227 @c setting must be for an odd negative number.
230 @c global@pageno = -11
233 @set COUNT-WORDS count-words-example
234 @c Length of variable name chosen so that things still line up when expanded.
237 * Preface:: What to look for.
238 * List Processing:: What is Lisp?
239 * Practicing Evaluation:: Running several programs.
240 * Writing Defuns:: How to write function definitions.
241 * Buffer Walk Through:: Exploring a few buffer-related functions.
242 * More Complex:: A few, even more complex functions.
243 * Narrowing & Widening:: Restricting your and Emacs attention to
245 * car cdr & cons:: Fundamental functions in Lisp.
246 * Cutting & Storing Text:: Removing text and saving it.
247 * List Implementation:: How lists are implemented in the computer.
248 * Yanking:: Pasting stored text.
249 * Loops & Recursion:: How to repeat a process.
250 * Regexp Search:: Regular expression searches.
251 * Counting Words:: A review of repetition and regexps.
252 * Words in a defun:: Counting words in a @code{defun}.
253 * Readying a Graph:: A prototype graph printing function.
254 * Emacs Initialization:: How to write a @file{.emacs} file.
255 * Debugging:: How to run the Emacs Lisp debuggers.
256 * Conclusion:: Now you have the basics.
257 * the-the:: An appendix: how to find reduplicated words.
258 * Kill Ring:: An appendix: how the kill ring works.
259 * Full Graph:: How to create a graph with labeled axes.
260 * Free Software and Free Manuals::
261 * GNU Free Documentation License::
266 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
270 * Why:: Why learn Emacs Lisp?
271 * On Reading this Text:: Read, gain familiarity, pick up habits....
272 * Who You Are:: For whom this is written.
274 * Note for Novices:: You can read this as a novice.
279 * Lisp Lists:: What are lists?
280 * Run a Program:: Any list in Lisp is a program ready to run.
281 * Making Errors:: Generating an error message.
282 * Names & Definitions:: Names of symbols and function definitions.
283 * Lisp Interpreter:: What the Lisp interpreter does.
284 * Evaluation:: Running a program.
285 * Variables:: Returning a value from a variable.
286 * Arguments:: Passing information to a function.
287 * set & setq:: Setting the value of a variable.
288 * Summary:: The major points.
289 * Error Message Exercises::
293 * Numbers Lists:: List have numbers, other lists, in them.
294 * Lisp Atoms:: Elemental entities.
295 * Whitespace in Lists:: Formatting lists to be readable.
296 * Typing Lists:: How GNU Emacs helps you type lists.
300 * Complications:: Variables, Special forms, Lists within.
301 * Byte Compiling:: Specially processing code for speed.
305 * How the Interpreter Acts:: Returns and Side Effects...
306 * Evaluating Inner Lists:: Lists within lists...
310 * fill-column Example::
311 * Void Function:: The error message for a symbol
313 * Void Variable:: The error message for a symbol without a value.
317 * Data types:: Types of data passed to a function.
318 * Args as Variable or List:: An argument can be the value
319 of a variable or list.
320 * Variable Number of Arguments:: Some functions may take a
321 variable number of arguments.
322 * Wrong Type of Argument:: Passing an argument of the wrong type
324 * message:: A useful function for sending messages.
326 Setting the Value of a Variable
328 * Using set:: Setting values.
329 * Using setq:: Setting a quoted value.
330 * Counting:: Using @code{setq} to count.
332 Practicing Evaluation
334 * How to Evaluate:: Typing editing commands or @kbd{C-x C-e}
336 * Buffer Names:: Buffers and files are different.
337 * Getting Buffers:: Getting a buffer itself, not merely its name.
338 * Switching Buffers:: How to change to another buffer.
339 * Buffer Size & Locations:: Where point is located and the size of
341 * Evaluation Exercise::
343 How To Write Function Definitions
345 * Primitive Functions::
346 * defun:: The @code{defun} macro.
347 * Install:: Install a function definition.
348 * Interactive:: Making a function interactive.
349 * Interactive Options:: Different options for @code{interactive}.
350 * Permanent Installation:: Installing code permanently.
351 * let:: Creating and initializing local variables.
353 * else:: If--then--else expressions.
354 * Truth & Falsehood:: What Lisp considers false and true.
355 * save-excursion:: Keeping track of point, mark, and buffer.
359 Install a Function Definition
361 * Effect of installation::
362 * Change a defun:: How to change a function definition.
364 Make a Function Interactive
366 * Interactive multiply-by-seven:: An overview.
367 * multiply-by-seven in detail:: The interactive version.
371 * Prevent confusion::
372 * Parts of let Expression::
373 * Sample let Expression::
374 * Uninitialized let Variables::
376 The @code{if} Special Form
378 * if in more detail::
379 * type-of-animal in detail:: An example of an @code{if} expression.
381 Truth and Falsehood in Emacs Lisp
383 * nil explained:: @code{nil} has two meanings.
385 @code{save-excursion}
387 * Point and mark:: A review of various locations.
388 * Template for save-excursion::
390 A Few Buffer--Related Functions
392 * Finding More:: How to find more information.
393 * simplified-beginning-of-buffer:: Shows @code{goto-char},
394 @code{point-min}, and @code{push-mark}.
395 * mark-whole-buffer:: Almost the same as @code{beginning-of-buffer}.
396 * append-to-buffer:: Uses @code{save-excursion} and
397 @code{insert-buffer-substring}.
398 * Buffer Related Review:: Review.
401 The Definition of @code{mark-whole-buffer}
403 * mark-whole-buffer overview::
404 * Body of mark-whole-buffer:: Only three lines of code.
406 The Definition of @code{append-to-buffer}
408 * append-to-buffer overview::
409 * append interactive:: A two part interactive expression.
410 * append-to-buffer body:: Incorporates a @code{let} expression.
411 * append save-excursion:: How the @code{save-excursion} works.
413 A Few More Complex Functions
415 * copy-to-buffer:: With @code{set-buffer}, @code{get-buffer-create}.
416 * insert-buffer:: Read-only, and with @code{or}.
417 * beginning-of-buffer:: Shows @code{goto-char},
418 @code{point-min}, and @code{push-mark}.
419 * Second Buffer Related Review::
420 * optional Exercise::
422 The Definition of @code{insert-buffer}
424 * insert-buffer code::
425 * insert-buffer interactive:: When you can read, but not write.
426 * insert-buffer body:: The body has an @code{or} and a @code{let}.
427 * if & or:: Using an @code{if} instead of an @code{or}.
428 * Insert or:: How the @code{or} expression works.
429 * Insert let:: Two @code{save-excursion} expressions.
430 * New insert-buffer::
432 The Interactive Expression in @code{insert-buffer}
434 * Read-only buffer:: When a buffer cannot be modified.
435 * b for interactive:: An existing buffer or else its name.
437 Complete Definition of @code{beginning-of-buffer}
439 * Optional Arguments::
440 * beginning-of-buffer opt arg:: Example with optional argument.
441 * beginning-of-buffer complete::
443 @code{beginning-of-buffer} with an Argument
445 * Disentangle beginning-of-buffer::
446 * Large buffer case::
447 * Small buffer case::
449 Narrowing and Widening
451 * Narrowing advantages:: The advantages of narrowing
452 * save-restriction:: The @code{save-restriction} special form.
453 * what-line:: The number of the line that point is on.
456 @code{car}, @code{cdr}, @code{cons}: Fundamental Functions
458 * Strange Names:: An historical aside: why the strange names?
459 * car & cdr:: Functions for extracting part of a list.
460 * cons:: Constructing a list.
461 * nthcdr:: Calling @code{cdr} repeatedly.
463 * setcar:: Changing the first element of a list.
464 * setcdr:: Changing the rest of a list.
470 * length:: How to find the length of a list.
472 Cutting and Storing Text
474 * Storing Text:: Text is stored in a list.
475 * zap-to-char:: Cutting out text up to a character.
476 * kill-region:: Cutting text out of a region.
477 * copy-region-as-kill:: A definition for copying text.
478 * Digression into C:: Minor note on C programming language macros.
479 * defvar:: How to give a variable an initial value.
480 * cons & search-fwd Review::
485 * Complete zap-to-char:: The complete implementation.
486 * zap-to-char interactive:: A three part interactive expression.
487 * zap-to-char body:: A short overview.
488 * search-forward:: How to search for a string.
489 * progn:: The @code{progn} special form.
490 * Summing up zap-to-char:: Using @code{point} and @code{search-forward}.
494 * Complete kill-region:: The function definition.
495 * condition-case:: Dealing with a problem.
498 @code{copy-region-as-kill}
500 * Complete copy-region-as-kill:: The complete function definition.
501 * copy-region-as-kill body:: The body of @code{copy-region-as-kill}.
503 The Body of @code{copy-region-as-kill}
505 * last-command & this-command::
506 * kill-append function::
507 * kill-new function::
509 Initializing a Variable with @code{defvar}
511 * See variable current value::
512 * defvar and asterisk::
514 How Lists are Implemented
517 * Symbols as Chest:: Exploring a powerful metaphor.
522 * Kill Ring Overview::
523 * kill-ring-yank-pointer:: The kill ring is a list.
524 * yank nthcdr Exercises:: The @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} variable.
528 * while:: Causing a stretch of code to repeat.
530 * Recursion:: Causing a function to call itself.
535 * Looping with while:: Repeat so long as test returns true.
536 * Loop Example:: A @code{while} loop that uses a list.
537 * print-elements-of-list:: Uses @code{while}, @code{car}, @code{cdr}.
538 * Incrementing Loop:: A loop with an incrementing counter.
539 * Incrementing Loop Details::
540 * Decrementing Loop:: A loop with a decrementing counter.
542 Details of an Incrementing Loop
544 * Incrementing Example:: Counting pebbles in a triangle.
545 * Inc Example parts:: The parts of the function definition.
546 * Inc Example altogether:: Putting the function definition together.
548 Loop with a Decrementing Counter
550 * Decrementing Example:: More pebbles on the beach.
551 * Dec Example parts:: The parts of the function definition.
552 * Dec Example altogether:: Putting the function definition together.
554 Save your time: @code{dolist} and @code{dotimes}
561 * Building Robots:: Same model, different serial number ...
562 * Recursive Definition Parts:: Walk until you stop ...
563 * Recursion with list:: Using a list as the test whether to recurse.
564 * Recursive triangle function::
565 * Recursion with cond::
566 * Recursive Patterns:: Often used templates.
567 * No Deferment:: Don't store up work ...
568 * No deferment solution::
570 Recursion in Place of a Counter
572 * Recursive Example arg of 1 or 2::
573 * Recursive Example arg of 3 or 4::
581 Regular Expression Searches
583 * sentence-end:: The regular expression for @code{sentence-end}.
584 * re-search-forward:: Very similar to @code{search-forward}.
585 * forward-sentence:: A straightforward example of regexp search.
586 * forward-paragraph:: A somewhat complex example.
587 * etags:: How to create your own @file{TAGS} table.
589 * re-search Exercises::
591 @code{forward-sentence}
593 * Complete forward-sentence::
594 * fwd-sentence while loops:: Two @code{while} loops.
595 * fwd-sentence re-search:: A regular expression search.
597 @code{forward-paragraph}: a Goldmine of Functions
599 * forward-paragraph in brief:: Key parts of the function definition.
600 * fwd-para let:: The @code{let*} expression.
601 * fwd-para while:: The forward motion @code{while} loop.
603 Counting: Repetition and Regexps
606 * @value{COUNT-WORDS}:: Use a regexp, but find a problem.
607 * recursive-count-words:: Start with case of no words in region.
608 * Counting Exercise::
610 The @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} Function
612 * Design @value{COUNT-WORDS}:: The definition using a @code{while} loop.
613 * Whitespace Bug:: The Whitespace Bug in @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}.
615 Counting Words in a @code{defun}
617 * Divide and Conquer::
618 * Words and Symbols:: What to count?
619 * Syntax:: What constitutes a word or symbol?
620 * count-words-in-defun:: Very like @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}.
621 * Several defuns:: Counting several defuns in a file.
622 * Find a File:: Do you want to look at a file?
623 * lengths-list-file:: A list of the lengths of many definitions.
624 * Several files:: Counting in definitions in different files.
625 * Several files recursively:: Recursively counting in different files.
626 * Prepare the data:: Prepare the data for display in a graph.
628 Count Words in @code{defuns} in Different Files
630 * lengths-list-many-files:: Return a list of the lengths of defuns.
631 * append:: Attach one list to another.
633 Prepare the Data for Display in a Graph
635 * Data for Display in Detail::
636 * Sorting:: Sorting lists.
637 * Files List:: Making a list of files.
638 * Counting function definitions::
642 * Columns of a graph::
643 * graph-body-print:: How to print the body of a graph.
644 * recursive-graph-body-print::
646 * Line Graph Exercise::
648 Your @file{.emacs} File
650 * Default Configuration::
651 * Site-wide Init:: You can write site-wide init files.
652 * defcustom:: Emacs will write code for you.
653 * Beginning init File:: How to write a @file{.emacs} init file.
654 * Text and Auto-fill:: Automatically wrap lines.
655 * Mail Aliases:: Use abbreviations for email addresses.
656 * Indent Tabs Mode:: Don't use tabs with @TeX{}
657 * Keybindings:: Create some personal keybindings.
658 * Keymaps:: More about key binding.
659 * Loading Files:: Load (i.e., evaluate) files automatically.
660 * Autoload:: Make functions available.
661 * Simple Extension:: Define a function; bind it to a key.
662 * X11 Colors:: Colors in X.
664 * Mode Line:: How to customize your mode line.
668 * debug:: How to use the built-in debugger.
669 * debug-on-entry:: Start debugging when you call a function.
670 * debug-on-quit:: Start debugging when you quit with @kbd{C-g}.
671 * edebug:: How to use Edebug, a source level debugger.
672 * Debugging Exercises::
674 Handling the Kill Ring
676 * What the Kill Ring Does::
678 * yank:: Paste a copy of a clipped element.
679 * yank-pop:: Insert element pointed to.
682 The @code{current-kill} Function
684 * Code for current-kill::
685 * Understanding current-kill::
687 @code{current-kill} in Outline
689 * Body of current-kill::
690 * Digression concerning error:: How to mislead humans, but not computers.
691 * Determining the Element::
693 A Graph with Labeled Axes
696 * print-graph Varlist:: @code{let} expression in @code{print-graph}.
697 * print-Y-axis:: Print a label for the vertical axis.
698 * print-X-axis:: Print a horizontal label.
699 * Print Whole Graph:: The function to print a complete graph.
701 The @code{print-Y-axis} Function
703 * print-Y-axis in Detail::
704 * Height of label:: What height for the Y axis?
705 * Compute a Remainder:: How to compute the remainder of a division.
706 * Y Axis Element:: Construct a line for the Y axis.
707 * Y-axis-column:: Generate a list of Y axis labels.
708 * print-Y-axis Penultimate:: A not quite final version.
710 The @code{print-X-axis} Function
712 * Similarities differences:: Much like @code{print-Y-axis}, but not exactly.
713 * X Axis Tic Marks:: Create tic marks for the horizontal axis.
715 Printing the Whole Graph
717 * The final version:: A few changes.
718 * Test print-graph:: Run a short test.
719 * Graphing words in defuns:: Executing the final code.
720 * lambda:: How to write an anonymous function.
721 * mapcar:: Apply a function to elements of a list.
722 * Another Bug:: Yet another bug @dots{} most insidious.
723 * Final printed graph:: The graph itself!
731 Most of the GNU Emacs integrated environment is written in the programming
732 language called Emacs Lisp. The code written in this programming
733 language is the software---the sets of instructions---that tell the
734 computer what to do when you give it commands. Emacs is designed so
735 that you can write new code in Emacs Lisp and easily install it as an
736 extension to the editor.
738 (GNU Emacs is sometimes called an ``extensible editor'', but it does
739 much more than provide editing capabilities. It is better to refer to
740 Emacs as an ``extensible computing environment''. However, that
741 phrase is quite a mouthful. It is easier to refer to Emacs simply as
742 an editor. Moreover, everything you do in Emacs---find the Mayan date
743 and phases of the moon, simplify polynomials, debug code, manage
744 files, read letters, write books---all these activities are kinds of
745 editing in the most general sense of the word.)
748 * Why:: Why learn Emacs Lisp?
749 * On Reading this Text:: Read, gain familiarity, pick up habits....
750 * Who You Are:: For whom this is written.
752 * Note for Novices:: You can read this as a novice.
758 @unnumberedsec Why Study Emacs Lisp?
761 Although Emacs Lisp is usually thought of in association only with Emacs,
762 it is a full computer programming language. You can use Emacs Lisp as
763 you would any other programming language.
765 Perhaps you want to understand programming; perhaps you want to extend
766 Emacs; or perhaps you want to become a programmer. This introduction to
767 Emacs Lisp is designed to get you started: to guide you in learning the
768 fundamentals of programming, and more importantly, to show you how you
769 can teach yourself to go further.
771 @node On Reading this Text
772 @unnumberedsec On Reading this Text
774 All through this document, you will see little sample programs you can
775 run inside of Emacs. If you read this document in Info inside of GNU
776 Emacs, you can run the programs as they appear. (This is easy to do and
777 is explained when the examples are presented.) Alternatively, you can
778 read this introduction as a printed book while sitting beside a computer
779 running Emacs. (This is what I like to do; I like printed books.) If
780 you don't have a running Emacs beside you, you can still read this book,
781 but in this case, it is best to treat it as a novel or as a travel guide
782 to a country not yet visited: interesting, but not the same as being
785 Much of this introduction is dedicated to walkthroughs or guided tours
786 of code used in GNU Emacs. These tours are designed for two purposes:
787 first, to give you familiarity with real, working code (code you use
788 every day); and, second, to give you familiarity with the way Emacs
789 works. It is interesting to see how a working environment is
792 hope that you will pick up the habit of browsing through source code.
793 You can learn from it and mine it for ideas. Having GNU Emacs is like
794 having a dragon's cave of treasures.
796 In addition to learning about Emacs as an editor and Emacs Lisp as a
797 programming language, the examples and guided tours will give you an
798 opportunity to get acquainted with Emacs as a Lisp programming
799 environment. GNU Emacs supports programming and provides tools that
800 you will want to become comfortable using, such as @kbd{M-.} (the key
801 which invokes the @code{find-tag} command). You will also learn about
802 buffers and other objects that are part of the environment.
803 Learning about these features of Emacs is like learning new routes
804 around your home town.
807 In addition, I have written several programs as extended examples.
808 Although these are examples, the programs are real. I use them.
809 Other people use them. You may use them. Beyond the fragments of
810 programs used for illustrations, there is very little in here that is
811 `just for teaching purposes'; what you see is used. This is a great
812 advantage of Emacs Lisp: it is easy to learn to use it for work.
815 Finally, I hope to convey some of the skills for using Emacs to
816 learn aspects of programming that you don't know. You can often use
817 Emacs to help you understand what puzzles you or to find out how to do
818 something new. This self-reliance is not only a pleasure, but an
822 @unnumberedsec For Whom This is Written
824 This text is written as an elementary introduction for people who are
825 not programmers. If you are a programmer, you may not be satisfied with
826 this primer. The reason is that you may have become expert at reading
827 reference manuals and be put off by the way this text is organized.
829 An expert programmer who reviewed this text said to me:
832 @i{I prefer to learn from reference manuals. I ``dive into'' each
833 paragraph, and ``come up for air'' between paragraphs.}
835 @i{When I get to the end of a paragraph, I assume that that subject is
836 done, finished, that I know everything I need (with the
837 possible exception of the case when the next paragraph starts talking
838 about it in more detail). I expect that a well written reference manual
839 will not have a lot of redundancy, and that it will have excellent
840 pointers to the (one) place where the information I want is.}
843 This introduction is not written for this person!
845 Firstly, I try to say everything at least three times: first, to
846 introduce it; second, to show it in context; and third, to show it in a
847 different context, or to review it.
849 Secondly, I hardly ever put all the information about a subject in one
850 place, much less in one paragraph. To my way of thinking, that imposes
851 too heavy a burden on the reader. Instead I try to explain only what
852 you need to know at the time. (Sometimes I include a little extra
853 information so you won't be surprised later when the additional
854 information is formally introduced.)
856 When you read this text, you are not expected to learn everything the
857 first time. Frequently, you need only make, as it were, a `nodding
858 acquaintance' with some of the items mentioned. My hope is that I have
859 structured the text and given you enough hints that you will be alert to
860 what is important, and concentrate on it.
862 You will need to ``dive into'' some paragraphs; there is no other way
863 to read them. But I have tried to keep down the number of such
864 paragraphs. This book is intended as an approachable hill, rather than
865 as a daunting mountain.
867 This introduction to @cite{Programming in Emacs Lisp} has a companion
870 @cite{The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.
873 @ref{Top, , The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual, elisp, The GNU
874 Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.
876 The reference manual has more detail than this introduction. In the
877 reference manual, all the information about one topic is concentrated
878 in one place. You should turn to it if you are like the programmer
879 quoted above. And, of course, after you have read this
880 @cite{Introduction}, you will find the @cite{Reference Manual} useful
881 when you are writing your own programs.
884 @unnumberedsec Lisp History
887 Lisp was first developed in the late 1950s at the Massachusetts
888 Institute of Technology for research in artificial intelligence. The
889 great power of the Lisp language makes it superior for other purposes as
890 well, such as writing editor commands and integrated environments.
894 GNU Emacs Lisp is largely inspired by Maclisp, which was written at MIT
895 in the 1960s. It is somewhat inspired by Common Lisp, which became a
896 standard in the 1980s. However, Emacs Lisp is much simpler than Common
897 Lisp. (The standard Emacs distribution contains an optional extensions
898 file, @file{cl.el}, that adds many Common Lisp features to Emacs Lisp.)
900 @node Note for Novices
901 @unnumberedsec A Note for Novices
903 If you don't know GNU Emacs, you can still read this document
904 profitably. However, I recommend you learn Emacs, if only to learn to
905 move around your computer screen. You can teach yourself how to use
906 Emacs with the built-in tutorial. To use it, type @kbd{C-h t}. (This
907 means you press and release the @key{CTRL} key and the @kbd{h} at the
908 same time, and then press and release @kbd{t}.)
910 Also, I often refer to one of Emacs's standard commands by listing the
911 keys which you press to invoke the command and then giving the name of
912 the command in parentheses, like this: @kbd{M-C-\}
913 (@code{indent-region}). What this means is that the
914 @code{indent-region} command is customarily invoked by typing
915 @kbd{M-C-\}. (You can, if you wish, change the keys that are typed to
916 invoke the command; this is called @dfn{rebinding}. @xref{Keymaps, ,
917 Keymaps}.) The abbreviation @kbd{M-C-\} means that you type your
918 @key{META} key, @key{CTRL} key and @key{\} key all at the same time.
919 (On many modern keyboards the @key{META} key is labeled
921 Sometimes a combination like this is called a keychord, since it is
922 similar to the way you play a chord on a piano. If your keyboard does
923 not have a @key{META} key, the @key{ESC} key prefix is used in place
924 of it. In this case, @kbd{M-C-\} means that you press and release your
925 @key{ESC} key and then type the @key{CTRL} key and the @key{\} key at
926 the same time. But usually @kbd{M-C-\} means press the @key{CTRL} key
927 along with the key that is labeled @key{ALT} and, at the same time,
928 press the @key{\} key.
930 In addition to typing a lone keychord, you can prefix what you type
931 with @kbd{C-u}, which is called the `universal argument'. The
932 @kbd{C-u} keychord passes an argument to the subsequent command.
933 Thus, to indent a region of plain text by 6 spaces, mark the region,
934 and then type @w{@kbd{C-u 6 M-C-\}}. (If you do not specify a number,
935 Emacs either passes the number 4 to the command or otherwise runs the
936 command differently than it would otherwise.) @xref{Arguments, ,
937 Numeric Arguments, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}.
939 If you are reading this in Info using GNU Emacs, you can read through
940 this whole document just by pressing the space bar, @key{SPC}.
941 (To learn about Info, type @kbd{C-h i} and then select Info.)
943 A note on terminology: when I use the word Lisp alone, I often am
944 referring to the various dialects of Lisp in general, but when I speak
945 of Emacs Lisp, I am referring to GNU Emacs Lisp in particular.
948 @unnumberedsec Thank You
950 My thanks to all who helped me with this book. My especial thanks to
951 @r{Jim Blandy}, @r{Noah Friedman}, @w{Jim Kingdon}, @r{Roland
952 McGrath}, @w{Frank Ritter}, @w{Randy Smith}, @w{Richard M.
953 Stallman}, and @w{Melissa Weisshaus}. My thanks also go to both
954 @w{Philip Johnson} and @w{David Stampe} for their patient
955 encouragement. My mistakes are my own.
967 @c ================ Beginning of main text ================
969 @c Start main text on right-hand (verso) page
972 \par\vfill\supereject
975 \par\vfill\supereject
977 \par\vfill\supereject
979 \par\vfill\supereject
983 @c Note: this resetting of the page number back to 1 causes TeX to gripe
984 @c about already having seen page numbers 1-4 before (in the preface):
985 @c pdfTeX warning (ext4): destination with the same identifier (name{1})
986 @c has been already used, duplicate ignored
987 @c I guess that is harmless (what happens if a later part of the text
988 @c makes a link to something in the first 4 pages though?).
989 @c E.g., note that the Emacs manual has a preface, but does not bother
990 @c resetting the page numbers back to 1 after that.
993 @evenheading @thispage @| @| @thischapter
994 @oddheading @thissection @| @| @thispage
998 @node List Processing
999 @chapter List Processing
1001 To the untutored eye, Lisp is a strange programming language. In Lisp
1002 code there are parentheses everywhere. Some people even claim that
1003 the name stands for `Lots of Isolated Silly Parentheses'. But the
1004 claim is unwarranted. Lisp stands for LISt Processing, and the
1005 programming language handles @emph{lists} (and lists of lists) by
1006 putting them between parentheses. The parentheses mark the boundaries
1007 of the list. Sometimes a list is preceded by a single apostrophe or
1008 quotation mark, @samp{'}@footnote{The single apostrophe or quotation
1009 mark is an abbreviation for the function @code{quote}; you need not
1010 think about functions now; functions are defined in @ref{Making
1011 Errors, , Generate an Error Message}.} Lists are the basis of Lisp.
1014 * Lisp Lists:: What are lists?
1015 * Run a Program:: Any list in Lisp is a program ready to run.
1016 * Making Errors:: Generating an error message.
1017 * Names & Definitions:: Names of symbols and function definitions.
1018 * Lisp Interpreter:: What the Lisp interpreter does.
1019 * Evaluation:: Running a program.
1020 * Variables:: Returning a value from a variable.
1021 * Arguments:: Passing information to a function.
1022 * set & setq:: Setting the value of a variable.
1023 * Summary:: The major points.
1024 * Error Message Exercises::
1031 In Lisp, a list looks like this: @code{'(rose violet daisy buttercup)}.
1032 This list is preceded by a single apostrophe. It could just as well be
1033 written as follows, which looks more like the kind of list you are likely
1034 to be familiar with:
1046 The elements of this list are the names of the four different flowers,
1047 separated from each other by whitespace and surrounded by parentheses,
1048 like flowers in a field with a stone wall around them.
1049 @cindex Flowers in a field
1052 * Numbers Lists:: List have numbers, other lists, in them.
1053 * Lisp Atoms:: Elemental entities.
1054 * Whitespace in Lists:: Formatting lists to be readable.
1055 * Typing Lists:: How GNU Emacs helps you type lists.
1060 @unnumberedsubsec Numbers, Lists inside of Lists
1063 Lists can also have numbers in them, as in this list: @code{(+ 2 2)}.
1064 This list has a plus-sign, @samp{+}, followed by two @samp{2}s, each
1065 separated by whitespace.
1067 In Lisp, both data and programs are represented the same way; that is,
1068 they are both lists of words, numbers, or other lists, separated by
1069 whitespace and surrounded by parentheses. (Since a program looks like
1070 data, one program may easily serve as data for another; this is a very
1071 powerful feature of Lisp.) (Incidentally, these two parenthetical
1072 remarks are @emph{not} Lisp lists, because they contain @samp{;} and
1073 @samp{.} as punctuation marks.)
1076 Here is another list, this time with a list inside of it:
1079 '(this list has (a list inside of it))
1082 The components of this list are the words @samp{this}, @samp{list},
1083 @samp{has}, and the list @samp{(a list inside of it)}. The interior
1084 list is made up of the words @samp{a}, @samp{list}, @samp{inside},
1085 @samp{of}, @samp{it}.
1088 @subsection Lisp Atoms
1091 In Lisp, what we have been calling words are called @dfn{atoms}. This
1092 term comes from the historical meaning of the word atom, which means
1093 `indivisible'. As far as Lisp is concerned, the words we have been
1094 using in the lists cannot be divided into any smaller parts and still
1095 mean the same thing as part of a program; likewise with numbers and
1096 single character symbols like @samp{+}. On the other hand, unlike an
1097 ancient atom, a list can be split into parts. (@xref{car cdr & cons,
1098 , @code{car} @code{cdr} & @code{cons} Fundamental Functions}.)
1100 In a list, atoms are separated from each other by whitespace. They can be
1101 right next to a parenthesis.
1103 @cindex @samp{empty list} defined
1104 Technically speaking, a list in Lisp consists of parentheses surrounding
1105 atoms separated by whitespace or surrounding other lists or surrounding
1106 both atoms and other lists. A list can have just one atom in it or
1107 have nothing in it at all. A list with nothing in it looks like this:
1108 @code{()}, and is called the @dfn{empty list}. Unlike anything else, an
1109 empty list is considered both an atom and a list at the same time.
1111 @cindex Symbolic expressions, introduced
1112 @cindex @samp{expression} defined
1113 @cindex @samp{form} defined
1114 The printed representation of both atoms and lists are called
1115 @dfn{symbolic expressions} or, more concisely, @dfn{s-expressions}.
1116 The word @dfn{expression} by itself can refer to either the printed
1117 representation, or to the atom or list as it is held internally in the
1118 computer. Often, people use the term @dfn{expression}
1119 indiscriminately. (Also, in many texts, the word @dfn{form} is used
1120 as a synonym for expression.)
1122 Incidentally, the atoms that make up our universe were named such when
1123 they were thought to be indivisible; but it has been found that physical
1124 atoms are not indivisible. Parts can split off an atom or it can
1125 fission into two parts of roughly equal size. Physical atoms were named
1126 prematurely, before their truer nature was found. In Lisp, certain
1127 kinds of atom, such as an array, can be separated into parts; but the
1128 mechanism for doing this is different from the mechanism for splitting a
1129 list. As far as list operations are concerned, the atoms of a list are
1132 As in English, the meanings of the component letters of a Lisp atom
1133 are different from the meaning the letters make as a word. For
1134 example, the word for the South American sloth, the @samp{ai}, is
1135 completely different from the two words, @samp{a}, and @samp{i}.
1137 There are many kinds of atom in nature but only a few in Lisp: for
1138 example, @dfn{numbers}, such as 37, 511, or 1729, and @dfn{symbols}, such
1139 as @samp{+}, @samp{foo}, or @samp{forward-line}. The words we have
1140 listed in the examples above are all symbols. In everyday Lisp
1141 conversation, the word ``atom'' is not often used, because programmers
1142 usually try to be more specific about what kind of atom they are dealing
1143 with. Lisp programming is mostly about symbols (and sometimes numbers)
1144 within lists. (Incidentally, the preceding three word parenthetical
1145 remark is a proper list in Lisp, since it consists of atoms, which in
1146 this case are symbols, separated by whitespace and enclosed by
1147 parentheses, without any non-Lisp punctuation.)
1150 Text between double quotation marks---even sentences or
1151 paragraphs---is also an atom. Here is an example:
1152 @cindex Text between double quotation marks
1155 '(this list includes "text between quotation marks.")
1158 @cindex @samp{string} defined
1160 In Lisp, all of the quoted text including the punctuation mark and the
1161 blank spaces is a single atom. This kind of atom is called a
1162 @dfn{string} (for `string of characters') and is the sort of thing that
1163 is used for messages that a computer can print for a human to read.
1164 Strings are a different kind of atom than numbers or symbols and are
1167 @node Whitespace in Lists
1168 @subsection Whitespace in Lists
1169 @cindex Whitespace in lists
1172 The amount of whitespace in a list does not matter. From the point of view
1173 of the Lisp language,
1184 is exactly the same as this:
1187 '(this list looks like this)
1190 Both examples show what to Lisp is the same list, the list made up of
1191 the symbols @samp{this}, @samp{list}, @samp{looks}, @samp{like}, and
1192 @samp{this} in that order.
1194 Extra whitespace and newlines are designed to make a list more readable
1195 by humans. When Lisp reads the expression, it gets rid of all the extra
1196 whitespace (but it needs to have at least one space between atoms in
1197 order to tell them apart.)
1199 Odd as it seems, the examples we have seen cover almost all of what Lisp
1200 lists look like! Every other list in Lisp looks more or less like one
1201 of these examples, except that the list may be longer and more complex.
1202 In brief, a list is between parentheses, a string is between quotation
1203 marks, a symbol looks like a word, and a number looks like a number.
1204 (For certain situations, square brackets, dots and a few other special
1205 characters may be used; however, we will go quite far without them.)
1208 @subsection GNU Emacs Helps You Type Lists
1209 @cindex Help typing lists
1210 @cindex Formatting help
1212 When you type a Lisp expression in GNU Emacs using either Lisp
1213 Interaction mode or Emacs Lisp mode, you have available to you several
1214 commands to format the Lisp expression so it is easy to read. For
1215 example, pressing the @key{TAB} key automatically indents the line the
1216 cursor is on by the right amount. A command to properly indent the
1217 code in a region is customarily bound to @kbd{M-C-\}. Indentation is
1218 designed so that you can see which elements of a list belong to which
1219 list---elements of a sub-list are indented more than the elements of
1222 In addition, when you type a closing parenthesis, Emacs momentarily
1223 jumps the cursor back to the matching opening parenthesis, so you can
1224 see which one it is. This is very useful, since every list you type
1225 in Lisp must have its closing parenthesis match its opening
1226 parenthesis. (@xref{Major Modes, , Major Modes, emacs, The GNU Emacs
1227 Manual}, for more information about Emacs's modes.)
1230 @section Run a Program
1231 @cindex Run a program
1232 @cindex Program, running one
1234 @cindex @samp{evaluate} defined
1235 A list in Lisp---any list---is a program ready to run. If you run it
1236 (for which the Lisp jargon is @dfn{evaluate}), the computer will do one
1237 of three things: do nothing except return to you the list itself; send
1238 you an error message; or, treat the first symbol in the list as a
1239 command to do something. (Usually, of course, it is the last of these
1240 three things that you really want!)
1242 @c use code for the single apostrophe, not samp.
1243 The single apostrophe, @code{'}, that I put in front of some of the
1244 example lists in preceding sections is called a @dfn{quote}; when it
1245 precedes a list, it tells Lisp to do nothing with the list, other than
1246 take it as it is written. But if there is no quote preceding a list,
1247 the first item of the list is special: it is a command for the computer
1248 to obey. (In Lisp, these commands are called @emph{functions}.) The list
1249 @code{(+ 2 2)} shown above did not have a quote in front of it, so Lisp
1250 understands that the @code{+} is an instruction to do something with the
1251 rest of the list: add the numbers that follow.
1254 If you are reading this inside of GNU Emacs in Info, here is how you can
1255 evaluate such a list: place your cursor immediately after the right
1256 hand parenthesis of the following list and then type @kbd{C-x C-e}:
1262 @c use code for the number four, not samp.
1264 You will see the number @code{4} appear in the echo area. (In the
1265 jargon, what you have just done is ``evaluate the list.'' The echo area
1266 is the line at the bottom of the screen that displays or ``echoes''
1267 text.) Now try the same thing with a quoted list: place the cursor
1268 right after the following list and type @kbd{C-x C-e}:
1271 '(this is a quoted list)
1275 You will see @code{(this is a quoted list)} appear in the echo area.
1277 @cindex Lisp interpreter, explained
1278 @cindex Interpreter, Lisp, explained
1279 In both cases, what you are doing is giving a command to the program
1280 inside of GNU Emacs called the @dfn{Lisp interpreter}---giving the
1281 interpreter a command to evaluate the expression. The name of the Lisp
1282 interpreter comes from the word for the task done by a human who comes
1283 up with the meaning of an expression---who ``interprets'' it.
1285 You can also evaluate an atom that is not part of a list---one that is
1286 not surrounded by parentheses; again, the Lisp interpreter translates
1287 from the humanly readable expression to the language of the computer.
1288 But before discussing this (@pxref{Variables}), we will discuss what the
1289 Lisp interpreter does when you make an error.
1292 @section Generate an Error Message
1293 @cindex Generate an error message
1294 @cindex Error message generation
1296 Partly so you won't worry if you do it accidentally, we will now give
1297 a command to the Lisp interpreter that generates an error message.
1298 This is a harmless activity; and indeed, we will often try to generate
1299 error messages intentionally. Once you understand the jargon, error
1300 messages can be informative. Instead of being called ``error''
1301 messages, they should be called ``help'' messages. They are like
1302 signposts to a traveler in a strange country; deciphering them can be
1303 hard, but once understood, they can point the way.
1305 The error message is generated by a built-in GNU Emacs debugger. We
1306 will `enter the debugger'. You get out of the debugger by typing @code{q}.
1308 What we will do is evaluate a list that is not quoted and does not
1309 have a meaningful command as its first element. Here is a list almost
1310 exactly the same as the one we just used, but without the single-quote
1311 in front of it. Position the cursor right after it and type @kbd{C-x
1315 (this is an unquoted list)
1320 What you see depends on which version of Emacs you are running. GNU
1321 Emacs version 22 provides more information than version 20 and before.
1322 First, the more recent result of generating an error; then the
1323 earlier, version 20 result.
1327 In GNU Emacs version 22, a @file{*Backtrace*} window will open up and
1328 you will see the following in it:
1331 A @file{*Backtrace*} window will open up and you should see the
1336 ---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
1337 Debugger entered--Lisp error: (void-function this)
1338 (this is an unquoted list)
1339 eval((this is an unquoted list))
1340 eval-last-sexp-1(nil)
1342 call-interactively(eval-last-sexp)
1343 ---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
1349 Your cursor will be in this window (you may have to wait a few seconds
1350 before it becomes visible). To quit the debugger and make the
1351 debugger window go away, type:
1358 Please type @kbd{q} right now, so you become confident that you can
1359 get out of the debugger. Then, type @kbd{C-x C-e} again to re-enter
1362 @cindex @samp{function} defined
1363 Based on what we already know, we can almost read this error message.
1365 You read the @file{*Backtrace*} buffer from the bottom up; it tells
1366 you what Emacs did. When you typed @kbd{C-x C-e}, you made an
1367 interactive call to the command @code{eval-last-sexp}. @code{eval} is
1368 an abbreviation for `evaluate' and @code{sexp} is an abbreviation for
1369 `symbolic expression'. The command means `evaluate last symbolic
1370 expression', which is the expression just before your cursor.
1372 Each line above tells you what the Lisp interpreter evaluated next.
1373 The most recent action is at the top. The buffer is called the
1374 @file{*Backtrace*} buffer because it enables you to track Emacs
1378 At the top of the @file{*Backtrace*} buffer, you see the line:
1381 Debugger entered--Lisp error: (void-function this)
1385 The Lisp interpreter tried to evaluate the first atom of the list, the
1386 word @samp{this}. It is this action that generated the error message
1387 @samp{void-function this}.
1389 The message contains the words @samp{void-function} and @samp{this}.
1391 @cindex @samp{function} defined
1392 The word @samp{function} was mentioned once before. It is a very
1393 important word. For our purposes, we can define it by saying that a
1394 @dfn{function} is a set of instructions to the computer that tell the
1395 computer to do something.
1397 Now we can begin to understand the error message: @samp{void-function
1398 this}. The function (that is, the word @samp{this}) does not have a
1399 definition of any set of instructions for the computer to carry out.
1401 The slightly odd word, @samp{void-function}, is designed to cover the
1402 way Emacs Lisp is implemented, which is that when a symbol does not
1403 have a function definition attached to it, the place that should
1404 contain the instructions is `void'.
1406 On the other hand, since we were able to add 2 plus 2 successfully, by
1407 evaluating @code{(+ 2 2)}, we can infer that the symbol @code{+} must
1408 have a set of instructions for the computer to obey and those
1409 instructions must be to add the numbers that follow the @code{+}.
1411 It is possible to prevent Emacs entering the debugger in cases like
1412 this. We do not explain how to do that here, but we will mention what
1413 the result looks like, because you may encounter a similar situation
1414 if there is a bug in some Emacs code that you are using. In such
1415 cases, you will see only one line of error message; it will appear in
1416 the echo area and look like this:
1419 Symbol's function definition is void:@: this
1424 (Also, your terminal may beep at you---some do, some don't; and others
1425 blink. This is just a device to get your attention.)
1427 The message goes away as soon as you type a key, even just to
1430 We know the meaning of the word @samp{Symbol}. It refers to the first
1431 atom of the list, the word @samp{this}. The word @samp{function}
1432 refers to the instructions that tell the computer what to do.
1433 (Technically, the symbol tells the computer where to find the
1434 instructions, but this is a complication we can ignore for the
1437 The error message can be understood: @samp{Symbol's function
1438 definition is void:@: this}. The symbol (that is, the word
1439 @samp{this}) lacks instructions for the computer to carry out.
1441 @node Names & Definitions
1442 @section Symbol Names and Function Definitions
1443 @cindex Symbol names
1445 We can articulate another characteristic of Lisp based on what we have
1446 discussed so far---an important characteristic: a symbol, like
1447 @code{+}, is not itself the set of instructions for the computer to
1448 carry out. Instead, the symbol is used, perhaps temporarily, as a way
1449 of locating the definition or set of instructions. What we see is the
1450 name through which the instructions can be found. Names of people
1451 work the same way. I can be referred to as @samp{Bob}; however, I am
1452 not the letters @samp{B}, @samp{o}, @samp{b} but am, or was, the
1453 consciousness consistently associated with a particular life-form.
1454 The name is not me, but it can be used to refer to me.
1456 In Lisp, one set of instructions can be attached to several names.
1457 For example, the computer instructions for adding numbers can be
1458 linked to the symbol @code{plus} as well as to the symbol @code{+}
1459 (and are in some dialects of Lisp). Among humans, I can be referred
1460 to as @samp{Robert} as well as @samp{Bob} and by other words as well.
1462 On the other hand, a symbol can have only one function definition
1463 attached to it at a time. Otherwise, the computer would be confused as
1464 to which definition to use. If this were the case among people, only
1465 one person in the world could be named @samp{Bob}. However, the function
1466 definition to which the name refers can be changed readily.
1467 (@xref{Install, , Install a Function Definition}.)
1469 Since Emacs Lisp is large, it is customary to name symbols in a way
1470 that identifies the part of Emacs to which the function belongs.
1471 Thus, all the names for functions that deal with Texinfo start with
1472 @samp{texinfo-} and those for functions that deal with reading mail
1473 start with @samp{rmail-}.
1475 @node Lisp Interpreter
1476 @section The Lisp Interpreter
1477 @cindex Lisp interpreter, what it does
1478 @cindex Interpreter, what it does
1480 Based on what we have seen, we can now start to figure out what the
1481 Lisp interpreter does when we command it to evaluate a list.
1482 First, it looks to see whether there is a quote before the list; if
1483 there is, the interpreter just gives us the list. On the other
1484 hand, if there is no quote, the interpreter looks at the first element
1485 in the list and sees whether it has a function definition. If it does,
1486 the interpreter carries out the instructions in the function definition.
1487 Otherwise, the interpreter prints an error message.
1489 This is how Lisp works. Simple. There are added complications which we
1490 will get to in a minute, but these are the fundamentals. Of course, to
1491 write Lisp programs, you need to know how to write function definitions
1492 and attach them to names, and how to do this without confusing either
1493 yourself or the computer.
1496 * Complications:: Variables, Special forms, Lists within.
1497 * Byte Compiling:: Specially processing code for speed.
1502 @unnumberedsubsec Complications
1505 Now, for the first complication. In addition to lists, the Lisp
1506 interpreter can evaluate a symbol that is not quoted and does not have
1507 parentheses around it. The Lisp interpreter will attempt to determine
1508 the symbol's value as a @dfn{variable}. This situation is described
1509 in the section on variables. (@xref{Variables}.)
1511 @cindex Special form
1512 The second complication occurs because some functions are unusual and
1513 do not work in the usual manner. Those that don't are called
1514 @dfn{special forms}. They are used for special jobs, like defining a
1515 function, and there are not many of them. In the next few chapters,
1516 you will be introduced to several of the more important special forms.
1518 As well as special forms, there are also @dfn{macros}. A macro
1519 is a construct defined in Lisp, which differs from a function in that it
1520 translates a Lisp expression into another expression that is to be
1521 evaluated in place of the original expression. (@xref{Lisp macro}.)
1523 For the purposes of this introduction, you do not need to worry too much
1524 about whether something is a special form, macro, or ordinary function.
1525 For example, @code{if} is a special form (@pxref{if}), but @code{when}
1526 is a macro (@pxref{Lisp macro}). In earlier versions of Emacs,
1527 @code{defun} was a special form, but now it is a macro (@pxref{defun}).
1528 It still behaves in the same way.
1530 The final complication is this: if the function that the
1531 Lisp interpreter is looking at is not a special form, and if it is part
1532 of a list, the Lisp interpreter looks to see whether the list has a list
1533 inside of it. If there is an inner list, the Lisp interpreter first
1534 figures out what it should do with the inside list, and then it works on
1535 the outside list. If there is yet another list embedded inside the
1536 inner list, it works on that one first, and so on. It always works on
1537 the innermost list first. The interpreter works on the innermost list
1538 first, to evaluate the result of that list. The result may be
1539 used by the enclosing expression.
1541 Otherwise, the interpreter works left to right, from one expression to
1544 @node Byte Compiling
1545 @subsection Byte Compiling
1546 @cindex Byte compiling
1548 One other aspect of interpreting: the Lisp interpreter is able to
1549 interpret two kinds of entity: humanly readable code, on which we will
1550 focus exclusively, and specially processed code, called @dfn{byte
1551 compiled} code, which is not humanly readable. Byte compiled code
1552 runs faster than humanly readable code.
1554 You can transform humanly readable code into byte compiled code by
1555 running one of the compile commands such as @code{byte-compile-file}.
1556 Byte compiled code is usually stored in a file that ends with a
1557 @file{.elc} extension rather than a @file{.el} extension. You will
1558 see both kinds of file in the @file{emacs/lisp} directory; the files
1559 to read are those with @file{.el} extensions.
1561 As a practical matter, for most things you might do to customize or
1562 extend Emacs, you do not need to byte compile; and I will not discuss
1563 the topic here. @xref{Byte Compilation, , Byte Compilation, elisp,
1564 The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, for a full description of byte
1571 When the Lisp interpreter works on an expression, the term for the
1572 activity is called @dfn{evaluation}. We say that the interpreter
1573 `evaluates the expression'. I've used this term several times before.
1574 The word comes from its use in everyday language, `to ascertain the
1575 value or amount of; to appraise', according to @cite{Webster's New
1576 Collegiate Dictionary}.
1579 * How the Interpreter Acts:: Returns and Side Effects...
1580 * Evaluating Inner Lists:: Lists within lists...
1584 @node How the Interpreter Acts
1585 @unnumberedsubsec How the Lisp Interpreter Acts
1588 @cindex @samp{returned value} explained
1589 After evaluating an expression, the Lisp interpreter will most likely
1590 @dfn{return} the value that the computer produces by carrying out the
1591 instructions it found in the function definition, or perhaps it will
1592 give up on that function and produce an error message. (The interpreter
1593 may also find itself tossed, so to speak, to a different function or it
1594 may attempt to repeat continually what it is doing for ever and ever in
1595 what is called an `infinite loop'. These actions are less common; and
1596 we can ignore them.) Most frequently, the interpreter returns a value.
1598 @cindex @samp{side effect} defined
1599 At the same time the interpreter returns a value, it may do something
1600 else as well, such as move a cursor or copy a file; this other kind of
1601 action is called a @dfn{side effect}. Actions that we humans think are
1602 important, such as printing results, are often ``side effects'' to the
1603 Lisp interpreter. The jargon can sound peculiar, but it turns out that
1604 it is fairly easy to learn to use side effects.
1606 In summary, evaluating a symbolic expression most commonly causes the
1607 Lisp interpreter to return a value and perhaps carry out a side effect;
1608 or else produce an error.
1610 @node Evaluating Inner Lists
1611 @subsection Evaluating Inner Lists
1612 @cindex Inner list evaluation
1613 @cindex Evaluating inner lists
1615 If evaluation applies to a list that is inside another list, the outer
1616 list may use the value returned by the first evaluation as information
1617 when the outer list is evaluated. This explains why inner expressions
1618 are evaluated first: the values they return are used by the outer
1622 We can investigate this process by evaluating another addition example.
1623 Place your cursor after the following expression and type @kbd{C-x C-e}:
1630 The number 8 will appear in the echo area.
1632 What happens is that the Lisp interpreter first evaluates the inner
1633 expression, @code{(+ 3 3)}, for which the value 6 is returned; then it
1634 evaluates the outer expression as if it were written @code{(+ 2 6)}, which
1635 returns the value 8. Since there are no more enclosing expressions to
1636 evaluate, the interpreter prints that value in the echo area.
1638 Now it is easy to understand the name of the command invoked by the
1639 keystrokes @kbd{C-x C-e}: the name is @code{eval-last-sexp}. The
1640 letters @code{sexp} are an abbreviation for `symbolic expression', and
1641 @code{eval} is an abbreviation for `evaluate'. The command means
1642 `evaluate last symbolic expression'.
1644 As an experiment, you can try evaluating the expression by putting the
1645 cursor at the beginning of the next line immediately following the
1646 expression, or inside the expression.
1649 Here is another copy of the expression:
1656 If you place the cursor at the beginning of the blank line that
1657 immediately follows the expression and type @kbd{C-x C-e}, you will
1658 still get the value 8 printed in the echo area. Now try putting the
1659 cursor inside the expression. If you put it right after the next to
1660 last parenthesis (so it appears to sit on top of the last parenthesis),
1661 you will get a 6 printed in the echo area! This is because the command
1662 evaluates the expression @code{(+ 3 3)}.
1664 Now put the cursor immediately after a number. Type @kbd{C-x C-e} and
1665 you will get the number itself. In Lisp, if you evaluate a number, you
1666 get the number itself---this is how numbers differ from symbols. If you
1667 evaluate a list starting with a symbol like @code{+}, you will get a
1668 value returned that is the result of the computer carrying out the
1669 instructions in the function definition attached to that name. If a
1670 symbol by itself is evaluated, something different happens, as we will
1671 see in the next section.
1677 In Emacs Lisp, a symbol can have a value attached to it just as it can
1678 have a function definition attached to it. The two are different.
1679 The function definition is a set of instructions that a computer will
1680 obey. A value, on the other hand, is something, such as number or a
1681 name, that can vary (which is why such a symbol is called a variable).
1682 The value of a symbol can be any expression in Lisp, such as a symbol,
1683 number, list, or string. A symbol that has a value is often called a
1686 A symbol can have both a function definition and a value attached to
1687 it at the same time. Or it can have just one or the other.
1688 The two are separate. This is somewhat similar
1689 to the way the name Cambridge can refer to the city in Massachusetts
1690 and have some information attached to the name as well, such as
1691 ``great programming center''.
1694 (Incidentally, in Emacs Lisp, a symbol can have two
1695 other things attached to it, too: a property list and a documentation
1696 string; these are discussed later.)
1699 Another way to think about this is to imagine a symbol as being a chest
1700 of drawers. The function definition is put in one drawer, the value in
1701 another, and so on. What is put in the drawer holding the value can be
1702 changed without affecting the contents of the drawer holding the
1703 function definition, and vice versa.
1706 * fill-column Example::
1707 * Void Function:: The error message for a symbol
1709 * Void Variable:: The error message for a symbol without a value.
1713 @node fill-column Example
1714 @unnumberedsubsec @code{fill-column}, an Example Variable
1717 @findex fill-column, @r{an example variable}
1718 @cindex Example variable, @code{fill-column}
1719 @cindex Variable, example of, @code{fill-column}
1720 The variable @code{fill-column} illustrates a symbol with a value
1721 attached to it: in every GNU Emacs buffer, this symbol is set to some
1722 value, usually 72 or 70, but sometimes to some other value. To find the
1723 value of this symbol, evaluate it by itself. If you are reading this in
1724 Info inside of GNU Emacs, you can do this by putting the cursor after
1725 the symbol and typing @kbd{C-x C-e}:
1732 After I typed @kbd{C-x C-e}, Emacs printed the number 72 in my echo
1733 area. This is the value for which @code{fill-column} is set for me as I
1734 write this. It may be different for you in your Info buffer. Notice
1735 that the value returned as a variable is printed in exactly the same way
1736 as the value returned by a function carrying out its instructions. From
1737 the point of view of the Lisp interpreter, a value returned is a value
1738 returned. What kind of expression it came from ceases to matter once
1741 A symbol can have any value attached to it or, to use the jargon, we can
1742 @dfn{bind} the variable to a value: to a number, such as 72; to a
1743 string, @code{"such as this"}; to a list, such as @code{(spruce pine
1744 oak)}; we can even bind a variable to a function definition.
1746 A symbol can be bound to a value in several ways. @xref{set & setq, ,
1747 Setting the Value of a Variable}, for information about one way to do
1751 @subsection Error Message for a Symbol Without a Function
1752 @cindex Symbol without function error
1753 @cindex Error for symbol without function
1755 When we evaluated @code{fill-column} to find its value as a variable,
1756 we did not place parentheses around the word. This is because we did
1757 not intend to use it as a function name.
1759 If @code{fill-column} were the first or only element of a list, the
1760 Lisp interpreter would attempt to find the function definition
1761 attached to it. But @code{fill-column} has no function definition.
1762 Try evaluating this:
1770 You will create a @file{*Backtrace*} buffer that says:
1774 ---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
1775 Debugger entered--Lisp error: (void-function fill-column)
1778 eval-last-sexp-1(nil)
1780 call-interactively(eval-last-sexp)
1781 ---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
1786 (Remember, to quit the debugger and make the debugger window go away,
1787 type @kbd{q} in the @file{*Backtrace*} buffer.)
1791 In GNU Emacs 20 and before, you will produce an error message that says:
1794 Symbol's function definition is void:@: fill-column
1798 (The message will go away as soon as you move the cursor or type
1803 @subsection Error Message for a Symbol Without a Value
1804 @cindex Symbol without value error
1805 @cindex Error for symbol without value
1807 If you attempt to evaluate a symbol that does not have a value bound to
1808 it, you will receive an error message. You can see this by
1809 experimenting with our 2 plus 2 addition. In the following expression,
1810 put your cursor right after the @code{+}, before the first number 2,
1819 In GNU Emacs 22, you will create a @file{*Backtrace*} buffer that
1824 ---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
1825 Debugger entered--Lisp error: (void-variable +)
1827 eval-last-sexp-1(nil)
1829 call-interactively(eval-last-sexp)
1830 ---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
1835 (Again, you can quit the debugger by
1836 typing @kbd{q} in the @file{*Backtrace*} buffer.)
1838 This backtrace is different from the very first error message we saw,
1839 which said, @samp{Debugger entered--Lisp error: (void-function this)}.
1840 In this case, the function does not have a value as a variable; while
1841 in the other error message, the function (the word `this') did not
1844 In this experiment with the @code{+}, what we did was cause the Lisp
1845 interpreter to evaluate the @code{+} and look for the value of the
1846 variable instead of the function definition. We did this by placing the
1847 cursor right after the symbol rather than after the parenthesis of the
1848 enclosing list as we did before. As a consequence, the Lisp interpreter
1849 evaluated the preceding s-expression, which in this case was
1852 Since @code{+} does not have a value bound to it, just the function
1853 definition, the error message reported that the symbol's value as a
1858 In GNU Emacs version 20 and before, your error message will say:
1861 Symbol's value as variable is void:@: +
1865 The meaning is the same as in GNU Emacs 22.
1871 @cindex Passing information to functions
1873 To see how information is passed to functions, let's look again at
1874 our old standby, the addition of two plus two. In Lisp, this is written
1881 If you evaluate this expression, the number 4 will appear in your echo
1882 area. What the Lisp interpreter does is add the numbers that follow
1885 @cindex @samp{argument} defined
1886 The numbers added by @code{+} are called the @dfn{arguments} of the
1887 function @code{+}. These numbers are the information that is given to
1888 or @dfn{passed} to the function.
1890 The word `argument' comes from the way it is used in mathematics and
1891 does not refer to a disputation between two people; instead it refers to
1892 the information presented to the function, in this case, to the
1893 @code{+}. In Lisp, the arguments to a function are the atoms or lists
1894 that follow the function. The values returned by the evaluation of
1895 these atoms or lists are passed to the function. Different functions
1896 require different numbers of arguments; some functions require none at
1897 all.@footnote{It is curious to track the path by which the word `argument'
1898 came to have two different meanings, one in mathematics and the other in
1899 everyday English. According to the @cite{Oxford English Dictionary},
1900 the word derives from the Latin for @samp{to make clear, prove}; thus it
1901 came to mean, by one thread of derivation, `the evidence offered as
1902 proof', which is to say, `the information offered', which led to its
1903 meaning in Lisp. But in the other thread of derivation, it came to mean
1904 `to assert in a manner against which others may make counter
1905 assertions', which led to the meaning of the word as a disputation.
1906 (Note here that the English word has two different definitions attached
1907 to it at the same time. By contrast, in Emacs Lisp, a symbol cannot
1908 have two different function definitions at the same time.)}
1911 * Data types:: Types of data passed to a function.
1912 * Args as Variable or List:: An argument can be the value
1913 of a variable or list.
1914 * Variable Number of Arguments:: Some functions may take a
1915 variable number of arguments.
1916 * Wrong Type of Argument:: Passing an argument of the wrong type
1918 * message:: A useful function for sending messages.
1922 @subsection Arguments' Data Types
1924 @cindex Types of data
1925 @cindex Arguments' data types
1927 The type of data that should be passed to a function depends on what
1928 kind of information it uses. The arguments to a function such as
1929 @code{+} must have values that are numbers, since @code{+} adds numbers.
1930 Other functions use different kinds of data for their arguments.
1934 For example, the @code{concat} function links together or unites two or
1935 more strings of text to produce a string. The arguments are strings.
1936 Concatenating the two character strings @code{abc}, @code{def} produces
1937 the single string @code{abcdef}. This can be seen by evaluating the
1941 (concat "abc" "def")
1945 The value produced by evaluating this expression is @code{"abcdef"}.
1947 A function such as @code{substring} uses both a string and numbers as
1948 arguments. The function returns a part of the string, a substring of
1949 the first argument. This function takes three arguments. Its first
1950 argument is the string of characters, the second and third arguments are
1951 numbers that indicate the beginning and end of the substring. The
1952 numbers are a count of the number of characters (including spaces and
1953 punctuation) from the beginning of the string.
1956 For example, if you evaluate the following:
1959 (substring "The quick brown fox jumped." 16 19)
1963 you will see @code{"fox"} appear in the echo area. The arguments are the
1964 string and the two numbers.
1966 Note that the string passed to @code{substring} is a single atom even
1967 though it is made up of several words separated by spaces. Lisp counts
1968 everything between the two quotation marks as part of the string,
1969 including the spaces. You can think of the @code{substring} function as
1970 a kind of `atom smasher' since it takes an otherwise indivisible atom
1971 and extracts a part. However, @code{substring} is only able to extract
1972 a substring from an argument that is a string, not from another type of
1973 atom such as a number or symbol.
1975 @node Args as Variable or List
1976 @subsection An Argument as the Value of a Variable or List
1978 An argument can be a symbol that returns a value when it is evaluated.
1979 For example, when the symbol @code{fill-column} by itself is evaluated,
1980 it returns a number. This number can be used in an addition.
1983 Position the cursor after the following expression and type @kbd{C-x
1991 The value will be a number two more than what you get by evaluating
1992 @code{fill-column} alone. For me, this is 74, because my value of
1993 @code{fill-column} is 72.
1995 As we have just seen, an argument can be a symbol that returns a value
1996 when evaluated. In addition, an argument can be a list that returns a
1997 value when it is evaluated. For example, in the following expression,
1998 the arguments to the function @code{concat} are the strings
1999 @w{@code{"The "}} and @w{@code{" red foxes."}} and the list
2000 @code{(number-to-string (+ 2 fill-column))}.
2002 @c For GNU Emacs 22, need number-to-string
2004 (concat "The " (number-to-string (+ 2 fill-column)) " red foxes.")
2008 If you evaluate this expression---and if, as with my Emacs,
2009 @code{fill-column} evaluates to 72---@code{"The 74 red foxes."} will
2010 appear in the echo area. (Note that you must put spaces after the
2011 word @samp{The} and before the word @samp{red} so they will appear in
2012 the final string. The function @code{number-to-string} converts the
2013 integer that the addition function returns to a string.
2014 @code{number-to-string} is also known as @code{int-to-string}.)
2016 @node Variable Number of Arguments
2017 @subsection Variable Number of Arguments
2018 @cindex Variable number of arguments
2019 @cindex Arguments, variable number of
2021 Some functions, such as @code{concat}, @code{+} or @code{*}, take any
2022 number of arguments. (The @code{*} is the symbol for multiplication.)
2023 This can be seen by evaluating each of the following expressions in
2024 the usual way. What you will see in the echo area is printed in this
2025 text after @samp{@result{}}, which you may read as `evaluates to'.
2028 In the first set, the functions have no arguments:
2039 In this set, the functions have one argument each:
2050 In this set, the functions have three arguments each:
2054 (+ 3 4 5) @result{} 12
2056 (* 3 4 5) @result{} 60
2060 @node Wrong Type of Argument
2061 @subsection Using the Wrong Type Object as an Argument
2062 @cindex Wrong type of argument
2063 @cindex Argument, wrong type of
2065 When a function is passed an argument of the wrong type, the Lisp
2066 interpreter produces an error message. For example, the @code{+}
2067 function expects the values of its arguments to be numbers. As an
2068 experiment we can pass it the quoted symbol @code{hello} instead of a
2069 number. Position the cursor after the following expression and type
2077 When you do this you will generate an error message. What has happened
2078 is that @code{+} has tried to add the 2 to the value returned by
2079 @code{'hello}, but the value returned by @code{'hello} is the symbol
2080 @code{hello}, not a number. Only numbers can be added. So @code{+}
2081 could not carry out its addition.
2084 You will create and enter a @file{*Backtrace*} buffer that says:
2089 ---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
2090 Debugger entered--Lisp error:
2091 (wrong-type-argument number-or-marker-p hello)
2093 eval((+ 2 (quote hello)))
2094 eval-last-sexp-1(nil)
2096 call-interactively(eval-last-sexp)
2097 ---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
2102 As usual, the error message tries to be helpful and makes sense after you
2103 learn how to read it.@footnote{@code{(quote hello)} is an expansion of
2104 the abbreviation @code{'hello}.}
2106 The first part of the error message is straightforward; it says
2107 @samp{wrong type argument}. Next comes the mysterious jargon word
2108 @w{@samp{number-or-marker-p}}. This word is trying to tell you what
2109 kind of argument the @code{+} expected.
2111 The symbol @code{number-or-marker-p} says that the Lisp interpreter is
2112 trying to determine whether the information presented it (the value of
2113 the argument) is a number or a marker (a special object representing a
2114 buffer position). What it does is test to see whether the @code{+} is
2115 being given numbers to add. It also tests to see whether the
2116 argument is something called a marker, which is a specific feature of
2117 Emacs Lisp. (In Emacs, locations in a buffer are recorded as markers.
2118 When the mark is set with the @kbd{C-@@} or @kbd{C-@key{SPC}} command,
2119 its position is kept as a marker. The mark can be considered a
2120 number---the number of characters the location is from the beginning
2121 of the buffer.) In Emacs Lisp, @code{+} can be used to add the
2122 numeric value of marker positions as numbers.
2124 The @samp{p} of @code{number-or-marker-p} is the embodiment of a
2125 practice started in the early days of Lisp programming. The @samp{p}
2126 stands for `predicate'. In the jargon used by the early Lisp
2127 researchers, a predicate refers to a function to determine whether some
2128 property is true or false. So the @samp{p} tells us that
2129 @code{number-or-marker-p} is the name of a function that determines
2130 whether it is true or false that the argument supplied is a number or
2131 a marker. Other Lisp symbols that end in @samp{p} include @code{zerop},
2132 a function that tests whether its argument has the value of zero, and
2133 @code{listp}, a function that tests whether its argument is a list.
2135 Finally, the last part of the error message is the symbol @code{hello}.
2136 This is the value of the argument that was passed to @code{+}. If the
2137 addition had been passed the correct type of object, the value passed
2138 would have been a number, such as 37, rather than a symbol like
2139 @code{hello}. But then you would not have got the error message.
2143 In GNU Emacs version 20 and before, the echo area displays an error
2147 Wrong type argument:@: number-or-marker-p, hello
2150 This says, in different words, the same as the top line of the
2151 @file{*Backtrace*} buffer.
2155 @subsection The @code{message} Function
2158 Like @code{+}, the @code{message} function takes a variable number of
2159 arguments. It is used to send messages to the user and is so useful
2160 that we will describe it here.
2163 A message is printed in the echo area. For example, you can print a
2164 message in your echo area by evaluating the following list:
2167 (message "This message appears in the echo area!")
2170 The whole string between double quotation marks is a single argument
2171 and is printed @i{in toto}. (Note that in this example, the message
2172 itself will appear in the echo area within double quotes; that is
2173 because you see the value returned by the @code{message} function. In
2174 most uses of @code{message} in programs that you write, the text will
2175 be printed in the echo area as a side-effect, without the quotes.
2176 @xref{multiply-by-seven in detail, , @code{multiply-by-seven} in
2177 detail}, for an example of this.)
2179 However, if there is a @samp{%s} in the quoted string of characters, the
2180 @code{message} function does not print the @samp{%s} as such, but looks
2181 to the argument that follows the string. It evaluates the second
2182 argument and prints the value at the location in the string where the
2186 You can see this by positioning the cursor after the following
2187 expression and typing @kbd{C-x C-e}:
2190 (message "The name of this buffer is: %s." (buffer-name))
2194 In Info, @code{"The name of this buffer is: *info*."} will appear in the
2195 echo area. The function @code{buffer-name} returns the name of the
2196 buffer as a string, which the @code{message} function inserts in place
2199 To print a value as an integer, use @samp{%d} in the same way as
2200 @samp{%s}. For example, to print a message in the echo area that
2201 states the value of the @code{fill-column}, evaluate the following:
2204 (message "The value of fill-column is %d." fill-column)
2208 On my system, when I evaluate this list, @code{"The value of
2209 fill-column is 72."} appears in my echo area@footnote{Actually, you
2210 can use @code{%s} to print a number. It is non-specific. @code{%d}
2211 prints only the part of a number left of a decimal point, and not
2212 anything that is not a number.}.
2214 If there is more than one @samp{%s} in the quoted string, the value of
2215 the first argument following the quoted string is printed at the
2216 location of the first @samp{%s} and the value of the second argument is
2217 printed at the location of the second @samp{%s}, and so on.
2220 For example, if you evaluate the following,
2224 (message "There are %d %s in the office!"
2225 (- fill-column 14) "pink elephants")
2230 a rather whimsical message will appear in your echo area. On my system
2231 it says, @code{"There are 58 pink elephants in the office!"}.
2233 The expression @code{(- fill-column 14)} is evaluated and the resulting
2234 number is inserted in place of the @samp{%d}; and the string in double
2235 quotes, @code{"pink elephants"}, is treated as a single argument and
2236 inserted in place of the @samp{%s}. (That is to say, a string between
2237 double quotes evaluates to itself, like a number.)
2239 Finally, here is a somewhat complex example that not only illustrates
2240 the computation of a number, but also shows how you can use an
2241 expression within an expression to generate the text that is substituted
2246 (message "He saw %d %s"
2250 "The quick brown foxes jumped." 16 21)
2255 In this example, @code{message} has three arguments: the string,
2256 @code{"He saw %d %s"}, the expression, @code{(- fill-column 32)}, and
2257 the expression beginning with the function @code{concat}. The value
2258 resulting from the evaluation of @code{(- fill-column 32)} is inserted
2259 in place of the @samp{%d}; and the value returned by the expression
2260 beginning with @code{concat} is inserted in place of the @samp{%s}.
2262 When your fill column is 70 and you evaluate the expression, the
2263 message @code{"He saw 38 red foxes leaping."} appears in your echo
2267 @section Setting the Value of a Variable
2268 @cindex Variable, setting value
2269 @cindex Setting value of variable
2271 @cindex @samp{bind} defined
2272 There are several ways by which a variable can be given a value. One of
2273 the ways is to use either the function @code{set} or the function
2274 @code{setq}. Another way is to use @code{let} (@pxref{let}). (The
2275 jargon for this process is to @dfn{bind} a variable to a value.)
2277 The following sections not only describe how @code{set} and @code{setq}
2278 work but also illustrate how arguments are passed.
2281 * Using set:: Setting values.
2282 * Using setq:: Setting a quoted value.
2283 * Counting:: Using @code{setq} to count.
2287 @subsection Using @code{set}
2290 To set the value of the symbol @code{flowers} to the list @code{'(rose
2291 violet daisy buttercup)}, evaluate the following expression by
2292 positioning the cursor after the expression and typing @kbd{C-x C-e}.
2295 (set 'flowers '(rose violet daisy buttercup))
2299 The list @code{(rose violet daisy buttercup)} will appear in the echo
2300 area. This is what is @emph{returned} by the @code{set} function. As a
2301 side effect, the symbol @code{flowers} is bound to the list; that is,
2302 the symbol @code{flowers}, which can be viewed as a variable, is given
2303 the list as its value. (This process, by the way, illustrates how a
2304 side effect to the Lisp interpreter, setting the value, can be the
2305 primary effect that we humans are interested in. This is because every
2306 Lisp function must return a value if it does not get an error, but it
2307 will only have a side effect if it is designed to have one.)
2309 After evaluating the @code{set} expression, you can evaluate the symbol
2310 @code{flowers} and it will return the value you just set. Here is the
2311 symbol. Place your cursor after it and type @kbd{C-x C-e}.
2318 When you evaluate @code{flowers}, the list
2319 @code{(rose violet daisy buttercup)} appears in the echo area.
2321 Incidentally, if you evaluate @code{'flowers}, the variable with a quote
2322 in front of it, what you will see in the echo area is the symbol itself,
2323 @code{flowers}. Here is the quoted symbol, so you can try this:
2329 Note also, that when you use @code{set}, you need to quote both
2330 arguments to @code{set}, unless you want them evaluated. Since we do
2331 not want either argument evaluated, neither the variable
2332 @code{flowers} nor the list @code{(rose violet daisy buttercup)}, both
2333 are quoted. (When you use @code{set} without quoting its first
2334 argument, the first argument is evaluated before anything else is
2335 done. If you did this and @code{flowers} did not have a value
2336 already, you would get an error message that the @samp{Symbol's value
2337 as variable is void}; on the other hand, if @code{flowers} did return
2338 a value after it was evaluated, the @code{set} would attempt to set
2339 the value that was returned. There are situations where this is the
2340 right thing for the function to do; but such situations are rare.)
2343 @subsection Using @code{setq}
2346 As a practical matter, you almost always quote the first argument to
2347 @code{set}. The combination of @code{set} and a quoted first argument
2348 is so common that it has its own name: the special form @code{setq}.
2349 This special form is just like @code{set} except that the first argument
2350 is quoted automatically, so you don't need to type the quote mark
2351 yourself. Also, as an added convenience, @code{setq} permits you to set
2352 several different variables to different values, all in one expression.
2354 To set the value of the variable @code{carnivores} to the list
2355 @code{'(lion tiger leopard)} using @code{setq}, the following expression
2359 (setq carnivores '(lion tiger leopard))
2363 This is exactly the same as using @code{set} except the first argument
2364 is automatically quoted by @code{setq}. (The @samp{q} in @code{setq}
2365 means @code{quote}.)
2368 With @code{set}, the expression would look like this:
2371 (set 'carnivores '(lion tiger leopard))
2374 Also, @code{setq} can be used to assign different values to
2375 different variables. The first argument is bound to the value
2376 of the second argument, the third argument is bound to the value of the
2377 fourth argument, and so on. For example, you could use the following to
2378 assign a list of trees to the symbol @code{trees} and a list of herbivores
2379 to the symbol @code{herbivores}:
2383 (setq trees '(pine fir oak maple)
2384 herbivores '(gazelle antelope zebra))
2389 (The expression could just as well have been on one line, but it might
2390 not have fit on a page; and humans find it easier to read nicely
2393 Although I have been using the term `assign', there is another way of
2394 thinking about the workings of @code{set} and @code{setq}; and that is to
2395 say that @code{set} and @code{setq} make the symbol @emph{point} to the
2396 list. This latter way of thinking is very common and in forthcoming
2397 chapters we shall come upon at least one symbol that has `pointer' as
2398 part of its name. The name is chosen because the symbol has a value,
2399 specifically a list, attached to it; or, expressed another way,
2400 the symbol is set to ``point'' to the list.
2403 @subsection Counting
2406 Here is an example that shows how to use @code{setq} in a counter. You
2407 might use this to count how many times a part of your program repeats
2408 itself. First set a variable to zero; then add one to the number each
2409 time the program repeats itself. To do this, you need a variable that
2410 serves as a counter, and two expressions: an initial @code{setq}
2411 expression that sets the counter variable to zero; and a second
2412 @code{setq} expression that increments the counter each time it is
2417 (setq counter 0) ; @r{Let's call this the initializer.}
2419 (setq counter (+ counter 1)) ; @r{This is the incrementer.}
2421 counter ; @r{This is the counter.}
2426 (The text following the @samp{;} are comments. @xref{Change a
2427 defun, , Change a Function Definition}.)
2429 If you evaluate the first of these expressions, the initializer,
2430 @code{(setq counter 0)}, and then evaluate the third expression,
2431 @code{counter}, the number @code{0} will appear in the echo area. If
2432 you then evaluate the second expression, the incrementer, @code{(setq
2433 counter (+ counter 1))}, the counter will get the value 1. So if you
2434 again evaluate @code{counter}, the number @code{1} will appear in the
2435 echo area. Each time you evaluate the second expression, the value of
2436 the counter will be incremented.
2438 When you evaluate the incrementer, @code{(setq counter (+ counter 1))},
2439 the Lisp interpreter first evaluates the innermost list; this is the
2440 addition. In order to evaluate this list, it must evaluate the variable
2441 @code{counter} and the number @code{1}. When it evaluates the variable
2442 @code{counter}, it receives its current value. It passes this value and
2443 the number @code{1} to the @code{+} which adds them together. The sum
2444 is then returned as the value of the inner list and passed to the
2445 @code{setq} which sets the variable @code{counter} to this new value.
2446 Thus, the value of the variable, @code{counter}, is changed.
2451 Learning Lisp is like climbing a hill in which the first part is the
2452 steepest. You have now climbed the most difficult part; what remains
2453 becomes easier as you progress onwards.
2461 Lisp programs are made up of expressions, which are lists or single atoms.
2464 Lists are made up of zero or more atoms or inner lists, separated by whitespace and
2465 surrounded by parentheses. A list can be empty.
2468 Atoms are multi-character symbols, like @code{forward-paragraph}, single
2469 character symbols like @code{+}, strings of characters between double
2470 quotation marks, or numbers.
2473 A number evaluates to itself.
2476 A string between double quotes also evaluates to itself.
2479 When you evaluate a symbol by itself, its value is returned.
2482 When you evaluate a list, the Lisp interpreter looks at the first symbol
2483 in the list and then at the function definition bound to that symbol.
2484 Then the instructions in the function definition are carried out.
2487 A single quotation mark,
2494 , tells the Lisp interpreter that it should
2495 return the following expression as written, and not evaluate it as it
2496 would if the quote were not there.
2499 Arguments are the information passed to a function. The arguments to a
2500 function are computed by evaluating the rest of the elements of the list
2501 of which the function is the first element.
2504 A function always returns a value when it is evaluated (unless it gets
2505 an error); in addition, it may also carry out some action called a
2506 ``side effect''. In many cases, a function's primary purpose is to
2507 create a side effect.
2510 @node Error Message Exercises
2513 A few simple exercises:
2517 Generate an error message by evaluating an appropriate symbol that is
2518 not within parentheses.
2521 Generate an error message by evaluating an appropriate symbol that is
2522 between parentheses.
2525 Create a counter that increments by two rather than one.
2528 Write an expression that prints a message in the echo area when
2532 @node Practicing Evaluation
2533 @chapter Practicing Evaluation
2534 @cindex Practicing evaluation
2535 @cindex Evaluation practice
2537 Before learning how to write a function definition in Emacs Lisp, it is
2538 useful to spend a little time evaluating various expressions that have
2539 already been written. These expressions will be lists with the
2540 functions as their first (and often only) element. Since some of the
2541 functions associated with buffers are both simple and interesting, we
2542 will start with those. In this section, we will evaluate a few of
2543 these. In another section, we will study the code of several other
2544 buffer-related functions, to see how they were written.
2547 * How to Evaluate:: Typing editing commands or @kbd{C-x C-e}
2549 * Buffer Names:: Buffers and files are different.
2550 * Getting Buffers:: Getting a buffer itself, not merely its name.
2551 * Switching Buffers:: How to change to another buffer.
2552 * Buffer Size & Locations:: Where point is located and the size of
2554 * Evaluation Exercise::
2558 @node How to Evaluate
2559 @unnumberedsec How to Evaluate
2562 @i{Whenever you give an editing command} to Emacs Lisp, such as the
2563 command to move the cursor or to scroll the screen, @i{you are evaluating
2564 an expression,} the first element of which is a function. @i{This is
2567 @cindex @samp{interactive function} defined
2568 @cindex @samp{command} defined
2569 When you type keys, you cause the Lisp interpreter to evaluate an
2570 expression and that is how you get your results. Even typing plain text
2571 involves evaluating an Emacs Lisp function, in this case, one that uses
2572 @code{self-insert-command}, which simply inserts the character you
2573 typed. The functions you evaluate by typing keystrokes are called
2574 @dfn{interactive} functions, or @dfn{commands}; how you make a function
2575 interactive will be illustrated in the chapter on how to write function
2576 definitions. @xref{Interactive, , Making a Function Interactive}.
2578 In addition to typing keyboard commands, we have seen a second way to
2579 evaluate an expression: by positioning the cursor after a list and
2580 typing @kbd{C-x C-e}. This is what we will do in the rest of this
2581 section. There are other ways to evaluate an expression as well; these
2582 will be described as we come to them.
2584 Besides being used for practicing evaluation, the functions shown in the
2585 next few sections are important in their own right. A study of these
2586 functions makes clear the distinction between buffers and files, how to
2587 switch to a buffer, and how to determine a location within it.
2590 @section Buffer Names
2592 @findex buffer-file-name
2594 The two functions, @code{buffer-name} and @code{buffer-file-name}, show
2595 the difference between a file and a buffer. When you evaluate the
2596 following expression, @code{(buffer-name)}, the name of the buffer
2597 appears in the echo area. When you evaluate @code{(buffer-file-name)},
2598 the name of the file to which the buffer refers appears in the echo
2599 area. Usually, the name returned by @code{(buffer-name)} is the same as
2600 the name of the file to which it refers, and the name returned by
2601 @code{(buffer-file-name)} is the full path-name of the file.
2603 A file and a buffer are two different entities. A file is information
2604 recorded permanently in the computer (unless you delete it). A buffer,
2605 on the other hand, is information inside of Emacs that will vanish at
2606 the end of the editing session (or when you kill the buffer). Usually,
2607 a buffer contains information that you have copied from a file; we say
2608 the buffer is @dfn{visiting} that file. This copy is what you work on
2609 and modify. Changes to the buffer do not change the file, until you
2610 save the buffer. When you save the buffer, the buffer is copied to the file
2611 and is thus saved permanently.
2614 If you are reading this in Info inside of GNU Emacs, you can evaluate
2615 each of the following expressions by positioning the cursor after it and
2616 typing @kbd{C-x C-e}.
2627 When I do this in Info, the value returned by evaluating
2628 @code{(buffer-name)} is @file{"*info*"}, and the value returned by
2629 evaluating @code{(buffer-file-name)} is @file{nil}.
2631 On the other hand, while I am writing this document, the value
2632 returned by evaluating @code{(buffer-name)} is
2633 @file{"introduction.texinfo"}, and the value returned by evaluating
2634 @code{(buffer-file-name)} is
2635 @file{"/gnu/work/intro/introduction.texinfo"}.
2637 @cindex @code{nil}, history of word
2638 The former is the name of the buffer and the latter is the name of the
2639 file. In Info, the buffer name is @file{"*info*"}. Info does not
2640 point to any file, so the result of evaluating
2641 @code{(buffer-file-name)} is @file{nil}. The symbol @code{nil} is
2642 from the Latin word for `nothing'; in this case, it means that the
2643 buffer is not associated with any file. (In Lisp, @code{nil} is also
2644 used to mean `false' and is a synonym for the empty list, @code{()}.)
2646 When I am writing, the name of my buffer is
2647 @file{"introduction.texinfo"}. The name of the file to which it
2648 points is @file{"/gnu/work/intro/introduction.texinfo"}.
2650 (In the expressions, the parentheses tell the Lisp interpreter to
2651 treat @w{@code{buffer-name}} and @w{@code{buffer-file-name}} as
2652 functions; without the parentheses, the interpreter would attempt to
2653 evaluate the symbols as variables. @xref{Variables}.)
2655 In spite of the distinction between files and buffers, you will often
2656 find that people refer to a file when they mean a buffer and vice versa.
2657 Indeed, most people say, ``I am editing a file,'' rather than saying,
2658 ``I am editing a buffer which I will soon save to a file.'' It is
2659 almost always clear from context what people mean. When dealing with
2660 computer programs, however, it is important to keep the distinction in mind,
2661 since the computer is not as smart as a person.
2663 @cindex Buffer, history of word
2664 The word `buffer', by the way, comes from the meaning of the word as a
2665 cushion that deadens the force of a collision. In early computers, a
2666 buffer cushioned the interaction between files and the computer's
2667 central processing unit. The drums or tapes that held a file and the
2668 central processing unit were pieces of equipment that were very
2669 different from each other, working at their own speeds, in spurts. The
2670 buffer made it possible for them to work together effectively.
2671 Eventually, the buffer grew from being an intermediary, a temporary
2672 holding place, to being the place where work is done. This
2673 transformation is rather like that of a small seaport that grew into a
2674 great city: once it was merely the place where cargo was warehoused
2675 temporarily before being loaded onto ships; then it became a business
2676 and cultural center in its own right.
2678 Not all buffers are associated with files. For example, a
2679 @file{*scratch*} buffer does not visit any file. Similarly, a
2680 @file{*Help*} buffer is not associated with any file.
2682 In the old days, when you lacked a @file{~/.emacs} file and started an
2683 Emacs session by typing the command @code{emacs} alone, without naming
2684 any files, Emacs started with the @file{*scratch*} buffer visible.
2685 Nowadays, you will see a splash screen. You can follow one of the
2686 commands suggested on the splash screen, visit a file, or press the
2687 spacebar to reach the @file{*scratch*} buffer.
2689 If you switch to the @file{*scratch*} buffer, type
2690 @code{(buffer-name)}, position the cursor after it, and then type
2691 @kbd{C-x C-e} to evaluate the expression. The name @code{"*scratch*"}
2692 will be returned and will appear in the echo area. @code{"*scratch*"}
2693 is the name of the buffer. When you type @code{(buffer-file-name)} in
2694 the @file{*scratch*} buffer and evaluate that, @code{nil} will appear
2695 in the echo area, just as it does when you evaluate
2696 @code{(buffer-file-name)} in Info.
2698 Incidentally, if you are in the @file{*scratch*} buffer and want the
2699 value returned by an expression to appear in the @file{*scratch*}
2700 buffer itself rather than in the echo area, type @kbd{C-u C-x C-e}
2701 instead of @kbd{C-x C-e}. This causes the value returned to appear
2702 after the expression. The buffer will look like this:
2705 (buffer-name)"*scratch*"
2709 You cannot do this in Info since Info is read-only and it will not allow
2710 you to change the contents of the buffer. But you can do this in any
2711 buffer you can edit; and when you write code or documentation (such as
2712 this book), this feature is very useful.
2714 @node Getting Buffers
2715 @section Getting Buffers
2716 @findex current-buffer
2717 @findex other-buffer
2718 @cindex Getting a buffer
2720 The @code{buffer-name} function returns the @emph{name} of the buffer;
2721 to get the buffer @emph{itself}, a different function is needed: the
2722 @code{current-buffer} function. If you use this function in code, what
2723 you get is the buffer itself.
2725 A name and the object or entity to which the name refers are different
2726 from each other. You are not your name. You are a person to whom
2727 others refer by name. If you ask to speak to George and someone hands you
2728 a card with the letters @samp{G}, @samp{e}, @samp{o}, @samp{r},
2729 @samp{g}, and @samp{e} written on it, you might be amused, but you would
2730 not be satisfied. You do not want to speak to the name, but to the
2731 person to whom the name refers. A buffer is similar: the name of the
2732 scratch buffer is @file{*scratch*}, but the name is not the buffer. To
2733 get a buffer itself, you need to use a function such as
2734 @code{current-buffer}.
2736 However, there is a slight complication: if you evaluate
2737 @code{current-buffer} in an expression on its own, as we will do here,
2738 what you see is a printed representation of the name of the buffer
2739 without the contents of the buffer. Emacs works this way for two
2740 reasons: the buffer may be thousands of lines long---too long to be
2741 conveniently displayed; and, another buffer may have the same contents
2742 but a different name, and it is important to distinguish between them.
2745 Here is an expression containing the function:
2752 If you evaluate this expression in Info in Emacs in the usual way,
2753 @file{#<buffer *info*>} will appear in the echo area. The special
2754 format indicates that the buffer itself is being returned, rather than
2757 Incidentally, while you can type a number or symbol into a program, you
2758 cannot do that with the printed representation of a buffer: the only way
2759 to get a buffer itself is with a function such as @code{current-buffer}.
2761 A related function is @code{other-buffer}. This returns the most
2762 recently selected buffer other than the one you are in currently, not
2763 a printed representation of its name. If you have recently switched
2764 back and forth from the @file{*scratch*} buffer, @code{other-buffer}
2765 will return that buffer.
2768 You can see this by evaluating the expression:
2775 You should see @file{#<buffer *scratch*>} appear in the echo area, or
2776 the name of whatever other buffer you switched back from most
2777 recently@footnote{Actually, by default, if the buffer from which you
2778 just switched is visible to you in another window, @code{other-buffer}
2779 will choose the most recent buffer that you cannot see; this is a
2780 subtlety that I often forget.}.
2782 @node Switching Buffers
2783 @section Switching Buffers
2784 @findex switch-to-buffer
2786 @cindex Switching to a buffer
2788 The @code{other-buffer} function actually provides a buffer when it is
2789 used as an argument to a function that requires one. We can see this
2790 by using @code{other-buffer} and @code{switch-to-buffer} to switch to a
2793 But first, a brief introduction to the @code{switch-to-buffer}
2794 function. When you switched back and forth from Info to the
2795 @file{*scratch*} buffer to evaluate @code{(buffer-name)}, you most
2796 likely typed @kbd{C-x b} and then typed @file{*scratch*}@footnote{Or
2797 rather, to save typing, you probably only typed @kbd{RET} if the
2798 default buffer was @file{*scratch*}, or if it was different, then you
2799 typed just part of the name, such as @code{*sc}, pressed your
2800 @kbd{TAB} key to cause it to expand to the full name, and then typed
2801 @kbd{RET}.} when prompted in the minibuffer for the name of
2802 the buffer to which you wanted to switch. The keystrokes, @kbd{C-x
2803 b}, cause the Lisp interpreter to evaluate the interactive function
2804 @code{switch-to-buffer}. As we said before, this is how Emacs works:
2805 different keystrokes call or run different functions. For example,
2806 @kbd{C-f} calls @code{forward-char}, @kbd{M-e} calls
2807 @code{forward-sentence}, and so on.
2809 By writing @code{switch-to-buffer} in an expression, and giving it a
2810 buffer to switch to, we can switch buffers just the way @kbd{C-x b}
2814 (switch-to-buffer (other-buffer))
2818 The symbol @code{switch-to-buffer} is the first element of the list,
2819 so the Lisp interpreter will treat it as a function and carry out the
2820 instructions that are attached to it. But before doing that, the
2821 interpreter will note that @code{other-buffer} is inside parentheses
2822 and work on that symbol first. @code{other-buffer} is the first (and
2823 in this case, the only) element of this list, so the Lisp interpreter
2824 calls or runs the function. It returns another buffer. Next, the
2825 interpreter runs @code{switch-to-buffer}, passing to it, as an
2826 argument, the other buffer, which is what Emacs will switch to. If
2827 you are reading this in Info, try this now. Evaluate the expression.
2828 (To get back, type @kbd{C-x b @key{RET}}.)@footnote{Remember, this
2829 expression will move you to your most recent other buffer that you
2830 cannot see. If you really want to go to your most recently selected
2831 buffer, even if you can still see it, you need to evaluate the
2832 following more complex expression:
2835 (switch-to-buffer (other-buffer (current-buffer) t))
2839 In this case, the first argument to @code{other-buffer} tells it which
2840 buffer to skip---the current one---and the second argument tells
2841 @code{other-buffer} it is OK to switch to a visible buffer.
2842 In regular use, @code{switch-to-buffer} takes you to an invisible
2843 window since you would most likely use @kbd{C-x o} (@code{other-window})
2844 to go to another visible buffer.}
2846 In the programming examples in later sections of this document, you will
2847 see the function @code{set-buffer} more often than
2848 @code{switch-to-buffer}. This is because of a difference between
2849 computer programs and humans: humans have eyes and expect to see the
2850 buffer on which they are working on their computer terminals. This is
2851 so obvious, it almost goes without saying. However, programs do not
2852 have eyes. When a computer program works on a buffer, that buffer does
2853 not need to be visible on the screen.
2855 @code{switch-to-buffer} is designed for humans and does two different
2856 things: it switches the buffer to which Emacs's attention is directed; and
2857 it switches the buffer displayed in the window to the new buffer.
2858 @code{set-buffer}, on the other hand, does only one thing: it switches
2859 the attention of the computer program to a different buffer. The buffer
2860 on the screen remains unchanged (of course, normally nothing happens
2861 there until the command finishes running).
2863 @cindex @samp{call} defined
2864 Also, we have just introduced another jargon term, the word @dfn{call}.
2865 When you evaluate a list in which the first symbol is a function, you
2866 are calling that function. The use of the term comes from the notion of
2867 the function as an entity that can do something for you if you `call'
2868 it---just as a plumber is an entity who can fix a leak if you call him
2871 @node Buffer Size & Locations
2872 @section Buffer Size and the Location of Point
2873 @cindex Size of buffer
2875 @cindex Point location
2876 @cindex Location of point
2878 Finally, let's look at several rather simple functions,
2879 @code{buffer-size}, @code{point}, @code{point-min}, and
2880 @code{point-max}. These give information about the size of a buffer and
2881 the location of point within it.
2883 The function @code{buffer-size} tells you the size of the current
2884 buffer; that is, the function returns a count of the number of
2885 characters in the buffer.
2892 You can evaluate this in the usual way, by positioning the
2893 cursor after the expression and typing @kbd{C-x C-e}.
2895 @cindex @samp{point} defined
2896 In Emacs, the current position of the cursor is called @dfn{point}.
2897 The expression @code{(point)} returns a number that tells you where the
2898 cursor is located as a count of the number of characters from the
2899 beginning of the buffer up to point.
2902 You can see the character count for point in this buffer by evaluating
2903 the following expression in the usual way:
2910 As I write this, the value of @code{point} is 65724. The @code{point}
2911 function is frequently used in some of the examples later in this
2915 The value of point depends, of course, on its location within the
2916 buffer. If you evaluate point in this spot, the number will be larger:
2923 For me, the value of point in this location is 66043, which means that
2924 there are 319 characters (including spaces) between the two
2925 expressions. (Doubtless, you will see different numbers, since I will
2926 have edited this since I first evaluated point.)
2928 @cindex @samp{narrowing} defined
2929 The function @code{point-min} is somewhat similar to @code{point}, but
2930 it returns the value of the minimum permissible value of point in the
2931 current buffer. This is the number 1 unless @dfn{narrowing} is in
2932 effect. (Narrowing is a mechanism whereby you can restrict yourself,
2933 or a program, to operations on just a part of a buffer.
2934 @xref{Narrowing & Widening, , Narrowing and Widening}.) Likewise, the
2935 function @code{point-max} returns the value of the maximum permissible
2936 value of point in the current buffer.
2938 @node Evaluation Exercise
2941 Find a file with which you are working and move towards its middle.
2942 Find its buffer name, file name, length, and your position in the file.
2944 @node Writing Defuns
2945 @chapter How To Write Function Definitions
2946 @cindex Definition writing
2947 @cindex Function definition writing
2948 @cindex Writing a function definition
2950 When the Lisp interpreter evaluates a list, it looks to see whether the
2951 first symbol on the list has a function definition attached to it; or,
2952 put another way, whether the symbol points to a function definition. If
2953 it does, the computer carries out the instructions in the definition. A
2954 symbol that has a function definition is called, simply, a function
2955 (although, properly speaking, the definition is the function and the
2956 symbol refers to it.)
2959 * Primitive Functions::
2960 * defun:: The @code{defun} macro.
2961 * Install:: Install a function definition.
2962 * Interactive:: Making a function interactive.
2963 * Interactive Options:: Different options for @code{interactive}.
2964 * Permanent Installation:: Installing code permanently.
2965 * let:: Creating and initializing local variables.
2967 * else:: If--then--else expressions.
2968 * Truth & Falsehood:: What Lisp considers false and true.
2969 * save-excursion:: Keeping track of point, mark, and buffer.
2975 @node Primitive Functions
2976 @unnumberedsec An Aside about Primitive Functions
2978 @cindex Primitive functions
2979 @cindex Functions, primitive
2981 @cindex C language primitives
2982 @cindex Primitives written in C
2983 All functions are defined in terms of other functions, except for a few
2984 @dfn{primitive} functions that are written in the C programming
2985 language. When you write functions' definitions, you will write them in
2986 Emacs Lisp and use other functions as your building blocks. Some of the
2987 functions you will use will themselves be written in Emacs Lisp (perhaps
2988 by you) and some will be primitives written in C@. The primitive
2989 functions are used exactly like those written in Emacs Lisp and behave
2990 like them. They are written in C so we can easily run GNU Emacs on any
2991 computer that has sufficient power and can run C.
2993 Let me re-emphasize this: when you write code in Emacs Lisp, you do not
2994 distinguish between the use of functions written in C and the use of
2995 functions written in Emacs Lisp. The difference is irrelevant. I
2996 mention the distinction only because it is interesting to know. Indeed,
2997 unless you investigate, you won't know whether an already-written
2998 function is written in Emacs Lisp or C.
3001 @section The @code{defun} Macro
3004 @cindex @samp{function definition} defined
3005 In Lisp, a symbol such as @code{mark-whole-buffer} has code attached to
3006 it that tells the computer what to do when the function is called.
3007 This code is called the @dfn{function definition} and is created by
3008 evaluating a Lisp expression that starts with the symbol @code{defun}
3009 (which is an abbreviation for @emph{define function}).
3011 In subsequent sections, we will look at function definitions from the
3012 Emacs source code, such as @code{mark-whole-buffer}. In this section,
3013 we will describe a simple function definition so you can see how it
3014 looks. This function definition uses arithmetic because it makes for a
3015 simple example. Some people dislike examples using arithmetic; however,
3016 if you are such a person, do not despair. Hardly any of the code we
3017 will study in the remainder of this introduction involves arithmetic or
3018 mathematics. The examples mostly involve text in one way or another.
3020 A function definition has up to five parts following the word
3025 The name of the symbol to which the function definition should be
3029 A list of the arguments that will be passed to the function. If no
3030 arguments will be passed to the function, this is an empty list,
3034 Documentation describing the function. (Technically optional, but
3035 strongly recommended.)
3038 Optionally, an expression to make the function interactive so you can
3039 use it by typing @kbd{M-x} and then the name of the function; or by
3040 typing an appropriate key or keychord.
3042 @cindex @samp{body} defined
3044 The code that instructs the computer what to do: the @dfn{body} of the
3045 function definition.
3048 It is helpful to think of the five parts of a function definition as
3049 being organized in a template, with slots for each part:
3053 (defun @var{function-name} (@var{arguments}@dots{})
3054 "@var{optional-documentation}@dots{}"
3055 (interactive @var{argument-passing-info}) ; @r{optional}
3060 As an example, here is the code for a function that multiplies its
3061 argument by 7. (This example is not interactive. @xref{Interactive,
3062 , Making a Function Interactive}, for that information.)
3066 (defun multiply-by-seven (number)
3067 "Multiply NUMBER by seven."
3072 This definition begins with a parenthesis and the symbol @code{defun},
3073 followed by the name of the function.
3075 @cindex @samp{argument list} defined
3076 The name of the function is followed by a list that contains the
3077 arguments that will be passed to the function. This list is called
3078 the @dfn{argument list}. In this example, the list has only one
3079 element, the symbol, @code{number}. When the function is used, the
3080 symbol will be bound to the value that is used as the argument to the
3083 Instead of choosing the word @code{number} for the name of the argument,
3084 I could have picked any other name. For example, I could have chosen
3085 the word @code{multiplicand}. I picked the word `number' because it
3086 tells what kind of value is intended for this slot; but I could just as
3087 well have chosen the word `multiplicand' to indicate the role that the
3088 value placed in this slot will play in the workings of the function. I
3089 could have called it @code{foogle}, but that would have been a bad
3090 choice because it would not tell humans what it means. The choice of
3091 name is up to the programmer and should be chosen to make the meaning of
3094 Indeed, you can choose any name you wish for a symbol in an argument
3095 list, even the name of a symbol used in some other function: the name
3096 you use in an argument list is private to that particular definition.
3097 In that definition, the name refers to a different entity than any use
3098 of the same name outside the function definition. Suppose you have a
3099 nick-name `Shorty' in your family; when your family members refer to
3100 `Shorty', they mean you. But outside your family, in a movie, for
3101 example, the name `Shorty' refers to someone else. Because a name in an
3102 argument list is private to the function definition, you can change the
3103 value of such a symbol inside the body of a function without changing
3104 its value outside the function. The effect is similar to that produced
3105 by a @code{let} expression. (@xref{let, , @code{let}}.)
3108 Note also that we discuss the word `number' in two different ways: as a
3109 symbol that appears in the code, and as the name of something that will
3110 be replaced by a something else during the evaluation of the function.
3111 In the first case, @code{number} is a symbol, not a number; it happens
3112 that within the function, it is a variable who value is the number in
3113 question, but our primary interest in it is as a symbol. On the other
3114 hand, when we are talking about the function, our interest is that we
3115 will substitute a number for the word @var{number}. To keep this
3116 distinction clear, we use different typography for the two
3117 circumstances. When we talk about this function, or about how it works,
3118 we refer to this number by writing @var{number}. In the function
3119 itself, we refer to it by writing @code{number}.
3122 The argument list is followed by the documentation string that
3123 describes the function. This is what you see when you type
3124 @w{@kbd{C-h f}} and the name of a function. Incidentally, when you
3125 write a documentation string like this, you should make the first line
3126 a complete sentence since some commands, such as @code{apropos}, print
3127 only the first line of a multi-line documentation string. Also, you
3128 should not indent the second line of a documentation string, if you
3129 have one, because that looks odd when you use @kbd{C-h f}
3130 (@code{describe-function}). The documentation string is optional, but
3131 it is so useful, it should be included in almost every function you
3134 @findex * @r{(multiplication)}
3135 The third line of the example consists of the body of the function
3136 definition. (Most functions' definitions, of course, are longer than
3137 this.) In this function, the body is the list, @code{(* 7 number)}, which
3138 says to multiply the value of @var{number} by 7. (In Emacs Lisp,
3139 @code{*} is the function for multiplication, just as @code{+} is the
3140 function for addition.)
3142 When you use the @code{multiply-by-seven} function, the argument
3143 @code{number} evaluates to the actual number you want used. Here is an
3144 example that shows how @code{multiply-by-seven} is used; but don't try
3145 to evaluate this yet!
3148 (multiply-by-seven 3)
3152 The symbol @code{number}, specified in the function definition in the
3153 next section, is given or ``bound to'' the value 3 in the actual use of
3154 the function. Note that although @code{number} was inside parentheses
3155 in the function definition, the argument passed to the
3156 @code{multiply-by-seven} function is not in parentheses. The
3157 parentheses are written in the function definition so the computer can
3158 figure out where the argument list ends and the rest of the function
3161 If you evaluate this example, you are likely to get an error message.
3162 (Go ahead, try it!) This is because we have written the function
3163 definition, but not yet told the computer about the definition---we have
3164 not yet installed (or `loaded') the function definition in Emacs.
3165 Installing a function is the process that tells the Lisp interpreter the
3166 definition of the function. Installation is described in the next
3170 @section Install a Function Definition
3171 @cindex Install a Function Definition
3172 @cindex Definition installation
3173 @cindex Function definition installation
3175 If you are reading this inside of Info in Emacs, you can try out the
3176 @code{multiply-by-seven} function by first evaluating the function
3177 definition and then evaluating @code{(multiply-by-seven 3)}. A copy of
3178 the function definition follows. Place the cursor after the last
3179 parenthesis of the function definition and type @kbd{C-x C-e}. When you
3180 do this, @code{multiply-by-seven} will appear in the echo area. (What
3181 this means is that when a function definition is evaluated, the value it
3182 returns is the name of the defined function.) At the same time, this
3183 action installs the function definition.
3187 (defun multiply-by-seven (number)
3188 "Multiply NUMBER by seven."
3194 By evaluating this @code{defun}, you have just installed
3195 @code{multiply-by-seven} in Emacs. The function is now just as much a
3196 part of Emacs as @code{forward-word} or any other editing function you
3197 use. (@code{multiply-by-seven} will stay installed until you quit
3198 Emacs. To reload code automatically whenever you start Emacs, see
3199 @ref{Permanent Installation, , Installing Code Permanently}.)
3202 * Effect of installation::
3203 * Change a defun:: How to change a function definition.
3207 @node Effect of installation
3208 @unnumberedsubsec The effect of installation
3211 You can see the effect of installing @code{multiply-by-seven} by
3212 evaluating the following sample. Place the cursor after the following
3213 expression and type @kbd{C-x C-e}. The number 21 will appear in the
3217 (multiply-by-seven 3)
3220 If you wish, you can read the documentation for the function by typing
3221 @kbd{C-h f} (@code{describe-function}) and then the name of the
3222 function, @code{multiply-by-seven}. When you do this, a
3223 @file{*Help*} window will appear on your screen that says:
3227 multiply-by-seven is a Lisp function.
3228 (multiply-by-seven NUMBER)
3230 Multiply NUMBER by seven.
3235 (To return to a single window on your screen, type @kbd{C-x 1}.)
3237 @node Change a defun
3238 @subsection Change a Function Definition
3239 @cindex Changing a function definition
3240 @cindex Function definition, how to change
3241 @cindex Definition, how to change
3243 If you want to change the code in @code{multiply-by-seven}, just rewrite
3244 it. To install the new version in place of the old one, evaluate the
3245 function definition again. This is how you modify code in Emacs. It is
3248 As an example, you can change the @code{multiply-by-seven} function to
3249 add the number to itself seven times instead of multiplying the number
3250 by seven. It produces the same answer, but by a different path. At
3251 the same time, we will add a comment to the code; a comment is text
3252 that the Lisp interpreter ignores, but that a human reader may find
3253 useful or enlightening. The comment is that this is the ``second
3258 (defun multiply-by-seven (number) ; @r{Second version.}
3259 "Multiply NUMBER by seven."
3260 (+ number number number number number number number))
3264 @cindex Comments in Lisp code
3265 The comment follows a semicolon, @samp{;}. In Lisp, everything on a
3266 line that follows a semicolon is a comment. The end of the line is the
3267 end of the comment. To stretch a comment over two or more lines, begin
3268 each line with a semicolon.
3270 @xref{Beginning init File, , Beginning a @file{.emacs}
3271 File}, and @ref{Comments, , Comments, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp
3272 Reference Manual}, for more about comments.
3274 You can install this version of the @code{multiply-by-seven} function by
3275 evaluating it in the same way you evaluated the first function: place
3276 the cursor after the last parenthesis and type @kbd{C-x C-e}.
3278 In summary, this is how you write code in Emacs Lisp: you write a
3279 function; install it; test it; and then make fixes or enhancements and
3283 @section Make a Function Interactive
3284 @cindex Interactive functions
3287 You make a function interactive by placing a list that begins with
3288 the special form @code{interactive} immediately after the
3289 documentation. A user can invoke an interactive function by typing
3290 @kbd{M-x} and then the name of the function; or by typing the keys to
3291 which it is bound, for example, by typing @kbd{C-n} for
3292 @code{next-line} or @kbd{C-x h} for @code{mark-whole-buffer}.
3294 Interestingly, when you call an interactive function interactively,
3295 the value returned is not automatically displayed in the echo area.
3296 This is because you often call an interactive function for its side
3297 effects, such as moving forward by a word or line, and not for the
3298 value returned. If the returned value were displayed in the echo area
3299 each time you typed a key, it would be very distracting.
3302 * Interactive multiply-by-seven:: An overview.
3303 * multiply-by-seven in detail:: The interactive version.
3307 @node Interactive multiply-by-seven
3308 @unnumberedsubsec An Interactive @code{multiply-by-seven}, An Overview
3311 Both the use of the special form @code{interactive} and one way to
3312 display a value in the echo area can be illustrated by creating an
3313 interactive version of @code{multiply-by-seven}.
3320 (defun multiply-by-seven (number) ; @r{Interactive version.}
3321 "Multiply NUMBER by seven."
3323 (message "The result is %d" (* 7 number)))
3328 You can install this code by placing your cursor after it and typing
3329 @kbd{C-x C-e}. The name of the function will appear in your echo area.
3330 Then, you can use this code by typing @kbd{C-u} and a number and then
3331 typing @kbd{M-x multiply-by-seven} and pressing @key{RET}. The phrase
3332 @samp{The result is @dots{}} followed by the product will appear in the
3335 Speaking more generally, you invoke a function like this in either of two
3340 By typing a prefix argument that contains the number to be passed, and
3341 then typing @kbd{M-x} and the name of the function, as with
3342 @kbd{C-u 3 M-x forward-sentence}; or,
3345 By typing whatever key or keychord the function is bound to, as with
3350 Both the examples just mentioned work identically to move point forward
3351 three sentences. (Since @code{multiply-by-seven} is not bound to a key,
3352 it could not be used as an example of key binding.)
3354 (@xref{Keybindings, , Some Keybindings}, to learn how to bind a command
3357 A prefix argument is passed to an interactive function by typing the
3358 @key{META} key followed by a number, for example, @kbd{M-3 M-e}, or by
3359 typing @kbd{C-u} and then a number, for example, @kbd{C-u 3 M-e} (if you
3360 type @kbd{C-u} without a number, it defaults to 4).
3362 @node multiply-by-seven in detail
3363 @subsection An Interactive @code{multiply-by-seven}
3365 Let's look at the use of the special form @code{interactive} and then at
3366 the function @code{message} in the interactive version of
3367 @code{multiply-by-seven}. You will recall that the function definition
3372 (defun multiply-by-seven (number) ; @r{Interactive version.}
3373 "Multiply NUMBER by seven."
3375 (message "The result is %d" (* 7 number)))
3379 In this function, the expression, @code{(interactive "p")}, is a list of
3380 two elements. The @code{"p"} tells Emacs to pass the prefix argument to
3381 the function and use its value for the argument of the function.
3384 The argument will be a number. This means that the symbol
3385 @code{number} will be bound to a number in the line:
3388 (message "The result is %d" (* 7 number))
3393 For example, if your prefix argument is 5, the Lisp interpreter will
3394 evaluate the line as if it were:
3397 (message "The result is %d" (* 7 5))
3401 (If you are reading this in GNU Emacs, you can evaluate this expression
3402 yourself.) First, the interpreter will evaluate the inner list, which
3403 is @code{(* 7 5)}. This returns a value of 35. Next, it
3404 will evaluate the outer list, passing the values of the second and
3405 subsequent elements of the list to the function @code{message}.
3407 As we have seen, @code{message} is an Emacs Lisp function especially
3408 designed for sending a one line message to a user. (@xref{message, ,
3409 The @code{message} function}.) In summary, the @code{message}
3410 function prints its first argument in the echo area as is, except for
3411 occurrences of @samp{%d} or @samp{%s} (and various other %-sequences
3412 which we have not mentioned). When it sees a control sequence, the
3413 function looks to the second or subsequent arguments and prints the
3414 value of the argument in the location in the string where the control
3415 sequence is located.
3417 In the interactive @code{multiply-by-seven} function, the control string
3418 is @samp{%d}, which requires a number, and the value returned by
3419 evaluating @code{(* 7 5)} is the number 35. Consequently, the number 35
3420 is printed in place of the @samp{%d} and the message is @samp{The result
3423 (Note that when you call the function @code{multiply-by-seven}, the
3424 message is printed without quotes, but when you call @code{message}, the
3425 text is printed in double quotes. This is because the value returned by
3426 @code{message} is what appears in the echo area when you evaluate an
3427 expression whose first element is @code{message}; but when embedded in a
3428 function, @code{message} prints the text as a side effect without
3431 @node Interactive Options
3432 @section Different Options for @code{interactive}
3433 @cindex Options for @code{interactive}
3434 @cindex Interactive options
3436 In the example, @code{multiply-by-seven} used @code{"p"} as the
3437 argument to @code{interactive}. This argument told Emacs to interpret
3438 your typing either @kbd{C-u} followed by a number or @key{META}
3439 followed by a number as a command to pass that number to the function
3440 as its argument. Emacs has more than twenty characters predefined for
3441 use with @code{interactive}. In almost every case, one of these
3442 options will enable you to pass the right information interactively to
3443 a function. (@xref{Interactive Codes, , Code Characters for
3444 @code{interactive}, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.)
3447 Consider the function @code{zap-to-char}. Its interactive expression
3451 (interactive "p\ncZap to char: ")
3454 The first part of the argument to @code{interactive} is @samp{p}, with
3455 which you are already familiar. This argument tells Emacs to
3456 interpret a `prefix', as a number to be passed to the function. You
3457 can specify a prefix either by typing @kbd{C-u} followed by a number
3458 or by typing @key{META} followed by a number. The prefix is the
3459 number of specified characters. Thus, if your prefix is three and the
3460 specified character is @samp{x}, then you will delete all the text up
3461 to and including the third next @samp{x}. If you do not set a prefix,
3462 then you delete all the text up to and including the specified
3463 character, but no more.
3465 The @samp{c} tells the function the name of the character to which to delete.
3467 More formally, a function with two or more arguments can have
3468 information passed to each argument by adding parts to the string that
3469 follows @code{interactive}. When you do this, the information is
3470 passed to each argument in the same order it is specified in the
3471 @code{interactive} list. In the string, each part is separated from
3472 the next part by a @samp{\n}, which is a newline. For example, you
3473 can follow @samp{p} with a @samp{\n} and an @samp{cZap to char:@: }.
3474 This causes Emacs to pass the value of the prefix argument (if there
3475 is one) and the character.
3477 In this case, the function definition looks like the following, where
3478 @code{arg} and @code{char} are the symbols to which @code{interactive}
3479 binds the prefix argument and the specified character:
3483 (defun @var{name-of-function} (arg char)
3484 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
3485 (interactive "p\ncZap to char: ")
3486 @var{body-of-function}@dots{})
3491 (The space after the colon in the prompt makes it look better when you
3492 are prompted. @xref{copy-to-buffer, , The Definition of
3493 @code{copy-to-buffer}}, for an example.)
3495 When a function does not take arguments, @code{interactive} does not
3496 require any. Such a function contains the simple expression
3497 @code{(interactive)}. The @code{mark-whole-buffer} function is like
3500 Alternatively, if the special letter-codes are not right for your
3501 application, you can pass your own arguments to @code{interactive} as
3504 @xref{append-to-buffer, , The Definition of @code{append-to-buffer}},
3505 for an example. @xref{Using Interactive, , Using @code{Interactive},
3506 elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, for a more complete
3507 explanation about this technique.
3509 @node Permanent Installation
3510 @section Install Code Permanently
3511 @cindex Install code permanently
3512 @cindex Permanent code installation
3513 @cindex Code installation
3515 When you install a function definition by evaluating it, it will stay
3516 installed until you quit Emacs. The next time you start a new session
3517 of Emacs, the function will not be installed unless you evaluate the
3518 function definition again.
3520 At some point, you may want to have code installed automatically
3521 whenever you start a new session of Emacs. There are several ways of
3526 If you have code that is just for yourself, you can put the code for the
3527 function definition in your @file{.emacs} initialization file. When you
3528 start Emacs, your @file{.emacs} file is automatically evaluated and all
3529 the function definitions within it are installed.
3530 @xref{Emacs Initialization, , Your @file{.emacs} File}.
3533 Alternatively, you can put the function definitions that you want
3534 installed in one or more files of their own and use the @code{load}
3535 function to cause Emacs to evaluate and thereby install each of the
3536 functions in the files.
3537 @xref{Loading Files, , Loading Files}.
3540 Thirdly, if you have code that your whole site will use, it is usual
3541 to put it in a file called @file{site-init.el} that is loaded when
3542 Emacs is built. This makes the code available to everyone who uses
3543 your machine. (See the @file{INSTALL} file that is part of the Emacs
3547 Finally, if you have code that everyone who uses Emacs may want, you
3548 can post it on a computer network or send a copy to the Free Software
3549 Foundation. (When you do this, please license the code and its
3550 documentation under a license that permits other people to run, copy,
3551 study, modify, and redistribute the code and which protects you from
3552 having your work taken from you.) If you send a copy of your code to
3553 the Free Software Foundation, and properly protect yourself and
3554 others, it may be included in the next release of Emacs. In large
3555 part, this is how Emacs has grown over the past years, by donations.
3561 The @code{let} expression is a special form in Lisp that you will need
3562 to use in most function definitions.
3564 @code{let} is used to attach or bind a symbol to a value in such a way
3565 that the Lisp interpreter will not confuse the variable with a
3566 variable of the same name that is not part of the function.
3568 To understand why the @code{let} special form is necessary, consider
3569 the situation in which you own a home that you generally refer to as
3570 `the house', as in the sentence, ``The house needs painting.'' If you
3571 are visiting a friend and your host refers to `the house', he is
3572 likely to be referring to @emph{his} house, not yours, that is, to a
3575 If your friend is referring to his house and you think he is referring
3576 to your house, you may be in for some confusion. The same thing could
3577 happen in Lisp if a variable that is used inside of one function has
3578 the same name as a variable that is used inside of another function,
3579 and the two are not intended to refer to the same value. The
3580 @code{let} special form prevents this kind of confusion.
3583 * Prevent confusion::
3584 * Parts of let Expression::
3585 * Sample let Expression::
3586 * Uninitialized let Variables::
3590 @node Prevent confusion
3591 @unnumberedsubsec @code{let} Prevents Confusion
3594 @cindex @samp{local variable} defined
3595 @cindex @samp{variable, local}, defined
3596 The @code{let} special form prevents confusion. @code{let} creates a
3597 name for a @dfn{local variable} that overshadows any use of the same
3598 name outside the @code{let} expression. This is like understanding
3599 that whenever your host refers to `the house', he means his house, not
3600 yours. (Symbols used in argument lists work the same way.
3601 @xref{defun, , The @code{defun} Macro}.)
3603 Local variables created by a @code{let} expression retain their value
3604 @emph{only} within the @code{let} expression itself (and within
3605 expressions called within the @code{let} expression); the local
3606 variables have no effect outside the @code{let} expression.
3608 Another way to think about @code{let} is that it is like a @code{setq}
3609 that is temporary and local. The values set by @code{let} are
3610 automatically undone when the @code{let} is finished. The setting
3611 only affects expressions that are inside the bounds of the @code{let}
3612 expression. In computer science jargon, we would say ``the binding of
3613 a symbol is visible only in functions called in the @code{let} form;
3614 in Emacs Lisp, scoping is dynamic, not lexical.''
3616 @code{let} can create more than one variable at once. Also,
3617 @code{let} gives each variable it creates an initial value, either a
3618 value specified by you, or @code{nil}. (In the jargon, this is called
3619 `binding the variable to the value'.) After @code{let} has created
3620 and bound the variables, it executes the code in the body of the
3621 @code{let}, and returns the value of the last expression in the body,
3622 as the value of the whole @code{let} expression. (`Execute' is a jargon
3623 term that means to evaluate a list; it comes from the use of the word
3624 meaning `to give practical effect to' (@cite{Oxford English
3625 Dictionary}). Since you evaluate an expression to perform an action,
3626 `execute' has evolved as a synonym to `evaluate'.)
3628 @node Parts of let Expression
3629 @subsection The Parts of a @code{let} Expression
3630 @cindex @code{let} expression, parts of
3631 @cindex Parts of @code{let} expression
3633 @cindex @samp{varlist} defined
3634 A @code{let} expression is a list of three parts. The first part is
3635 the symbol @code{let}. The second part is a list, called a
3636 @dfn{varlist}, each element of which is either a symbol by itself or a
3637 two-element list, the first element of which is a symbol. The third
3638 part of the @code{let} expression is the body of the @code{let}. The
3639 body usually consists of one or more lists.
3642 A template for a @code{let} expression looks like this:
3645 (let @var{varlist} @var{body}@dots{})
3649 The symbols in the varlist are the variables that are given initial
3650 values by the @code{let} special form. Symbols by themselves are given
3651 the initial value of @code{nil}; and each symbol that is the first
3652 element of a two-element list is bound to the value that is returned
3653 when the Lisp interpreter evaluates the second element.
3655 Thus, a varlist might look like this: @code{(thread (needles 3))}. In
3656 this case, in a @code{let} expression, Emacs binds the symbol
3657 @code{thread} to an initial value of @code{nil}, and binds the symbol
3658 @code{needles} to an initial value of 3.
3660 When you write a @code{let} expression, what you do is put the
3661 appropriate expressions in the slots of the @code{let} expression
3664 If the varlist is composed of two-element lists, as is often the case,
3665 the template for the @code{let} expression looks like this:
3669 (let ((@var{variable} @var{value})
3670 (@var{variable} @var{value})
3676 @node Sample let Expression
3677 @subsection Sample @code{let} Expression
3678 @cindex Sample @code{let} expression
3679 @cindex @code{let} expression sample
3681 The following expression creates and gives initial values
3682 to the two variables @code{zebra} and @code{tiger}. The body of the
3683 @code{let} expression is a list which calls the @code{message} function.
3687 (let ((zebra 'stripes)
3689 (message "One kind of animal has %s and another is %s."
3694 Here, the varlist is @code{((zebra 'stripes) (tiger 'fierce))}.
3696 The two variables are @code{zebra} and @code{tiger}. Each variable is
3697 the first element of a two-element list and each value is the second
3698 element of its two-element list. In the varlist, Emacs binds the
3699 variable @code{zebra} to the value @code{stripes}@footnote{According
3700 to Jared Diamond in @cite{Guns, Germs, and Steel}, ``@dots{} zebras
3701 become impossibly dangerous as they grow older'' but the claim here is
3702 that they do not become fierce like a tiger. (1997, W. W. Norton and
3703 Co., ISBN 0-393-03894-2, page 171)}, and binds the
3704 variable @code{tiger} to the value @code{fierce}. In this example,
3705 both values are symbols preceded by a quote. The values could just as
3706 well have been another list or a string. The body of the @code{let}
3707 follows after the list holding the variables. In this example, the
3708 body is a list that uses the @code{message} function to print a string
3712 You may evaluate the example in the usual fashion, by placing the
3713 cursor after the last parenthesis and typing @kbd{C-x C-e}. When you do
3714 this, the following will appear in the echo area:
3717 "One kind of animal has stripes and another is fierce."
3720 As we have seen before, the @code{message} function prints its first
3721 argument, except for @samp{%s}. In this example, the value of the variable
3722 @code{zebra} is printed at the location of the first @samp{%s} and the
3723 value of the variable @code{tiger} is printed at the location of the
3726 @node Uninitialized let Variables
3727 @subsection Uninitialized Variables in a @code{let} Statement
3728 @cindex Uninitialized @code{let} variables
3729 @cindex @code{let} variables uninitialized
3731 If you do not bind the variables in a @code{let} statement to specific
3732 initial values, they will automatically be bound to an initial value of
3733 @code{nil}, as in the following expression:
3742 "Here are %d variables with %s, %s, and %s value."
3743 birch pine fir oak))
3748 Here, the varlist is @code{((birch 3) pine fir (oak 'some))}.
3751 If you evaluate this expression in the usual way, the following will
3752 appear in your echo area:
3755 "Here are 3 variables with nil, nil, and some value."
3759 In this example, Emacs binds the symbol @code{birch} to the number 3,
3760 binds the symbols @code{pine} and @code{fir} to @code{nil}, and binds
3761 the symbol @code{oak} to the value @code{some}.
3763 Note that in the first part of the @code{let}, the variables @code{pine}
3764 and @code{fir} stand alone as atoms that are not surrounded by
3765 parentheses; this is because they are being bound to @code{nil}, the
3766 empty list. But @code{oak} is bound to @code{some} and so is a part of
3767 the list @code{(oak 'some)}. Similarly, @code{birch} is bound to the
3768 number 3 and so is in a list with that number. (Since a number
3769 evaluates to itself, the number does not need to be quoted. Also, the
3770 number is printed in the message using a @samp{%d} rather than a
3771 @samp{%s}.) The four variables as a group are put into a list to
3772 delimit them from the body of the @code{let}.
3775 @section The @code{if} Special Form
3777 @cindex Conditional with @code{if}
3779 A third special form, in addition to @code{defun} and @code{let}, is the
3780 conditional @code{if}. This form is used to instruct the computer to
3781 make decisions. You can write function definitions without using
3782 @code{if}, but it is used often enough, and is important enough, to be
3783 included here. It is used, for example, in the code for the
3784 function @code{beginning-of-buffer}.
3786 The basic idea behind an @code{if}, is that ``@emph{if} a test is true,
3787 @emph{then} an expression is evaluated.'' If the test is not true, the
3788 expression is not evaluated. For example, you might make a decision
3789 such as, ``if it is warm and sunny, then go to the beach!''
3792 * if in more detail::
3793 * type-of-animal in detail:: An example of an @code{if} expression.
3797 @node if in more detail
3798 @unnumberedsubsec @code{if} in more detail
3801 @cindex @samp{if-part} defined
3802 @cindex @samp{then-part} defined
3803 An @code{if} expression written in Lisp does not use the word `then';
3804 the test and the action are the second and third elements of the list
3805 whose first element is @code{if}. Nonetheless, the test part of an
3806 @code{if} expression is often called the @dfn{if-part} and the second
3807 argument is often called the @dfn{then-part}.
3809 Also, when an @code{if} expression is written, the true-or-false-test
3810 is usually written on the same line as the symbol @code{if}, but the
3811 action to carry out if the test is true, the ``then-part'', is written
3812 on the second and subsequent lines. This makes the @code{if}
3813 expression easier to read.
3817 (if @var{true-or-false-test}
3818 @var{action-to-carry-out-if-test-is-true})
3823 The true-or-false-test will be an expression that
3824 is evaluated by the Lisp interpreter.
3826 Here is an example that you can evaluate in the usual manner. The test
3827 is whether the number 5 is greater than the number 4. Since it is, the
3828 message @samp{5 is greater than 4!} will be printed.
3832 (if (> 5 4) ; @r{if-part}
3833 (message "5 is greater than 4!")) ; @r{then-part}
3838 (The function @code{>} tests whether its first argument is greater than
3839 its second argument and returns true if it is.)
3840 @findex > (greater than)
3842 Of course, in actual use, the test in an @code{if} expression will not
3843 be fixed for all time as it is by the expression @code{(> 5 4)}.
3844 Instead, at least one of the variables used in the test will be bound to
3845 a value that is not known ahead of time. (If the value were known ahead
3846 of time, we would not need to run the test!)
3848 For example, the value may be bound to an argument of a function
3849 definition. In the following function definition, the character of the
3850 animal is a value that is passed to the function. If the value bound to
3851 @code{characteristic} is @code{fierce}, then the message, @samp{It's a
3852 tiger!} will be printed; otherwise, @code{nil} will be returned.
3856 (defun type-of-animal (characteristic)
3857 "Print message in echo area depending on CHARACTERISTIC.
3858 If the CHARACTERISTIC is the symbol `fierce',
3859 then warn of a tiger."
3860 (if (equal characteristic 'fierce)
3861 (message "It's a tiger!")))
3867 If you are reading this inside of GNU Emacs, you can evaluate the
3868 function definition in the usual way to install it in Emacs, and then you
3869 can evaluate the following two expressions to see the results:
3873 (type-of-animal 'fierce)
3875 (type-of-animal 'zebra)
3880 @c Following sentences rewritten to prevent overfull hbox.
3882 When you evaluate @code{(type-of-animal 'fierce)}, you will see the
3883 following message printed in the echo area: @code{"It's a tiger!"}; and
3884 when you evaluate @code{(type-of-animal 'zebra)} you will see @code{nil}
3885 printed in the echo area.
3887 @node type-of-animal in detail
3888 @subsection The @code{type-of-animal} Function in Detail
3890 Let's look at the @code{type-of-animal} function in detail.
3892 The function definition for @code{type-of-animal} was written by filling
3893 the slots of two templates, one for a function definition as a whole, and
3894 a second for an @code{if} expression.
3897 The template for every function that is not interactive is:
3901 (defun @var{name-of-function} (@var{argument-list})
3902 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
3908 The parts of the function that match this template look like this:
3912 (defun type-of-animal (characteristic)
3913 "Print message in echo area depending on CHARACTERISTIC.
3914 If the CHARACTERISTIC is the symbol `fierce',
3915 then warn of a tiger."
3916 @var{body: the} @code{if} @var{expression})
3920 The name of function is @code{type-of-animal}; it is passed the value
3921 of one argument. The argument list is followed by a multi-line
3922 documentation string. The documentation string is included in the
3923 example because it is a good habit to write documentation string for
3924 every function definition. The body of the function definition
3925 consists of the @code{if} expression.
3928 The template for an @code{if} expression looks like this:
3932 (if @var{true-or-false-test}
3933 @var{action-to-carry-out-if-the-test-returns-true})
3938 In the @code{type-of-animal} function, the code for the @code{if}
3943 (if (equal characteristic 'fierce)
3944 (message "It's a tiger!")))
3949 Here, the true-or-false-test is the expression:
3952 (equal characteristic 'fierce)
3956 In Lisp, @code{equal} is a function that determines whether its first
3957 argument is equal to its second argument. The second argument is the
3958 quoted symbol @code{'fierce} and the first argument is the value of the
3959 symbol @code{characteristic}---in other words, the argument passed to
3962 In the first exercise of @code{type-of-animal}, the argument
3963 @code{fierce} is passed to @code{type-of-animal}. Since @code{fierce}
3964 is equal to @code{fierce}, the expression, @code{(equal characteristic
3965 'fierce)}, returns a value of true. When this happens, the @code{if}
3966 evaluates the second argument or then-part of the @code{if}:
3967 @code{(message "It's tiger!")}.
3969 On the other hand, in the second exercise of @code{type-of-animal}, the
3970 argument @code{zebra} is passed to @code{type-of-animal}. @code{zebra}
3971 is not equal to @code{fierce}, so the then-part is not evaluated and
3972 @code{nil} is returned by the @code{if} expression.
3975 @section If--then--else Expressions
3978 An @code{if} expression may have an optional third argument, called
3979 the @dfn{else-part}, for the case when the true-or-false-test returns
3980 false. When this happens, the second argument or then-part of the
3981 overall @code{if} expression is @emph{not} evaluated, but the third or
3982 else-part @emph{is} evaluated. You might think of this as the cloudy
3983 day alternative for the decision ``if it is warm and sunny, then go to
3984 the beach, else read a book!''.
3986 The word ``else'' is not written in the Lisp code; the else-part of an
3987 @code{if} expression comes after the then-part. In the written Lisp, the
3988 else-part is usually written to start on a line of its own and is
3989 indented less than the then-part:
3993 (if @var{true-or-false-test}
3994 @var{action-to-carry-out-if-the-test-returns-true}
3995 @var{action-to-carry-out-if-the-test-returns-false})
3999 For example, the following @code{if} expression prints the message @samp{4
4000 is not greater than 5!} when you evaluate it in the usual way:
4004 (if (> 4 5) ; @r{if-part}
4005 (message "4 falsely greater than 5!") ; @r{then-part}
4006 (message "4 is not greater than 5!")) ; @r{else-part}
4011 Note that the different levels of indentation make it easy to
4012 distinguish the then-part from the else-part. (GNU Emacs has several
4013 commands that automatically indent @code{if} expressions correctly.
4014 @xref{Typing Lists, , GNU Emacs Helps You Type Lists}.)
4016 We can extend the @code{type-of-animal} function to include an
4017 else-part by simply incorporating an additional part to the @code{if}
4021 You can see the consequences of doing this if you evaluate the following
4022 version of the @code{type-of-animal} function definition to install it
4023 and then evaluate the two subsequent expressions to pass different
4024 arguments to the function.
4028 (defun type-of-animal (characteristic) ; @r{Second version.}
4029 "Print message in echo area depending on CHARACTERISTIC.
4030 If the CHARACTERISTIC is the symbol `fierce',
4031 then warn of a tiger;
4032 else say it's not fierce."
4033 (if (equal characteristic 'fierce)
4034 (message "It's a tiger!")
4035 (message "It's not fierce!")))
4042 (type-of-animal 'fierce)
4044 (type-of-animal 'zebra)
4049 @c Following sentence rewritten to prevent overfull hbox.
4051 When you evaluate @code{(type-of-animal 'fierce)}, you will see the
4052 following message printed in the echo area: @code{"It's a tiger!"}; but
4053 when you evaluate @code{(type-of-animal 'zebra)}, you will see
4054 @code{"It's not fierce!"}.
4056 (Of course, if the @var{characteristic} were @code{ferocious}, the
4057 message @code{"It's not fierce!"} would be printed; and it would be
4058 misleading! When you write code, you need to take into account the
4059 possibility that some such argument will be tested by the @code{if}
4060 and write your program accordingly.)
4062 @node Truth & Falsehood
4063 @section Truth and Falsehood in Emacs Lisp
4064 @cindex Truth and falsehood in Emacs Lisp
4065 @cindex Falsehood and truth in Emacs Lisp
4068 There is an important aspect to the truth test in an @code{if}
4069 expression. So far, we have spoken of `true' and `false' as values of
4070 predicates as if they were new kinds of Emacs Lisp objects. In fact,
4071 `false' is just our old friend @code{nil}. Anything else---anything
4074 The expression that tests for truth is interpreted as @dfn{true}
4075 if the result of evaluating it is a value that is not @code{nil}. In
4076 other words, the result of the test is considered true if the value
4077 returned is a number such as 47, a string such as @code{"hello"}, or a
4078 symbol (other than @code{nil}) such as @code{flowers}, or a list (so
4079 long as it is not empty), or even a buffer!
4082 * nil explained:: @code{nil} has two meanings.
4087 @unnumberedsubsec An explanation of @code{nil}
4090 Before illustrating a test for truth, we need an explanation of @code{nil}.
4092 In Emacs Lisp, the symbol @code{nil} has two meanings. First, it means the
4093 empty list. Second, it means false and is the value returned when a
4094 true-or-false-test tests false. @code{nil} can be written as an empty
4095 list, @code{()}, or as @code{nil}. As far as the Lisp interpreter is
4096 concerned, @code{()} and @code{nil} are the same. Humans, however, tend
4097 to use @code{nil} for false and @code{()} for the empty list.
4099 In Emacs Lisp, any value that is not @code{nil}---is not the empty
4100 list---is considered true. This means that if an evaluation returns
4101 something that is not an empty list, an @code{if} expression will test
4102 true. For example, if a number is put in the slot for the test, it
4103 will be evaluated and will return itself, since that is what numbers
4104 do when evaluated. In this conditional, the @code{if} expression will
4105 test true. The expression tests false only when @code{nil}, an empty
4106 list, is returned by evaluating the expression.
4108 You can see this by evaluating the two expressions in the following examples.
4110 In the first example, the number 4 is evaluated as the test in the
4111 @code{if} expression and returns itself; consequently, the then-part
4112 of the expression is evaluated and returned: @samp{true} appears in
4113 the echo area. In the second example, the @code{nil} indicates false;
4114 consequently, the else-part of the expression is evaluated and
4115 returned: @samp{false} appears in the echo area.
4132 Incidentally, if some other useful value is not available for a test that
4133 returns true, then the Lisp interpreter will return the symbol @code{t}
4134 for true. For example, the expression @code{(> 5 4)} returns @code{t}
4135 when evaluated, as you can see by evaluating it in the usual way:
4143 On the other hand, this function returns @code{nil} if the test is false.
4149 @node save-excursion
4150 @section @code{save-excursion}
4151 @findex save-excursion
4152 @cindex Region, what it is
4153 @cindex Preserving point, mark, and buffer
4154 @cindex Point, mark, buffer preservation
4158 The @code{save-excursion} function is the third and final special form
4159 that we will discuss in this chapter.
4161 In Emacs Lisp programs used for editing, the @code{save-excursion}
4162 function is very common. It saves the location of point and mark,
4163 executes the body of the function, and then restores point and mark to
4164 their previous positions if their locations were changed. Its primary
4165 purpose is to keep the user from being surprised and disturbed by
4166 unexpected movement of point or mark.
4169 * Point and mark:: A review of various locations.
4170 * Template for save-excursion::
4174 @node Point and mark
4175 @unnumberedsubsec Point and Mark
4178 Before discussing @code{save-excursion}, however, it may be useful
4179 first to review what point and mark are in GNU Emacs. @dfn{Point} is
4180 the current location of the cursor. Wherever the cursor
4181 is, that is point. More precisely, on terminals where the cursor
4182 appears to be on top of a character, point is immediately before the
4183 character. In Emacs Lisp, point is an integer. The first character in
4184 a buffer is number one, the second is number two, and so on. The
4185 function @code{point} returns the current position of the cursor as a
4186 number. Each buffer has its own value for point.
4188 The @dfn{mark} is another position in the buffer; its value can be set
4189 with a command such as @kbd{C-@key{SPC}} (@code{set-mark-command}). If
4190 a mark has been set, you can use the command @kbd{C-x C-x}
4191 (@code{exchange-point-and-mark}) to cause the cursor to jump to the mark
4192 and set the mark to be the previous position of point. In addition, if
4193 you set another mark, the position of the previous mark is saved in the
4194 mark ring. Many mark positions can be saved this way. You can jump the
4195 cursor to a saved mark by typing @kbd{C-u C-@key{SPC}} one or more
4198 The part of the buffer between point and mark is called @dfn{the
4199 region}. Numerous commands work on the region, including
4200 @code{center-region}, @code{count-lines-region}, @code{kill-region}, and
4201 @code{print-region}.
4203 The @code{save-excursion} special form saves the locations of point and
4204 mark and restores those positions after the code within the body of the
4205 special form is evaluated by the Lisp interpreter. Thus, if point were
4206 in the beginning of a piece of text and some code moved point to the end
4207 of the buffer, the @code{save-excursion} would put point back to where
4208 it was before, after the expressions in the body of the function were
4211 In Emacs, a function frequently moves point as part of its internal
4212 workings even though a user would not expect this. For example,
4213 @code{count-lines-region} moves point. To prevent the user from being
4214 bothered by jumps that are both unexpected and (from the user's point of
4215 view) unnecessary, @code{save-excursion} is often used to keep point and
4216 mark in the location expected by the user. The use of
4217 @code{save-excursion} is good housekeeping.
4219 To make sure the house stays clean, @code{save-excursion} restores the
4220 values of point and mark even if something goes wrong in the code inside
4221 of it (or, to be more precise and to use the proper jargon, ``in case of
4222 abnormal exit''). This feature is very helpful.
4224 In addition to recording the values of point and mark,
4225 @code{save-excursion} keeps track of the current buffer, and restores
4226 it, too. This means you can write code that will change the buffer and
4227 have @code{save-excursion} switch you back to the original buffer.
4228 This is how @code{save-excursion} is used in @code{append-to-buffer}.
4229 (@xref{append-to-buffer, , The Definition of @code{append-to-buffer}}.)
4231 @node Template for save-excursion
4232 @subsection Template for a @code{save-excursion} Expression
4235 The template for code using @code{save-excursion} is simple:
4245 The body of the function is one or more expressions that will be
4246 evaluated in sequence by the Lisp interpreter. If there is more than
4247 one expression in the body, the value of the last one will be returned
4248 as the value of the @code{save-excursion} function. The other
4249 expressions in the body are evaluated only for their side effects; and
4250 @code{save-excursion} itself is used only for its side effect (which
4251 is restoring the positions of point and mark).
4254 In more detail, the template for a @code{save-excursion} expression
4260 @var{first-expression-in-body}
4261 @var{second-expression-in-body}
4262 @var{third-expression-in-body}
4264 @var{last-expression-in-body})
4269 An expression, of course, may be a symbol on its own or a list.
4271 In Emacs Lisp code, a @code{save-excursion} expression often occurs
4272 within the body of a @code{let} expression. It looks like this:
4285 In the last few chapters we have introduced a macro and a fair number
4286 of functions and special forms. Here they are described in brief,
4287 along with a few similar functions that have not been mentioned yet.
4290 @item eval-last-sexp
4291 Evaluate the last symbolic expression before the current location of
4292 point. The value is printed in the echo area unless the function is
4293 invoked with an argument; in that case, the output is printed in the
4294 current buffer. This command is normally bound to @kbd{C-x C-e}.
4297 Define function. This macro has up to five parts: the name, a
4298 template for the arguments that will be passed to the function,
4299 documentation, an optional interactive declaration, and the body of
4303 For example, in an early version of Emacs, the function definition was
4304 as follows. (It is slightly more complex now that it seeks the first
4305 non-whitespace character rather than the first visible character.)
4309 (defun back-to-indentation ()
4310 "Move point to first visible character on line."
4312 (beginning-of-line 1)
4313 (skip-chars-forward " \t"))
4320 (defun backward-to-indentation (&optional arg)
4321 "Move backward ARG lines and position at first nonblank character."
4323 (forward-line (- (or arg 1)))
4324 (skip-chars-forward " \t"))
4326 (defun back-to-indentation ()
4327 "Move point to the first non-whitespace character on this line."
4329 (beginning-of-line 1)
4330 (skip-syntax-forward " " (line-end-position))
4331 ;; Move back over chars that have whitespace syntax but have the p flag.
4332 (backward-prefix-chars))
4336 Declare to the interpreter that the function can be used
4337 interactively. This special form may be followed by a string with one
4338 or more parts that pass the information to the arguments of the
4339 function, in sequence. These parts may also tell the interpreter to
4340 prompt for information. Parts of the string are separated by
4341 newlines, @samp{\n}.
4344 Common code characters are:
4348 The name of an existing buffer.
4351 The name of an existing file.
4354 The numeric prefix argument. (Note that this `p' is lower case.)
4357 Point and the mark, as two numeric arguments, smallest first. This
4358 is the only code letter that specifies two successive arguments
4362 @xref{Interactive Codes, , Code Characters for @samp{interactive},
4363 elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, for a complete list of
4367 Declare that a list of variables is for use within the body of the
4368 @code{let} and give them an initial value, either @code{nil} or a
4369 specified value; then evaluate the rest of the expressions in the body
4370 of the @code{let} and return the value of the last one. Inside the
4371 body of the @code{let}, the Lisp interpreter does not see the values of
4372 the variables of the same names that are bound outside of the
4380 (let ((foo (buffer-name))
4381 (bar (buffer-size)))
4383 "This buffer is %s and has %d characters."
4388 @item save-excursion
4389 Record the values of point and mark and the current buffer before
4390 evaluating the body of this special form. Restore the values of point
4391 and mark and buffer afterward.
4398 (message "We are %d characters into this buffer."
4401 (goto-char (point-min)) (point))))
4406 Evaluate the first argument to the function; if it is true, evaluate
4407 the second argument; else evaluate the third argument, if there is one.
4409 The @code{if} special form is called a @dfn{conditional}. There are
4410 other conditionals in Emacs Lisp, but @code{if} is perhaps the most
4418 (if (= 22 emacs-major-version)
4419 (message "This is version 22 Emacs")
4420 (message "This is not version 22 Emacs"))
4429 The @code{<} function tests whether its first argument is smaller than
4430 its second argument. A corresponding function, @code{>}, tests whether
4431 the first argument is greater than the second. Likewise, @code{<=}
4432 tests whether the first argument is less than or equal to the second and
4433 @code{>=} tests whether the first argument is greater than or equal to
4434 the second. In all cases, both arguments must be numbers or markers
4435 (markers indicate positions in buffers).
4439 The @code{=} function tests whether two arguments, both numbers or
4445 Test whether two objects are the same. @code{equal} uses one meaning
4446 of the word `same' and @code{eq} uses another: @code{equal} returns
4447 true if the two objects have a similar structure and contents, such as
4448 two copies of the same book. On the other hand, @code{eq}, returns
4449 true if both arguments are actually the same object.
4458 The @code{string-lessp} function tests whether its first argument is
4459 smaller than the second argument. A shorter, alternative name for the
4460 same function (a @code{defalias}) is @code{string<}.
4462 The arguments to @code{string-lessp} must be strings or symbols; the
4463 ordering is lexicographic, so case is significant. The print names of
4464 symbols are used instead of the symbols themselves.
4466 @cindex @samp{empty string} defined
4467 An empty string, @samp{""}, a string with no characters in it, is
4468 smaller than any string of characters.
4470 @code{string-equal} provides the corresponding test for equality. Its
4471 shorter, alternative name is @code{string=}. There are no string test
4472 functions that correspond to @var{>}, @code{>=}, or @code{<=}.
4475 Print a message in the echo area. The first argument is a string that
4476 can contain @samp{%s}, @samp{%d}, or @samp{%c} to print the value of
4477 arguments that follow the string. The argument used by @samp{%s} must
4478 be a string or a symbol; the argument used by @samp{%d} must be a
4479 number. The argument used by @samp{%c} must be an @sc{ascii} code
4480 number; it will be printed as the character with that @sc{ascii} code.
4481 (Various other %-sequences have not been mentioned.)
4485 The @code{setq} function sets the value of its first argument to the
4486 value of the second argument. The first argument is automatically
4487 quoted by @code{setq}. It does the same for succeeding pairs of
4488 arguments. Another function, @code{set}, takes only two arguments and
4489 evaluates both of them before setting the value returned by its first
4490 argument to the value returned by its second argument.
4493 Without an argument, return the name of the buffer, as a string.
4495 @item buffer-file-name
4496 Without an argument, return the name of the file the buffer is
4499 @item current-buffer
4500 Return the buffer in which Emacs is active; it may not be
4501 the buffer that is visible on the screen.
4504 Return the most recently selected buffer (other than the buffer passed
4505 to @code{other-buffer} as an argument and other than the current
4508 @item switch-to-buffer
4509 Select a buffer for Emacs to be active in and display it in the current
4510 window so users can look at it. Usually bound to @kbd{C-x b}.
4513 Switch Emacs's attention to a buffer on which programs will run. Don't
4514 alter what the window is showing.
4517 Return the number of characters in the current buffer.
4520 Return the value of the current position of the cursor, as an
4521 integer counting the number of characters from the beginning of the
4525 Return the minimum permissible value of point in
4526 the current buffer. This is 1, unless narrowing is in effect.
4529 Return the value of the maximum permissible value of point in the
4530 current buffer. This is the end of the buffer, unless narrowing is in
4535 @node defun Exercises
4540 Write a non-interactive function that doubles the value of its
4541 argument, a number. Make that function interactive.
4544 Write a function that tests whether the current value of
4545 @code{fill-column} is greater than the argument passed to the function,
4546 and if so, prints an appropriate message.
4549 @node Buffer Walk Through
4550 @chapter A Few Buffer--Related Functions
4552 In this chapter we study in detail several of the functions used in GNU
4553 Emacs. This is called a ``walk-through''. These functions are used as
4554 examples of Lisp code, but are not imaginary examples; with the
4555 exception of the first, simplified function definition, these functions
4556 show the actual code used in GNU Emacs. You can learn a great deal from
4557 these definitions. The functions described here are all related to
4558 buffers. Later, we will study other functions.
4561 * Finding More:: How to find more information.
4562 * simplified-beginning-of-buffer:: Shows @code{goto-char},
4563 @code{point-min}, and @code{push-mark}.
4564 * mark-whole-buffer:: Almost the same as @code{beginning-of-buffer}.
4565 * append-to-buffer:: Uses @code{save-excursion} and
4566 @code{insert-buffer-substring}.
4567 * Buffer Related Review:: Review.
4568 * Buffer Exercises::
4572 @section Finding More Information
4574 @findex describe-function, @r{introduced}
4575 @cindex Find function documentation
4576 In this walk-through, I will describe each new function as we come to
4577 it, sometimes in detail and sometimes briefly. If you are interested,
4578 you can get the full documentation of any Emacs Lisp function at any
4579 time by typing @kbd{C-h f} and then the name of the function (and then
4580 @key{RET}). Similarly, you can get the full documentation for a
4581 variable by typing @kbd{C-h v} and then the name of the variable (and
4584 @cindex Find source of function
4585 @c In version 22, tells location both of C and of Emacs Lisp
4586 Also, @code{describe-function} will tell you the location of the
4587 function definition.
4589 Put point into the name of the file that contains the function and
4590 press the @key{RET} key. In this case, @key{RET} means
4591 @code{push-button} rather than `return' or `enter'. Emacs will take
4592 you directly to the function definition.
4597 If you move point over the file name and press
4598 the @key{RET} key, which in this case means @code{help-follow} rather
4599 than `return' or `enter', Emacs will take you directly to the function
4603 More generally, if you want to see a function in its original source
4604 file, you can use the @code{find-tag} function to jump to it.
4605 @code{find-tag} works with a wide variety of languages, not just
4606 Lisp, and C, and it works with non-programming text as well. For
4607 example, @code{find-tag} will jump to the various nodes in the
4608 Texinfo source file of this document.
4609 The @code{find-tag} function depends on `tags tables' that record
4610 the locations of the functions, variables, and other items to which
4611 @code{find-tag} jumps.
4613 To use the @code{find-tag} command, type @kbd{M-.} (i.e., press the
4614 period key while holding down the @key{META} key, or else type the
4615 @key{ESC} key and then type the period key), and then, at the prompt,
4616 type in the name of the function whose source code you want to see,
4617 such as @code{mark-whole-buffer}, and then type @key{RET}. Emacs will
4618 switch buffers and display the source code for the function on your
4619 screen. To switch back to your current buffer, type @kbd{C-x b
4620 @key{RET}}. (On some keyboards, the @key{META} key is labeled
4623 @c !!! 22.1.1 tags table location in this paragraph
4624 @cindex TAGS table, specifying
4626 Depending on how the initial default values of your copy of Emacs are
4627 set, you may also need to specify the location of your `tags table',
4628 which is a file called @file{TAGS}. For example, if you are
4629 interested in Emacs sources, the tags table you will most likely want,
4630 if it has already been created for you, will be in a subdirectory of
4631 the @file{/usr/local/share/emacs/} directory; thus you would use the
4632 @code{M-x visit-tags-table} command and specify a pathname such as
4633 @file{/usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/lisp/TAGS}. If the tags table
4634 has not already been created, you will have to create it yourself. It
4635 will be in a file such as @file{/usr/local/src/emacs/src/TAGS}.
4638 To create a @file{TAGS} file in a specific directory, switch to that
4639 directory in Emacs using @kbd{M-x cd} command, or list the directory
4640 with @kbd{C-x d} (@code{dired}). Then run the compile command, with
4641 @w{@code{etags *.el}} as the command to execute:
4644 M-x compile RET etags *.el RET
4647 For more information, see @ref{etags, , Create Your Own @file{TAGS} File}.
4649 After you become more familiar with Emacs Lisp, you will find that you will
4650 frequently use @code{find-tag} to navigate your way around source code;
4651 and you will create your own @file{TAGS} tables.
4653 @cindex Library, as term for `file'
4654 Incidentally, the files that contain Lisp code are conventionally
4655 called @dfn{libraries}. The metaphor is derived from that of a
4656 specialized library, such as a law library or an engineering library,
4657 rather than a general library. Each library, or file, contains
4658 functions that relate to a particular topic or activity, such as
4659 @file{abbrev.el} for handling abbreviations and other typing
4660 shortcuts, and @file{help.el} for help. (Sometimes several
4661 libraries provide code for a single activity, as the various
4662 @file{rmail@dots{}} files provide code for reading electronic mail.)
4663 In @cite{The GNU Emacs Manual}, you will see sentences such as ``The
4664 @kbd{C-h p} command lets you search the standard Emacs Lisp libraries
4665 by topic keywords.''
4667 @node simplified-beginning-of-buffer
4668 @section A Simplified @code{beginning-of-buffer} Definition
4669 @findex simplified-beginning-of-buffer
4671 The @code{beginning-of-buffer} command is a good function to start with
4672 since you are likely to be familiar with it and it is easy to
4673 understand. Used as an interactive command, @code{beginning-of-buffer}
4674 moves the cursor to the beginning of the buffer, leaving the mark at the
4675 previous position. It is generally bound to @kbd{M-<}.
4677 In this section, we will discuss a shortened version of the function
4678 that shows how it is most frequently used. This shortened function
4679 works as written, but it does not contain the code for a complex option.
4680 In another section, we will describe the entire function.
4681 (@xref{beginning-of-buffer, , Complete Definition of
4682 @code{beginning-of-buffer}}.)
4684 Before looking at the code, let's consider what the function
4685 definition has to contain: it must include an expression that makes
4686 the function interactive so it can be called by typing @kbd{M-x
4687 beginning-of-buffer} or by typing a keychord such as @kbd{M-<}; it
4688 must include code to leave a mark at the original position in the
4689 buffer; and it must include code to move the cursor to the beginning
4693 Here is the complete text of the shortened version of the function:
4697 (defun simplified-beginning-of-buffer ()
4698 "Move point to the beginning of the buffer;
4699 leave mark at previous position."
4702 (goto-char (point-min)))
4706 Like all function definitions, this definition has five parts following
4707 the macro @code{defun}:
4711 The name: in this example, @code{simplified-beginning-of-buffer}.
4714 A list of the arguments: in this example, an empty list, @code{()},
4717 The documentation string.
4720 The interactive expression.
4727 In this function definition, the argument list is empty; this means that
4728 this function does not require any arguments. (When we look at the
4729 definition for the complete function, we will see that it may be passed
4730 an optional argument.)
4732 The interactive expression tells Emacs that the function is intended to
4733 be used interactively. In this example, @code{interactive} does not have
4734 an argument because @code{simplified-beginning-of-buffer} does not
4738 The body of the function consists of the two lines:
4743 (goto-char (point-min))
4747 The first of these lines is the expression, @code{(push-mark)}. When
4748 this expression is evaluated by the Lisp interpreter, it sets a mark at
4749 the current position of the cursor, wherever that may be. The position
4750 of this mark is saved in the mark ring.
4752 The next line is @code{(goto-char (point-min))}. This expression
4753 jumps the cursor to the minimum point in the buffer, that is, to the
4754 beginning of the buffer (or to the beginning of the accessible portion
4755 of the buffer if it is narrowed. @xref{Narrowing & Widening, ,
4756 Narrowing and Widening}.)
4758 The @code{push-mark} command sets a mark at the place where the cursor
4759 was located before it was moved to the beginning of the buffer by the
4760 @code{(goto-char (point-min))} expression. Consequently, you can, if
4761 you wish, go back to where you were originally by typing @kbd{C-x C-x}.
4763 That is all there is to the function definition!
4765 @findex describe-function
4766 When you are reading code such as this and come upon an unfamiliar
4767 function, such as @code{goto-char}, you can find out what it does by
4768 using the @code{describe-function} command. To use this command, type
4769 @kbd{C-h f} and then type in the name of the function and press
4770 @key{RET}. The @code{describe-function} command will print the
4771 function's documentation string in a @file{*Help*} window. For
4772 example, the documentation for @code{goto-char} is:
4776 Set point to POSITION, a number or marker.
4777 Beginning of buffer is position (point-min), end is (point-max).
4782 The function's one argument is the desired position.
4785 (The prompt for @code{describe-function} will offer you the symbol
4786 under or preceding the cursor, so you can save typing by positioning
4787 the cursor right over or after the function and then typing @kbd{C-h f
4790 The @code{end-of-buffer} function definition is written in the same way as
4791 the @code{beginning-of-buffer} definition except that the body of the
4792 function contains the expression @code{(goto-char (point-max))} in place
4793 of @code{(goto-char (point-min))}.
4795 @node mark-whole-buffer
4796 @section The Definition of @code{mark-whole-buffer}
4797 @findex mark-whole-buffer
4799 The @code{mark-whole-buffer} function is no harder to understand than the
4800 @code{simplified-beginning-of-buffer} function. In this case, however,
4801 we will look at the complete function, not a shortened version.
4803 The @code{mark-whole-buffer} function is not as commonly used as the
4804 @code{beginning-of-buffer} function, but is useful nonetheless: it
4805 marks a whole buffer as a region by putting point at the beginning and
4806 a mark at the end of the buffer. It is generally bound to @kbd{C-x
4810 * mark-whole-buffer overview::
4811 * Body of mark-whole-buffer:: Only three lines of code.
4815 @node mark-whole-buffer overview
4816 @unnumberedsubsec An overview of @code{mark-whole-buffer}
4820 In GNU Emacs 22, the code for the complete function looks like this:
4824 (defun mark-whole-buffer ()
4825 "Put point at beginning and mark at end of buffer.
4826 You probably should not use this function in Lisp programs;
4827 it is usually a mistake for a Lisp function to use any subroutine
4828 that uses or sets the mark."
4831 (push-mark (point-max) nil t)
4832 (goto-char (point-min)))
4837 Like all other functions, the @code{mark-whole-buffer} function fits
4838 into the template for a function definition. The template looks like
4843 (defun @var{name-of-function} (@var{argument-list})
4844 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
4845 (@var{interactive-expression}@dots{})
4850 Here is how the function works: the name of the function is
4851 @code{mark-whole-buffer}; it is followed by an empty argument list,
4852 @samp{()}, which means that the function does not require arguments.
4853 The documentation comes next.
4855 The next line is an @code{(interactive)} expression that tells Emacs
4856 that the function will be used interactively. These details are similar
4857 to the @code{simplified-beginning-of-buffer} function described in the
4861 @node Body of mark-whole-buffer
4862 @subsection Body of @code{mark-whole-buffer}
4864 The body of the @code{mark-whole-buffer} function consists of three
4871 (push-mark (point-max) nil t)
4872 (goto-char (point-min))
4876 The first of these lines is the expression, @code{(push-mark (point))}.
4878 This line does exactly the same job as the first line of the body of
4879 the @code{simplified-beginning-of-buffer} function, which is written
4880 @code{(push-mark)}. In both cases, the Lisp interpreter sets a mark
4881 at the current position of the cursor.
4883 I don't know why the expression in @code{mark-whole-buffer} is written
4884 @code{(push-mark (point))} and the expression in
4885 @code{beginning-of-buffer} is written @code{(push-mark)}. Perhaps
4886 whoever wrote the code did not know that the arguments for
4887 @code{push-mark} are optional and that if @code{push-mark} is not
4888 passed an argument, the function automatically sets mark at the
4889 location of point by default. Or perhaps the expression was written
4890 so as to parallel the structure of the next line. In any case, the
4891 line causes Emacs to determine the position of point and set a mark
4894 In earlier versions of GNU Emacs, the next line of
4895 @code{mark-whole-buffer} was @code{(push-mark (point-max))}. This
4896 expression sets a mark at the point in the buffer that has the highest
4897 number. This will be the end of the buffer (or, if the buffer is
4898 narrowed, the end of the accessible portion of the buffer.
4899 @xref{Narrowing & Widening, , Narrowing and Widening}, for more about
4900 narrowing.) After this mark has been set, the previous mark, the one
4901 set at point, is no longer set, but Emacs remembers its position, just
4902 as all other recent marks are always remembered. This means that you
4903 can, if you wish, go back to that position by typing @kbd{C-u
4907 In GNU Emacs 22, the @code{(point-max)} is slightly more complicated.
4911 (push-mark (point-max) nil t)
4915 The expression works nearly the same as before. It sets a mark at the
4916 highest numbered place in the buffer that it can. However, in this
4917 version, @code{push-mark} has two additional arguments. The second
4918 argument to @code{push-mark} is @code{nil}. This tells the function
4919 it @emph{should} display a message that says `Mark set' when it pushes
4920 the mark. The third argument is @code{t}. This tells
4921 @code{push-mark} to activate the mark when Transient Mark mode is
4922 turned on. Transient Mark mode highlights the currently active
4923 region. It is often turned off.
4925 Finally, the last line of the function is @code{(goto-char
4926 (point-min)))}. This is written exactly the same way as it is written
4927 in @code{beginning-of-buffer}. The expression moves the cursor to
4928 the minimum point in the buffer, that is, to the beginning of the buffer
4929 (or to the beginning of the accessible portion of the buffer). As a
4930 result of this, point is placed at the beginning of the buffer and mark
4931 is set at the end of the buffer. The whole buffer is, therefore, the
4934 @node append-to-buffer
4935 @section The Definition of @code{append-to-buffer}
4936 @findex append-to-buffer
4938 The @code{append-to-buffer} command is more complex than the
4939 @code{mark-whole-buffer} command. What it does is copy the region
4940 (that is, the part of the buffer between point and mark) from the
4941 current buffer to a specified buffer.
4944 * append-to-buffer overview::
4945 * append interactive:: A two part interactive expression.
4946 * append-to-buffer body:: Incorporates a @code{let} expression.
4947 * append save-excursion:: How the @code{save-excursion} works.
4951 @node append-to-buffer overview
4952 @unnumberedsubsec An Overview of @code{append-to-buffer}
4955 @findex insert-buffer-substring
4956 The @code{append-to-buffer} command uses the
4957 @code{insert-buffer-substring} function to copy the region.
4958 @code{insert-buffer-substring} is described by its name: it takes a
4959 string of characters from part of a buffer, a ``substring'', and
4960 inserts them into another buffer.
4962 Most of @code{append-to-buffer} is
4963 concerned with setting up the conditions for
4964 @code{insert-buffer-substring} to work: the code must specify both the
4965 buffer to which the text will go, the window it comes from and goes
4966 to, and the region that will be copied.
4969 Here is the complete text of the function:
4973 (defun append-to-buffer (buffer start end)
4974 "Append to specified buffer the text of the region.
4975 It is inserted into that buffer before its point.
4979 When calling from a program, give three arguments:
4980 BUFFER (or buffer name), START and END.
4981 START and END specify the portion of the current buffer to be copied."
4983 (list (read-buffer "Append to buffer: " (other-buffer
4984 (current-buffer) t))
4985 (region-beginning) (region-end)))
4988 (let ((oldbuf (current-buffer)))
4990 (let* ((append-to (get-buffer-create buffer))
4991 (windows (get-buffer-window-list append-to t t))
4993 (set-buffer append-to)
4994 (setq point (point))
4995 (barf-if-buffer-read-only)
4996 (insert-buffer-substring oldbuf start end)
4997 (dolist (window windows)
4998 (when (= (window-point window) point)
4999 (set-window-point window (point))))))))
5003 The function can be understood by looking at it as a series of
5004 filled-in templates.
5006 The outermost template is for the function definition. In this
5007 function, it looks like this (with several slots filled in):
5011 (defun append-to-buffer (buffer start end)
5012 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
5013 (interactive @dots{})
5018 The first line of the function includes its name and three arguments.
5019 The arguments are the @code{buffer} to which the text will be copied, and
5020 the @code{start} and @code{end} of the region in the current buffer that
5023 The next part of the function is the documentation, which is clear and
5024 complete. As is conventional, the three arguments are written in
5025 upper case so you will notice them easily. Even better, they are
5026 described in the same order as in the argument list.
5028 Note that the documentation distinguishes between a buffer and its
5029 name. (The function can handle either.)
5031 @node append interactive
5032 @subsection The @code{append-to-buffer} Interactive Expression
5034 Since the @code{append-to-buffer} function will be used interactively,
5035 the function must have an @code{interactive} expression. (For a
5036 review of @code{interactive}, see @ref{Interactive, , Making a
5037 Function Interactive}.) The expression reads as follows:
5043 "Append to buffer: "
5044 (other-buffer (current-buffer) t))
5051 This expression is not one with letters standing for parts, as
5052 described earlier. Instead, it starts a list with these parts:
5054 The first part of the list is an expression to read the name of a
5055 buffer and return it as a string. That is @code{read-buffer}. The
5056 function requires a prompt as its first argument, @samp{"Append to
5057 buffer: "}. Its second argument tells the command what value to
5058 provide if you don't specify anything.
5060 In this case that second argument is an expression containing the
5061 function @code{other-buffer}, an exception, and a @samp{t}, standing
5064 The first argument to @code{other-buffer}, the exception, is yet
5065 another function, @code{current-buffer}. That is not going to be
5066 returned. The second argument is the symbol for true, @code{t}. that
5067 tells @code{other-buffer} that it may show visible buffers (except in
5068 this case, it will not show the current buffer, which makes sense).
5071 The expression looks like this:
5074 (other-buffer (current-buffer) t)
5077 The second and third arguments to the @code{list} expression are
5078 @code{(region-beginning)} and @code{(region-end)}. These two
5079 functions specify the beginning and end of the text to be appended.
5082 Originally, the command used the letters @samp{B} and @samp{r}.
5083 The whole @code{interactive} expression looked like this:
5086 (interactive "BAppend to buffer:@: \nr")
5090 But when that was done, the default value of the buffer switched to
5091 was invisible. That was not wanted.
5093 (The prompt was separated from the second argument with a newline,
5094 @samp{\n}. It was followed by an @samp{r} that told Emacs to bind the
5095 two arguments that follow the symbol @code{buffer} in the function's
5096 argument list (that is, @code{start} and @code{end}) to the values of
5097 point and mark. That argument worked fine.)
5099 @node append-to-buffer body
5100 @subsection The Body of @code{append-to-buffer}
5103 in GNU Emacs 22 in /usr/local/src/emacs/lisp/simple.el
5105 (defun append-to-buffer (buffer start end)
5106 "Append to specified buffer the text of the region.
5107 It is inserted into that buffer before its point.
5109 When calling from a program, give three arguments:
5110 BUFFER (or buffer name), START and END.
5111 START and END specify the portion of the current buffer to be copied."
5113 (list (read-buffer "Append to buffer: " (other-buffer (current-buffer) t))
5114 (region-beginning) (region-end)))
5115 (let ((oldbuf (current-buffer)))
5117 (let* ((append-to (get-buffer-create buffer))
5118 (windows (get-buffer-window-list append-to t t))
5120 (set-buffer append-to)
5121 (setq point (point))
5122 (barf-if-buffer-read-only)
5123 (insert-buffer-substring oldbuf start end)
5124 (dolist (window windows)
5125 (when (= (window-point window) point)
5126 (set-window-point window (point))))))))
5129 The body of the @code{append-to-buffer} function begins with @code{let}.
5131 As we have seen before (@pxref{let, , @code{let}}), the purpose of a
5132 @code{let} expression is to create and give initial values to one or
5133 more variables that will only be used within the body of the
5134 @code{let}. This means that such a variable will not be confused with
5135 any variable of the same name outside the @code{let} expression.
5137 We can see how the @code{let} expression fits into the function as a
5138 whole by showing a template for @code{append-to-buffer} with the
5139 @code{let} expression in outline:
5143 (defun append-to-buffer (buffer start end)
5144 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
5145 (interactive @dots{})
5146 (let ((@var{variable} @var{value}))
5151 The @code{let} expression has three elements:
5155 The symbol @code{let};
5158 A varlist containing, in this case, a single two-element list,
5159 @code{(@var{variable} @var{value})};
5162 The body of the @code{let} expression.
5166 In the @code{append-to-buffer} function, the varlist looks like this:
5169 (oldbuf (current-buffer))
5173 In this part of the @code{let} expression, the one variable,
5174 @code{oldbuf}, is bound to the value returned by the
5175 @code{(current-buffer)} expression. The variable, @code{oldbuf}, is
5176 used to keep track of the buffer in which you are working and from
5177 which you will copy.
5179 The element or elements of a varlist are surrounded by a set of
5180 parentheses so the Lisp interpreter can distinguish the varlist from
5181 the body of the @code{let}. As a consequence, the two-element list
5182 within the varlist is surrounded by a circumscribing set of parentheses.
5183 The line looks like this:
5187 (let ((oldbuf (current-buffer)))
5193 The two parentheses before @code{oldbuf} might surprise you if you did
5194 not realize that the first parenthesis before @code{oldbuf} marks the
5195 boundary of the varlist and the second parenthesis marks the beginning
5196 of the two-element list, @code{(oldbuf (current-buffer))}.
5198 @node append save-excursion
5199 @subsection @code{save-excursion} in @code{append-to-buffer}
5201 The body of the @code{let} expression in @code{append-to-buffer}
5202 consists of a @code{save-excursion} expression.
5204 The @code{save-excursion} function saves the locations of point and
5205 mark, and restores them to those positions after the expressions in the
5206 body of the @code{save-excursion} complete execution. In addition,
5207 @code{save-excursion} keeps track of the original buffer, and
5208 restores it. This is how @code{save-excursion} is used in
5209 @code{append-to-buffer}.
5212 @cindex Indentation for formatting
5213 @cindex Formatting convention
5214 Incidentally, it is worth noting here that a Lisp function is normally
5215 formatted so that everything that is enclosed in a multi-line spread is
5216 indented more to the right than the first symbol. In this function
5217 definition, the @code{let} is indented more than the @code{defun}, and
5218 the @code{save-excursion} is indented more than the @code{let}, like
5234 This formatting convention makes it easy to see that the lines in
5235 the body of the @code{save-excursion} are enclosed by the parentheses
5236 associated with @code{save-excursion}, just as the
5237 @code{save-excursion} itself is enclosed by the parentheses associated
5238 with the @code{let}:
5242 (let ((oldbuf (current-buffer)))
5245 (set-buffer @dots{})
5246 (insert-buffer-substring oldbuf start end)
5252 The use of the @code{save-excursion} function can be viewed as a process
5253 of filling in the slots of a template:
5258 @var{first-expression-in-body}
5259 @var{second-expression-in-body}
5261 @var{last-expression-in-body})
5267 In this function, the body of the @code{save-excursion} contains only
5268 one expression, the @code{let*} expression. You know about a
5269 @code{let} function. The @code{let*} function is different. It has a
5270 @samp{*} in its name. It enables Emacs to set each variable in its
5271 varlist in sequence, one after another.
5273 Its critical feature is that variables later in the varlist can make
5274 use of the values to which Emacs set variables earlier in the varlist.
5275 @xref{fwd-para let, , The @code{let*} expression}.
5277 We will skip functions like @code{let*} and focus on two: the
5278 @code{set-buffer} function and the @code{insert-buffer-substring}
5282 In the old days, the @code{set-buffer} expression was simply
5285 (set-buffer (get-buffer-create buffer))
5293 (set-buffer append-to)
5297 @code{append-to} is bound to @code{(get-buffer-create buffer)} earlier
5298 on in the @code{let*} expression. That extra binding would not be
5299 necessary except for that @code{append-to} is used later in the
5300 varlist as an argument to @code{get-buffer-window-list}.
5305 (let ((oldbuf (current-buffer)))
5307 (let* ((append-to (get-buffer-create buffer))
5308 (windows (get-buffer-window-list append-to t t))
5310 (set-buffer append-to)
5311 (setq point (point))
5312 (barf-if-buffer-read-only)
5313 (insert-buffer-substring oldbuf start end)
5314 (dolist (window windows)
5315 (when (= (window-point window) point)
5316 (set-window-point window (point))))))))
5319 The @code{append-to-buffer} function definition inserts text from the
5320 buffer in which you are currently to a named buffer. It happens that
5321 @code{insert-buffer-substring} copies text from another buffer to the
5322 current buffer, just the reverse---that is why the
5323 @code{append-to-buffer} definition starts out with a @code{let} that
5324 binds the local symbol @code{oldbuf} to the value returned by
5325 @code{current-buffer}.
5328 The @code{insert-buffer-substring} expression looks like this:
5331 (insert-buffer-substring oldbuf start end)
5335 The @code{insert-buffer-substring} function copies a string
5336 @emph{from} the buffer specified as its first argument and inserts the
5337 string into the present buffer. In this case, the argument to
5338 @code{insert-buffer-substring} is the value of the variable created
5339 and bound by the @code{let}, namely the value of @code{oldbuf}, which
5340 was the current buffer when you gave the @code{append-to-buffer}
5343 After @code{insert-buffer-substring} has done its work,
5344 @code{save-excursion} will restore the action to the original buffer
5345 and @code{append-to-buffer} will have done its job.
5348 Written in skeletal form, the workings of the body look like this:
5352 (let (@var{bind-}@code{oldbuf}@var{-to-value-of-}@code{current-buffer})
5353 (save-excursion ; @r{Keep track of buffer.}
5355 @var{insert-substring-from-}@code{oldbuf}@var{-into-buffer})
5357 @var{change-back-to-original-buffer-when-finished}
5358 @var{let-the-local-meaning-of-}@code{oldbuf}@var{-disappear-when-finished}
5362 In summary, @code{append-to-buffer} works as follows: it saves the
5363 value of the current buffer in the variable called @code{oldbuf}. It
5364 gets the new buffer (creating one if need be) and switches Emacs's
5365 attention to it. Using the value of @code{oldbuf}, it inserts the
5366 region of text from the old buffer into the new buffer; and then using
5367 @code{save-excursion}, it brings you back to your original buffer.
5369 In looking at @code{append-to-buffer}, you have explored a fairly
5370 complex function. It shows how to use @code{let} and
5371 @code{save-excursion}, and how to change to and come back from another
5372 buffer. Many function definitions use @code{let},
5373 @code{save-excursion}, and @code{set-buffer} this way.
5375 @node Buffer Related Review
5378 Here is a brief summary of the various functions discussed in this chapter.
5381 @item describe-function
5382 @itemx describe-variable
5383 Print the documentation for a function or variable.
5384 Conventionally bound to @kbd{C-h f} and @kbd{C-h v}.
5387 Find the file containing the source for a function or variable and
5388 switch buffers to it, positioning point at the beginning of the item.
5389 Conventionally bound to @kbd{M-.} (that's a period following the
5392 @item save-excursion
5393 Save the location of point and mark and restore their values after the
5394 arguments to @code{save-excursion} have been evaluated. Also, remember
5395 the current buffer and return to it.
5398 Set mark at a location and record the value of the previous mark on the
5399 mark ring. The mark is a location in the buffer that will keep its
5400 relative position even if text is added to or removed from the buffer.
5403 Set point to the location specified by the value of the argument, which
5404 can be a number, a marker, or an expression that returns the number of
5405 a position, such as @code{(point-min)}.
5407 @item insert-buffer-substring
5408 Copy a region of text from a buffer that is passed to the function as
5409 an argument and insert the region into the current buffer.
5411 @item mark-whole-buffer
5412 Mark the whole buffer as a region. Normally bound to @kbd{C-x h}.
5415 Switch the attention of Emacs to another buffer, but do not change the
5416 window being displayed. Used when the program rather than a human is
5417 to work on a different buffer.
5419 @item get-buffer-create
5421 Find a named buffer or create one if a buffer of that name does not
5422 exist. The @code{get-buffer} function returns @code{nil} if the named
5423 buffer does not exist.
5427 @node Buffer Exercises
5432 Write your own @code{simplified-end-of-buffer} function definition;
5433 then test it to see whether it works.
5436 Use @code{if} and @code{get-buffer} to write a function that prints a
5437 message telling you whether a buffer exists.
5440 Using @code{find-tag}, find the source for the @code{copy-to-buffer}
5445 @chapter A Few More Complex Functions
5447 In this chapter, we build on what we have learned in previous chapters
5448 by looking at more complex functions. The @code{copy-to-buffer}
5449 function illustrates use of two @code{save-excursion} expressions in
5450 one definition, while the @code{insert-buffer} function illustrates
5451 use of an asterisk in an @code{interactive} expression, use of
5452 @code{or}, and the important distinction between a name and the object
5453 to which the name refers.
5456 * copy-to-buffer:: With @code{set-buffer}, @code{get-buffer-create}.
5457 * insert-buffer:: Read-only, and with @code{or}.
5458 * beginning-of-buffer:: Shows @code{goto-char},
5459 @code{point-min}, and @code{push-mark}.
5460 * Second Buffer Related Review::
5461 * optional Exercise::
5464 @node copy-to-buffer
5465 @section The Definition of @code{copy-to-buffer}
5466 @findex copy-to-buffer
5468 After understanding how @code{append-to-buffer} works, it is easy to
5469 understand @code{copy-to-buffer}. This function copies text into a
5470 buffer, but instead of adding to the second buffer, it replaces all the
5471 previous text in the second buffer.
5474 The body of @code{copy-to-buffer} looks like this,
5479 (interactive "BCopy to buffer: \nr")
5480 (let ((oldbuf (current-buffer)))
5481 (with-current-buffer (get-buffer-create buffer)
5482 (barf-if-buffer-read-only)
5485 (insert-buffer-substring oldbuf start end)))))
5489 The @code{copy-to-buffer} function has a simpler @code{interactive}
5490 expression than @code{append-to-buffer}.
5493 The definition then says
5496 (with-current-buffer (get-buffer-create buffer) @dots{}
5499 First, look at the earliest inner expression; that is evaluated first.
5500 That expression starts with @code{get-buffer-create buffer}. The
5501 function tells the computer to use the buffer with the name specified
5502 as the one to which you are copying, or if such a buffer does not
5503 exist, to create it. Then, the @code{with-current-buffer} function
5504 evaluates its body with that buffer temporarily current.
5506 (This demonstrates another way to shift the computer's attention but
5507 not the user's. The @code{append-to-buffer} function showed how to do
5508 the same with @code{save-excursion} and @code{set-buffer}.
5509 @code{with-current-buffer} is a newer, and arguably easier,
5512 The @code{barf-if-buffer-read-only} function sends you an error
5513 message saying the buffer is read-only if you cannot modify it.
5515 The next line has the @code{erase-buffer} function as its sole
5516 contents. That function erases the buffer.
5518 Finally, the last two lines contain the @code{save-excursion}
5519 expression with @code{insert-buffer-substring} as its body.
5520 The @code{insert-buffer-substring} expression copies the text from
5521 the buffer you are in (and you have not seen the computer shift its
5522 attention, so you don't know that that buffer is now called
5525 Incidentally, this is what is meant by `replacement'. To replace text,
5526 Emacs erases the previous text and then inserts new text.
5529 In outline, the body of @code{copy-to-buffer} looks like this:
5533 (let (@var{bind-}@code{oldbuf}@var{-to-value-of-}@code{current-buffer})
5534 (@var{with-the-buffer-you-are-copying-to}
5535 (@var{but-do-not-erase-or-copy-to-a-read-only-buffer})
5538 @var{insert-substring-from-}@code{oldbuf}@var{-into-buffer})))
5543 @section The Definition of @code{insert-buffer}
5544 @findex insert-buffer
5546 @code{insert-buffer} is yet another buffer-related function. This
5547 command copies another buffer @emph{into} the current buffer. It is the
5548 reverse of @code{append-to-buffer} or @code{copy-to-buffer}, since they
5549 copy a region of text @emph{from} the current buffer to another buffer.
5551 Here is a discussion based on the original code. The code was
5552 simplified in 2003 and is harder to understand.
5554 (@xref{New insert-buffer, , New Body for @code{insert-buffer}}, to see
5555 a discussion of the new body.)
5557 In addition, this code illustrates the use of @code{interactive} with a
5558 buffer that might be @dfn{read-only} and the important distinction
5559 between the name of an object and the object actually referred to.
5562 * insert-buffer code::
5563 * insert-buffer interactive:: When you can read, but not write.
5564 * insert-buffer body:: The body has an @code{or} and a @code{let}.
5565 * if & or:: Using an @code{if} instead of an @code{or}.
5566 * Insert or:: How the @code{or} expression works.
5567 * Insert let:: Two @code{save-excursion} expressions.
5568 * New insert-buffer::
5572 @node insert-buffer code
5573 @unnumberedsubsec The Code for @code{insert-buffer}
5577 Here is the earlier code:
5581 (defun insert-buffer (buffer)
5582 "Insert after point the contents of BUFFER.
5583 Puts mark after the inserted text.
5584 BUFFER may be a buffer or a buffer name."
5585 (interactive "*bInsert buffer:@: ")
5588 (or (bufferp buffer)
5589 (setq buffer (get-buffer buffer)))
5590 (let (start end newmark)
5594 (setq start (point-min) end (point-max)))
5597 (insert-buffer-substring buffer start end)
5598 (setq newmark (point)))
5599 (push-mark newmark)))
5604 As with other function definitions, you can use a template to see an
5605 outline of the function:
5609 (defun insert-buffer (buffer)
5610 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
5611 (interactive "*bInsert buffer:@: ")
5616 @node insert-buffer interactive
5617 @subsection The Interactive Expression in @code{insert-buffer}
5618 @findex interactive, @r{example use of}
5620 In @code{insert-buffer}, the argument to the @code{interactive}
5621 declaration has two parts, an asterisk, @samp{*}, and @samp{bInsert
5625 * Read-only buffer:: When a buffer cannot be modified.
5626 * b for interactive:: An existing buffer or else its name.
5629 @node Read-only buffer
5630 @unnumberedsubsubsec A Read-only Buffer
5631 @cindex Read-only buffer
5632 @cindex Asterisk for read-only buffer
5633 @findex * @r{for read-only buffer}
5635 The asterisk is for the situation when the current buffer is a
5636 read-only buffer---a buffer that cannot be modified. If
5637 @code{insert-buffer} is called when the current buffer is read-only, a
5638 message to this effect is printed in the echo area and the terminal
5639 may beep or blink at you; you will not be permitted to insert anything
5640 into current buffer. The asterisk does not need to be followed by a
5641 newline to separate it from the next argument.
5643 @node b for interactive
5644 @unnumberedsubsubsec @samp{b} in an Interactive Expression
5646 The next argument in the interactive expression starts with a lower
5647 case @samp{b}. (This is different from the code for
5648 @code{append-to-buffer}, which uses an upper-case @samp{B}.
5649 @xref{append-to-buffer, , The Definition of @code{append-to-buffer}}.)
5650 The lower-case @samp{b} tells the Lisp interpreter that the argument
5651 for @code{insert-buffer} should be an existing buffer or else its
5652 name. (The upper-case @samp{B} option provides for the possibility
5653 that the buffer does not exist.) Emacs will prompt you for the name
5654 of the buffer, offering you a default buffer, with name completion
5655 enabled. If the buffer does not exist, you receive a message that
5656 says ``No match''; your terminal may beep at you as well.
5658 The new and simplified code generates a list for @code{interactive}.
5659 It uses the @code{barf-if-buffer-read-only} and @code{read-buffer}
5660 functions with which we are already familiar and the @code{progn}
5661 special form with which we are not. (It will be described later.)
5663 @node insert-buffer body
5664 @subsection The Body of the @code{insert-buffer} Function
5666 The body of the @code{insert-buffer} function has two major parts: an
5667 @code{or} expression and a @code{let} expression. The purpose of the
5668 @code{or} expression is to ensure that the argument @code{buffer} is
5669 bound to a buffer and not just the name of a buffer. The body of the
5670 @code{let} expression contains the code which copies the other buffer
5671 into the current buffer.
5674 In outline, the two expressions fit into the @code{insert-buffer}
5679 (defun insert-buffer (buffer)
5680 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
5681 (interactive "*bInsert buffer:@: ")
5686 (let (@var{varlist})
5687 @var{body-of-}@code{let}@dots{} )
5691 To understand how the @code{or} expression ensures that the argument
5692 @code{buffer} is bound to a buffer and not to the name of a buffer, it
5693 is first necessary to understand the @code{or} function.
5695 Before doing this, let me rewrite this part of the function using
5696 @code{if} so that you can see what is done in a manner that will be familiar.
5699 @subsection @code{insert-buffer} With an @code{if} Instead of an @code{or}
5701 The job to be done is to make sure the value of @code{buffer} is a
5702 buffer itself and not the name of a buffer. If the value is the name,
5703 then the buffer itself must be got.
5705 You can imagine yourself at a conference where an usher is wandering
5706 around holding a list with your name on it and looking for you: the
5707 usher is ``bound'' to your name, not to you; but when the usher finds
5708 you and takes your arm, the usher becomes ``bound'' to you.
5711 In Lisp, you might describe this situation like this:
5715 (if (not (holding-on-to-guest))
5716 (find-and-take-arm-of-guest))
5720 We want to do the same thing with a buffer---if we do not have the
5721 buffer itself, we want to get it.
5724 Using a predicate called @code{bufferp} that tells us whether we have a
5725 buffer (rather than its name), we can write the code like this:
5729 (if (not (bufferp buffer)) ; @r{if-part}
5730 (setq buffer (get-buffer buffer))) ; @r{then-part}
5735 Here, the true-or-false-test of the @code{if} expression is
5736 @w{@code{(not (bufferp buffer))}}; and the then-part is the expression
5737 @w{@code{(setq buffer (get-buffer buffer))}}.
5739 In the test, the function @code{bufferp} returns true if its argument is
5740 a buffer---but false if its argument is the name of the buffer. (The
5741 last character of the function name @code{bufferp} is the character
5742 @samp{p}; as we saw earlier, such use of @samp{p} is a convention that
5743 indicates that the function is a predicate, which is a term that means
5744 that the function will determine whether some property is true or false.
5745 @xref{Wrong Type of Argument, , Using the Wrong Type Object as an
5749 The function @code{not} precedes the expression @code{(bufferp buffer)},
5750 so the true-or-false-test looks like this:
5753 (not (bufferp buffer))
5757 @code{not} is a function that returns true if its argument is false
5758 and false if its argument is true. So if @code{(bufferp buffer)}
5759 returns true, the @code{not} expression returns false and vice versa:
5760 what is ``not true'' is false and what is ``not false'' is true.
5762 Using this test, the @code{if} expression works as follows: when the
5763 value of the variable @code{buffer} is actually a buffer rather than
5764 its name, the true-or-false-test returns false and the @code{if}
5765 expression does not evaluate the then-part. This is fine, since we do
5766 not need to do anything to the variable @code{buffer} if it really is
5769 On the other hand, when the value of @code{buffer} is not a buffer
5770 itself, but the name of a buffer, the true-or-false-test returns true
5771 and the then-part of the expression is evaluated. In this case, the
5772 then-part is @code{(setq buffer (get-buffer buffer))}. This
5773 expression uses the @code{get-buffer} function to return an actual
5774 buffer itself, given its name. The @code{setq} then sets the variable
5775 @code{buffer} to the value of the buffer itself, replacing its previous
5776 value (which was the name of the buffer).
5779 @subsection The @code{or} in the Body
5781 The purpose of the @code{or} expression in the @code{insert-buffer}
5782 function is to ensure that the argument @code{buffer} is bound to a
5783 buffer and not just to the name of a buffer. The previous section shows
5784 how the job could have been done using an @code{if} expression.
5785 However, the @code{insert-buffer} function actually uses @code{or}.
5786 To understand this, it is necessary to understand how @code{or} works.
5789 An @code{or} function can have any number of arguments. It evaluates
5790 each argument in turn and returns the value of the first of its
5791 arguments that is not @code{nil}. Also, and this is a crucial feature
5792 of @code{or}, it does not evaluate any subsequent arguments after
5793 returning the first non-@code{nil} value.
5796 The @code{or} expression looks like this:
5800 (or (bufferp buffer)
5801 (setq buffer (get-buffer buffer)))
5806 The first argument to @code{or} is the expression @code{(bufferp buffer)}.
5807 This expression returns true (a non-@code{nil} value) if the buffer is
5808 actually a buffer, and not just the name of a buffer. In the @code{or}
5809 expression, if this is the case, the @code{or} expression returns this
5810 true value and does not evaluate the next expression---and this is fine
5811 with us, since we do not want to do anything to the value of
5812 @code{buffer} if it really is a buffer.
5814 On the other hand, if the value of @code{(bufferp buffer)} is @code{nil},
5815 which it will be if the value of @code{buffer} is the name of a buffer,
5816 the Lisp interpreter evaluates the next element of the @code{or}
5817 expression. This is the expression @code{(setq buffer (get-buffer
5818 buffer))}. This expression returns a non-@code{nil} value, which
5819 is the value to which it sets the variable @code{buffer}---and this
5820 value is a buffer itself, not the name of a buffer.
5822 The result of all this is that the symbol @code{buffer} is always
5823 bound to a buffer itself rather than to the name of a buffer. All
5824 this is necessary because the @code{set-buffer} function in a
5825 following line only works with a buffer itself, not with the name to a
5829 Incidentally, using @code{or}, the situation with the usher would be
5833 (or (holding-on-to-guest) (find-and-take-arm-of-guest))
5837 @subsection The @code{let} Expression in @code{insert-buffer}
5839 After ensuring that the variable @code{buffer} refers to a buffer itself
5840 and not just to the name of a buffer, the @code{insert-buffer function}
5841 continues with a @code{let} expression. This specifies three local
5842 variables, @code{start}, @code{end}, and @code{newmark} and binds them
5843 to the initial value @code{nil}. These variables are used inside the
5844 remainder of the @code{let} and temporarily hide any other occurrence of
5845 variables of the same name in Emacs until the end of the @code{let}.
5848 The body of the @code{let} contains two @code{save-excursion}
5849 expressions. First, we will look at the inner @code{save-excursion}
5850 expression in detail. The expression looks like this:
5856 (setq start (point-min) end (point-max)))
5861 The expression @code{(set-buffer buffer)} changes Emacs's attention
5862 from the current buffer to the one from which the text will copied.
5863 In that buffer, the variables @code{start} and @code{end} are set to
5864 the beginning and end of the buffer, using the commands
5865 @code{point-min} and @code{point-max}. Note that we have here an
5866 illustration of how @code{setq} is able to set two variables in the
5867 same expression. The first argument of @code{setq} is set to the
5868 value of its second, and its third argument is set to the value of its
5871 After the body of the inner @code{save-excursion} is evaluated, the
5872 @code{save-excursion} restores the original buffer, but @code{start} and
5873 @code{end} remain set to the values of the beginning and end of the
5874 buffer from which the text will be copied.
5877 The outer @code{save-excursion} expression looks like this:
5882 (@var{inner-}@code{save-excursion}@var{-expression}
5883 (@var{go-to-new-buffer-and-set-}@code{start}@var{-and-}@code{end})
5884 (insert-buffer-substring buffer start end)
5885 (setq newmark (point)))
5890 The @code{insert-buffer-substring} function copies the text
5891 @emph{into} the current buffer @emph{from} the region indicated by
5892 @code{start} and @code{end} in @code{buffer}. Since the whole of the
5893 second buffer lies between @code{start} and @code{end}, the whole of
5894 the second buffer is copied into the buffer you are editing. Next,
5895 the value of point, which will be at the end of the inserted text, is
5896 recorded in the variable @code{newmark}.
5898 After the body of the outer @code{save-excursion} is evaluated, point
5899 and mark are relocated to their original places.
5901 However, it is convenient to locate a mark at the end of the newly
5902 inserted text and locate point at its beginning. The @code{newmark}
5903 variable records the end of the inserted text. In the last line of
5904 the @code{let} expression, the @code{(push-mark newmark)} expression
5905 function sets a mark to this location. (The previous location of the
5906 mark is still accessible; it is recorded on the mark ring and you can
5907 go back to it with @kbd{C-u C-@key{SPC}}.) Meanwhile, point is
5908 located at the beginning of the inserted text, which is where it was
5909 before you called the insert function, the position of which was saved
5910 by the first @code{save-excursion}.
5913 The whole @code{let} expression looks like this:
5917 (let (start end newmark)
5921 (setq start (point-min) end (point-max)))
5922 (insert-buffer-substring buffer start end)
5923 (setq newmark (point)))
5924 (push-mark newmark))
5928 Like the @code{append-to-buffer} function, the @code{insert-buffer}
5929 function uses @code{let}, @code{save-excursion}, and
5930 @code{set-buffer}. In addition, the function illustrates one way to
5931 use @code{or}. All these functions are building blocks that we will
5932 find and use again and again.
5934 @node New insert-buffer
5935 @subsection New Body for @code{insert-buffer}
5936 @findex insert-buffer, new version body
5937 @findex new version body for insert-buffer
5939 The body in the GNU Emacs 22 version is more confusing than the original.
5942 It consists of two expressions,
5948 (insert-buffer-substring (get-buffer buffer))
5956 except, and this is what confuses novices, very important work is done
5957 inside the @code{push-mark} expression.
5959 The @code{get-buffer} function returns a buffer with the name
5960 provided. You will note that the function is @emph{not} called
5961 @code{get-buffer-create}; it does not create a buffer if one does not
5962 already exist. The buffer returned by @code{get-buffer}, an existing
5963 buffer, is passed to @code{insert-buffer-substring}, which inserts the
5964 whole of the buffer (since you did not specify anything else).
5966 The location into which the buffer is inserted is recorded by
5967 @code{push-mark}. Then the function returns @code{nil}, the value of
5968 its last command. Put another way, the @code{insert-buffer} function
5969 exists only to produce a side effect, inserting another buffer, not to
5972 @node beginning-of-buffer
5973 @section Complete Definition of @code{beginning-of-buffer}
5974 @findex beginning-of-buffer
5976 The basic structure of the @code{beginning-of-buffer} function has
5977 already been discussed. (@xref{simplified-beginning-of-buffer, , A
5978 Simplified @code{beginning-of-buffer} Definition}.)
5979 This section describes the complex part of the definition.
5981 As previously described, when invoked without an argument,
5982 @code{beginning-of-buffer} moves the cursor to the beginning of the
5983 buffer (in truth, the beginning of the accessible portion of the
5984 buffer), leaving the mark at the previous position. However, when the
5985 command is invoked with a number between one and ten, the function
5986 considers that number to be a fraction of the length of the buffer,
5987 measured in tenths, and Emacs moves the cursor that fraction of the
5988 way from the beginning of the buffer. Thus, you can either call this
5989 function with the key command @kbd{M-<}, which will move the cursor to
5990 the beginning of the buffer, or with a key command such as @kbd{C-u 7
5991 M-<} which will move the cursor to a point 70% of the way through the
5992 buffer. If a number bigger than ten is used for the argument, it
5993 moves to the end of the buffer.
5995 The @code{beginning-of-buffer} function can be called with or without an
5996 argument. The use of the argument is optional.
5999 * Optional Arguments::
6000 * beginning-of-buffer opt arg:: Example with optional argument.
6001 * beginning-of-buffer complete::
6004 @node Optional Arguments
6005 @subsection Optional Arguments
6007 Unless told otherwise, Lisp expects that a function with an argument in
6008 its function definition will be called with a value for that argument.
6009 If that does not happen, you get an error and a message that says
6010 @samp{Wrong number of arguments}.
6012 @cindex Optional arguments
6015 However, optional arguments are a feature of Lisp: a particular
6016 @dfn{keyword} is used to tell the Lisp interpreter that an argument is
6017 optional. The keyword is @code{&optional}. (The @samp{&} in front of
6018 @samp{optional} is part of the keyword.) In a function definition, if
6019 an argument follows the keyword @code{&optional}, no value need be
6020 passed to that argument when the function is called.
6023 The first line of the function definition of @code{beginning-of-buffer}
6024 therefore looks like this:
6027 (defun beginning-of-buffer (&optional arg)
6031 In outline, the whole function looks like this:
6035 (defun beginning-of-buffer (&optional arg)
6036 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
6038 (or (@var{is-the-argument-a-cons-cell} arg)
6039 (and @var{are-both-transient-mark-mode-and-mark-active-true})
6041 (let (@var{determine-size-and-set-it})
6043 (@var{if-there-is-an-argument}
6044 @var{figure-out-where-to-go}
6051 The function is similar to the @code{simplified-beginning-of-buffer}
6052 function except that the @code{interactive} expression has @code{"P"}
6053 as an argument and the @code{goto-char} function is followed by an
6054 if-then-else expression that figures out where to put the cursor if
6055 there is an argument that is not a cons cell.
6057 (Since I do not explain a cons cell for many more chapters, please
6058 consider ignoring the function @code{consp}. @xref{List
6059 Implementation, , How Lists are Implemented}, and @ref{Cons Cell Type,
6060 , Cons Cell and List Types, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference
6063 The @code{"P"} in the @code{interactive} expression tells Emacs to
6064 pass a prefix argument, if there is one, to the function in raw form.
6065 A prefix argument is made by typing the @key{META} key followed by a
6066 number, or by typing @kbd{C-u} and then a number. (If you don't type
6067 a number, @kbd{C-u} defaults to a cons cell with a 4. A lowercase
6068 @code{"p"} in the @code{interactive} expression causes the function to
6069 convert a prefix arg to a number.)
6071 The true-or-false-test of the @code{if} expression looks complex, but
6072 it is not: it checks whether @code{arg} has a value that is not
6073 @code{nil} and whether it is a cons cell. (That is what @code{consp}
6074 does; it checks whether its argument is a cons cell.) If @code{arg}
6075 has a value that is not @code{nil} (and is not a cons cell), which
6076 will be the case if @code{beginning-of-buffer} is called with a
6077 numeric argument, then this true-or-false-test will return true and
6078 the then-part of the @code{if} expression will be evaluated. On the
6079 other hand, if @code{beginning-of-buffer} is not called with an
6080 argument, the value of @code{arg} will be @code{nil} and the else-part
6081 of the @code{if} expression will be evaluated. The else-part is
6082 simply @code{point-min}, and when this is the outcome, the whole
6083 @code{goto-char} expression is @code{(goto-char (point-min))}, which
6084 is how we saw the @code{beginning-of-buffer} function in its
6087 @node beginning-of-buffer opt arg
6088 @subsection @code{beginning-of-buffer} with an Argument
6090 When @code{beginning-of-buffer} is called with an argument, an
6091 expression is evaluated which calculates what value to pass to
6092 @code{goto-char}. This expression is rather complicated at first sight.
6093 It includes an inner @code{if} expression and much arithmetic. It looks
6098 (if (> (buffer-size) 10000)
6099 ;; @r{Avoid overflow for large buffer sizes!}
6100 (* (prefix-numeric-value arg)
6105 size (prefix-numeric-value arg))) 10)))
6110 * Disentangle beginning-of-buffer::
6111 * Large buffer case::
6112 * Small buffer case::
6116 @node Disentangle beginning-of-buffer
6117 @unnumberedsubsubsec Disentangle @code{beginning-of-buffer}
6120 Like other complex-looking expressions, the conditional expression
6121 within @code{beginning-of-buffer} can be disentangled by looking at it
6122 as parts of a template, in this case, the template for an if-then-else
6123 expression. In skeletal form, the expression looks like this:
6127 (if (@var{buffer-is-large}
6128 @var{divide-buffer-size-by-10-and-multiply-by-arg}
6129 @var{else-use-alternate-calculation}
6133 The true-or-false-test of this inner @code{if} expression checks the
6134 size of the buffer. The reason for this is that the old version 18
6135 Emacs used numbers that are no bigger than eight million or so and in
6136 the computation that followed, the programmer feared that Emacs might
6137 try to use over-large numbers if the buffer were large. The term
6138 `overflow', mentioned in the comment, means numbers that are over
6139 large. More recent versions of Emacs use larger numbers, but this
6140 code has not been touched, if only because people now look at buffers
6141 that are far, far larger than ever before.
6143 There are two cases: if the buffer is large and if it is not.
6145 @node Large buffer case
6146 @unnumberedsubsubsec What happens in a large buffer
6148 In @code{beginning-of-buffer}, the inner @code{if} expression tests
6149 whether the size of the buffer is greater than 10,000 characters. To do
6150 this, it uses the @code{>} function and the computation of @code{size}
6151 that comes from the let expression.
6153 In the old days, the function @code{buffer-size} was used. Not only
6154 was that function called several times, it gave the size of the whole
6155 buffer, not the accessible part. The computation makes much more
6156 sense when it handles just the accessible part. (@xref{Narrowing &
6157 Widening, , Narrowing and Widening}, for more information on focusing
6158 attention to an `accessible' part.)
6161 The line looks like this:
6169 When the buffer is large, the then-part of the @code{if} expression is
6170 evaluated. It reads like this (after formatting for easy reading):
6175 (prefix-numeric-value arg)
6181 This expression is a multiplication, with two arguments to the function
6184 The first argument is @code{(prefix-numeric-value arg)}. When
6185 @code{"P"} is used as the argument for @code{interactive}, the value
6186 passed to the function as its argument is passed a ``raw prefix
6187 argument'', and not a number. (It is a number in a list.) To perform
6188 the arithmetic, a conversion is necessary, and
6189 @code{prefix-numeric-value} does the job.
6191 @findex / @r{(division)}
6193 The second argument is @code{(/ size 10)}. This expression divides
6194 the numeric value by ten---the numeric value of the size of the
6195 accessible portion of the buffer. This produces a number that tells
6196 how many characters make up one tenth of the buffer size. (In Lisp,
6197 @code{/} is used for division, just as @code{*} is used for
6201 In the multiplication expression as a whole, this amount is multiplied
6202 by the value of the prefix argument---the multiplication looks like this:
6206 (* @var{numeric-value-of-prefix-arg}
6207 @var{number-of-characters-in-one-tenth-of-the-accessible-buffer})
6212 If, for example, the prefix argument is @samp{7}, the one-tenth value
6213 will be multiplied by 7 to give a position 70% of the way through.
6216 The result of all this is that if the accessible portion of the buffer
6217 is large, the @code{goto-char} expression reads like this:
6221 (goto-char (* (prefix-numeric-value arg)
6226 This puts the cursor where we want it.
6228 @node Small buffer case
6229 @unnumberedsubsubsec What happens in a small buffer
6231 If the buffer contains fewer than 10,000 characters, a slightly
6232 different computation is performed. You might think this is not
6233 necessary, since the first computation could do the job. However, in
6234 a small buffer, the first method may not put the cursor on exactly the
6235 desired line; the second method does a better job.
6238 The code looks like this:
6240 @c Keep this on one line.
6242 (/ (+ 10 (* size (prefix-numeric-value arg))) 10))
6247 This is code in which you figure out what happens by discovering how the
6248 functions are embedded in parentheses. It is easier to read if you
6249 reformat it with each expression indented more deeply than its
6250 enclosing expression:
6258 (prefix-numeric-value arg)))
6265 Looking at parentheses, we see that the innermost operation is
6266 @code{(prefix-numeric-value arg)}, which converts the raw argument to
6267 a number. In the following expression, this number is multiplied by
6268 the size of the accessible portion of the buffer:
6271 (* size (prefix-numeric-value arg))
6275 This multiplication creates a number that may be larger than the size of
6276 the buffer---seven times larger if the argument is 7, for example. Ten
6277 is then added to this number and finally the large number is divided by
6278 ten to provide a value that is one character larger than the percentage
6279 position in the buffer.
6281 The number that results from all this is passed to @code{goto-char} and
6282 the cursor is moved to that point.
6285 @node beginning-of-buffer complete
6286 @subsection The Complete @code{beginning-of-buffer}
6289 Here is the complete text of the @code{beginning-of-buffer} function:
6295 (defun beginning-of-buffer (&optional arg)
6296 "Move point to the beginning of the buffer;
6297 leave mark at previous position.
6298 With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
6299 do not set mark at previous position.
6301 put point N/10 of the way from the beginning.
6303 If the buffer is narrowed,
6304 this command uses the beginning and size
6305 of the accessible part of the buffer.
6309 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
6310 \(goto-char (point-min)) is faster
6311 and avoids clobbering the mark."
6314 (and transient-mark-mode mark-active)
6318 (let ((size (- (point-max) (point-min))))
6319 (goto-char (if (and arg (not (consp arg)))
6322 ;; Avoid overflow for large buffer sizes!
6323 (* (prefix-numeric-value arg)
6325 (/ (+ 10 (* size (prefix-numeric-value arg)))
6328 (if (and arg (not (consp arg))) (forward-line 1)))
6333 From before GNU Emacs 22
6336 (defun beginning-of-buffer (&optional arg)
6337 "Move point to the beginning of the buffer;
6338 leave mark at previous position.
6339 With arg N, put point N/10 of the way
6340 from the true beginning.
6343 Don't use this in Lisp programs!
6344 \(goto-char (point-min)) is faster
6345 and does not set the mark."
6352 (if (> (buffer-size) 10000)
6353 ;; @r{Avoid overflow for large buffer sizes!}
6354 (* (prefix-numeric-value arg)
6355 (/ (buffer-size) 10))
6358 (/ (+ 10 (* (buffer-size)
6359 (prefix-numeric-value arg)))
6362 (if arg (forward-line 1)))
6368 Except for two small points, the previous discussion shows how this
6369 function works. The first point deals with a detail in the
6370 documentation string, and the second point concerns the last line of
6374 In the documentation string, there is reference to an expression:
6377 \\[universal-argument]
6381 A @samp{\\} is used before the first square bracket of this
6382 expression. This @samp{\\} tells the Lisp interpreter to substitute
6383 whatever key is currently bound to the @samp{[@dots{}]}. In the case
6384 of @code{universal-argument}, that is usually @kbd{C-u}, but it might
6385 be different. (@xref{Documentation Tips, , Tips for Documentation
6386 Strings, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, for more
6390 Finally, the last line of the @code{beginning-of-buffer} command says
6391 to move point to the beginning of the next line if the command is
6392 invoked with an argument:
6395 (if (and arg (not (consp arg))) (forward-line 1))
6399 This puts the cursor at the beginning of the first line after the
6400 appropriate tenths position in the buffer. This is a flourish that
6401 means that the cursor is always located @emph{at least} the requested
6402 tenths of the way through the buffer, which is a nicety that is,
6403 perhaps, not necessary, but which, if it did not occur, would be sure
6404 to draw complaints. (The @code{(not (consp arg))} portion is so that
6405 if you specify the command with a @kbd{C-u}, but without a number,
6406 that is to say, if the `raw prefix argument' is simply a cons cell,
6407 the command does not put you at the beginning of the second line.)
6409 @node Second Buffer Related Review
6412 Here is a brief summary of some of the topics covered in this chapter.
6416 Evaluate each argument in sequence, and return the value of the first
6417 argument that is not @code{nil}; if none return a value that is not
6418 @code{nil}, return @code{nil}. In brief, return the first true value
6419 of the arguments; return a true value if one @emph{or} any of the
6423 Evaluate each argument in sequence, and if any are @code{nil}, return
6424 @code{nil}; if none are @code{nil}, return the value of the last
6425 argument. In brief, return a true value only if all the arguments are
6426 true; return a true value if one @emph{and} each of the others is
6430 A keyword used to indicate that an argument to a function definition
6431 is optional; this means that the function can be evaluated without the
6432 argument, if desired.
6434 @item prefix-numeric-value
6435 Convert the `raw prefix argument' produced by @code{(interactive
6436 "P")} to a numeric value.
6439 Move point forward to the beginning of the next line, or if the argument
6440 is greater than one, forward that many lines. If it can't move as far
6441 forward as it is supposed to, @code{forward-line} goes forward as far as
6442 it can and then returns a count of the number of additional lines it was
6443 supposed to move but couldn't.
6446 Delete the entire contents of the current buffer.
6449 Return @code{t} if its argument is a buffer; otherwise return @code{nil}.
6452 @node optional Exercise
6453 @section @code{optional} Argument Exercise
6455 Write an interactive function with an optional argument that tests
6456 whether its argument, a number, is greater than or equal to, or else,
6457 less than the value of @code{fill-column}, and tells you which, in a
6458 message. However, if you do not pass an argument to the function, use
6459 56 as a default value.
6461 @node Narrowing & Widening
6462 @chapter Narrowing and Widening
6463 @cindex Focusing attention (narrowing)
6467 Narrowing is a feature of Emacs that makes it possible for you to focus
6468 on a specific part of a buffer, and work without accidentally changing
6469 other parts. Narrowing is normally disabled since it can confuse
6473 * Narrowing advantages:: The advantages of narrowing
6474 * save-restriction:: The @code{save-restriction} special form.
6475 * what-line:: The number of the line that point is on.
6480 @node Narrowing advantages
6481 @unnumberedsec The Advantages of Narrowing
6484 With narrowing, the rest of a buffer is made invisible, as if it weren't
6485 there. This is an advantage if, for example, you want to replace a word
6486 in one part of a buffer but not in another: you narrow to the part you want
6487 and the replacement is carried out only in that section, not in the rest
6488 of the buffer. Searches will only work within a narrowed region, not
6489 outside of one, so if you are fixing a part of a document, you can keep
6490 yourself from accidentally finding parts you do not need to fix by
6491 narrowing just to the region you want.
6492 (The key binding for @code{narrow-to-region} is @kbd{C-x n n}.)
6494 However, narrowing does make the rest of the buffer invisible, which
6495 can scare people who inadvertently invoke narrowing and think they
6496 have deleted a part of their file. Moreover, the @code{undo} command
6497 (which is usually bound to @kbd{C-x u}) does not turn off narrowing
6498 (nor should it), so people can become quite desperate if they do not
6499 know that they can return the rest of a buffer to visibility with the
6500 @code{widen} command.
6501 (The key binding for @code{widen} is @kbd{C-x n w}.)
6503 Narrowing is just as useful to the Lisp interpreter as to a human.
6504 Often, an Emacs Lisp function is designed to work on just part of a
6505 buffer; or conversely, an Emacs Lisp function needs to work on all of a
6506 buffer that has been narrowed. The @code{what-line} function, for
6507 example, removes the narrowing from a buffer, if it has any narrowing
6508 and when it has finished its job, restores the narrowing to what it was.
6509 On the other hand, the @code{count-lines} function
6510 uses narrowing to restrict itself to just that portion
6511 of the buffer in which it is interested and then restores the previous
6514 @node save-restriction
6515 @section The @code{save-restriction} Special Form
6516 @findex save-restriction
6518 In Emacs Lisp, you can use the @code{save-restriction} special form to
6519 keep track of whatever narrowing is in effect, if any. When the Lisp
6520 interpreter meets with @code{save-restriction}, it executes the code
6521 in the body of the @code{save-restriction} expression, and then undoes
6522 any changes to narrowing that the code caused. If, for example, the
6523 buffer is narrowed and the code that follows @code{save-restriction}
6524 gets rid of the narrowing, @code{save-restriction} returns the buffer
6525 to its narrowed region afterwards. In the @code{what-line} command,
6526 any narrowing the buffer may have is undone by the @code{widen}
6527 command that immediately follows the @code{save-restriction} command.
6528 Any original narrowing is restored just before the completion of the
6532 The template for a @code{save-restriction} expression is simple:
6542 The body of the @code{save-restriction} is one or more expressions that
6543 will be evaluated in sequence by the Lisp interpreter.
6545 Finally, a point to note: when you use both @code{save-excursion} and
6546 @code{save-restriction}, one right after the other, you should use
6547 @code{save-excursion} outermost. If you write them in reverse order,
6548 you may fail to record narrowing in the buffer to which Emacs switches
6549 after calling @code{save-excursion}. Thus, when written together,
6550 @code{save-excursion} and @code{save-restriction} should be written
6561 In other circumstances, when not written together, the
6562 @code{save-excursion} and @code{save-restriction} special forms must
6563 be written in the order appropriate to the function.
6579 /usr/local/src/emacs/lisp/simple.el
6582 "Print the current buffer line number and narrowed line number of point."
6584 (let ((start (point-min))
6585 (n (line-number-at-pos)))
6587 (message "Line %d" n)
6591 (message "line %d (narrowed line %d)"
6592 (+ n (line-number-at-pos start) -1) n))))))
6594 (defun line-number-at-pos (&optional pos)
6595 "Return (narrowed) buffer line number at position POS.
6596 If POS is nil, use current buffer location.
6597 Counting starts at (point-min), so the value refers
6598 to the contents of the accessible portion of the buffer."
6599 (let ((opoint (or pos (point))) start)
6601 (goto-char (point-min))
6602 (setq start (point))
6605 (1+ (count-lines start (point))))))
6607 (defun count-lines (start end)
6608 "Return number of lines between START and END.
6609 This is usually the number of newlines between them,
6610 but can be one more if START is not equal to END
6611 and the greater of them is not at the start of a line."
6614 (narrow-to-region start end)
6615 (goto-char (point-min))
6616 (if (eq selective-display t)
6619 (while (re-search-forward "[\n\C-m]" nil t 40)
6620 (setq done (+ 40 done)))
6621 (while (re-search-forward "[\n\C-m]" nil t 1)
6622 (setq done (+ 1 done)))
6623 (goto-char (point-max))
6624 (if (and (/= start end)
6628 (- (buffer-size) (forward-line (buffer-size)))))))
6632 @section @code{what-line}
6634 @cindex Widening, example of
6636 The @code{what-line} command tells you the number of the line in which
6637 the cursor is located. The function illustrates the use of the
6638 @code{save-restriction} and @code{save-excursion} commands. Here is the
6639 original text of the function:
6644 "Print the current line number (in the buffer) of point."
6651 (1+ (count-lines 1 (point)))))))
6655 (In recent versions of GNU Emacs, the @code{what-line} function has
6656 been expanded to tell you your line number in a narrowed buffer as
6657 well as your line number in a widened buffer. The recent version is
6658 more complex than the version shown here. If you feel adventurous,
6659 you might want to look at it after figuring out how this version
6660 works. You will probably need to use @kbd{C-h f}
6661 (@code{describe-function}). The newer version uses a conditional to
6662 determine whether the buffer has been narrowed.
6664 (Also, it uses @code{line-number-at-pos}, which among other simple
6665 expressions, such as @code{(goto-char (point-min))}, moves point to
6666 the beginning of the current line with @code{(forward-line 0)} rather
6667 than @code{beginning-of-line}.)
6669 The @code{what-line} function as shown here has a documentation line
6670 and is interactive, as you would expect. The next two lines use the
6671 functions @code{save-restriction} and @code{widen}.
6673 The @code{save-restriction} special form notes whatever narrowing is in
6674 effect, if any, in the current buffer and restores that narrowing after
6675 the code in the body of the @code{save-restriction} has been evaluated.
6677 The @code{save-restriction} special form is followed by @code{widen}.
6678 This function undoes any narrowing the current buffer may have had
6679 when @code{what-line} was called. (The narrowing that was there is
6680 the narrowing that @code{save-restriction} remembers.) This widening
6681 makes it possible for the line counting commands to count from the
6682 beginning of the buffer. Otherwise, they would have been limited to
6683 counting within the accessible region. Any original narrowing is
6684 restored just before the completion of the function by the
6685 @code{save-restriction} special form.
6687 The call to @code{widen} is followed by @code{save-excursion}, which
6688 saves the location of the cursor (i.e., of point) and of the mark, and
6689 restores them after the code in the body of the @code{save-excursion}
6690 uses the @code{beginning-of-line} function to move point.
6692 (Note that the @code{(widen)} expression comes between the
6693 @code{save-restriction} and @code{save-excursion} special forms. When
6694 you write the two @code{save- @dots{}} expressions in sequence, write
6695 @code{save-excursion} outermost.)
6698 The last two lines of the @code{what-line} function are functions to
6699 count the number of lines in the buffer and then print the number in the
6705 (1+ (count-lines 1 (point)))))))
6709 The @code{message} function prints a one-line message at the bottom of
6710 the Emacs screen. The first argument is inside of quotation marks and
6711 is printed as a string of characters. However, it may contain a
6712 @samp{%d} expression to print a following argument. @samp{%d} prints
6713 the argument as a decimal, so the message will say something such as
6717 The number that is printed in place of the @samp{%d} is computed by the
6718 last line of the function:
6721 (1+ (count-lines 1 (point)))
6727 (defun count-lines (start end)
6728 "Return number of lines between START and END.
6729 This is usually the number of newlines between them,
6730 but can be one more if START is not equal to END
6731 and the greater of them is not at the start of a line."
6734 (narrow-to-region start end)
6735 (goto-char (point-min))
6736 (if (eq selective-display t)
6739 (while (re-search-forward "[\n\C-m]" nil t 40)
6740 (setq done (+ 40 done)))
6741 (while (re-search-forward "[\n\C-m]" nil t 1)
6742 (setq done (+ 1 done)))
6743 (goto-char (point-max))
6744 (if (and (/= start end)
6748 (- (buffer-size) (forward-line (buffer-size)))))))
6752 What this does is count the lines from the first position of the
6753 buffer, indicated by the @code{1}, up to @code{(point)}, and then add
6754 one to that number. (The @code{1+} function adds one to its
6755 argument.) We add one to it because line 2 has only one line before
6756 it, and @code{count-lines} counts only the lines @emph{before} the
6759 After @code{count-lines} has done its job, and the message has been
6760 printed in the echo area, the @code{save-excursion} restores point and
6761 mark to their original positions; and @code{save-restriction} restores
6762 the original narrowing, if any.
6764 @node narrow Exercise
6765 @section Exercise with Narrowing
6767 Write a function that will display the first 60 characters of the
6768 current buffer, even if you have narrowed the buffer to its latter
6769 half so that the first line is inaccessible. Restore point, mark, and
6770 narrowing. For this exercise, you need to use a whole potpourri of
6771 functions, including @code{save-restriction}, @code{widen},
6772 @code{goto-char}, @code{point-min}, @code{message}, and
6773 @code{buffer-substring}.
6775 @cindex Properties, mention of @code{buffer-substring-no-properties}
6776 (@code{buffer-substring} is a previously unmentioned function you will
6777 have to investigate yourself; or perhaps you will have to use
6778 @code{buffer-substring-no-properties} or
6779 @code{filter-buffer-substring} @dots{}, yet other functions. Text
6780 properties are a feature otherwise not discussed here. @xref{Text
6781 Properties, , Text Properties, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference
6784 Additionally, do you really need @code{goto-char} or @code{point-min}?
6785 Or can you write the function without them?
6787 @node car cdr & cons
6788 @chapter @code{car}, @code{cdr}, @code{cons}: Fundamental Functions
6789 @findex car, @r{introduced}
6790 @findex cdr, @r{introduced}
6792 In Lisp, @code{car}, @code{cdr}, and @code{cons} are fundamental
6793 functions. The @code{cons} function is used to construct lists, and
6794 the @code{car} and @code{cdr} functions are used to take them apart.
6796 In the walk through of the @code{copy-region-as-kill} function, we
6797 will see @code{cons} as well as two variants on @code{cdr},
6798 namely, @code{setcdr} and @code{nthcdr}. (@xref{copy-region-as-kill}.)
6801 * Strange Names:: An historical aside: why the strange names?
6802 * car & cdr:: Functions for extracting part of a list.
6803 * cons:: Constructing a list.
6804 * nthcdr:: Calling @code{cdr} repeatedly.
6806 * setcar:: Changing the first element of a list.
6807 * setcdr:: Changing the rest of a list.
6813 @unnumberedsec Strange Names
6816 The name of the @code{cons} function is not unreasonable: it is an
6817 abbreviation of the word `construct'. The origins of the names for
6818 @code{car} and @code{cdr}, on the other hand, are esoteric: @code{car}
6819 is an acronym from the phrase `Contents of the Address part of the
6820 Register'; and @code{cdr} (pronounced `could-er') is an acronym from
6821 the phrase `Contents of the Decrement part of the Register'. These
6822 phrases refer to specific pieces of hardware on the very early
6823 computer on which the original Lisp was developed. Besides being
6824 obsolete, the phrases have been completely irrelevant for more than 25
6825 years to anyone thinking about Lisp. Nonetheless, although a few
6826 brave scholars have begun to use more reasonable names for these
6827 functions, the old terms are still in use. In particular, since the
6828 terms are used in the Emacs Lisp source code, we will use them in this
6832 @section @code{car} and @code{cdr}
6834 The @sc{car} of a list is, quite simply, the first item in the list.
6835 Thus the @sc{car} of the list @code{(rose violet daisy buttercup)} is
6839 If you are reading this in Info in GNU Emacs, you can see this by
6840 evaluating the following:
6843 (car '(rose violet daisy buttercup))
6847 After evaluating the expression, @code{rose} will appear in the echo
6850 Clearly, a more reasonable name for the @code{car} function would be
6851 @code{first} and this is often suggested.
6853 @code{car} does not remove the first item from the list; it only reports
6854 what it is. After @code{car} has been applied to a list, the list is
6855 still the same as it was. In the jargon, @code{car} is
6856 `non-destructive'. This feature turns out to be important.
6858 The @sc{cdr} of a list is the rest of the list, that is, the
6859 @code{cdr} function returns the part of the list that follows the
6860 first item. Thus, while the @sc{car} of the list @code{'(rose violet
6861 daisy buttercup)} is @code{rose}, the rest of the list, the value
6862 returned by the @code{cdr} function, is @code{(violet daisy
6866 You can see this by evaluating the following in the usual way:
6869 (cdr '(rose violet daisy buttercup))
6873 When you evaluate this, @code{(violet daisy buttercup)} will appear in
6876 Like @code{car}, @code{cdr} does not remove any elements from the
6877 list---it just returns a report of what the second and subsequent
6880 Incidentally, in the example, the list of flowers is quoted. If it were
6881 not, the Lisp interpreter would try to evaluate the list by calling
6882 @code{rose} as a function. In this example, we do not want to do that.
6884 Clearly, a more reasonable name for @code{cdr} would be @code{rest}.
6886 (There is a lesson here: when you name new functions, consider very
6887 carefully what you are doing, since you may be stuck with the names
6888 for far longer than you expect. The reason this document perpetuates
6889 these names is that the Emacs Lisp source code uses them, and if I did
6890 not use them, you would have a hard time reading the code; but do,
6891 please, try to avoid using these terms yourself. The people who come
6892 after you will be grateful to you.)
6894 When @code{car} and @code{cdr} are applied to a list made up of symbols,
6895 such as the list @code{(pine fir oak maple)}, the element of the list
6896 returned by the function @code{car} is the symbol @code{pine} without
6897 any parentheses around it. @code{pine} is the first element in the
6898 list. However, the @sc{cdr} of the list is a list itself, @code{(fir
6899 oak maple)}, as you can see by evaluating the following expressions in
6904 (car '(pine fir oak maple))
6906 (cdr '(pine fir oak maple))
6910 On the other hand, in a list of lists, the first element is itself a
6911 list. @code{car} returns this first element as a list. For example,
6912 the following list contains three sub-lists, a list of carnivores, a
6913 list of herbivores and a list of sea mammals:
6917 (car '((lion tiger cheetah)
6918 (gazelle antelope zebra)
6919 (whale dolphin seal)))
6924 In this example, the first element or @sc{car} of the list is the list of
6925 carnivores, @code{(lion tiger cheetah)}, and the rest of the list is
6926 @code{((gazelle antelope zebra) (whale dolphin seal))}.
6930 (cdr '((lion tiger cheetah)
6931 (gazelle antelope zebra)
6932 (whale dolphin seal)))
6936 It is worth saying again that @code{car} and @code{cdr} are
6937 non-destructive---that is, they do not modify or change lists to which
6938 they are applied. This is very important for how they are used.
6940 Also, in the first chapter, in the discussion about atoms, I said that
6941 in Lisp, ``certain kinds of atom, such as an array, can be separated
6942 into parts; but the mechanism for doing this is different from the
6943 mechanism for splitting a list. As far as Lisp is concerned, the
6944 atoms of a list are unsplittable.'' (@xref{Lisp Atoms}.) The
6945 @code{car} and @code{cdr} functions are used for splitting lists and
6946 are considered fundamental to Lisp. Since they cannot split or gain
6947 access to the parts of an array, an array is considered an atom.
6948 Conversely, the other fundamental function, @code{cons}, can put
6949 together or construct a list, but not an array. (Arrays are handled
6950 by array-specific functions. @xref{Arrays, , Arrays, elisp, The GNU
6951 Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.)
6954 @section @code{cons}
6955 @findex cons, @r{introduced}
6957 The @code{cons} function constructs lists; it is the inverse of
6958 @code{car} and @code{cdr}. For example, @code{cons} can be used to make
6959 a four element list from the three element list, @code{(fir oak maple)}:
6962 (cons 'pine '(fir oak maple))
6967 After evaluating this list, you will see
6970 (pine fir oak maple)
6974 appear in the echo area. @code{cons} causes the creation of a new
6975 list in which the element is followed by the elements of the original
6978 We often say that `@code{cons} puts a new element at the beginning of
6979 a list; it attaches or pushes elements onto the list', but this
6980 phrasing can be misleading, since @code{cons} does not change an
6981 existing list, but creates a new one.
6983 Like @code{car} and @code{cdr}, @code{cons} is non-destructive.
6987 * length:: How to find the length of a list.
6992 @unnumberedsubsec Build a list
6995 @code{cons} must have a list to attach to.@footnote{Actually, you can
6996 @code{cons} an element to an atom to produce a dotted pair. Dotted
6997 pairs are not discussed here; see @ref{Dotted Pair Notation, , Dotted
6998 Pair Notation, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.} You
6999 cannot start from absolutely nothing. If you are building a list, you
7000 need to provide at least an empty list at the beginning. Here is a
7001 series of @code{cons} expressions that build up a list of flowers. If
7002 you are reading this in Info in GNU Emacs, you can evaluate each of
7003 the expressions in the usual way; the value is printed in this text
7004 after @samp{@result{}}, which you may read as `evaluates to'.
7008 (cons 'buttercup ())
7009 @result{} (buttercup)
7013 (cons 'daisy '(buttercup))
7014 @result{} (daisy buttercup)
7018 (cons 'violet '(daisy buttercup))
7019 @result{} (violet daisy buttercup)
7023 (cons 'rose '(violet daisy buttercup))
7024 @result{} (rose violet daisy buttercup)
7029 In the first example, the empty list is shown as @code{()} and a list
7030 made up of @code{buttercup} followed by the empty list is constructed.
7031 As you can see, the empty list is not shown in the list that was
7032 constructed. All that you see is @code{(buttercup)}. The empty list is
7033 not counted as an element of a list because there is nothing in an empty
7034 list. Generally speaking, an empty list is invisible.
7036 The second example, @code{(cons 'daisy '(buttercup))} constructs a new,
7037 two element list by putting @code{daisy} in front of @code{buttercup};
7038 and the third example constructs a three element list by putting
7039 @code{violet} in front of @code{daisy} and @code{buttercup}.
7042 @subsection Find the Length of a List: @code{length}
7045 You can find out how many elements there are in a list by using the Lisp
7046 function @code{length}, as in the following examples:
7050 (length '(buttercup))
7055 (length '(daisy buttercup))
7060 (length (cons 'violet '(daisy buttercup)))
7066 In the third example, the @code{cons} function is used to construct a
7067 three element list which is then passed to the @code{length} function as
7071 We can also use @code{length} to count the number of elements in an
7082 As you would expect, the number of elements in an empty list is zero.
7084 An interesting experiment is to find out what happens if you try to find
7085 the length of no list at all; that is, if you try to call @code{length}
7086 without giving it an argument, not even an empty list:
7094 What you see, if you evaluate this, is the error message
7097 Lisp error: (wrong-number-of-arguments length 0)
7101 This means that the function receives the wrong number of
7102 arguments, zero, when it expects some other number of arguments. In
7103 this case, one argument is expected, the argument being a list whose
7104 length the function is measuring. (Note that @emph{one} list is
7105 @emph{one} argument, even if the list has many elements inside it.)
7107 The part of the error message that says @samp{length} is the name of
7111 @code{length} is still a subroutine, but you need C-h f to discover that.
7113 In an earlier version:
7114 This is written with a special notation, @samp{#<subr},
7115 that indicates that the function @code{length} is one of the primitive
7116 functions written in C rather than in Emacs Lisp. (@samp{subr} is an
7117 abbreviation for `subroutine'.) @xref{What Is a Function, , What Is a
7118 Function?, elisp , The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, for more
7123 @section @code{nthcdr}
7126 The @code{nthcdr} function is associated with the @code{cdr} function.
7127 What it does is take the @sc{cdr} of a list repeatedly.
7129 If you take the @sc{cdr} of the list @code{(pine fir
7130 oak maple)}, you will be returned the list @code{(fir oak maple)}. If you
7131 repeat this on what was returned, you will be returned the list
7132 @code{(oak maple)}. (Of course, repeated @sc{cdr}ing on the original
7133 list will just give you the original @sc{cdr} since the function does
7134 not change the list. You need to evaluate the @sc{cdr} of the
7135 @sc{cdr} and so on.) If you continue this, eventually you will be
7136 returned an empty list, which in this case, instead of being shown as
7137 @code{()} is shown as @code{nil}.
7140 For review, here is a series of repeated @sc{cdr}s, the text following
7141 the @samp{@result{}} shows what is returned.
7145 (cdr '(pine fir oak maple))
7146 @result{}(fir oak maple)
7150 (cdr '(fir oak maple))
7151 @result{} (oak maple)
7176 You can also do several @sc{cdr}s without printing the values in
7181 (cdr (cdr '(pine fir oak maple)))
7182 @result{} (oak maple)
7187 In this example, the Lisp interpreter evaluates the innermost list first.
7188 The innermost list is quoted, so it just passes the list as it is to the
7189 innermost @code{cdr}. This @code{cdr} passes a list made up of the
7190 second and subsequent elements of the list to the outermost @code{cdr},
7191 which produces a list composed of the third and subsequent elements of
7192 the original list. In this example, the @code{cdr} function is repeated
7193 and returns a list that consists of the original list without its
7196 The @code{nthcdr} function does the same as repeating the call to
7197 @code{cdr}. In the following example, the argument 2 is passed to the
7198 function @code{nthcdr}, along with the list, and the value returned is
7199 the list without its first two items, which is exactly the same
7200 as repeating @code{cdr} twice on the list:
7204 (nthcdr 2 '(pine fir oak maple))
7205 @result{} (oak maple)
7210 Using the original four element list, we can see what happens when
7211 various numeric arguments are passed to @code{nthcdr}, including 0, 1,
7216 ;; @r{Leave the list as it was.}
7217 (nthcdr 0 '(pine fir oak maple))
7218 @result{} (pine fir oak maple)
7222 ;; @r{Return a copy without the first element.}
7223 (nthcdr 1 '(pine fir oak maple))
7224 @result{} (fir oak maple)
7228 ;; @r{Return a copy of the list without three elements.}
7229 (nthcdr 3 '(pine fir oak maple))
7234 ;; @r{Return a copy lacking all four elements.}
7235 (nthcdr 4 '(pine fir oak maple))
7240 ;; @r{Return a copy lacking all elements.}
7241 (nthcdr 5 '(pine fir oak maple))
7250 The @code{nthcdr} function takes the @sc{cdr} of a list repeatedly.
7251 The @code{nth} function takes the @sc{car} of the result returned by
7252 @code{nthcdr}. It returns the Nth element of the list.
7255 Thus, if it were not defined in C for speed, the definition of
7256 @code{nth} would be:
7261 "Returns the Nth element of LIST.
7262 N counts from zero. If LIST is not that long, nil is returned."
7263 (car (nthcdr n list)))
7268 (Originally, @code{nth} was defined in Emacs Lisp in @file{subr.el},
7269 but its definition was redone in C in the 1980s.)
7271 The @code{nth} function returns a single element of a list.
7272 This can be very convenient.
7274 Note that the elements are numbered from zero, not one. That is to
7275 say, the first element of a list, its @sc{car} is the zeroth element.
7276 This is called `zero-based' counting and often bothers people who
7277 are accustomed to the first element in a list being number one, which
7285 (nth 0 '("one" "two" "three"))
7288 (nth 1 '("one" "two" "three"))
7293 It is worth mentioning that @code{nth}, like @code{nthcdr} and
7294 @code{cdr}, does not change the original list---the function is
7295 non-destructive. This is in sharp contrast to the @code{setcar} and
7296 @code{setcdr} functions.
7299 @section @code{setcar}
7302 As you might guess from their names, the @code{setcar} and @code{setcdr}
7303 functions set the @sc{car} or the @sc{cdr} of a list to a new value.
7304 They actually change the original list, unlike @code{car} and @code{cdr}
7305 which leave the original list as it was. One way to find out how this
7306 works is to experiment. We will start with the @code{setcar} function.
7309 First, we can make a list and then set the value of a variable to the
7310 list, using the @code{setq} function. Here is a list of animals:
7313 (setq animals '(antelope giraffe lion tiger))
7317 If you are reading this in Info inside of GNU Emacs, you can evaluate
7318 this expression in the usual fashion, by positioning the cursor after
7319 the expression and typing @kbd{C-x C-e}. (I'm doing this right here
7320 as I write this. This is one of the advantages of having the
7321 interpreter built into the computing environment. Incidentally, when
7322 there is nothing on the line after the final parentheses, such as a
7323 comment, point can be on the next line. Thus, if your cursor is in
7324 the first column of the next line, you do not need to move it.
7325 Indeed, Emacs permits any amount of white space after the final
7329 When we evaluate the variable @code{animals}, we see that it is bound to
7330 the list @code{(antelope giraffe lion tiger)}:
7335 @result{} (antelope giraffe lion tiger)
7340 Put another way, the variable @code{animals} points to the list
7341 @code{(antelope giraffe lion tiger)}.
7343 Next, evaluate the function @code{setcar} while passing it two
7344 arguments, the variable @code{animals} and the quoted symbol
7345 @code{hippopotamus}; this is done by writing the three element list
7346 @code{(setcar animals 'hippopotamus)} and then evaluating it in the
7350 (setcar animals 'hippopotamus)
7355 After evaluating this expression, evaluate the variable @code{animals}
7356 again. You will see that the list of animals has changed:
7361 @result{} (hippopotamus giraffe lion tiger)
7366 The first element on the list, @code{antelope} is replaced by
7367 @code{hippopotamus}.
7369 So we can see that @code{setcar} did not add a new element to the list
7370 as @code{cons} would have; it replaced @code{antelope} with
7371 @code{hippopotamus}; it @emph{changed} the list.
7374 @section @code{setcdr}
7377 The @code{setcdr} function is similar to the @code{setcar} function,
7378 except that the function replaces the second and subsequent elements of
7379 a list rather than the first element.
7381 (To see how to change the last element of a list, look ahead to
7382 @ref{kill-new function, , The @code{kill-new} function}, which uses
7383 the @code{nthcdr} and @code{setcdr} functions.)
7386 To see how this works, set the value of the variable to a list of
7387 domesticated animals by evaluating the following expression:
7390 (setq domesticated-animals '(horse cow sheep goat))
7395 If you now evaluate the list, you will be returned the list
7396 @code{(horse cow sheep goat)}:
7400 domesticated-animals
7401 @result{} (horse cow sheep goat)
7406 Next, evaluate @code{setcdr} with two arguments, the name of the
7407 variable which has a list as its value, and the list to which the
7408 @sc{cdr} of the first list will be set;
7411 (setcdr domesticated-animals '(cat dog))
7415 If you evaluate this expression, the list @code{(cat dog)} will appear
7416 in the echo area. This is the value returned by the function. The
7417 result we are interested in is the ``side effect'', which we can see by
7418 evaluating the variable @code{domesticated-animals}:
7422 domesticated-animals
7423 @result{} (horse cat dog)
7428 Indeed, the list is changed from @code{(horse cow sheep goat)} to
7429 @code{(horse cat dog)}. The @sc{cdr} of the list is changed from
7430 @code{(cow sheep goat)} to @code{(cat dog)}.
7435 Construct a list of four birds by evaluating several expressions with
7436 @code{cons}. Find out what happens when you @code{cons} a list onto
7437 itself. Replace the first element of the list of four birds with a
7438 fish. Replace the rest of that list with a list of other fish.
7440 @node Cutting & Storing Text
7441 @chapter Cutting and Storing Text
7442 @cindex Cutting and storing text
7443 @cindex Storing and cutting text
7444 @cindex Killing text
7445 @cindex Clipping text
7446 @cindex Erasing text
7447 @cindex Deleting text
7449 Whenever you cut or clip text out of a buffer with a `kill' command in
7450 GNU Emacs, it is stored in a list and you can bring it back with a
7453 (The use of the word `kill' in Emacs for processes which specifically
7454 @emph{do not} destroy the values of the entities is an unfortunate
7455 historical accident. A much more appropriate word would be `clip' since
7456 that is what the kill commands do; they clip text out of a buffer and
7457 put it into storage from which it can be brought back. I have often
7458 been tempted to replace globally all occurrences of `kill' in the Emacs
7459 sources with `clip' and all occurrences of `killed' with `clipped'.)
7462 * Storing Text:: Text is stored in a list.
7463 * zap-to-char:: Cutting out text up to a character.
7464 * kill-region:: Cutting text out of a region.
7465 * copy-region-as-kill:: A definition for copying text.
7466 * Digression into C:: Minor note on C programming language macros.
7467 * defvar:: How to give a variable an initial value.
7468 * cons & search-fwd Review::
7469 * search Exercises::
7474 @unnumberedsec Storing Text in a List
7477 When text is cut out of a buffer, it is stored on a list. Successive
7478 pieces of text are stored on the list successively, so the list might
7482 ("a piece of text" "previous piece")
7487 The function @code{cons} can be used to create a new list from a piece
7488 of text (an `atom', to use the jargon) and an existing list, like
7493 (cons "another piece"
7494 '("a piece of text" "previous piece"))
7500 If you evaluate this expression, a list of three elements will appear in
7504 ("another piece" "a piece of text" "previous piece")
7507 With the @code{car} and @code{nthcdr} functions, you can retrieve
7508 whichever piece of text you want. For example, in the following code,
7509 @code{nthcdr 1 @dots{}} returns the list with the first item removed;
7510 and the @code{car} returns the first element of that remainder---the
7511 second element of the original list:
7515 (car (nthcdr 1 '("another piece"
7518 @result{} "a piece of text"
7522 The actual functions in Emacs are more complex than this, of course.
7523 The code for cutting and retrieving text has to be written so that
7524 Emacs can figure out which element in the list you want---the first,
7525 second, third, or whatever. In addition, when you get to the end of
7526 the list, Emacs should give you the first element of the list, rather
7527 than nothing at all.
7529 The list that holds the pieces of text is called the @dfn{kill ring}.
7530 This chapter leads up to a description of the kill ring and how it is
7531 used by first tracing how the @code{zap-to-char} function works. This
7532 function uses (or `calls') a function that invokes a function that
7533 manipulates the kill ring. Thus, before reaching the mountains, we
7534 climb the foothills.
7536 A subsequent chapter describes how text that is cut from the buffer is
7537 retrieved. @xref{Yanking, , Yanking Text Back}.
7540 @section @code{zap-to-char}
7543 Let us look at the interactive @code{zap-to-char} function.
7546 * Complete zap-to-char:: The complete implementation.
7547 * zap-to-char interactive:: A three part interactive expression.
7548 * zap-to-char body:: A short overview.
7549 * search-forward:: How to search for a string.
7550 * progn:: The @code{progn} special form.
7551 * Summing up zap-to-char:: Using @code{point} and @code{search-forward}.
7555 @node Complete zap-to-char
7556 @unnumberedsubsec The Complete @code{zap-to-char} Implementation
7559 The @code{zap-to-char} function removes the text in the region between
7560 the location of the cursor (i.e., of point) up to and including the
7561 next occurrence of a specified character. The text that
7562 @code{zap-to-char} removes is put in the kill ring; and it can be
7563 retrieved from the kill ring by typing @kbd{C-y} (@code{yank}). If
7564 the command is given an argument, it removes text through that number
7565 of occurrences. Thus, if the cursor were at the beginning of this
7566 sentence and the character were @samp{s}, @samp{Thus} would be
7567 removed. If the argument were two, @samp{Thus, if the curs} would be
7568 removed, up to and including the @samp{s} in @samp{cursor}.
7570 If the specified character is not found, @code{zap-to-char} will say
7571 ``Search failed'', tell you the character you typed, and not remove
7574 In order to determine how much text to remove, @code{zap-to-char} uses
7575 a search function. Searches are used extensively in code that
7576 manipulates text, and we will focus attention on them as well as on the
7580 @c GNU Emacs version 19
7581 (defun zap-to-char (arg char) ; version 19 implementation
7582 "Kill up to and including ARG'th occurrence of CHAR.
7583 Goes backward if ARG is negative; error if CHAR not found."
7584 (interactive "*p\ncZap to char: ")
7585 (kill-region (point)
7588 (char-to-string char) nil nil arg)
7593 Here is the complete text of the version 22 implementation of the function:
7598 (defun zap-to-char (arg char)
7599 "Kill up to and including ARG'th occurrence of CHAR.
7600 Case is ignored if `case-fold-search' is non-nil in the current buffer.
7601 Goes backward if ARG is negative; error if CHAR not found."
7602 (interactive "p\ncZap to char: ")
7603 (if (char-table-p translation-table-for-input)
7604 (setq char (or (aref translation-table-for-input char) char)))
7605 (kill-region (point) (progn
7606 (search-forward (char-to-string char)
7612 The documentation is thorough. You do need to know the jargon meaning
7615 @node zap-to-char interactive
7616 @subsection The @code{interactive} Expression
7619 The interactive expression in the @code{zap-to-char} command looks like
7623 (interactive "p\ncZap to char: ")
7626 The part within quotation marks, @code{"p\ncZap to char:@: "}, specifies
7627 two different things. First, and most simply, is the @samp{p}.
7628 This part is separated from the next part by a newline, @samp{\n}.
7629 The @samp{p} means that the first argument to the function will be
7630 passed the value of a `processed prefix'. The prefix argument is
7631 passed by typing @kbd{C-u} and a number, or @kbd{M-} and a number. If
7632 the function is called interactively without a prefix, 1 is passed to
7635 The second part of @code{"p\ncZap to char:@: "} is
7636 @samp{cZap to char:@: }. In this part, the lower case @samp{c}
7637 indicates that @code{interactive} expects a prompt and that the
7638 argument will be a character. The prompt follows the @samp{c} and is
7639 the string @samp{Zap to char:@: } (with a space after the colon to
7642 What all this does is prepare the arguments to @code{zap-to-char} so they
7643 are of the right type, and give the user a prompt.
7645 In a read-only buffer, the @code{zap-to-char} function copies the text
7646 to the kill ring, but does not remove it. The echo area displays a
7647 message saying that the buffer is read-only. Also, the terminal may
7648 beep or blink at you.
7650 @node zap-to-char body
7651 @subsection The Body of @code{zap-to-char}
7653 The body of the @code{zap-to-char} function contains the code that
7654 kills (that is, removes) the text in the region from the current
7655 position of the cursor up to and including the specified character.
7657 The first part of the code looks like this:
7660 (if (char-table-p translation-table-for-input)
7661 (setq char (or (aref translation-table-for-input char) char)))
7662 (kill-region (point) (progn
7663 (search-forward (char-to-string char) nil nil arg)
7668 @code{char-table-p} is an hitherto unseen function. It determines
7669 whether its argument is a character table. When it is, it sets the
7670 character passed to @code{zap-to-char} to one of them, if that
7671 character exists, or to the character itself. (This becomes important
7672 for certain characters in non-European languages. The @code{aref}
7673 function extracts an element from an array. It is an array-specific
7674 function that is not described in this document. @xref{Arrays, ,
7675 Arrays, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.)
7678 @code{(point)} is the current position of the cursor.
7680 The next part of the code is an expression using @code{progn}. The body
7681 of the @code{progn} consists of calls to @code{search-forward} and
7684 It is easier to understand how @code{progn} works after learning about
7685 @code{search-forward}, so we will look at @code{search-forward} and
7686 then at @code{progn}.
7688 @node search-forward
7689 @subsection The @code{search-forward} Function
7690 @findex search-forward
7692 The @code{search-forward} function is used to locate the
7693 zapped-for-character in @code{zap-to-char}. If the search is
7694 successful, @code{search-forward} leaves point immediately after the
7695 last character in the target string. (In @code{zap-to-char}, the
7696 target string is just one character long. @code{zap-to-char} uses the
7697 function @code{char-to-string} to ensure that the computer treats that
7698 character as a string.) If the search is backwards,
7699 @code{search-forward} leaves point just before the first character in
7700 the target. Also, @code{search-forward} returns @code{t} for true.
7701 (Moving point is therefore a `side effect'.)
7704 In @code{zap-to-char}, the @code{search-forward} function looks like this:
7707 (search-forward (char-to-string char) nil nil arg)
7710 The @code{search-forward} function takes four arguments:
7714 The first argument is the target, what is searched for. This must be a
7715 string, such as @samp{"z"}.
7717 As it happens, the argument passed to @code{zap-to-char} is a single
7718 character. Because of the way computers are built, the Lisp
7719 interpreter may treat a single character as being different from a
7720 string of characters. Inside the computer, a single character has a
7721 different electronic format than a string of one character. (A single
7722 character can often be recorded in the computer using exactly one
7723 byte; but a string may be longer, and the computer needs to be ready
7724 for this.) Since the @code{search-forward} function searches for a
7725 string, the character that the @code{zap-to-char} function receives as
7726 its argument must be converted inside the computer from one format to
7727 the other; otherwise the @code{search-forward} function will fail.
7728 The @code{char-to-string} function is used to make this conversion.
7731 The second argument bounds the search; it is specified as a position in
7732 the buffer. In this case, the search can go to the end of the buffer,
7733 so no bound is set and the second argument is @code{nil}.
7736 The third argument tells the function what it should do if the search
7737 fails---it can signal an error (and print a message) or it can return
7738 @code{nil}. A @code{nil} as the third argument causes the function to
7739 signal an error when the search fails.
7742 The fourth argument to @code{search-forward} is the repeat count---how
7743 many occurrences of the string to look for. This argument is optional
7744 and if the function is called without a repeat count, this argument is
7745 passed the value 1. If this argument is negative, the search goes
7750 In template form, a @code{search-forward} expression looks like this:
7754 (search-forward "@var{target-string}"
7755 @var{limit-of-search}
7756 @var{what-to-do-if-search-fails}
7761 We will look at @code{progn} next.
7764 @subsection The @code{progn} Special Form
7767 @code{progn} is a special form that causes each of its arguments to be
7768 evaluated in sequence and then returns the value of the last one. The
7769 preceding expressions are evaluated only for the side effects they
7770 perform. The values produced by them are discarded.
7773 The template for a @code{progn} expression is very simple:
7782 In @code{zap-to-char}, the @code{progn} expression has to do two things:
7783 put point in exactly the right position; and return the location of
7784 point so that @code{kill-region} will know how far to kill to.
7786 The first argument to the @code{progn} is @code{search-forward}. When
7787 @code{search-forward} finds the string, the function leaves point
7788 immediately after the last character in the target string. (In this
7789 case the target string is just one character long.) If the search is
7790 backwards, @code{search-forward} leaves point just before the first
7791 character in the target. The movement of point is a side effect.
7793 The second and last argument to @code{progn} is the expression
7794 @code{(point)}. This expression returns the value of point, which in
7795 this case will be the location to which it has been moved by
7796 @code{search-forward}. (In the source, a line that tells the function
7797 to go to the previous character, if it is going forward, was commented
7798 out in 1999; I don't remember whether that feature or mis-feature was
7799 ever a part of the distributed source.) The value of @code{point} is
7800 returned by the @code{progn} expression and is passed to
7801 @code{kill-region} as @code{kill-region}'s second argument.
7803 @node Summing up zap-to-char
7804 @subsection Summing up @code{zap-to-char}
7806 Now that we have seen how @code{search-forward} and @code{progn} work,
7807 we can see how the @code{zap-to-char} function works as a whole.
7809 The first argument to @code{kill-region} is the position of the cursor
7810 when the @code{zap-to-char} command is given---the value of point at
7811 that time. Within the @code{progn}, the search function then moves
7812 point to just after the zapped-to-character and @code{point} returns the
7813 value of this location. The @code{kill-region} function puts together
7814 these two values of point, the first one as the beginning of the region
7815 and the second one as the end of the region, and removes the region.
7817 The @code{progn} special form is necessary because the
7818 @code{kill-region} command takes two arguments; and it would fail if
7819 @code{search-forward} and @code{point} expressions were written in
7820 sequence as two additional arguments. The @code{progn} expression is
7821 a single argument to @code{kill-region} and returns the one value that
7822 @code{kill-region} needs for its second argument.
7825 @section @code{kill-region}
7828 The @code{zap-to-char} function uses the @code{kill-region} function.
7829 This function clips text from a region and copies that text to
7830 the kill ring, from which it may be retrieved.
7835 (defun kill-region (beg end &optional yank-handler)
7836 "Kill (\"cut\") text between point and mark.
7837 This deletes the text from the buffer and saves it in the kill ring.
7838 The command \\[yank] can retrieve it from there.
7839 \(If you want to kill and then yank immediately, use \\[kill-ring-save].)
7841 If you want to append the killed region to the last killed text,
7842 use \\[append-next-kill] before \\[kill-region].
7844 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
7845 the text, but put the text in the kill ring anyway. This means that
7846 you can use the killing commands to copy text from a read-only buffer.
7848 This is the primitive for programs to kill text (as opposed to deleting it).
7849 Supply two arguments, character positions indicating the stretch of text
7851 Any command that calls this function is a \"kill command\".
7852 If the previous command was also a kill command,
7853 the text killed this time appends to the text killed last time
7854 to make one entry in the kill ring.
7856 In Lisp code, optional third arg YANK-HANDLER, if non-nil,
7857 specifies the yank-handler text property to be set on the killed
7858 text. See `insert-for-yank'."
7859 ;; Pass point first, then mark, because the order matters
7860 ;; when calling kill-append.
7861 (interactive (list (point) (mark)))
7862 (unless (and beg end)
7863 (error "The mark is not set now, so there is no region"))
7865 (let ((string (filter-buffer-substring beg end t)))
7866 (when string ;STRING is nil if BEG = END
7867 ;; Add that string to the kill ring, one way or another.
7868 (if (eq last-command 'kill-region)
7869 (kill-append string (< end beg) yank-handler)
7870 (kill-new string nil yank-handler)))
7871 (when (or string (eq last-command 'kill-region))
7872 (setq this-command 'kill-region))
7874 ((buffer-read-only text-read-only)
7875 ;; The code above failed because the buffer, or some of the characters
7876 ;; in the region, are read-only.
7877 ;; We should beep, in case the user just isn't aware of this.
7878 ;; However, there's no harm in putting
7879 ;; the region's text in the kill ring, anyway.
7880 (copy-region-as-kill beg end)
7881 ;; Set this-command now, so it will be set even if we get an error.
7882 (setq this-command 'kill-region)
7883 ;; This should barf, if appropriate, and give us the correct error.
7884 (if kill-read-only-ok
7885 (progn (message "Read only text copied to kill ring") nil)
7886 ;; Signal an error if the buffer is read-only.
7887 (barf-if-buffer-read-only)
7888 ;; If the buffer isn't read-only, the text is.
7889 (signal 'text-read-only (list (current-buffer)))))))
7892 The Emacs 22 version of that function uses @code{condition-case} and
7893 @code{copy-region-as-kill}, both of which we will explain.
7894 @code{condition-case} is an important special form.
7896 In essence, the @code{kill-region} function calls
7897 @code{condition-case}, which takes three arguments. In this function,
7898 the first argument does nothing. The second argument contains the
7899 code that does the work when all goes well. The third argument
7900 contains the code that is called in the event of an error.
7903 * Complete kill-region:: The function definition.
7904 * condition-case:: Dealing with a problem.
7909 @node Complete kill-region
7910 @unnumberedsubsec The Complete @code{kill-region} Definition
7914 We will go through the @code{condition-case} code in a moment. First,
7915 let us look at the definition of @code{kill-region}, with comments
7921 (defun kill-region (beg end)
7922 "Kill (\"cut\") text between point and mark.
7923 This deletes the text from the buffer and saves it in the kill ring.
7924 The command \\[yank] can retrieve it from there. @dots{} "
7928 ;; @bullet{} Since order matters, pass point first.
7929 (interactive (list (point) (mark)))
7930 ;; @bullet{} And tell us if we cannot cut the text.
7931 ;; `unless' is an `if' without a then-part.
7932 (unless (and beg end)
7933 (error "The mark is not set now, so there is no region"))
7937 ;; @bullet{} `condition-case' takes three arguments.
7938 ;; If the first argument is nil, as it is here,
7939 ;; information about the error signal is not
7940 ;; stored for use by another function.
7945 ;; @bullet{} The second argument to `condition-case' tells the
7946 ;; Lisp interpreter what to do when all goes well.
7950 ;; It starts with a `let' function that extracts the string
7951 ;; and tests whether it exists. If so (that is what the
7952 ;; `when' checks), it calls an `if' function that determines
7953 ;; whether the previous command was another call to
7954 ;; `kill-region'; if it was, then the new text is appended to
7955 ;; the previous text; if not, then a different function,
7956 ;; `kill-new', is called.
7960 ;; The `kill-append' function concatenates the new string and
7961 ;; the old. The `kill-new' function inserts text into a new
7962 ;; item in the kill ring.
7966 ;; `when' is an `if' without an else-part. The second `when'
7967 ;; again checks whether the current string exists; in
7968 ;; addition, it checks whether the previous command was
7969 ;; another call to `kill-region'. If one or the other
7970 ;; condition is true, then it sets the current command to
7971 ;; be `kill-region'.
7974 (let ((string (filter-buffer-substring beg end t)))
7975 (when string ;STRING is nil if BEG = END
7976 ;; Add that string to the kill ring, one way or another.
7977 (if (eq last-command 'kill-region)
7980 ;; @minus{} `yank-handler' is an optional argument to
7981 ;; `kill-region' that tells the `kill-append' and
7982 ;; `kill-new' functions how deal with properties
7983 ;; added to the text, such as `bold' or `italics'.
7984 (kill-append string (< end beg) yank-handler)
7985 (kill-new string nil yank-handler)))
7986 (when (or string (eq last-command 'kill-region))
7987 (setq this-command 'kill-region))
7992 ;; @bullet{} The third argument to `condition-case' tells the interpreter
7993 ;; what to do with an error.
7996 ;; The third argument has a conditions part and a body part.
7997 ;; If the conditions are met (in this case,
7998 ;; if text or buffer are read-only)
7999 ;; then the body is executed.
8002 ;; The first part of the third argument is the following:
8003 ((buffer-read-only text-read-only) ;; the if-part
8004 ;; @dots{} the then-part
8005 (copy-region-as-kill beg end)
8008 ;; Next, also as part of the then-part, set this-command, so
8009 ;; it will be set in an error
8010 (setq this-command 'kill-region)
8011 ;; Finally, in the then-part, send a message if you may copy
8012 ;; the text to the kill ring without signaling an error, but
8013 ;; don't if you may not.
8016 (if kill-read-only-ok
8017 (progn (message "Read only text copied to kill ring") nil)
8018 (barf-if-buffer-read-only)
8019 ;; If the buffer isn't read-only, the text is.
8020 (signal 'text-read-only (list (current-buffer)))))
8028 (defun kill-region (beg end)
8029 "Kill between point and mark.
8030 The text is deleted but saved in the kill ring."
8035 ;; 1. `condition-case' takes three arguments.
8036 ;; If the first argument is nil, as it is here,
8037 ;; information about the error signal is not
8038 ;; stored for use by another function.
8043 ;; 2. The second argument to `condition-case'
8044 ;; tells the Lisp interpreter what to do when all goes well.
8048 ;; The `delete-and-extract-region' function usually does the
8049 ;; work. If the beginning and ending of the region are both
8050 ;; the same, then the variable `string' will be empty, or nil
8051 (let ((string (delete-and-extract-region beg end)))
8055 ;; `when' is an `if' clause that cannot take an `else-part'.
8056 ;; Emacs normally sets the value of `last-command' to the
8057 ;; previous command.
8060 ;; `kill-append' concatenates the new string and the old.
8061 ;; `kill-new' inserts text into a new item in the kill ring.
8063 (if (eq last-command 'kill-region)
8064 ;; if true, prepend string
8065 (kill-append string (< end beg))
8067 (setq this-command 'kill-region))
8071 ;; 3. The third argument to `condition-case' tells the interpreter
8072 ;; what to do with an error.
8075 ;; The third argument has a conditions part and a body part.
8076 ;; If the conditions are met (in this case,
8077 ;; if text or buffer are read-only)
8078 ;; then the body is executed.
8081 ((buffer-read-only text-read-only) ;; this is the if-part
8083 (copy-region-as-kill beg end)
8086 (if kill-read-only-ok ;; usually this variable is nil
8087 (message "Read only text copied to kill ring")
8088 ;; or else, signal an error if the buffer is read-only;
8089 (barf-if-buffer-read-only)
8090 ;; and, in any case, signal that the text is read-only.
8091 (signal 'text-read-only (list (current-buffer)))))))
8096 @node condition-case
8097 @subsection @code{condition-case}
8098 @findex condition-case
8100 As we have seen earlier (@pxref{Making Errors, , Generate an Error
8101 Message}), when the Emacs Lisp interpreter has trouble evaluating an
8102 expression, it provides you with help; in the jargon, this is called
8103 ``signaling an error''. Usually, the computer stops the program and
8104 shows you a message.
8106 However, some programs undertake complicated actions. They should not
8107 simply stop on an error. In the @code{kill-region} function, the most
8108 likely error is that you will try to kill text that is read-only and
8109 cannot be removed. So the @code{kill-region} function contains code
8110 to handle this circumstance. This code, which makes up the body of
8111 the @code{kill-region} function, is inside of a @code{condition-case}
8115 The template for @code{condition-case} looks like this:
8122 @var{error-handler}@dots{})
8126 The second argument, @var{bodyform}, is straightforward. The
8127 @code{condition-case} special form causes the Lisp interpreter to
8128 evaluate the code in @var{bodyform}. If no error occurs, the special
8129 form returns the code's value and produces the side-effects, if any.
8131 In short, the @var{bodyform} part of a @code{condition-case}
8132 expression determines what should happen when everything works
8135 However, if an error occurs, among its other actions, the function
8136 generating the error signal will define one or more error condition
8139 An error handler is the third argument to @code{condition case}.
8140 An error handler has two parts, a @var{condition-name} and a
8141 @var{body}. If the @var{condition-name} part of an error handler
8142 matches a condition name generated by an error, then the @var{body}
8143 part of the error handler is run.
8145 As you will expect, the @var{condition-name} part of an error handler
8146 may be either a single condition name or a list of condition names.
8148 Also, a complete @code{condition-case} expression may contain more
8149 than one error handler. When an error occurs, the first applicable
8152 Lastly, the first argument to the @code{condition-case} expression,
8153 the @var{var} argument, is sometimes bound to a variable that
8154 contains information about the error. However, if that argument is
8155 nil, as is the case in @code{kill-region}, that information is
8159 In brief, in the @code{kill-region} function, the code
8160 @code{condition-case} works like this:
8164 @var{If no errors}, @var{run only this code}
8165 @var{but}, @var{if errors}, @var{run this other code}.
8172 copy-region-as-kill is short, 12 lines, and uses
8173 filter-buffer-substring, which is longer, 39 lines
8174 and has delete-and-extract-region in it.
8175 delete-and-extract-region is written in C.
8177 see Initializing a Variable with @code{defvar}
8179 Initializing a Variable with @code{defvar} includes line 8350
8183 @subsection Lisp macro
8187 The part of the @code{condition-case} expression that is evaluated in
8188 the expectation that all goes well has a @code{when}. The code uses
8189 @code{when} to determine whether the @code{string} variable points to
8192 A @code{when} expression is simply a programmers' convenience. It is
8193 an @code{if} without the possibility of an else clause. In your mind,
8194 you can replace @code{when} with @code{if} and understand what goes
8195 on. That is what the Lisp interpreter does.
8197 Technically speaking, @code{when} is a Lisp macro. A Lisp macro
8198 enables you to define new control constructs and other language
8199 features. It tells the interpreter how to compute another Lisp
8200 expression which will in turn compute the value. In this case, the
8201 `other expression' is an @code{if} expression.
8203 The @code{kill-region} function definition also has an @code{unless}
8204 macro; it is the converse of @code{when}. The @code{unless} macro is
8205 an @code{if} without a then clause
8207 For more about Lisp macros, see @ref{Macros, , Macros, elisp, The GNU
8208 Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}. The C programming language also
8209 provides macros. These are different, but also useful.
8212 We will briefly look at C macros in
8213 @ref{Digression into C}.
8217 Regarding the @code{when} macro, in the @code{condition-case}
8218 expression, when the string has content, then another conditional
8219 expression is executed. This is an @code{if} with both a then-part
8224 (if (eq last-command 'kill-region)
8225 (kill-append string (< end beg) yank-handler)
8226 (kill-new string nil yank-handler))
8230 The then-part is evaluated if the previous command was another call to
8231 @code{kill-region}; if not, the else-part is evaluated.
8233 @code{yank-handler} is an optional argument to @code{kill-region} that
8234 tells the @code{kill-append} and @code{kill-new} functions how deal
8235 with properties added to the text, such as `bold' or `italics'.
8237 @code{last-command} is a variable that comes with Emacs that we have
8238 not seen before. Normally, whenever a function is executed, Emacs
8239 sets the value of @code{last-command} to the previous command.
8242 In this segment of the definition, the @code{if} expression checks
8243 whether the previous command was @code{kill-region}. If it was,
8246 (kill-append string (< end beg) yank-handler)
8250 concatenates a copy of the newly clipped text to the just previously
8251 clipped text in the kill ring.
8253 @node copy-region-as-kill
8254 @section @code{copy-region-as-kill}
8255 @findex copy-region-as-kill
8258 The @code{copy-region-as-kill} function copies a region of text from a
8259 buffer and (via either @code{kill-append} or @code{kill-new}) saves it
8260 in the @code{kill-ring}.
8262 If you call @code{copy-region-as-kill} immediately after a
8263 @code{kill-region} command, Emacs appends the newly copied text to the
8264 previously copied text. This means that if you yank back the text, you
8265 get it all, from both this and the previous operation. On the other
8266 hand, if some other command precedes the @code{copy-region-as-kill},
8267 the function copies the text into a separate entry in the kill ring.
8270 * Complete copy-region-as-kill:: The complete function definition.
8271 * copy-region-as-kill body:: The body of @code{copy-region-as-kill}.
8275 @node Complete copy-region-as-kill
8276 @unnumberedsubsec The complete @code{copy-region-as-kill} function definition
8280 Here is the complete text of the version 22 @code{copy-region-as-kill}
8285 (defun copy-region-as-kill (beg end)
8286 "Save the region as if killed, but don't kill it.
8287 In Transient Mark mode, deactivate the mark.
8288 If `interprogram-cut-function' is non-nil, also save the text for a window
8289 system cut and paste."
8293 (if (eq last-command 'kill-region)
8294 (kill-append (filter-buffer-substring beg end) (< end beg))
8295 (kill-new (filter-buffer-substring beg end)))
8298 (if transient-mark-mode
8299 (setq deactivate-mark t))
8305 As usual, this function can be divided into its component parts:
8309 (defun copy-region-as-kill (@var{argument-list})
8310 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
8316 The arguments are @code{beg} and @code{end} and the function is
8317 interactive with @code{"r"}, so the two arguments must refer to the
8318 beginning and end of the region. If you have been reading through this
8319 document from the beginning, understanding these parts of a function is
8320 almost becoming routine.
8322 The documentation is somewhat confusing unless you remember that the
8323 word `kill' has a meaning different from usual. The `Transient Mark'
8324 and @code{interprogram-cut-function} comments explain certain
8327 After you once set a mark, a buffer always contains a region. If you
8328 wish, you can use Transient Mark mode to highlight the region
8329 temporarily. (No one wants to highlight the region all the time, so
8330 Transient Mark mode highlights it only at appropriate times. Many
8331 people turn off Transient Mark mode, so the region is never
8334 Also, a windowing system allows you to copy, cut, and paste among
8335 different programs. In the X windowing system, for example, the
8336 @code{interprogram-cut-function} function is @code{x-select-text},
8337 which works with the windowing system's equivalent of the Emacs kill
8340 The body of the @code{copy-region-as-kill} function starts with an
8341 @code{if} clause. What this clause does is distinguish between two
8342 different situations: whether or not this command is executed
8343 immediately after a previous @code{kill-region} command. In the first
8344 case, the new region is appended to the previously copied text.
8345 Otherwise, it is inserted into the beginning of the kill ring as a
8346 separate piece of text from the previous piece.
8348 The last two lines of the function prevent the region from lighting up
8349 if Transient Mark mode is turned on.
8351 The body of @code{copy-region-as-kill} merits discussion in detail.
8353 @node copy-region-as-kill body
8354 @subsection The Body of @code{copy-region-as-kill}
8356 The @code{copy-region-as-kill} function works in much the same way as
8357 the @code{kill-region} function. Both are written so that two or more
8358 kills in a row combine their text into a single entry. If you yank
8359 back the text from the kill ring, you get it all in one piece.
8360 Moreover, kills that kill forward from the current position of the
8361 cursor are added to the end of the previously copied text and commands
8362 that copy text backwards add it to the beginning of the previously
8363 copied text. This way, the words in the text stay in the proper
8366 Like @code{kill-region}, the @code{copy-region-as-kill} function makes
8367 use of the @code{last-command} variable that keeps track of the
8368 previous Emacs command.
8371 * last-command & this-command::
8372 * kill-append function::
8373 * kill-new function::
8377 @node last-command & this-command
8378 @unnumberedsubsubsec @code{last-command} and @code{this-command}
8381 Normally, whenever a function is executed, Emacs sets the value of
8382 @code{this-command} to the function being executed (which in this case
8383 would be @code{copy-region-as-kill}). At the same time, Emacs sets
8384 the value of @code{last-command} to the previous value of
8385 @code{this-command}.
8387 In the first part of the body of the @code{copy-region-as-kill}
8388 function, an @code{if} expression determines whether the value of
8389 @code{last-command} is @code{kill-region}. If so, the then-part of
8390 the @code{if} expression is evaluated; it uses the @code{kill-append}
8391 function to concatenate the text copied at this call to the function
8392 with the text already in the first element (the @sc{car}) of the kill
8393 ring. On the other hand, if the value of @code{last-command} is not
8394 @code{kill-region}, then the @code{copy-region-as-kill} function
8395 attaches a new element to the kill ring using the @code{kill-new}
8399 The @code{if} expression reads as follows; it uses @code{eq}:
8403 (if (eq last-command 'kill-region)
8405 (kill-append (filter-buffer-substring beg end) (< end beg))
8407 (kill-new (filter-buffer-substring beg end)))
8411 @findex filter-buffer-substring
8412 (The @code{filter-buffer-substring} function returns a filtered
8413 substring of the buffer, if any. Optionally---the arguments are not
8414 here, so neither is done---the function may delete the initial text or
8415 return the text without its properties; this function is a replacement
8416 for the older @code{buffer-substring} function, which came before text
8417 properties were implemented.)
8419 @findex eq @r{(example of use)}
8421 The @code{eq} function tests whether its first argument is the same Lisp
8422 object as its second argument. The @code{eq} function is similar to the
8423 @code{equal} function in that it is used to test for equality, but
8424 differs in that it determines whether two representations are actually
8425 the same object inside the computer, but with different names.
8426 @code{equal} determines whether the structure and contents of two
8427 expressions are the same.
8429 If the previous command was @code{kill-region}, then the Emacs Lisp
8430 interpreter calls the @code{kill-append} function
8432 @node kill-append function
8433 @unnumberedsubsubsec The @code{kill-append} function
8437 The @code{kill-append} function looks like this:
8442 (defun kill-append (string before-p &optional yank-handler)
8443 "Append STRING to the end of the latest kill in the kill ring.
8444 If BEFORE-P is non-nil, prepend STRING to the kill.
8446 (let* ((cur (car kill-ring)))
8447 (kill-new (if before-p (concat string cur) (concat cur string))
8448 (or (= (length cur) 0)
8450 (get-text-property 0 'yank-handler cur)))
8457 (defun kill-append (string before-p)
8458 "Append STRING to the end of the latest kill in the kill ring.
8459 If BEFORE-P is non-nil, prepend STRING to the kill.
8460 If `interprogram-cut-function' is set, pass the resulting kill to
8462 (kill-new (if before-p
8463 (concat string (car kill-ring))
8464 (concat (car kill-ring) string))
8469 The @code{kill-append} function is fairly straightforward. It uses
8470 the @code{kill-new} function, which we will discuss in more detail in
8473 (Also, the function provides an optional argument called
8474 @code{yank-handler}; when invoked, this argument tells the function
8475 how to deal with properties added to the text, such as `bold' or
8478 @c !!! bug in GNU Emacs 22 version of kill-append ?
8479 It has a @code{let*} function to set the value of the first element of
8480 the kill ring to @code{cur}. (I do not know why the function does not
8481 use @code{let} instead; only one value is set in the expression.
8482 Perhaps this is a bug that produces no problems?)
8484 Consider the conditional that is one of the two arguments to
8485 @code{kill-new}. It uses @code{concat} to concatenate the new text to
8486 the @sc{car} of the kill ring. Whether it prepends or appends the
8487 text depends on the results of an @code{if} expression:
8491 (if before-p ; @r{if-part}
8492 (concat string cur) ; @r{then-part}
8493 (concat cur string)) ; @r{else-part}
8498 If the region being killed is before the region that was killed in the
8499 last command, then it should be prepended before the material that was
8500 saved in the previous kill; and conversely, if the killed text follows
8501 what was just killed, it should be appended after the previous text.
8502 The @code{if} expression depends on the predicate @code{before-p} to
8503 decide whether the newly saved text should be put before or after the
8504 previously saved text.
8506 The symbol @code{before-p} is the name of one of the arguments to
8507 @code{kill-append}. When the @code{kill-append} function is
8508 evaluated, it is bound to the value returned by evaluating the actual
8509 argument. In this case, this is the expression @code{(< end beg)}.
8510 This expression does not directly determine whether the killed text in
8511 this command is located before or after the kill text of the last
8512 command; what it does is determine whether the value of the variable
8513 @code{end} is less than the value of the variable @code{beg}. If it
8514 is, it means that the user is most likely heading towards the
8515 beginning of the buffer. Also, the result of evaluating the predicate
8516 expression, @code{(< end beg)}, will be true and the text will be
8517 prepended before the previous text. On the other hand, if the value of
8518 the variable @code{end} is greater than the value of the variable
8519 @code{beg}, the text will be appended after the previous text.
8522 When the newly saved text will be prepended, then the string with the new
8523 text will be concatenated before the old text:
8531 But if the text will be appended, it will be concatenated
8535 (concat cur string))
8538 To understand how this works, we first need to review the
8539 @code{concat} function. The @code{concat} function links together or
8540 unites two strings of text. The result is a string. For example:
8544 (concat "abc" "def")
8550 (car '("first element" "second element")))
8551 @result{} "new first element"
8554 '("first element" "second element")) " modified")
8555 @result{} "first element modified"
8559 We can now make sense of @code{kill-append}: it modifies the contents
8560 of the kill ring. The kill ring is a list, each element of which is
8561 saved text. The @code{kill-append} function uses the @code{kill-new}
8562 function which in turn uses the @code{setcar} function.
8564 @node kill-new function
8565 @unnumberedsubsubsec The @code{kill-new} function
8568 @c in GNU Emacs 22, additional documentation to kill-new:
8570 Optional third arguments YANK-HANDLER controls how the STRING is later
8571 inserted into a buffer; see `insert-for-yank' for details.
8572 When a yank handler is specified, STRING must be non-empty (the yank
8573 handler, if non-nil, is stored as a `yank-handler' text property on STRING).
8575 When the yank handler has a non-nil PARAM element, the original STRING
8576 argument is not used by `insert-for-yank'. However, since Lisp code
8577 may access and use elements from the kill ring directly, the STRING
8578 argument should still be a \"useful\" string for such uses."
8581 The @code{kill-new} function looks like this:
8585 (defun kill-new (string &optional replace yank-handler)
8586 "Make STRING the latest kill in the kill ring.
8587 Set `kill-ring-yank-pointer' to point to it.
8589 If `interprogram-cut-function' is non-nil, apply it to STRING.
8590 Optional second argument REPLACE non-nil means that STRING will replace
8591 the front of the kill ring, rather than being added to the list.
8595 (if (> (length string) 0)
8597 (put-text-property 0 (length string)
8598 'yank-handler yank-handler string))
8600 (signal 'args-out-of-range
8601 (list string "yank-handler specified for empty string"))))
8604 (if (fboundp 'menu-bar-update-yank-menu)
8605 (menu-bar-update-yank-menu string (and replace (car kill-ring))))
8608 (if (and replace kill-ring)
8609 (setcar kill-ring string)
8610 (push string kill-ring)
8611 (if (> (length kill-ring) kill-ring-max)
8612 (setcdr (nthcdr (1- kill-ring-max) kill-ring) nil)))
8615 (setq kill-ring-yank-pointer kill-ring)
8616 (if interprogram-cut-function
8617 (funcall interprogram-cut-function string (not replace))))
8622 (defun kill-new (string &optional replace)
8623 "Make STRING the latest kill in the kill ring.
8624 Set the kill-ring-yank pointer to point to it.
8625 If `interprogram-cut-function' is non-nil, apply it to STRING.
8626 Optional second argument REPLACE non-nil means that STRING will replace
8627 the front of the kill ring, rather than being added to the list."
8628 (and (fboundp 'menu-bar-update-yank-menu)
8629 (menu-bar-update-yank-menu string (and replace (car kill-ring))))
8630 (if (and replace kill-ring)
8631 (setcar kill-ring string)
8632 (setq kill-ring (cons string kill-ring))
8633 (if (> (length kill-ring) kill-ring-max)
8634 (setcdr (nthcdr (1- kill-ring-max) kill-ring) nil)))
8635 (setq kill-ring-yank-pointer kill-ring)
8636 (if interprogram-cut-function
8637 (funcall interprogram-cut-function string (not replace))))
8640 (Notice that the function is not interactive.)
8642 As usual, we can look at this function in parts.
8644 The function definition has an optional @code{yank-handler} argument,
8645 which when invoked tells the function how to deal with properties
8646 added to the text, such as `bold' or `italics'. We will skip that.
8649 The first line of the documentation makes sense:
8652 Make STRING the latest kill in the kill ring.
8656 Let's skip over the rest of the documentation for the moment.
8659 Also, let's skip over the initial @code{if} expression and those lines
8660 of code involving @code{menu-bar-update-yank-menu}. We will explain
8664 The critical lines are these:
8668 (if (and replace kill-ring)
8670 (setcar kill-ring string)
8674 (push string kill-ring)
8677 (setq kill-ring (cons string kill-ring))
8678 (if (> (length kill-ring) kill-ring-max)
8679 ;; @r{avoid overly long kill ring}
8680 (setcdr (nthcdr (1- kill-ring-max) kill-ring) nil)))
8683 (setq kill-ring-yank-pointer kill-ring)
8684 (if interprogram-cut-function
8685 (funcall interprogram-cut-function string (not replace))))
8689 The conditional test is @w{@code{(and replace kill-ring)}}.
8690 This will be true when two conditions are met: the kill ring has
8691 something in it, and the @code{replace} variable is true.
8694 When the @code{kill-append} function sets @code{replace} to be true
8695 and when the kill ring has at least one item in it, the @code{setcar}
8696 expression is executed:
8699 (setcar kill-ring string)
8702 The @code{setcar} function actually changes the first element of the
8703 @code{kill-ring} list to the value of @code{string}. It replaces the
8707 On the other hand, if the kill ring is empty, or replace is false, the
8708 else-part of the condition is executed:
8711 (push string kill-ring)
8716 @code{push} puts its first argument onto the second. It is similar to
8720 (setq kill-ring (cons string kill-ring))
8728 (add-to-list kill-ring string)
8732 When it is false, the expression first constructs a new version of the
8733 kill ring by prepending @code{string} to the existing kill ring as a
8734 new element (that is what the @code{push} does). Then it executes a
8735 second @code{if} clause. This second @code{if} clause keeps the kill
8736 ring from growing too long.
8738 Let's look at these two expressions in order.
8740 The @code{push} line of the else-part sets the new value of the kill
8741 ring to what results from adding the string being killed to the old
8744 We can see how this works with an example.
8750 (setq example-list '("here is a clause" "another clause"))
8755 After evaluating this expression with @kbd{C-x C-e}, you can evaluate
8756 @code{example-list} and see what it returns:
8761 @result{} ("here is a clause" "another clause")
8767 Now, we can add a new element on to this list by evaluating the
8768 following expression:
8769 @findex push, @r{example}
8772 (push "a third clause" example-list)
8777 When we evaluate @code{example-list}, we find its value is:
8782 @result{} ("a third clause" "here is a clause" "another clause")
8787 Thus, the third clause is added to the list by @code{push}.
8790 Now for the second part of the @code{if} clause. This expression
8791 keeps the kill ring from growing too long. It looks like this:
8795 (if (> (length kill-ring) kill-ring-max)
8796 (setcdr (nthcdr (1- kill-ring-max) kill-ring) nil))
8800 The code checks whether the length of the kill ring is greater than
8801 the maximum permitted length. This is the value of
8802 @code{kill-ring-max} (which is 60, by default). If the length of the
8803 kill ring is too long, then this code sets the last element of the
8804 kill ring to @code{nil}. It does this by using two functions,
8805 @code{nthcdr} and @code{setcdr}.
8807 We looked at @code{setcdr} earlier (@pxref{setcdr, , @code{setcdr}}).
8808 It sets the @sc{cdr} of a list, just as @code{setcar} sets the
8809 @sc{car} of a list. In this case, however, @code{setcdr} will not be
8810 setting the @sc{cdr} of the whole kill ring; the @code{nthcdr}
8811 function is used to cause it to set the @sc{cdr} of the next to last
8812 element of the kill ring---this means that since the @sc{cdr} of the
8813 next to last element is the last element of the kill ring, it will set
8814 the last element of the kill ring.
8816 @findex nthcdr, @r{example}
8817 The @code{nthcdr} function works by repeatedly taking the @sc{cdr} of a
8818 list---it takes the @sc{cdr} of the @sc{cdr} of the @sc{cdr}
8819 @dots{} It does this @var{N} times and returns the results.
8820 (@xref{nthcdr, , @code{nthcdr}}.)
8822 @findex setcdr, @r{example}
8823 Thus, if we had a four element list that was supposed to be three
8824 elements long, we could set the @sc{cdr} of the next to last element
8825 to @code{nil}, and thereby shorten the list. (If you set the last
8826 element to some other value than @code{nil}, which you could do, then
8827 you would not have shortened the list. @xref{setcdr, ,
8830 You can see shortening by evaluating the following three expressions
8831 in turn. First set the value of @code{trees} to @code{(maple oak pine
8832 birch)}, then set the @sc{cdr} of its second @sc{cdr} to @code{nil}
8833 and then find the value of @code{trees}:
8837 (setq trees '(maple oak pine birch))
8838 @result{} (maple oak pine birch)
8842 (setcdr (nthcdr 2 trees) nil)
8846 @result{} (maple oak pine)
8851 (The value returned by the @code{setcdr} expression is @code{nil} since
8852 that is what the @sc{cdr} is set to.)
8854 To repeat, in @code{kill-new}, the @code{nthcdr} function takes the
8855 @sc{cdr} a number of times that is one less than the maximum permitted
8856 size of the kill ring and @code{setcdr} sets the @sc{cdr} of that
8857 element (which will be the rest of the elements in the kill ring) to
8858 @code{nil}. This prevents the kill ring from growing too long.
8861 The next to last expression in the @code{kill-new} function is
8864 (setq kill-ring-yank-pointer kill-ring)
8867 The @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} is a global variable that is set to be
8868 the @code{kill-ring}.
8870 Even though the @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} is called a
8871 @samp{pointer}, it is a variable just like the kill ring. However, the
8872 name has been chosen to help humans understand how the variable is used.
8875 Now, to return to an early expression in the body of the function:
8879 (if (fboundp 'menu-bar-update-yank-menu)
8880 (menu-bar-update-yank-menu string (and replace (car kill-ring))))
8885 It starts with an @code{if} expression
8887 In this case, the expression tests first to see whether
8888 @code{menu-bar-update-yank-menu} exists as a function, and if so,
8889 calls it. The @code{fboundp} function returns true if the symbol it
8890 is testing has a function definition that `is not void'. If the
8891 symbol's function definition were void, we would receive an error
8892 message, as we did when we created errors intentionally (@pxref{Making
8893 Errors, , Generate an Error Message}).
8896 The then-part contains an expression whose first element is the
8897 function @code{and}.
8900 The @code{and} special form evaluates each of its arguments until one
8901 of the arguments returns a value of @code{nil}, in which case the
8902 @code{and} expression returns @code{nil}; however, if none of the
8903 arguments returns a value of @code{nil}, the value resulting from
8904 evaluating the last argument is returned. (Since such a value is not
8905 @code{nil}, it is considered true in Emacs Lisp.) In other words, an
8906 @code{and} expression returns a true value only if all its arguments
8907 are true. (@xref{Second Buffer Related Review}.)
8909 The expression determines whether the second argument to
8910 @code{menu-bar-update-yank-menu} is true or not.
8912 ;; If we're supposed to be extending an existing string, and that
8913 ;; string really is at the front of the menu, then update it in place.
8916 @code{menu-bar-update-yank-menu} is one of the functions that make it
8917 possible to use the `Select and Paste' menu in the Edit item of a menu
8918 bar; using a mouse, you can look at the various pieces of text you
8919 have saved and select one piece to paste.
8921 The last expression in the @code{kill-new} function adds the newly
8922 copied string to whatever facility exists for copying and pasting
8923 among different programs running in a windowing system. In the X
8924 Windowing system, for example, the @code{x-select-text} function takes
8925 the string and stores it in memory operated by X@. You can paste the
8926 string in another program, such as an Xterm.
8929 The expression looks like this:
8933 (if interprogram-cut-function
8934 (funcall interprogram-cut-function string (not replace))))
8938 If an @code{interprogram-cut-function} exists, then Emacs executes
8939 @code{funcall}, which in turn calls its first argument as a function
8940 and passes the remaining arguments to it. (Incidentally, as far as I
8941 can see, this @code{if} expression could be replaced by an @code{and}
8942 expression similar to the one in the first part of the function.)
8944 We are not going to discuss windowing systems and other programs
8945 further, but merely note that this is a mechanism that enables GNU
8946 Emacs to work easily and well with other programs.
8948 This code for placing text in the kill ring, either concatenated with
8949 an existing element or as a new element, leads us to the code for
8950 bringing back text that has been cut out of the buffer---the yank
8951 commands. However, before discussing the yank commands, it is better
8952 to learn how lists are implemented in a computer. This will make
8953 clear such mysteries as the use of the term `pointer'. But before
8954 that, we will digress into C.
8957 @c is this true in Emacs 22? Does not seems to be
8959 (If the @w{@code{(< end beg))}}
8960 expression is true, @code{kill-append} prepends the string to the just
8961 previously clipped text. For a detailed discussion, see
8962 @ref{kill-append function, , The @code{kill-append} function}.)
8964 If you then yank back the text, i.e., `paste' it, you get both
8965 pieces of text at once. That way, if you delete two words in a row,
8966 and then yank them back, you get both words, in their proper order,
8967 with one yank. (The @w{@code{(< end beg))}} expression makes sure the
8970 On the other hand, if the previous command is not @code{kill-region},
8971 then the @code{kill-new} function is called, which adds the text to
8972 the kill ring as the latest item, and sets the
8973 @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} variable to point to it.
8977 @c Evidently, changed for Emacs 22. The zap-to-char command does not
8978 @c use the delete-and-extract-region function
8980 2006 Oct 26, the Digression into C is now OK but should come after
8981 copy-region-as-kill and filter-buffer-substring
8985 copy-region-as-kill is short, 12 lines, and uses
8986 filter-buffer-substring, which is longer, 39 lines
8987 and has delete-and-extract-region in it.
8988 delete-and-extract-region is written in C.
8990 see Initializing a Variable with @code{defvar}
8993 @node Digression into C
8994 @section Digression into C
8995 @findex delete-and-extract-region
8996 @cindex C, a digression into
8997 @cindex Digression into C
8999 The @code{copy-region-as-kill} function (@pxref{copy-region-as-kill, ,
9000 @code{copy-region-as-kill}}) uses the @code{filter-buffer-substring}
9001 function, which in turn uses the @code{delete-and-extract-region}
9002 function. It removes the contents of a region and you cannot get them
9005 Unlike the other code discussed here, the
9006 @code{delete-and-extract-region} function is not written in Emacs
9007 Lisp; it is written in C and is one of the primitives of the GNU Emacs
9008 system. Since it is very simple, I will digress briefly from Lisp and
9011 @c GNU Emacs 24 in src/editfns.c
9012 @c the DEFUN for delete-and-extract-region
9015 Like many of the other Emacs primitives,
9016 @code{delete-and-extract-region} is written as an instance of a C
9017 macro, a macro being a template for code. The complete macro looks
9022 DEFUN ("delete-and-extract-region", Fdelete_and_extract_region,
9023 Sdelete_and_extract_region, 2, 2, 0,
9024 doc: /* Delete the text between START and END and return it. */)
9025 (Lisp_Object start, Lisp_Object end)
9027 validate_region (&start, &end);
9028 if (XINT (start) == XINT (end))
9029 return empty_unibyte_string;
9030 return del_range_1 (XINT (start), XINT (end), 1, 1);
9035 Without going into the details of the macro writing process, let me
9036 point out that this macro starts with the word @code{DEFUN}. The word
9037 @code{DEFUN} was chosen since the code serves the same purpose as
9038 @code{defun} does in Lisp. (The @code{DEFUN} C macro is defined in
9039 @file{emacs/src/lisp.h}.)
9041 The word @code{DEFUN} is followed by seven parts inside of
9046 The first part is the name given to the function in Lisp,
9047 @code{delete-and-extract-region}.
9050 The second part is the name of the function in C,
9051 @code{Fdelete_and_extract_region}. By convention, it starts with
9052 @samp{F}. Since C does not use hyphens in names, underscores are used
9056 The third part is the name for the C constant structure that records
9057 information on this function for internal use. It is the name of the
9058 function in C but begins with an @samp{S} instead of an @samp{F}.
9061 The fourth and fifth parts specify the minimum and maximum number of
9062 arguments the function can have. This function demands exactly 2
9066 The sixth part is nearly like the argument that follows the
9067 @code{interactive} declaration in a function written in Lisp: a letter
9068 followed, perhaps, by a prompt. The only difference from the Lisp is
9069 when the macro is called with no arguments. Then you write a @code{0}
9070 (which is a `null string'), as in this macro.
9072 If you were to specify arguments, you would place them between
9073 quotation marks. The C macro for @code{goto-char} includes
9074 @code{"NGoto char: "} in this position to indicate that the function
9075 expects a raw prefix, in this case, a numerical location in a buffer,
9076 and provides a prompt.
9079 The seventh part is a documentation string, just like the one for a
9080 function written in Emacs Lisp. This is written as a C comment. (When
9081 you build Emacs, the program @command{lib-src/make-docfile} extracts
9082 these comments and uses them to make the ``real'' documentation.)
9086 In a C macro, the formal parameters come next, with a statement of
9087 what kind of object they are, followed by what might be called the `body'
9088 of the macro. For @code{delete-and-extract-region} the `body'
9089 consists of the following four lines:
9093 validate_region (&start, &end);
9094 if (XINT (start) == XINT (end))
9095 return empty_unibyte_string;
9096 return del_range_1 (XINT (start), XINT (end), 1, 1);
9100 The @code{validate_region} function checks whether the values
9101 passed as the beginning and end of the region are the proper type and
9102 are within range. If the beginning and end positions are the same,
9103 then return an empty string.
9105 The @code{del_range_1} function actually deletes the text. It is a
9106 complex function we will not look into. It updates the buffer and
9107 does other things. However, it is worth looking at the two arguments
9108 passed to @code{del_range}. These are @w{@code{XINT (start)}} and
9109 @w{@code{XINT (end)}}.
9111 As far as the C language is concerned, @code{start} and @code{end} are
9112 two integers that mark the beginning and end of the region to be
9113 deleted@footnote{More precisely, and requiring more expert knowledge
9114 to understand, the two integers are of type `Lisp_Object', which can
9115 also be a C union instead of an integer type.}.
9117 In early versions of Emacs, these two numbers were thirty-two bits
9118 long, but the code is slowly being generalized to handle other
9119 lengths. Three of the available bits are used to specify the type of
9120 information; the remaining bits are used as `content'.
9122 @samp{XINT} is a C macro that extracts the relevant number from the
9123 longer collection of bits; the three other bits are discarded.
9126 The command in @code{delete-and-extract-region} looks like this:
9129 del_range_1 (XINT (start), XINT (end), 1, 1);
9133 It deletes the region between the beginning position, @code{start},
9134 and the ending position, @code{end}.
9136 From the point of view of the person writing Lisp, Emacs is all very
9137 simple; but hidden underneath is a great deal of complexity to make it
9141 @section Initializing a Variable with @code{defvar}
9143 @cindex Initializing a variable
9144 @cindex Variable initialization
9149 copy-region-as-kill is short, 12 lines, and uses
9150 filter-buffer-substring, which is longer, 39 lines
9151 and has delete-and-extract-region in it.
9152 delete-and-extract-region is written in C.
9154 see Initializing a Variable with @code{defvar}
9158 The @code{copy-region-as-kill} function is written in Emacs Lisp. Two
9159 functions within it, @code{kill-append} and @code{kill-new}, copy a
9160 region in a buffer and save it in a variable called the
9161 @code{kill-ring}. This section describes how the @code{kill-ring}
9162 variable is created and initialized using the @code{defvar} special
9165 (Again we note that the term @code{kill-ring} is a misnomer. The text
9166 that is clipped out of the buffer can be brought back; it is not a ring
9167 of corpses, but a ring of resurrectable text.)
9169 In Emacs Lisp, a variable such as the @code{kill-ring} is created and
9170 given an initial value by using the @code{defvar} special form. The
9171 name comes from ``define variable''.
9173 The @code{defvar} special form is similar to @code{setq} in that it sets
9174 the value of a variable. It is unlike @code{setq} in two ways: first,
9175 it only sets the value of the variable if the variable does not already
9176 have a value. If the variable already has a value, @code{defvar} does
9177 not override the existing value. Second, @code{defvar} has a
9178 documentation string.
9180 (There is a related macro, @code{defcustom}, designed for variables
9181 that people customize. It has more features than @code{defvar}.
9182 (@xref{defcustom, , Setting Variables with @code{defcustom}}.)
9185 * See variable current value::
9186 * defvar and asterisk::
9190 @node See variable current value
9191 @unnumberedsubsec Seeing the Current Value of a Variable
9194 You can see the current value of a variable, any variable, by using
9195 the @code{describe-variable} function, which is usually invoked by
9196 typing @kbd{C-h v}. If you type @kbd{C-h v} and then @code{kill-ring}
9197 (followed by @key{RET}) when prompted, you will see what is in your
9198 current kill ring---this may be quite a lot! Conversely, if you have
9199 been doing nothing this Emacs session except read this document, you
9200 may have nothing in it. Also, you will see the documentation for
9206 List of killed text sequences.
9207 Since the kill ring is supposed to interact nicely with cut-and-paste
9208 facilities offered by window systems, use of this variable should
9211 interact nicely with `interprogram-cut-function' and
9212 `interprogram-paste-function'. The functions `kill-new',
9213 `kill-append', and `current-kill' are supposed to implement this
9214 interaction; you may want to use them instead of manipulating the kill
9220 The kill ring is defined by a @code{defvar} in the following way:
9224 (defvar kill-ring nil
9225 "List of killed text sequences.
9231 In this variable definition, the variable is given an initial value of
9232 @code{nil}, which makes sense, since if you have saved nothing, you want
9233 nothing back if you give a @code{yank} command. The documentation
9234 string is written just like the documentation string of a @code{defun}.
9235 As with the documentation string of the @code{defun}, the first line of
9236 the documentation should be a complete sentence, since some commands,
9237 like @code{apropos}, print only the first line of documentation.
9238 Succeeding lines should not be indented; otherwise they look odd when
9239 you use @kbd{C-h v} (@code{describe-variable}).
9241 @node defvar and asterisk
9242 @subsection @code{defvar} and an asterisk
9243 @findex defvar @r{for a user customizable variable}
9244 @findex defvar @r{with an asterisk}
9246 In the past, Emacs used the @code{defvar} special form both for
9247 internal variables that you would not expect a user to change and for
9248 variables that you do expect a user to change. Although you can still
9249 use @code{defvar} for user customizable variables, please use
9250 @code{defcustom} instead, since it provides a path into
9251 the Customization commands. (@xref{defcustom, , Specifying Variables
9252 using @code{defcustom}}.)
9254 When you specified a variable using the @code{defvar} special form,
9255 you could distinguish a variable that a user might want to change from
9256 others by typing an asterisk, @samp{*}, in the first column of its
9257 documentation string. For example:
9261 (defvar shell-command-default-error-buffer nil
9262 "*Buffer name for `shell-command' @dots{} error output.
9267 @findex set-variable
9269 You could (and still can) use the @code{set-variable} command to
9270 change the value of @code{shell-command-default-error-buffer}
9271 temporarily. However, options set using @code{set-variable} are set
9272 only for the duration of your editing session. The new values are not
9273 saved between sessions. Each time Emacs starts, it reads the original
9274 value, unless you change the value within your @file{.emacs} file,
9275 either by setting it manually or by using @code{customize}.
9276 @xref{Emacs Initialization, , Your @file{.emacs} File}.
9278 For me, the major use of the @code{set-variable} command is to suggest
9279 variables that I might want to set in my @file{.emacs} file. There
9280 are now more than 700 such variables, far too many to remember
9281 readily. Fortunately, you can press @key{TAB} after calling the
9282 @code{M-x set-variable} command to see the list of variables.
9283 (@xref{Examining, , Examining and Setting Variables, emacs,
9284 The GNU Emacs Manual}.)
9287 @node cons & search-fwd Review
9290 Here is a brief summary of some recently introduced functions.
9295 @code{car} returns the first element of a list; @code{cdr} returns the
9296 second and subsequent elements of a list.
9303 (car '(1 2 3 4 5 6 7))
9305 (cdr '(1 2 3 4 5 6 7))
9306 @result{} (2 3 4 5 6 7)
9311 @code{cons} constructs a list by prepending its first argument to its
9325 @code{funcall} evaluates its first argument as a function. It passes
9326 its remaining arguments to its first argument.
9329 Return the result of taking @sc{cdr} `n' times on a list.
9337 The `rest of the rest', as it were.
9344 (nthcdr 3 '(1 2 3 4 5 6 7))
9351 @code{setcar} changes the first element of a list; @code{setcdr}
9352 changes the second and subsequent elements of a list.
9359 (setq triple '(1 2 3))
9366 (setcdr triple '("foo" "bar"))
9369 @result{} (37 "foo" "bar")
9374 Evaluate each argument in sequence and then return the value of the
9387 @item save-restriction
9388 Record whatever narrowing is in effect in the current buffer, if any,
9389 and restore that narrowing after evaluating the arguments.
9391 @item search-forward
9392 Search for a string, and if the string is found, move point. With a
9393 regular expression, use the similar @code{re-search-forward}.
9394 (@xref{Regexp Search, , Regular Expression Searches}, for an
9395 explanation of regular expression patterns and searches.)
9399 @code{search-forward} and @code{re-search-forward} take four
9404 The string or regular expression to search for.
9407 Optionally, the limit of the search.
9410 Optionally, what to do if the search fails, return @code{nil} or an
9414 Optionally, how many times to repeat the search; if negative, the
9415 search goes backwards.
9419 @itemx delete-and-extract-region
9420 @itemx copy-region-as-kill
9422 @code{kill-region} cuts the text between point and mark from the
9423 buffer and stores that text in the kill ring, so you can get it back
9426 @code{copy-region-as-kill} copies the text between point and mark into
9427 the kill ring, from which you can get it by yanking. The function
9428 does not cut or remove the text from the buffer.
9431 @code{delete-and-extract-region} removes the text between point and
9432 mark from the buffer and throws it away. You cannot get it back.
9433 (This is not an interactive command.)
9436 @node search Exercises
9437 @section Searching Exercises
9441 Write an interactive function that searches for a string. If the
9442 search finds the string, leave point after it and display a message
9443 that says ``Found!''. (Do not use @code{search-forward} for the name
9444 of this function; if you do, you will overwrite the existing version of
9445 @code{search-forward} that comes with Emacs. Use a name such as
9446 @code{test-search} instead.)
9449 Write a function that prints the third element of the kill ring in the
9450 echo area, if any; if the kill ring does not contain a third element,
9451 print an appropriate message.
9454 @node List Implementation
9455 @chapter How Lists are Implemented
9456 @cindex Lists in a computer
9458 In Lisp, atoms are recorded in a straightforward fashion; if the
9459 implementation is not straightforward in practice, it is, nonetheless,
9460 straightforward in theory. The atom @samp{rose}, for example, is
9461 recorded as the four contiguous letters @samp{r}, @samp{o}, @samp{s},
9462 @samp{e}. A list, on the other hand, is kept differently. The mechanism
9463 is equally simple, but it takes a moment to get used to the idea. A
9464 list is kept using a series of pairs of pointers. In the series, the
9465 first pointer in each pair points to an atom or to another list, and the
9466 second pointer in each pair points to the next pair, or to the symbol
9467 @code{nil}, which marks the end of the list.
9469 A pointer itself is quite simply the electronic address of what is
9470 pointed to. Hence, a list is kept as a series of electronic addresses.
9473 * Lists diagrammed::
9474 * Symbols as Chest:: Exploring a powerful metaphor.
9479 @node Lists diagrammed
9480 @unnumberedsec Lists diagrammed
9483 For example, the list @code{(rose violet buttercup)} has three elements,
9484 @samp{rose}, @samp{violet}, and @samp{buttercup}. In the computer, the
9485 electronic address of @samp{rose} is recorded in a segment of computer
9486 memory along with the address that gives the electronic address of where
9487 the atom @samp{violet} is located; and that address (the one that tells
9488 where @samp{violet} is located) is kept along with an address that tells
9489 where the address for the atom @samp{buttercup} is located.
9492 This sounds more complicated than it is and is easier seen in a diagram:
9494 @c clear print-postscript-figures
9495 @c !!! cons-cell-diagram #1
9499 ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___
9500 |___|___|--> |___|___|--> |___|___|--> nil
9503 --> rose --> violet --> buttercup
9507 @ifset print-postscript-figures
9510 @center @image{cons-1}
9514 @ifclear print-postscript-figures
9518 ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___
9519 |___|___|--> |___|___|--> |___|___|--> nil
9522 --> rose --> violet --> buttercup
9529 In the diagram, each box represents a word of computer memory that
9530 holds a Lisp object, usually in the form of a memory address. The boxes,
9531 i.e., the addresses, are in pairs. Each arrow points to what the address
9532 is the address of, either an atom or another pair of addresses. The
9533 first box is the electronic address of @samp{rose} and the arrow points
9534 to @samp{rose}; the second box is the address of the next pair of boxes,
9535 the first part of which is the address of @samp{violet} and the second
9536 part of which is the address of the next pair. The very last box
9537 points to the symbol @code{nil}, which marks the end of the list.
9540 When a variable is set to a list with a function such as @code{setq},
9541 it stores the address of the first box in the variable. Thus,
9542 evaluation of the expression
9545 (setq bouquet '(rose violet buttercup))
9550 creates a situation like this:
9552 @c cons-cell-diagram #2
9558 | ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___
9559 --> |___|___|--> |___|___|--> |___|___|--> nil
9562 --> rose --> violet --> buttercup
9566 @ifset print-postscript-figures
9569 @center @image{cons-2}
9573 @ifclear print-postscript-figures
9579 | ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___
9580 --> |___|___|--> |___|___|--> |___|___|--> nil
9583 --> rose --> violet --> buttercup
9590 In this example, the symbol @code{bouquet} holds the address of the first
9594 This same list can be illustrated in a different sort of box notation
9597 @c cons-cell-diagram #2a
9603 | -------------- --------------- ----------------
9604 | | car | cdr | | car | cdr | | car | cdr |
9605 -->| rose | o------->| violet | o------->| butter- | nil |
9606 | | | | | | | cup | |
9607 -------------- --------------- ----------------
9611 @ifset print-postscript-figures
9614 @center @image{cons-2a}
9618 @ifclear print-postscript-figures
9624 | -------------- --------------- ----------------
9625 | | car | cdr | | car | cdr | | car | cdr |
9626 -->| rose | o------->| violet | o------->| butter- | nil |
9627 | | | | | | | cup | |
9628 -------------- --------------- ----------------
9634 (Symbols consist of more than pairs of addresses, but the structure of
9635 a symbol is made up of addresses. Indeed, the symbol @code{bouquet}
9636 consists of a group of address-boxes, one of which is the address of
9637 the printed word @samp{bouquet}, a second of which is the address of a
9638 function definition attached to the symbol, if any, a third of which
9639 is the address of the first pair of address-boxes for the list
9640 @code{(rose violet buttercup)}, and so on. Here we are showing that
9641 the symbol's third address-box points to the first pair of
9642 address-boxes for the list.)
9644 If a symbol is set to the @sc{cdr} of a list, the list itself is not
9645 changed; the symbol simply has an address further down the list. (In
9646 the jargon, @sc{car} and @sc{cdr} are `non-destructive'.) Thus,
9647 evaluation of the following expression
9650 (setq flowers (cdr bouquet))
9657 @c cons-cell-diagram #3
9664 | ___ ___ | ___ ___ ___ ___
9665 --> | | | --> | | | | | |
9666 |___|___|----> |___|___|--> |___|___|--> nil
9669 --> rose --> violet --> buttercup
9674 @ifset print-postscript-figures
9677 @center @image{cons-3}
9681 @ifclear print-postscript-figures
9688 | ___ ___ | ___ ___ ___ ___
9689 --> | | | --> | | | | | |
9690 |___|___|----> |___|___|--> |___|___|--> nil
9693 --> rose --> violet --> buttercup
9701 The value of @code{flowers} is @code{(violet buttercup)}, which is
9702 to say, the symbol @code{flowers} holds the address of the pair of
9703 address-boxes, the first of which holds the address of @code{violet},
9704 and the second of which holds the address of @code{buttercup}.
9706 A pair of address-boxes is called a @dfn{cons cell} or @dfn{dotted
9707 pair}. @xref{Cons Cell Type, , Cons Cell and List Types, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp
9708 Reference Manual}, and @ref{Dotted Pair Notation, , Dotted Pair
9709 Notation, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, for more
9710 information about cons cells and dotted pairs.
9713 The function @code{cons} adds a new pair of addresses to the front of
9714 a series of addresses like that shown above. For example, evaluating
9718 (setq bouquet (cons 'lily bouquet))
9725 @c cons-cell-diagram #4
9732 | ___ ___ ___ ___ | ___ ___ ___ ___
9733 --> | | | | | | --> | | | | | |
9734 |___|___|----> |___|___|----> |___|___|---->|___|___|--> nil
9737 --> lily --> rose --> violet --> buttercup
9742 @ifset print-postscript-figures
9745 @center @image{cons-4}
9749 @ifclear print-postscript-figures
9756 | ___ ___ ___ ___ | ___ ___ ___ ___
9757 --> | | | | | | --> | | | | | |
9758 |___|___|----> |___|___|----> |___|___|---->|___|___|--> nil
9761 --> lily --> rose --> violet --> buttercup
9770 However, this does not change the value of the symbol
9771 @code{flowers}, as you can see by evaluating the following,
9774 (eq (cdr (cdr bouquet)) flowers)
9778 which returns @code{t} for true.
9780 Until it is reset, @code{flowers} still has the value
9781 @code{(violet buttercup)}; that is, it has the address of the cons
9782 cell whose first address is of @code{violet}. Also, this does not
9783 alter any of the pre-existing cons cells; they are all still there.
9785 Thus, in Lisp, to get the @sc{cdr} of a list, you just get the address
9786 of the next cons cell in the series; to get the @sc{car} of a list,
9787 you get the address of the first element of the list; to @code{cons} a
9788 new element on a list, you add a new cons cell to the front of the list.
9789 That is all there is to it! The underlying structure of Lisp is
9792 And what does the last address in a series of cons cells refer to? It
9793 is the address of the empty list, of @code{nil}.
9795 In summary, when a Lisp variable is set to a value, it is provided with
9796 the address of the list to which the variable refers.
9798 @node Symbols as Chest
9799 @section Symbols as a Chest of Drawers
9800 @cindex Symbols as a Chest of Drawers
9801 @cindex Chest of Drawers, metaphor for a symbol
9802 @cindex Drawers, Chest of, metaphor for a symbol
9804 In an earlier section, I suggested that you might imagine a symbol as
9805 being a chest of drawers. The function definition is put in one
9806 drawer, the value in another, and so on. What is put in the drawer
9807 holding the value can be changed without affecting the contents of the
9808 drawer holding the function definition, and vice versa.
9810 Actually, what is put in each drawer is the address of the value or
9811 function definition. It is as if you found an old chest in the attic,
9812 and in one of its drawers you found a map giving you directions to
9813 where the buried treasure lies.
9815 (In addition to its name, symbol definition, and variable value, a
9816 symbol has a `drawer' for a @dfn{property list} which can be used to
9817 record other information. Property lists are not discussed here; see
9818 @ref{Property Lists, , Property Lists, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp
9822 Here is a fanciful representation:
9824 @c chest-of-drawers diagram
9829 Chest of Drawers Contents of Drawers
9833 ---------------------
9834 | directions to | [map to]
9835 | symbol name | bouquet
9837 +---------------------+
9839 | symbol definition | [none]
9841 +---------------------+
9842 | directions to | [map to]
9843 | variable value | (rose violet buttercup)
9845 +---------------------+
9847 | property list | [not described here]
9849 +---------------------+
9855 @ifset print-postscript-figures
9858 @center @image{drawers}
9862 @ifclear print-postscript-figures
9867 Chest of Drawers Contents of Drawers
9871 ---------------------
9872 | directions to | [map to]
9873 | symbol name | bouquet
9875 +---------------------+
9877 | symbol definition | [none]
9879 +---------------------+
9880 | directions to | [map to]
9881 | variable value | (rose violet buttercup)
9883 +---------------------+
9885 | property list | [not described here]
9887 +---------------------+
9898 Set @code{flowers} to @code{violet} and @code{buttercup}. Cons two
9899 more flowers on to this list and set this new list to
9900 @code{more-flowers}. Set the @sc{car} of @code{flowers} to a fish.
9901 What does the @code{more-flowers} list now contain?
9904 @chapter Yanking Text Back
9906 @cindex Text retrieval
9907 @cindex Retrieving text
9908 @cindex Pasting text
9910 Whenever you cut text out of a buffer with a `kill' command in GNU Emacs,
9911 you can bring it back with a `yank' command. The text that is cut out of
9912 the buffer is put in the kill ring and the yank commands insert the
9913 appropriate contents of the kill ring back into a buffer (not necessarily
9914 the original buffer).
9916 A simple @kbd{C-y} (@code{yank}) command inserts the first item from
9917 the kill ring into the current buffer. If the @kbd{C-y} command is
9918 followed immediately by @kbd{M-y}, the first element is replaced by
9919 the second element. Successive @kbd{M-y} commands replace the second
9920 element with the third, fourth, or fifth element, and so on. When the
9921 last element in the kill ring is reached, it is replaced by the first
9922 element and the cycle is repeated. (Thus the kill ring is called a
9923 `ring' rather than just a `list'. However, the actual data structure
9924 that holds the text is a list.
9925 @xref{Kill Ring, , Handling the Kill Ring}, for the details of how the
9926 list is handled as a ring.)
9929 * Kill Ring Overview::
9930 * kill-ring-yank-pointer:: The kill ring is a list.
9931 * yank nthcdr Exercises:: The @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} variable.
9934 @node Kill Ring Overview
9935 @section Kill Ring Overview
9936 @cindex Kill ring overview
9938 The kill ring is a list of textual strings. This is what it looks like:
9941 ("some text" "a different piece of text" "yet more text")
9944 If this were the contents of my kill ring and I pressed @kbd{C-y}, the
9945 string of characters saying @samp{some text} would be inserted in this
9946 buffer where my cursor is located.
9948 The @code{yank} command is also used for duplicating text by copying it.
9949 The copied text is not cut from the buffer, but a copy of it is put on the
9950 kill ring and is inserted by yanking it back.
9952 Three functions are used for bringing text back from the kill ring:
9953 @code{yank}, which is usually bound to @kbd{C-y}; @code{yank-pop},
9954 which is usually bound to @kbd{M-y}; and @code{rotate-yank-pointer},
9955 which is used by the two other functions.
9957 These functions refer to the kill ring through a variable called the
9958 @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer}. Indeed, the insertion code for both the
9959 @code{yank} and @code{yank-pop} functions is:
9962 (insert (car kill-ring-yank-pointer))
9966 (Well, no more. In GNU Emacs 22, the function has been replaced by
9967 @code{insert-for-yank} which calls @code{insert-for-yank-1}
9968 repetitively for each @code{yank-handler} segment. In turn,
9969 @code{insert-for-yank-1} strips text properties from the inserted text
9970 according to @code{yank-excluded-properties}. Otherwise, it is just
9971 like @code{insert}. We will stick with plain @code{insert} since it
9972 is easier to understand.)
9974 To begin to understand how @code{yank} and @code{yank-pop} work, it is
9975 first necessary to look at the @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} variable.
9977 @node kill-ring-yank-pointer
9978 @section The @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} Variable
9980 @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} is a variable, just as @code{kill-ring} is
9981 a variable. It points to something by being bound to the value of what
9982 it points to, like any other Lisp variable.
9985 Thus, if the value of the kill ring is:
9988 ("some text" "a different piece of text" "yet more text")
9993 and the @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} points to the second clause, the
9994 value of @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} is:
9997 ("a different piece of text" "yet more text")
10000 As explained in the previous chapter (@pxref{List Implementation}), the
10001 computer does not keep two different copies of the text being pointed to
10002 by both the @code{kill-ring} and the @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer}. The
10003 words ``a different piece of text'' and ``yet more text'' are not
10004 duplicated. Instead, the two Lisp variables point to the same pieces of
10005 text. Here is a diagram:
10007 @c cons-cell-diagram #5
10011 kill-ring kill-ring-yank-pointer
10013 | ___ ___ | ___ ___ ___ ___
10014 ---> | | | --> | | | | | |
10015 |___|___|----> |___|___|--> |___|___|--> nil
10018 | | --> "yet more text"
10020 | --> "a different piece of text"
10027 @ifset print-postscript-figures
10030 @center @image{cons-5}
10034 @ifclear print-postscript-figures
10038 kill-ring kill-ring-yank-pointer
10040 | ___ ___ | ___ ___ ___ ___
10041 ---> | | | --> | | | | | |
10042 |___|___|----> |___|___|--> |___|___|--> nil
10045 | | --> "yet more text"
10047 | --> "a different piece of text
10056 Both the variable @code{kill-ring} and the variable
10057 @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} are pointers. But the kill ring itself is
10058 usually described as if it were actually what it is composed of. The
10059 @code{kill-ring} is spoken of as if it were the list rather than that it
10060 points to the list. Conversely, the @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} is
10061 spoken of as pointing to a list.
10063 These two ways of talking about the same thing sound confusing at first but
10064 make sense on reflection. The kill ring is generally thought of as the
10065 complete structure of data that holds the information of what has recently
10066 been cut out of the Emacs buffers. The @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer}
10067 on the other hand, serves to indicate---that is, to `point to'---that part
10068 of the kill ring of which the first element (the @sc{car}) will be
10072 In GNU Emacs 22, the @code{kill-new} function calls
10074 @code{(setq kill-ring-yank-pointer kill-ring)}
10076 (defun rotate-yank-pointer (arg)
10077 "Rotate the yanking point in the kill ring.
10078 With argument, rotate that many kills forward (or backward, if negative)."
10080 (current-kill arg))
10082 (defun current-kill (n &optional do-not-move)
10083 "Rotate the yanking point by N places, and then return that kill.
10084 If N is zero, `interprogram-paste-function' is set, and calling it
10085 returns a string, then that string is added to the front of the
10086 kill ring and returned as the latest kill.
10087 If optional arg DO-NOT-MOVE is non-nil, then don't actually move the
10088 yanking point; just return the Nth kill forward."
10089 (let ((interprogram-paste (and (= n 0)
10090 interprogram-paste-function
10091 (funcall interprogram-paste-function))))
10092 (if interprogram-paste
10094 ;; Disable the interprogram cut function when we add the new
10095 ;; text to the kill ring, so Emacs doesn't try to own the
10096 ;; selection, with identical text.
10097 (let ((interprogram-cut-function nil))
10098 (kill-new interprogram-paste))
10099 interprogram-paste)
10100 (or kill-ring (error "Kill ring is empty"))
10101 (let ((ARGth-kill-element
10102 (nthcdr (mod (- n (length kill-ring-yank-pointer))
10103 (length kill-ring))
10106 (setq kill-ring-yank-pointer ARGth-kill-element))
10107 (car ARGth-kill-element)))))
10112 @node yank nthcdr Exercises
10113 @section Exercises with @code{yank} and @code{nthcdr}
10117 Using @kbd{C-h v} (@code{describe-variable}), look at the value of
10118 your kill ring. Add several items to your kill ring; look at its
10119 value again. Using @kbd{M-y} (@code{yank-pop)}, move all the way
10120 around the kill ring. How many items were in your kill ring? Find
10121 the value of @code{kill-ring-max}. Was your kill ring full, or could
10122 you have kept more blocks of text within it?
10125 Using @code{nthcdr} and @code{car}, construct a series of expressions
10126 to return the first, second, third, and fourth elements of a list.
10129 @node Loops & Recursion
10130 @chapter Loops and Recursion
10131 @cindex Loops and recursion
10132 @cindex Recursion and loops
10133 @cindex Repetition (loops)
10135 Emacs Lisp has two primary ways to cause an expression, or a series of
10136 expressions, to be evaluated repeatedly: one uses a @code{while}
10137 loop, and the other uses @dfn{recursion}.
10139 Repetition can be very valuable. For example, to move forward four
10140 sentences, you need only write a program that will move forward one
10141 sentence and then repeat the process four times. Since a computer does
10142 not get bored or tired, such repetitive action does not have the
10143 deleterious effects that excessive or the wrong kinds of repetition can
10146 People mostly write Emacs Lisp functions using @code{while} loops and
10147 their kin; but you can use recursion, which provides a very powerful
10148 way to think about and then to solve problems@footnote{You can write
10149 recursive functions to be frugal or wasteful of mental or computer
10150 resources; as it happens, methods that people find easy---that are
10151 frugal of `mental resources'---sometimes use considerable computer
10152 resources. Emacs was designed to run on machines that we now consider
10153 limited and its default settings are conservative. You may want to
10154 increase the values of @code{max-specpdl-size} and
10155 @code{max-lisp-eval-depth}. In my @file{.emacs} file, I set them to
10156 15 and 30 times their default value.}.
10159 * while:: Causing a stretch of code to repeat.
10161 * Recursion:: Causing a function to call itself.
10162 * Looping exercise::
10166 @section @code{while}
10170 The @code{while} special form tests whether the value returned by
10171 evaluating its first argument is true or false. This is similar to what
10172 the Lisp interpreter does with an @code{if}; what the interpreter does
10173 next, however, is different.
10175 In a @code{while} expression, if the value returned by evaluating the
10176 first argument is false, the Lisp interpreter skips the rest of the
10177 expression (the @dfn{body} of the expression) and does not evaluate it.
10178 However, if the value is true, the Lisp interpreter evaluates the body
10179 of the expression and then again tests whether the first argument to
10180 @code{while} is true or false. If the value returned by evaluating the
10181 first argument is again true, the Lisp interpreter again evaluates the
10182 body of the expression.
10185 The template for a @code{while} expression looks like this:
10189 (while @var{true-or-false-test}
10195 * Looping with while:: Repeat so long as test returns true.
10196 * Loop Example:: A @code{while} loop that uses a list.
10197 * print-elements-of-list:: Uses @code{while}, @code{car}, @code{cdr}.
10198 * Incrementing Loop:: A loop with an incrementing counter.
10199 * Incrementing Loop Details::
10200 * Decrementing Loop:: A loop with a decrementing counter.
10204 @node Looping with while
10205 @unnumberedsubsec Looping with @code{while}
10208 So long as the true-or-false-test of the @code{while} expression
10209 returns a true value when it is evaluated, the body is repeatedly
10210 evaluated. This process is called a loop since the Lisp interpreter
10211 repeats the same thing again and again, like an airplane doing a loop.
10212 When the result of evaluating the true-or-false-test is false, the
10213 Lisp interpreter does not evaluate the rest of the @code{while}
10214 expression and `exits the loop'.
10216 Clearly, if the value returned by evaluating the first argument to
10217 @code{while} is always true, the body following will be evaluated
10218 again and again @dots{} and again @dots{} forever. Conversely, if the
10219 value returned is never true, the expressions in the body will never
10220 be evaluated. The craft of writing a @code{while} loop consists of
10221 choosing a mechanism such that the true-or-false-test returns true
10222 just the number of times that you want the subsequent expressions to
10223 be evaluated, and then have the test return false.
10225 The value returned by evaluating a @code{while} is the value of the
10226 true-or-false-test. An interesting consequence of this is that a
10227 @code{while} loop that evaluates without error will return @code{nil}
10228 or false regardless of whether it has looped 1 or 100 times or none at
10229 all. A @code{while} expression that evaluates successfully never
10230 returns a true value! What this means is that @code{while} is always
10231 evaluated for its side effects, which is to say, the consequences of
10232 evaluating the expressions within the body of the @code{while} loop.
10233 This makes sense. It is not the mere act of looping that is desired,
10234 but the consequences of what happens when the expressions in the loop
10235 are repeatedly evaluated.
10238 @subsection A @code{while} Loop and a List
10240 A common way to control a @code{while} loop is to test whether a list
10241 has any elements. If it does, the loop is repeated; but if it does not,
10242 the repetition is ended. Since this is an important technique, we will
10243 create a short example to illustrate it.
10245 A simple way to test whether a list has elements is to evaluate the
10246 list: if it has no elements, it is an empty list and will return the
10247 empty list, @code{()}, which is a synonym for @code{nil} or false. On
10248 the other hand, a list with elements will return those elements when it
10249 is evaluated. Since Emacs Lisp considers as true any value that is not
10250 @code{nil}, a list that returns elements will test true in a
10254 For example, you can set the variable @code{empty-list} to @code{nil} by
10255 evaluating the following @code{setq} expression:
10258 (setq empty-list ())
10262 After evaluating the @code{setq} expression, you can evaluate the
10263 variable @code{empty-list} in the usual way, by placing the cursor after
10264 the symbol and typing @kbd{C-x C-e}; @code{nil} will appear in your
10271 On the other hand, if you set a variable to be a list with elements, the
10272 list will appear when you evaluate the variable, as you can see by
10273 evaluating the following two expressions:
10277 (setq animals '(gazelle giraffe lion tiger))
10283 Thus, to create a @code{while} loop that tests whether there are any
10284 items in the list @code{animals}, the first part of the loop will be
10295 When the @code{while} tests its first argument, the variable
10296 @code{animals} is evaluated. It returns a list. So long as the list
10297 has elements, the @code{while} considers the results of the test to be
10298 true; but when the list is empty, it considers the results of the test
10301 To prevent the @code{while} loop from running forever, some mechanism
10302 needs to be provided to empty the list eventually. An oft-used
10303 technique is to have one of the subsequent forms in the @code{while}
10304 expression set the value of the list to be the @sc{cdr} of the list.
10305 Each time the @code{cdr} function is evaluated, the list will be made
10306 shorter, until eventually only the empty list will be left. At this
10307 point, the test of the @code{while} loop will return false, and the
10308 arguments to the @code{while} will no longer be evaluated.
10310 For example, the list of animals bound to the variable @code{animals}
10311 can be set to be the @sc{cdr} of the original list with the
10312 following expression:
10315 (setq animals (cdr animals))
10319 If you have evaluated the previous expressions and then evaluate this
10320 expression, you will see @code{(giraffe lion tiger)} appear in the echo
10321 area. If you evaluate the expression again, @code{(lion tiger)} will
10322 appear in the echo area. If you evaluate it again and yet again,
10323 @code{(tiger)} appears and then the empty list, shown by @code{nil}.
10325 A template for a @code{while} loop that uses the @code{cdr} function
10326 repeatedly to cause the true-or-false-test eventually to test false
10331 (while @var{test-whether-list-is-empty}
10333 @var{set-list-to-cdr-of-list})
10337 This test and use of @code{cdr} can be put together in a function that
10338 goes through a list and prints each element of the list on a line of its
10341 @node print-elements-of-list
10342 @subsection An Example: @code{print-elements-of-list}
10343 @findex print-elements-of-list
10345 The @code{print-elements-of-list} function illustrates a @code{while}
10348 @cindex @file{*scratch*} buffer
10349 The function requires several lines for its output. If you are
10350 reading this in a recent instance of GNU Emacs,
10351 @c GNU Emacs 21, GNU Emacs 22, or a later version,
10352 you can evaluate the following expression inside of Info, as usual.
10354 If you are using an earlier version of Emacs, you need to copy the
10355 necessary expressions to your @file{*scratch*} buffer and evaluate
10356 them there. This is because the echo area had only one line in the
10359 You can copy the expressions by marking the beginning of the region
10360 with @kbd{C-@key{SPC}} (@code{set-mark-command}), moving the cursor to
10361 the end of the region and then copying the region using @kbd{M-w}
10362 (@code{kill-ring-save}, which calls @code{copy-region-as-kill} and
10363 then provides visual feedback). In the @file{*scratch*}
10364 buffer, you can yank the expressions back by typing @kbd{C-y}
10367 After you have copied the expressions to the @file{*scratch*} buffer,
10368 evaluate each expression in turn. Be sure to evaluate the last
10369 expression, @code{(print-elements-of-list animals)}, by typing
10370 @kbd{C-u C-x C-e}, that is, by giving an argument to
10371 @code{eval-last-sexp}. This will cause the result of the evaluation
10372 to be printed in the @file{*scratch*} buffer instead of being printed
10373 in the echo area. (Otherwise you will see something like this in your
10374 echo area: @code{^Jgazelle^J^Jgiraffe^J^Jlion^J^Jtiger^Jnil}, in which
10375 each @samp{^J} stands for a `newline'.)
10378 In a recent instance of GNU Emacs, you can evaluate these expressions
10379 directly in the Info buffer, and the echo area will grow to show the
10384 (setq animals '(gazelle giraffe lion tiger))
10386 (defun print-elements-of-list (list)
10387 "Print each element of LIST on a line of its own."
10390 (setq list (cdr list))))
10392 (print-elements-of-list animals)
10398 When you evaluate the three expressions in sequence, you will see
10414 Each element of the list is printed on a line of its own (that is what
10415 the function @code{print} does) and then the value returned by the
10416 function is printed. Since the last expression in the function is the
10417 @code{while} loop, and since @code{while} loops always return
10418 @code{nil}, a @code{nil} is printed after the last element of the list.
10420 @node Incrementing Loop
10421 @subsection A Loop with an Incrementing Counter
10423 A loop is not useful unless it stops when it ought. Besides
10424 controlling a loop with a list, a common way of stopping a loop is to
10425 write the first argument as a test that returns false when the correct
10426 number of repetitions are complete. This means that the loop must
10427 have a counter---an expression that counts how many times the loop
10431 @node Incrementing Loop Details
10432 @unnumberedsubsec Details of an Incrementing Loop
10435 The test for a loop with an incrementing counter can be an expression
10436 such as @code{(< count desired-number)} which returns @code{t} for
10437 true if the value of @code{count} is less than the
10438 @code{desired-number} of repetitions and @code{nil} for false if the
10439 value of @code{count} is equal to or is greater than the
10440 @code{desired-number}. The expression that increments the count can
10441 be a simple @code{setq} such as @code{(setq count (1+ count))}, where
10442 @code{1+} is a built-in function in Emacs Lisp that adds 1 to its
10443 argument. (The expression @w{@code{(1+ count)}} has the same result
10444 as @w{@code{(+ count 1)}}, but is easier for a human to read.)
10447 The template for a @code{while} loop controlled by an incrementing
10448 counter looks like this:
10452 @var{set-count-to-initial-value}
10453 (while (< count desired-number) ; @r{true-or-false-test}
10455 (setq count (1+ count))) ; @r{incrementer}
10460 Note that you need to set the initial value of @code{count}; usually it
10464 * Incrementing Example:: Counting pebbles in a triangle.
10465 * Inc Example parts:: The parts of the function definition.
10466 * Inc Example altogether:: Putting the function definition together.
10469 @node Incrementing Example
10470 @unnumberedsubsubsec Example with incrementing counter
10472 Suppose you are playing on the beach and decide to make a triangle of
10473 pebbles, putting one pebble in the first row, two in the second row,
10474 three in the third row and so on, like this:
10492 @bullet{} @bullet{}
10493 @bullet{} @bullet{} @bullet{}
10494 @bullet{} @bullet{} @bullet{} @bullet{}
10501 (About 2500 years ago, Pythagoras and others developed the beginnings of
10502 number theory by considering questions such as this.)
10504 Suppose you want to know how many pebbles you will need to make a
10505 triangle with 7 rows?
10507 Clearly, what you need to do is add up the numbers from 1 to 7. There
10508 are two ways to do this; start with the smallest number, one, and add up
10509 the list in sequence, 1, 2, 3, 4 and so on; or start with the largest
10510 number and add the list going down: 7, 6, 5, 4 and so on. Because both
10511 mechanisms illustrate common ways of writing @code{while} loops, we will
10512 create two examples, one counting up and the other counting down. In
10513 this first example, we will start with 1 and add 2, 3, 4 and so on.
10515 If you are just adding up a short list of numbers, the easiest way to do
10516 it is to add up all the numbers at once. However, if you do not know
10517 ahead of time how many numbers your list will have, or if you want to be
10518 prepared for a very long list, then you need to design your addition so
10519 that what you do is repeat a simple process many times instead of doing
10520 a more complex process once.
10522 For example, instead of adding up all the pebbles all at once, what you
10523 can do is add the number of pebbles in the first row, 1, to the number
10524 in the second row, 2, and then add the total of those two rows to the
10525 third row, 3. Then you can add the number in the fourth row, 4, to the
10526 total of the first three rows; and so on.
10528 The critical characteristic of the process is that each repetitive
10529 action is simple. In this case, at each step we add only two numbers,
10530 the number of pebbles in the row and the total already found. This
10531 process of adding two numbers is repeated again and again until the last
10532 row has been added to the total of all the preceding rows. In a more
10533 complex loop the repetitive action might not be so simple, but it will
10534 be simpler than doing everything all at once.
10536 @node Inc Example parts
10537 @unnumberedsubsubsec The parts of the function definition
10539 The preceding analysis gives us the bones of our function definition:
10540 first, we will need a variable that we can call @code{total} that will
10541 be the total number of pebbles. This will be the value returned by
10544 Second, we know that the function will require an argument: this
10545 argument will be the total number of rows in the triangle. It can be
10546 called @code{number-of-rows}.
10548 Finally, we need a variable to use as a counter. We could call this
10549 variable @code{counter}, but a better name is @code{row-number}. That
10550 is because what the counter does in this function is count rows, and a
10551 program should be written to be as understandable as possible.
10553 When the Lisp interpreter first starts evaluating the expressions in the
10554 function, the value of @code{total} should be set to zero, since we have
10555 not added anything to it. Then the function should add the number of
10556 pebbles in the first row to the total, and then add the number of
10557 pebbles in the second to the total, and then add the number of
10558 pebbles in the third row to the total, and so on, until there are no
10559 more rows left to add.
10561 Both @code{total} and @code{row-number} are used only inside the
10562 function, so they can be declared as local variables with @code{let}
10563 and given initial values. Clearly, the initial value for @code{total}
10564 should be 0. The initial value of @code{row-number} should be 1,
10565 since we start with the first row. This means that the @code{let}
10566 statement will look like this:
10576 After the internal variables are declared and bound to their initial
10577 values, we can begin the @code{while} loop. The expression that serves
10578 as the test should return a value of @code{t} for true so long as the
10579 @code{row-number} is less than or equal to the @code{number-of-rows}.
10580 (If the expression tests true only so long as the row number is less
10581 than the number of rows in the triangle, the last row will never be
10582 added to the total; hence the row number has to be either less than or
10583 equal to the number of rows.)
10586 @findex <= @r{(less than or equal)}
10587 Lisp provides the @code{<=} function that returns true if the value of
10588 its first argument is less than or equal to the value of its second
10589 argument and false otherwise. So the expression that the @code{while}
10590 will evaluate as its test should look like this:
10593 (<= row-number number-of-rows)
10596 The total number of pebbles can be found by repeatedly adding the number
10597 of pebbles in a row to the total already found. Since the number of
10598 pebbles in the row is equal to the row number, the total can be found by
10599 adding the row number to the total. (Clearly, in a more complex
10600 situation, the number of pebbles in the row might be related to the row
10601 number in a more complicated way; if this were the case, the row number
10602 would be replaced by the appropriate expression.)
10605 (setq total (+ total row-number))
10609 What this does is set the new value of @code{total} to be equal to the
10610 sum of adding the number of pebbles in the row to the previous total.
10612 After setting the value of @code{total}, the conditions need to be
10613 established for the next repetition of the loop, if there is one. This
10614 is done by incrementing the value of the @code{row-number} variable,
10615 which serves as a counter. After the @code{row-number} variable has
10616 been incremented, the true-or-false-test at the beginning of the
10617 @code{while} loop tests whether its value is still less than or equal to
10618 the value of the @code{number-of-rows} and if it is, adds the new value
10619 of the @code{row-number} variable to the @code{total} of the previous
10620 repetition of the loop.
10623 The built-in Emacs Lisp function @code{1+} adds 1 to a number, so the
10624 @code{row-number} variable can be incremented with this expression:
10627 (setq row-number (1+ row-number))
10630 @node Inc Example altogether
10631 @unnumberedsubsubsec Putting the function definition together
10633 We have created the parts for the function definition; now we need to
10637 First, the contents of the @code{while} expression:
10641 (while (<= row-number number-of-rows) ; @r{true-or-false-test}
10642 (setq total (+ total row-number))
10643 (setq row-number (1+ row-number))) ; @r{incrementer}
10647 Along with the @code{let} expression varlist, this very nearly
10648 completes the body of the function definition. However, it requires
10649 one final element, the need for which is somewhat subtle.
10651 The final touch is to place the variable @code{total} on a line by
10652 itself after the @code{while} expression. Otherwise, the value returned
10653 by the whole function is the value of the last expression that is
10654 evaluated in the body of the @code{let}, and this is the value
10655 returned by the @code{while}, which is always @code{nil}.
10657 This may not be evident at first sight. It almost looks as if the
10658 incrementing expression is the last expression of the whole function.
10659 But that expression is part of the body of the @code{while}; it is the
10660 last element of the list that starts with the symbol @code{while}.
10661 Moreover, the whole of the @code{while} loop is a list within the body
10665 In outline, the function will look like this:
10669 (defun @var{name-of-function} (@var{argument-list})
10670 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
10671 (let (@var{varlist})
10672 (while (@var{true-or-false-test})
10673 @var{body-of-while}@dots{} )
10674 @dots{} )) ; @r{Need final expression here.}
10678 The result of evaluating the @code{let} is what is going to be returned
10679 by the @code{defun} since the @code{let} is not embedded within any
10680 containing list, except for the @code{defun} as a whole. However, if
10681 the @code{while} is the last element of the @code{let} expression, the
10682 function will always return @code{nil}. This is not what we want!
10683 Instead, what we want is the value of the variable @code{total}. This
10684 is returned by simply placing the symbol as the last element of the list
10685 starting with @code{let}. It gets evaluated after the preceding
10686 elements of the list are evaluated, which means it gets evaluated after
10687 it has been assigned the correct value for the total.
10689 It may be easier to see this by printing the list starting with
10690 @code{let} all on one line. This format makes it evident that the
10691 @var{varlist} and @code{while} expressions are the second and third
10692 elements of the list starting with @code{let}, and the @code{total} is
10697 (let (@var{varlist}) (while (@var{true-or-false-test}) @var{body-of-while}@dots{} ) total)
10702 Putting everything together, the @code{triangle} function definition
10707 (defun triangle (number-of-rows) ; @r{Version with}
10708 ; @r{ incrementing counter.}
10709 "Add up the number of pebbles in a triangle.
10710 The first row has one pebble, the second row two pebbles,
10711 the third row three pebbles, and so on.
10712 The argument is NUMBER-OF-ROWS."
10717 (while (<= row-number number-of-rows)
10718 (setq total (+ total row-number))
10719 (setq row-number (1+ row-number)))
10725 After you have installed @code{triangle} by evaluating the function, you
10726 can try it out. Here are two examples:
10737 The sum of the first four numbers is 10 and the sum of the first seven
10740 @node Decrementing Loop
10741 @subsection Loop with a Decrementing Counter
10743 Another common way to write a @code{while} loop is to write the test
10744 so that it determines whether a counter is greater than zero. So long
10745 as the counter is greater than zero, the loop is repeated. But when
10746 the counter is equal to or less than zero, the loop is stopped. For
10747 this to work, the counter has to start out greater than zero and then
10748 be made smaller and smaller by a form that is evaluated
10751 The test will be an expression such as @code{(> counter 0)} which
10752 returns @code{t} for true if the value of @code{counter} is greater
10753 than zero, and @code{nil} for false if the value of @code{counter} is
10754 equal to or less than zero. The expression that makes the number
10755 smaller and smaller can be a simple @code{setq} such as @code{(setq
10756 counter (1- counter))}, where @code{1-} is a built-in function in
10757 Emacs Lisp that subtracts 1 from its argument.
10760 The template for a decrementing @code{while} loop looks like this:
10764 (while (> counter 0) ; @r{true-or-false-test}
10766 (setq counter (1- counter))) ; @r{decrementer}
10771 * Decrementing Example:: More pebbles on the beach.
10772 * Dec Example parts:: The parts of the function definition.
10773 * Dec Example altogether:: Putting the function definition together.
10776 @node Decrementing Example
10777 @unnumberedsubsubsec Example with decrementing counter
10779 To illustrate a loop with a decrementing counter, we will rewrite the
10780 @code{triangle} function so the counter decreases to zero.
10782 This is the reverse of the earlier version of the function. In this
10783 case, to find out how many pebbles are needed to make a triangle with
10784 3 rows, add the number of pebbles in the third row, 3, to the number
10785 in the preceding row, 2, and then add the total of those two rows to
10786 the row that precedes them, which is 1.
10788 Likewise, to find the number of pebbles in a triangle with 7 rows, add
10789 the number of pebbles in the seventh row, 7, to the number in the
10790 preceding row, which is 6, and then add the total of those two rows to
10791 the row that precedes them, which is 5, and so on. As in the previous
10792 example, each addition only involves adding two numbers, the total of
10793 the rows already added up and the number of pebbles in the row that is
10794 being added to the total. This process of adding two numbers is
10795 repeated again and again until there are no more pebbles to add.
10797 We know how many pebbles to start with: the number of pebbles in the
10798 last row is equal to the number of rows. If the triangle has seven
10799 rows, the number of pebbles in the last row is 7. Likewise, we know how
10800 many pebbles are in the preceding row: it is one less than the number in
10803 @node Dec Example parts
10804 @unnumberedsubsubsec The parts of the function definition
10806 We start with three variables: the total number of rows in the
10807 triangle; the number of pebbles in a row; and the total number of
10808 pebbles, which is what we want to calculate. These variables can be
10809 named @code{number-of-rows}, @code{number-of-pebbles-in-row}, and
10810 @code{total}, respectively.
10812 Both @code{total} and @code{number-of-pebbles-in-row} are used only
10813 inside the function and are declared with @code{let}. The initial
10814 value of @code{total} should, of course, be zero. However, the
10815 initial value of @code{number-of-pebbles-in-row} should be equal to
10816 the number of rows in the triangle, since the addition will start with
10820 This means that the beginning of the @code{let} expression will look
10826 (number-of-pebbles-in-row number-of-rows))
10831 The total number of pebbles can be found by repeatedly adding the number
10832 of pebbles in a row to the total already found, that is, by repeatedly
10833 evaluating the following expression:
10836 (setq total (+ total number-of-pebbles-in-row))
10840 After the @code{number-of-pebbles-in-row} is added to the @code{total},
10841 the @code{number-of-pebbles-in-row} should be decremented by one, since
10842 the next time the loop repeats, the preceding row will be
10843 added to the total.
10845 The number of pebbles in a preceding row is one less than the number of
10846 pebbles in a row, so the built-in Emacs Lisp function @code{1-} can be
10847 used to compute the number of pebbles in the preceding row. This can be
10848 done with the following expression:
10852 (setq number-of-pebbles-in-row
10853 (1- number-of-pebbles-in-row))
10857 Finally, we know that the @code{while} loop should stop making repeated
10858 additions when there are no pebbles in a row. So the test for
10859 the @code{while} loop is simply:
10862 (while (> number-of-pebbles-in-row 0)
10865 @node Dec Example altogether
10866 @unnumberedsubsubsec Putting the function definition together
10868 We can put these expressions together to create a function definition
10869 that works. However, on examination, we find that one of the local
10870 variables is unneeded!
10873 The function definition looks like this:
10877 ;;; @r{First subtractive version.}
10878 (defun triangle (number-of-rows)
10879 "Add up the number of pebbles in a triangle."
10881 (number-of-pebbles-in-row number-of-rows))
10882 (while (> number-of-pebbles-in-row 0)
10883 (setq total (+ total number-of-pebbles-in-row))
10884 (setq number-of-pebbles-in-row
10885 (1- number-of-pebbles-in-row)))
10890 As written, this function works.
10892 However, we do not need @code{number-of-pebbles-in-row}.
10894 @cindex Argument as local variable
10895 When the @code{triangle} function is evaluated, the symbol
10896 @code{number-of-rows} will be bound to a number, giving it an initial
10897 value. That number can be changed in the body of the function as if
10898 it were a local variable, without any fear that such a change will
10899 effect the value of the variable outside of the function. This is a
10900 very useful characteristic of Lisp; it means that the variable
10901 @code{number-of-rows} can be used anywhere in the function where
10902 @code{number-of-pebbles-in-row} is used.
10905 Here is a second version of the function written a bit more cleanly:
10909 (defun triangle (number) ; @r{Second version.}
10910 "Return sum of numbers 1 through NUMBER inclusive."
10912 (while (> number 0)
10913 (setq total (+ total number))
10914 (setq number (1- number)))
10919 In brief, a properly written @code{while} loop will consist of three parts:
10923 A test that will return false after the loop has repeated itself the
10924 correct number of times.
10927 An expression the evaluation of which will return the value desired
10928 after being repeatedly evaluated.
10931 An expression to change the value passed to the true-or-false-test so
10932 that the test returns false after the loop has repeated itself the right
10936 @node dolist dotimes
10937 @section Save your time: @code{dolist} and @code{dotimes}
10939 In addition to @code{while}, both @code{dolist} and @code{dotimes}
10940 provide for looping. Sometimes these are quicker to write than the
10941 equivalent @code{while} loop. Both are Lisp macros. (@xref{Macros, ,
10942 Macros, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}. )
10944 @code{dolist} works like a @code{while} loop that `@sc{cdr}s down a
10945 list': @code{dolist} automatically shortens the list each time it
10946 loops---takes the @sc{cdr} of the list---and binds the @sc{car} of
10947 each shorter version of the list to the first of its arguments.
10949 @code{dotimes} loops a specific number of times: you specify the number.
10957 @unnumberedsubsec The @code{dolist} Macro
10960 Suppose, for example, you want to reverse a list, so that
10961 ``first'' ``second'' ``third'' becomes ``third'' ``second'' ``first''.
10964 In practice, you would use the @code{reverse} function, like this:
10968 (setq animals '(gazelle giraffe lion tiger))
10976 Here is how you could reverse the list using a @code{while} loop:
10980 (setq animals '(gazelle giraffe lion tiger))
10982 (defun reverse-list-with-while (list)
10983 "Using while, reverse the order of LIST."
10984 (let (value) ; make sure list starts empty
10986 (setq value (cons (car list) value))
10987 (setq list (cdr list)))
10990 (reverse-list-with-while animals)
10996 And here is how you could use the @code{dolist} macro:
11000 (setq animals '(gazelle giraffe lion tiger))
11002 (defun reverse-list-with-dolist (list)
11003 "Using dolist, reverse the order of LIST."
11004 (let (value) ; make sure list starts empty
11005 (dolist (element list value)
11006 (setq value (cons element value)))))
11008 (reverse-list-with-dolist animals)
11014 In Info, you can place your cursor after the closing parenthesis of
11015 each expression and type @kbd{C-x C-e}; in each case, you should see
11018 (tiger lion giraffe gazelle)
11024 For this example, the existing @code{reverse} function is obviously best.
11025 The @code{while} loop is just like our first example (@pxref{Loop
11026 Example, , A @code{while} Loop and a List}). The @code{while} first
11027 checks whether the list has elements; if so, it constructs a new list
11028 by adding the first element of the list to the existing list (which in
11029 the first iteration of the loop is @code{nil}). Since the second
11030 element is prepended in front of the first element, and the third
11031 element is prepended in front of the second element, the list is reversed.
11033 In the expression using a @code{while} loop,
11034 the @w{@code{(setq list (cdr list))}}
11035 expression shortens the list, so the @code{while} loop eventually
11036 stops. In addition, it provides the @code{cons} expression with a new
11037 first element by creating a new and shorter list at each repetition of
11040 The @code{dolist} expression does very much the same as the
11041 @code{while} expression, except that the @code{dolist} macro does some
11042 of the work you have to do when writing a @code{while} expression.
11044 Like a @code{while} loop, a @code{dolist} loops. What is different is
11045 that it automatically shortens the list each time it loops---it
11046 `@sc{cdr}s down the list' on its own---and it automatically binds
11047 the @sc{car} of each shorter version of the list to the first of its
11050 In the example, the @sc{car} of each shorter version of the list is
11051 referred to using the symbol @samp{element}, the list itself is called
11052 @samp{list}, and the value returned is called @samp{value}. The
11053 remainder of the @code{dolist} expression is the body.
11055 The @code{dolist} expression binds the @sc{car} of each shorter
11056 version of the list to @code{element} and then evaluates the body of
11057 the expression; and repeats the loop. The result is returned in
11061 @unnumberedsubsec The @code{dotimes} Macro
11064 The @code{dotimes} macro is similar to @code{dolist}, except that it
11065 loops a specific number of times.
11067 The first argument to @code{dotimes} is assigned the numbers 0, 1, 2
11068 and so forth each time around the loop, and the value of the third
11069 argument is returned. You need to provide the value of the second
11070 argument, which is how many times the macro loops.
11073 For example, the following binds the numbers from 0 up to, but not
11074 including, the number 3 to the first argument, @var{number}, and then
11075 constructs a list of the three numbers. (The first number is 0, the
11076 second number is 1, and the third number is 2; this makes a total of
11077 three numbers in all, starting with zero as the first number.)
11081 (let (value) ; otherwise a value is a void variable
11082 (dotimes (number 3 value)
11083 (setq value (cons number value))))
11090 @code{dotimes} returns @code{value}, so the way to use
11091 @code{dotimes} is to operate on some expression @var{number} number of
11092 times and then return the result, either as a list or an atom.
11095 Here is an example of a @code{defun} that uses @code{dotimes} to add
11096 up the number of pebbles in a triangle.
11100 (defun triangle-using-dotimes (number-of-rows)
11101 "Using dotimes, add up the number of pebbles in a triangle."
11102 (let ((total 0)) ; otherwise a total is a void variable
11103 (dotimes (number number-of-rows total)
11104 (setq total (+ total (1+ number))))))
11106 (triangle-using-dotimes 4)
11114 A recursive function contains code that tells the Lisp interpreter to
11115 call a program that runs exactly like itself, but with slightly
11116 different arguments. The code runs exactly the same because it has
11117 the same name. However, even though the program has the same name, it
11118 is not the same entity. It is different. In the jargon, it is a
11119 different `instance'.
11121 Eventually, if the program is written correctly, the `slightly
11122 different arguments' will become sufficiently different from the first
11123 arguments that the final instance will stop.
11126 * Building Robots:: Same model, different serial number ...
11127 * Recursive Definition Parts:: Walk until you stop ...
11128 * Recursion with list:: Using a list as the test whether to recurse.
11129 * Recursive triangle function::
11130 * Recursion with cond::
11131 * Recursive Patterns:: Often used templates.
11132 * No Deferment:: Don't store up work ...
11133 * No deferment solution::
11136 @node Building Robots
11137 @subsection Building Robots: Extending the Metaphor
11138 @cindex Building robots
11139 @cindex Robots, building
11141 It is sometimes helpful to think of a running program as a robot that
11142 does a job. In doing its job, a recursive function calls on a second
11143 robot to help it. The second robot is identical to the first in every
11144 way, except that the second robot helps the first and has been
11145 passed different arguments than the first.
11147 In a recursive function, the second robot may call a third; and the
11148 third may call a fourth, and so on. Each of these is a different
11149 entity; but all are clones.
11151 Since each robot has slightly different instructions---the arguments
11152 will differ from one robot to the next---the last robot should know
11155 Let's expand on the metaphor in which a computer program is a robot.
11157 A function definition provides the blueprints for a robot. When you
11158 install a function definition, that is, when you evaluate a
11159 @code{defun} macro, you install the necessary equipment to build
11160 robots. It is as if you were in a factory, setting up an assembly
11161 line. Robots with the same name are built according to the same
11162 blueprints. So they have, as it were, the same `model number', but a
11163 different `serial number'.
11165 We often say that a recursive function `calls itself'. What we mean
11166 is that the instructions in a recursive function cause the Lisp
11167 interpreter to run a different function that has the same name and
11168 does the same job as the first, but with different arguments.
11170 It is important that the arguments differ from one instance to the
11171 next; otherwise, the process will never stop.
11173 @node Recursive Definition Parts
11174 @subsection The Parts of a Recursive Definition
11175 @cindex Parts of a Recursive Definition
11176 @cindex Recursive Definition Parts
11178 A recursive function typically contains a conditional expression which
11183 A true-or-false-test that determines whether the function is called
11184 again, here called the @dfn{do-again-test}.
11187 The name of the function. When this name is called, a new instance of
11188 the function---a new robot, as it were---is created and told what to do.
11191 An expression that returns a different value each time the function is
11192 called, here called the @dfn{next-step-expression}. Consequently, the
11193 argument (or arguments) passed to the new instance of the function
11194 will be different from that passed to the previous instance. This
11195 causes the conditional expression, the @dfn{do-again-test}, to test
11196 false after the correct number of repetitions.
11199 Recursive functions can be much simpler than any other kind of
11200 function. Indeed, when people first start to use them, they often look
11201 so mysteriously simple as to be incomprehensible. Like riding a
11202 bicycle, reading a recursive function definition takes a certain knack
11203 which is hard at first but then seems simple.
11206 There are several different common recursive patterns. A very simple
11207 pattern looks like this:
11211 (defun @var{name-of-recursive-function} (@var{argument-list})
11212 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
11213 (if @var{do-again-test}
11215 (@var{name-of-recursive-function}
11216 @var{next-step-expression})))
11220 Each time a recursive function is evaluated, a new instance of it is
11221 created and told what to do. The arguments tell the instance what to do.
11223 An argument is bound to the value of the next-step-expression. Each
11224 instance runs with a different value of the next-step-expression.
11226 The value in the next-step-expression is used in the do-again-test.
11228 The value returned by the next-step-expression is passed to the new
11229 instance of the function, which evaluates it (or some
11230 transmogrification of it) to determine whether to continue or stop.
11231 The next-step-expression is designed so that the do-again-test returns
11232 false when the function should no longer be repeated.
11234 The do-again-test is sometimes called the @dfn{stop condition},
11235 since it stops the repetitions when it tests false.
11237 @node Recursion with list
11238 @subsection Recursion with a List
11240 The example of a @code{while} loop that printed the elements of a list
11241 of numbers can be written recursively. Here is the code, including
11242 an expression to set the value of the variable @code{animals} to a list.
11244 If you are reading this in Info in Emacs, you can evaluate this
11245 expression directly in Info. Otherwise, you must copy the example
11246 to the @file{*scratch*} buffer and evaluate each expression there.
11247 Use @kbd{C-u C-x C-e} to evaluate the
11248 @code{(print-elements-recursively animals)} expression so that the
11249 results are printed in the buffer; otherwise the Lisp interpreter will
11250 try to squeeze the results into the one line of the echo area.
11252 Also, place your cursor immediately after the last closing parenthesis
11253 of the @code{print-elements-recursively} function, before the comment.
11254 Otherwise, the Lisp interpreter will try to evaluate the comment.
11256 @findex print-elements-recursively
11259 (setq animals '(gazelle giraffe lion tiger))
11261 (defun print-elements-recursively (list)
11262 "Print each element of LIST on a line of its own.
11264 (when list ; @r{do-again-test}
11265 (print (car list)) ; @r{body}
11266 (print-elements-recursively ; @r{recursive call}
11267 (cdr list)))) ; @r{next-step-expression}
11269 (print-elements-recursively animals)
11273 The @code{print-elements-recursively} function first tests whether
11274 there is any content in the list; if there is, the function prints the
11275 first element of the list, the @sc{car} of the list. Then the
11276 function `invokes itself', but gives itself as its argument, not the
11277 whole list, but the second and subsequent elements of the list, the
11278 @sc{cdr} of the list.
11280 Put another way, if the list is not empty, the function invokes
11281 another instance of code that is similar to the initial code, but is a
11282 different thread of execution, with different arguments than the first
11285 Put in yet another way, if the list is not empty, the first robot
11286 assembles a second robot and tells it what to do; the second robot is
11287 a different individual from the first, but is the same model.
11289 When the second evaluation occurs, the @code{when} expression is
11290 evaluated and if true, prints the first element of the list it
11291 receives as its argument (which is the second element of the original
11292 list). Then the function `calls itself' with the @sc{cdr} of the list
11293 it is invoked with, which (the second time around) is the @sc{cdr} of
11294 the @sc{cdr} of the original list.
11296 Note that although we say that the function `calls itself', what we
11297 mean is that the Lisp interpreter assembles and instructs a new
11298 instance of the program. The new instance is a clone of the first,
11299 but is a separate individual.
11301 Each time the function `invokes itself', it invokes itself on a
11302 shorter version of the original list. It creates a new instance that
11303 works on a shorter list.
11305 Eventually, the function invokes itself on an empty list. It creates
11306 a new instance whose argument is @code{nil}. The conditional expression
11307 tests the value of @code{list}. Since the value of @code{list} is
11308 @code{nil}, the @code{when} expression tests false so the then-part is
11309 not evaluated. The function as a whole then returns @code{nil}.
11312 When you evaluate the expression @code{(print-elements-recursively
11313 animals)} in the @file{*scratch*} buffer, you see this result:
11329 @node Recursive triangle function
11330 @subsection Recursion in Place of a Counter
11331 @findex triangle-recursively
11334 The @code{triangle} function described in a previous section can also
11335 be written recursively. It looks like this:
11339 (defun triangle-recursively (number)
11340 "Return the sum of the numbers 1 through NUMBER inclusive.
11342 (if (= number 1) ; @r{do-again-test}
11344 (+ number ; @r{else-part}
11345 (triangle-recursively ; @r{recursive call}
11346 (1- number))))) ; @r{next-step-expression}
11348 (triangle-recursively 7)
11353 You can install this function by evaluating it and then try it by
11354 evaluating @code{(triangle-recursively 7)}. (Remember to put your
11355 cursor immediately after the last parenthesis of the function
11356 definition, before the comment.) The function evaluates to 28.
11358 To understand how this function works, let's consider what happens in the
11359 various cases when the function is passed 1, 2, 3, or 4 as the value of
11363 * Recursive Example arg of 1 or 2::
11364 * Recursive Example arg of 3 or 4::
11368 @node Recursive Example arg of 1 or 2
11369 @unnumberedsubsubsec An argument of 1 or 2
11372 First, what happens if the value of the argument is 1?
11374 The function has an @code{if} expression after the documentation
11375 string. It tests whether the value of @code{number} is equal to 1; if
11376 so, Emacs evaluates the then-part of the @code{if} expression, which
11377 returns the number 1 as the value of the function. (A triangle with
11378 one row has one pebble in it.)
11380 Suppose, however, that the value of the argument is 2. In this case,
11381 Emacs evaluates the else-part of the @code{if} expression.
11384 The else-part consists of an addition, the recursive call to
11385 @code{triangle-recursively} and a decrementing action; and it looks like
11389 (+ number (triangle-recursively (1- number)))
11392 When Emacs evaluates this expression, the innermost expression is
11393 evaluated first; then the other parts in sequence. Here are the steps
11397 @item Step 1 @w{ } Evaluate the innermost expression.
11399 The innermost expression is @code{(1- number)} so Emacs decrements the
11400 value of @code{number} from 2 to 1.
11402 @item Step 2 @w{ } Evaluate the @code{triangle-recursively} function.
11404 The Lisp interpreter creates an individual instance of
11405 @code{triangle-recursively}. It does not matter that this function is
11406 contained within itself. Emacs passes the result Step 1 as the
11407 argument used by this instance of the @code{triangle-recursively}
11410 In this case, Emacs evaluates @code{triangle-recursively} with an
11411 argument of 1. This means that this evaluation of
11412 @code{triangle-recursively} returns 1.
11414 @item Step 3 @w{ } Evaluate the value of @code{number}.
11416 The variable @code{number} is the second element of the list that
11417 starts with @code{+}; its value is 2.
11419 @item Step 4 @w{ } Evaluate the @code{+} expression.
11421 The @code{+} expression receives two arguments, the first
11422 from the evaluation of @code{number} (Step 3) and the second from the
11423 evaluation of @code{triangle-recursively} (Step 2).
11425 The result of the addition is the sum of 2 plus 1, and the number 3 is
11426 returned, which is correct. A triangle with two rows has three
11430 @node Recursive Example arg of 3 or 4
11431 @unnumberedsubsubsec An argument of 3 or 4
11433 Suppose that @code{triangle-recursively} is called with an argument of
11437 @item Step 1 @w{ } Evaluate the do-again-test.
11439 The @code{if} expression is evaluated first. This is the do-again
11440 test and returns false, so the else-part of the @code{if} expression
11441 is evaluated. (Note that in this example, the do-again-test causes
11442 the function to call itself when it tests false, not when it tests
11445 @item Step 2 @w{ } Evaluate the innermost expression of the else-part.
11447 The innermost expression of the else-part is evaluated, which decrements
11448 3 to 2. This is the next-step-expression.
11450 @item Step 3 @w{ } Evaluate the @code{triangle-recursively} function.
11452 The number 2 is passed to the @code{triangle-recursively} function.
11454 We already know what happens when Emacs evaluates @code{triangle-recursively} with
11455 an argument of 2. After going through the sequence of actions described
11456 earlier, it returns a value of 3. So that is what will happen here.
11458 @item Step 4 @w{ } Evaluate the addition.
11460 3 will be passed as an argument to the addition and will be added to the
11461 number with which the function was called, which is 3.
11465 The value returned by the function as a whole will be 6.
11467 Now that we know what will happen when @code{triangle-recursively} is
11468 called with an argument of 3, it is evident what will happen if it is
11469 called with an argument of 4:
11473 In the recursive call, the evaluation of
11476 (triangle-recursively (1- 4))
11481 will return the value of evaluating
11484 (triangle-recursively 3)
11488 which is 6 and this value will be added to 4 by the addition in the
11493 The value returned by the function as a whole will be 10.
11495 Each time @code{triangle-recursively} is evaluated, it evaluates a
11496 version of itself---a different instance of itself---with a smaller
11497 argument, until the argument is small enough so that it does not
11500 Note that this particular design for a recursive function
11501 requires that operations be deferred.
11503 Before @code{(triangle-recursively 7)} can calculate its answer, it
11504 must call @code{(triangle-recursively 6)}; and before
11505 @code{(triangle-recursively 6)} can calculate its answer, it must call
11506 @code{(triangle-recursively 5)}; and so on. That is to say, the
11507 calculation that @code{(triangle-recursively 7)} makes must be
11508 deferred until @code{(triangle-recursively 6)} makes its calculation;
11509 and @code{(triangle-recursively 6)} must defer until
11510 @code{(triangle-recursively 5)} completes; and so on.
11512 If each of these instances of @code{triangle-recursively} are thought
11513 of as different robots, the first robot must wait for the second to
11514 complete its job, which must wait until the third completes, and so
11517 There is a way around this kind of waiting, which we will discuss in
11518 @ref{No Deferment, , Recursion without Deferments}.
11520 @node Recursion with cond
11521 @subsection Recursion Example Using @code{cond}
11524 The version of @code{triangle-recursively} described earlier is written
11525 with the @code{if} special form. It can also be written using another
11526 special form called @code{cond}. The name of the special form
11527 @code{cond} is an abbreviation of the word @samp{conditional}.
11529 Although the @code{cond} special form is not used as often in the
11530 Emacs Lisp sources as @code{if}, it is used often enough to justify
11534 The template for a @code{cond} expression looks like this:
11544 where the @var{body} is a series of lists.
11547 Written out more fully, the template looks like this:
11552 (@var{first-true-or-false-test} @var{first-consequent})
11553 (@var{second-true-or-false-test} @var{second-consequent})
11554 (@var{third-true-or-false-test} @var{third-consequent})
11559 When the Lisp interpreter evaluates the @code{cond} expression, it
11560 evaluates the first element (the @sc{car} or true-or-false-test) of
11561 the first expression in a series of expressions within the body of the
11564 If the true-or-false-test returns @code{nil} the rest of that
11565 expression, the consequent, is skipped and the true-or-false-test of the
11566 next expression is evaluated. When an expression is found whose
11567 true-or-false-test returns a value that is not @code{nil}, the
11568 consequent of that expression is evaluated. The consequent can be one
11569 or more expressions. If the consequent consists of more than one
11570 expression, the expressions are evaluated in sequence and the value of
11571 the last one is returned. If the expression does not have a consequent,
11572 the value of the true-or-false-test is returned.
11574 If none of the true-or-false-tests test true, the @code{cond} expression
11575 returns @code{nil}.
11578 Written using @code{cond}, the @code{triangle} function looks like this:
11582 (defun triangle-using-cond (number)
11583 (cond ((<= number 0) 0)
11586 (+ number (triangle-using-cond (1- number))))))
11591 In this example, the @code{cond} returns 0 if the number is less than or
11592 equal to 0, it returns 1 if the number is 1 and it evaluates @code{(+
11593 number (triangle-using-cond (1- number)))} if the number is greater than
11596 @node Recursive Patterns
11597 @subsection Recursive Patterns
11598 @cindex Recursive Patterns
11600 Here are three common recursive patterns. Each involves a list.
11601 Recursion does not need to involve lists, but Lisp is designed for lists
11602 and this provides a sense of its primal capabilities.
11611 @unnumberedsubsubsec Recursive Pattern: @emph{every}
11612 @cindex Every, type of recursive pattern
11613 @cindex Recursive pattern - every
11615 In the @code{every} recursive pattern, an action is performed on every
11619 The basic pattern is:
11623 If a list be empty, return @code{nil}.
11625 Else, act on the beginning of the list (the @sc{car} of the list)
11628 through a recursive call by the function on the rest (the
11629 @sc{cdr}) of the list,
11631 and, optionally, combine the acted-on element, using @code{cons},
11632 with the results of acting on the rest.
11641 (defun square-each (numbers-list)
11642 "Square each of a NUMBERS LIST, recursively."
11643 (if (not numbers-list) ; do-again-test
11646 (* (car numbers-list) (car numbers-list))
11647 (square-each (cdr numbers-list))))) ; next-step-expression
11651 (square-each '(1 2 3))
11658 If @code{numbers-list} is empty, do nothing. But if it has content,
11659 construct a list combining the square of the first number in the list
11660 with the result of the recursive call.
11662 (The example follows the pattern exactly: @code{nil} is returned if
11663 the numbers' list is empty. In practice, you would write the
11664 conditional so it carries out the action when the numbers' list is not
11667 The @code{print-elements-recursively} function (@pxref{Recursion with
11668 list, , Recursion with a List}) is another example of an @code{every}
11669 pattern, except in this case, rather than bring the results together
11670 using @code{cons}, we print each element of output.
11673 The @code{print-elements-recursively} function looks like this:
11677 (setq animals '(gazelle giraffe lion tiger))
11681 (defun print-elements-recursively (list)
11682 "Print each element of LIST on a line of its own.
11684 (when list ; @r{do-again-test}
11685 (print (car list)) ; @r{body}
11686 (print-elements-recursively ; @r{recursive call}
11687 (cdr list)))) ; @r{next-step-expression}
11689 (print-elements-recursively animals)
11694 The pattern for @code{print-elements-recursively} is:
11698 When the list is empty, do nothing.
11700 But when the list has at least one element,
11703 act on the beginning of the list (the @sc{car} of the list),
11705 and make a recursive call on the rest (the @sc{cdr}) of the list.
11710 @unnumberedsubsubsec Recursive Pattern: @emph{accumulate}
11711 @cindex Accumulate, type of recursive pattern
11712 @cindex Recursive pattern - accumulate
11714 Another recursive pattern is called the @code{accumulate} pattern. In
11715 the @code{accumulate} recursive pattern, an action is performed on
11716 every element of a list and the result of that action is accumulated
11717 with the results of performing the action on the other elements.
11719 This is very like the `every' pattern using @code{cons}, except that
11720 @code{cons} is not used, but some other combiner.
11727 If a list be empty, return zero or some other constant.
11729 Else, act on the beginning of the list (the @sc{car} of the list),
11732 and combine that acted-on element, using @code{+} or
11733 some other combining function, with
11735 a recursive call by the function on the rest (the @sc{cdr}) of the list.
11740 Here is an example:
11744 (defun add-elements (numbers-list)
11745 "Add the elements of NUMBERS-LIST together."
11746 (if (not numbers-list)
11748 (+ (car numbers-list) (add-elements (cdr numbers-list)))))
11752 (add-elements '(1 2 3 4))
11757 @xref{Files List, , Making a List of Files}, for an example of the
11758 accumulate pattern.
11761 @unnumberedsubsubsec Recursive Pattern: @emph{keep}
11762 @cindex Keep, type of recursive pattern
11763 @cindex Recursive pattern - keep
11765 A third recursive pattern is called the @code{keep} pattern.
11766 In the @code{keep} recursive pattern, each element of a list is tested;
11767 the element is acted on and the results are kept only if the element
11770 Again, this is very like the `every' pattern, except the element is
11771 skipped unless it meets a criterion.
11774 The pattern has three parts:
11778 If a list be empty, return @code{nil}.
11780 Else, if the beginning of the list (the @sc{car} of the list) passes
11784 act on that element and combine it, using @code{cons} with
11786 a recursive call by the function on the rest (the @sc{cdr}) of the list.
11789 Otherwise, if the beginning of the list (the @sc{car} of the list) fails
11793 skip on that element,
11795 and, recursively call the function on the rest (the @sc{cdr}) of the list.
11800 Here is an example that uses @code{cond}:
11804 (defun keep-three-letter-words (word-list)
11805 "Keep three letter words in WORD-LIST."
11807 ;; First do-again-test: stop-condition
11808 ((not word-list) nil)
11810 ;; Second do-again-test: when to act
11811 ((eq 3 (length (symbol-name (car word-list))))
11812 ;; combine acted-on element with recursive call on shorter list
11813 (cons (car word-list) (keep-three-letter-words (cdr word-list))))
11815 ;; Third do-again-test: when to skip element;
11816 ;; recursively call shorter list with next-step expression
11817 (t (keep-three-letter-words (cdr word-list)))))
11821 (keep-three-letter-words '(one two three four five six))
11822 @result{} (one two six)
11826 It goes without saying that you need not use @code{nil} as the test for
11827 when to stop; and you can, of course, combine these patterns.
11830 @subsection Recursion without Deferments
11831 @cindex Deferment in recursion
11832 @cindex Recursion without Deferments
11834 Let's consider again what happens with the @code{triangle-recursively}
11835 function. We will find that the intermediate calculations are
11836 deferred until all can be done.
11839 Here is the function definition:
11843 (defun triangle-recursively (number)
11844 "Return the sum of the numbers 1 through NUMBER inclusive.
11846 (if (= number 1) ; @r{do-again-test}
11848 (+ number ; @r{else-part}
11849 (triangle-recursively ; @r{recursive call}
11850 (1- number))))) ; @r{next-step-expression}
11854 What happens when we call this function with a argument of 7?
11856 The first instance of the @code{triangle-recursively} function adds
11857 the number 7 to the value returned by a second instance of
11858 @code{triangle-recursively}, an instance that has been passed an
11859 argument of 6. That is to say, the first calculation is:
11862 (+ 7 (triangle-recursively 6))
11866 The first instance of @code{triangle-recursively}---you may want to
11867 think of it as a little robot---cannot complete its job. It must hand
11868 off the calculation for @code{(triangle-recursively 6)} to a second
11869 instance of the program, to a second robot. This second individual is
11870 completely different from the first one; it is, in the jargon, a
11871 `different instantiation'. Or, put another way, it is a different
11872 robot. It is the same model as the first; it calculates triangle
11873 numbers recursively; but it has a different serial number.
11875 And what does @code{(triangle-recursively 6)} return? It returns the
11876 number 6 added to the value returned by evaluating
11877 @code{triangle-recursively} with an argument of 5. Using the robot
11878 metaphor, it asks yet another robot to help it.
11884 (+ 7 6 (triangle-recursively 5))
11888 And what happens next?
11891 (+ 7 6 5 (triangle-recursively 4))
11894 Each time @code{triangle-recursively} is called, except for the last
11895 time, it creates another instance of the program---another robot---and
11896 asks it to make a calculation.
11899 Eventually, the full addition is set up and performed:
11905 This design for the function defers the calculation of the first step
11906 until the second can be done, and defers that until the third can be
11907 done, and so on. Each deferment means the computer must remember what
11908 is being waited on. This is not a problem when there are only a few
11909 steps, as in this example. But it can be a problem when there are
11912 @node No deferment solution
11913 @subsection No Deferment Solution
11914 @cindex No deferment solution
11915 @cindex Solution without deferment
11917 The solution to the problem of deferred operations is to write in a
11918 manner that does not defer operations@footnote{The phrase @dfn{tail
11919 recursive} is used to describe such a process, one that uses
11920 `constant space'.}. This requires
11921 writing to a different pattern, often one that involves writing two
11922 function definitions, an `initialization' function and a `helper'
11925 The `initialization' function sets up the job; the `helper' function
11929 Here are the two function definitions for adding up numbers. They are
11930 so simple, I find them hard to understand.
11934 (defun triangle-initialization (number)
11935 "Return the sum of the numbers 1 through NUMBER inclusive.
11936 This is the `initialization' component of a two function
11937 duo that uses recursion."
11938 (triangle-recursive-helper 0 0 number))
11944 (defun triangle-recursive-helper (sum counter number)
11945 "Return SUM, using COUNTER, through NUMBER inclusive.
11946 This is the `helper' component of a two function duo
11947 that uses recursion."
11948 (if (> counter number)
11950 (triangle-recursive-helper (+ sum counter) ; @r{sum}
11951 (1+ counter) ; @r{counter}
11952 number))) ; @r{number}
11957 Install both function definitions by evaluating them, then call
11958 @code{triangle-initialization} with 2 rows:
11962 (triangle-initialization 2)
11967 The `initialization' function calls the first instance of the `helper'
11968 function with three arguments: zero, zero, and a number which is the
11969 number of rows in the triangle.
11971 The first two arguments passed to the `helper' function are
11972 initialization values. These values are changed when
11973 @code{triangle-recursive-helper} invokes new instances.@footnote{The
11974 jargon is mildly confusing: @code{triangle-recursive-helper} uses a
11975 process that is iterative in a procedure that is recursive. The
11976 process is called iterative because the computer need only record the
11977 three values, @code{sum}, @code{counter}, and @code{number}; the
11978 procedure is recursive because the function `calls itself'. On the
11979 other hand, both the process and the procedure used by
11980 @code{triangle-recursively} are called recursive. The word
11981 `recursive' has different meanings in the two contexts.}
11983 Let's see what happens when we have a triangle that has one row. (This
11984 triangle will have one pebble in it!)
11987 @code{triangle-initialization} will call its helper with
11988 the arguments @w{@code{0 0 1}}. That function will run the conditional
11989 test whether @code{(> counter number)}:
11997 and find that the result is false, so it will invoke
11998 the else-part of the @code{if} clause:
12002 (triangle-recursive-helper
12003 (+ sum counter) ; @r{sum plus counter} @result{} @r{sum}
12004 (1+ counter) ; @r{increment counter} @result{} @r{counter}
12005 number) ; @r{number stays the same}
12011 which will first compute:
12015 (triangle-recursive-helper (+ 0 0) ; @r{sum}
12016 (1+ 0) ; @r{counter}
12020 (triangle-recursive-helper 0 1 1)
12024 Again, @code{(> counter number)} will be false, so again, the Lisp
12025 interpreter will evaluate @code{triangle-recursive-helper}, creating a
12026 new instance with new arguments.
12029 This new instance will be;
12033 (triangle-recursive-helper
12034 (+ sum counter) ; @r{sum plus counter} @result{} @r{sum}
12035 (1+ counter) ; @r{increment counter} @result{} @r{counter}
12036 number) ; @r{number stays the same}
12040 (triangle-recursive-helper 1 2 1)
12044 In this case, the @code{(> counter number)} test will be true! So the
12045 instance will return the value of the sum, which will be 1, as
12048 Now, let's pass @code{triangle-initialization} an argument
12049 of 2, to find out how many pebbles there are in a triangle with two rows.
12051 That function calls @code{(triangle-recursive-helper 0 0 2)}.
12054 In stages, the instances called will be:
12058 @r{sum counter number}
12059 (triangle-recursive-helper 0 1 2)
12061 (triangle-recursive-helper 1 2 2)
12063 (triangle-recursive-helper 3 3 2)
12067 When the last instance is called, the @code{(> counter number)} test
12068 will be true, so the instance will return the value of @code{sum},
12071 This kind of pattern helps when you are writing functions that can use
12072 many resources in a computer.
12075 @node Looping exercise
12076 @section Looping Exercise
12080 Write a function similar to @code{triangle} in which each row has a
12081 value which is the square of the row number. Use a @code{while} loop.
12084 Write a function similar to @code{triangle} that multiplies instead of
12088 Rewrite these two functions recursively. Rewrite these functions
12091 @c comma in printed title causes problem in Info cross reference
12093 Write a function for Texinfo mode that creates an index entry at the
12094 beginning of a paragraph for every @samp{@@dfn} within the paragraph.
12095 (In a Texinfo file, @samp{@@dfn} marks a definition. This book is
12096 written in Texinfo.)
12098 Many of the functions you will need are described in two of the
12099 previous chapters, @ref{Cutting & Storing Text, , Cutting and Storing
12100 Text}, and @ref{Yanking, , Yanking Text Back}. If you use
12101 @code{forward-paragraph} to put the index entry at the beginning of
12102 the paragraph, you will have to use @w{@kbd{C-h f}}
12103 (@code{describe-function}) to find out how to make the command go
12106 For more information, see
12108 @ref{Indicating, , Indicating Definitions, texinfo}.
12111 @ref{Indicating, , Indicating, texinfo, Texinfo Manual}, which goes to
12112 a Texinfo manual in the current directory. Or, if you are on the
12114 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/manual/texinfo/}
12117 ``Indicating Definitions, Commands, etc.'' in @cite{Texinfo, The GNU
12118 Documentation Format}.
12122 @node Regexp Search
12123 @chapter Regular Expression Searches
12124 @cindex Searches, illustrating
12125 @cindex Regular expression searches
12126 @cindex Patterns, searching for
12127 @cindex Motion by sentence and paragraph
12128 @cindex Sentences, movement by
12129 @cindex Paragraphs, movement by
12131 Regular expression searches are used extensively in GNU Emacs. The
12132 two functions, @code{forward-sentence} and @code{forward-paragraph},
12133 illustrate these searches well. They use regular expressions to find
12134 where to move point. The phrase `regular expression' is often written
12137 Regular expression searches are described in @ref{Regexp Search, ,
12138 Regular Expression Search, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, as well as in
12139 @ref{Regular Expressions, , , elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference
12140 Manual}. In writing this chapter, I am presuming that you have at
12141 least a mild acquaintance with them. The major point to remember is
12142 that regular expressions permit you to search for patterns as well as
12143 for literal strings of characters. For example, the code in
12144 @code{forward-sentence} searches for the pattern of possible
12145 characters that could mark the end of a sentence, and moves point to
12148 Before looking at the code for the @code{forward-sentence} function, it
12149 is worth considering what the pattern that marks the end of a sentence
12150 must be. The pattern is discussed in the next section; following that
12151 is a description of the regular expression search function,
12152 @code{re-search-forward}. The @code{forward-sentence} function
12153 is described in the section following. Finally, the
12154 @code{forward-paragraph} function is described in the last section of
12155 this chapter. @code{forward-paragraph} is a complex function that
12156 introduces several new features.
12159 * sentence-end:: The regular expression for @code{sentence-end}.
12160 * re-search-forward:: Very similar to @code{search-forward}.
12161 * forward-sentence:: A straightforward example of regexp search.
12162 * forward-paragraph:: A somewhat complex example.
12163 * etags:: How to create your own @file{TAGS} table.
12165 * re-search Exercises::
12169 @section The Regular Expression for @code{sentence-end}
12170 @findex sentence-end
12172 The symbol @code{sentence-end} is bound to the pattern that marks the
12173 end of a sentence. What should this regular expression be?
12175 Clearly, a sentence may be ended by a period, a question mark, or an
12176 exclamation mark. Indeed, in English, only clauses that end with one
12177 of those three characters should be considered the end of a sentence.
12178 This means that the pattern should include the character set:
12184 However, we do not want @code{forward-sentence} merely to jump to a
12185 period, a question mark, or an exclamation mark, because such a character
12186 might be used in the middle of a sentence. A period, for example, is
12187 used after abbreviations. So other information is needed.
12189 According to convention, you type two spaces after every sentence, but
12190 only one space after a period, a question mark, or an exclamation mark in
12191 the body of a sentence. So a period, a question mark, or an exclamation
12192 mark followed by two spaces is a good indicator of an end of sentence.
12193 However, in a file, the two spaces may instead be a tab or the end of a
12194 line. This means that the regular expression should include these three
12195 items as alternatives.
12198 This group of alternatives will look like this:
12209 Here, @samp{$} indicates the end of the line, and I have pointed out
12210 where the tab and two spaces are inserted in the expression. Both are
12211 inserted by putting the actual characters into the expression.
12213 Two backslashes, @samp{\\}, are required before the parentheses and
12214 vertical bars: the first backslash quotes the following backslash in
12215 Emacs; and the second indicates that the following character, the
12216 parenthesis or the vertical bar, is special.
12219 Also, a sentence may be followed by one or more carriage returns, like
12230 Like tabs and spaces, a carriage return is inserted into a regular
12231 expression by inserting it literally. The asterisk indicates that the
12232 @key{RET} is repeated zero or more times.
12234 But a sentence end does not consist only of a period, a question mark or
12235 an exclamation mark followed by appropriate space: a closing quotation
12236 mark or a closing brace of some kind may precede the space. Indeed more
12237 than one such mark or brace may precede the space. These require a
12238 expression that looks like this:
12244 In this expression, the first @samp{]} is the first character in the
12245 expression; the second character is @samp{"}, which is preceded by a
12246 @samp{\} to tell Emacs the @samp{"} is @emph{not} special. The last
12247 three characters are @samp{'}, @samp{)}, and @samp{@}}.
12249 All this suggests what the regular expression pattern for matching the
12250 end of a sentence should be; and, indeed, if we evaluate
12251 @code{sentence-end} we find that it returns the following value:
12256 @result{} "[.?!][]\"')@}]*\\($\\| \\| \\)[
12262 (Well, not in GNU Emacs 22; that is because of an effort to make the
12263 process simpler and to handle more glyphs and languages. When the
12264 value of @code{sentence-end} is @code{nil}, then use the value defined
12265 by the function @code{sentence-end}. (Here is a use of the difference
12266 between a value and a function in Emacs Lisp.) The function returns a
12267 value constructed from the variables @code{sentence-end-base},
12268 @code{sentence-end-double-space}, @code{sentence-end-without-period},
12269 and @code{sentence-end-without-space}. The critical variable is
12270 @code{sentence-end-base}; its global value is similar to the one
12271 described above but it also contains two additional quotation marks.
12272 These have differing degrees of curliness. The
12273 @code{sentence-end-without-period} variable, when true, tells Emacs
12274 that a sentence may end without a period, such as text in Thai.)
12278 (Note that here the @key{TAB}, two spaces, and @key{RET} are shown
12279 literally in the pattern.)
12281 This regular expression can be deciphered as follows:
12285 The first part of the pattern is the three characters, a period, a question
12286 mark and an exclamation mark, within square brackets. The pattern must
12287 begin with one or other of these characters.
12290 The second part of the pattern is the group of closing braces and
12291 quotation marks, which can appear zero or more times. These may follow
12292 the period, question mark or exclamation mark. In a regular expression,
12293 the backslash, @samp{\}, followed by the double quotation mark,
12294 @samp{"}, indicates the class of string-quote characters. Usually, the
12295 double quotation mark is the only character in this class. The
12296 asterisk, @samp{*}, indicates that the items in the previous group (the
12297 group surrounded by square brackets, @samp{[]}) may be repeated zero or
12300 @item \\($\\| \\| \\)
12301 The third part of the pattern is one or other of: either the end of a
12302 line, or two blank spaces, or a tab. The double back-slashes are used
12303 to prevent Emacs from reading the parentheses and vertical bars as part
12304 of the search pattern; the parentheses are used to mark the group and
12305 the vertical bars are used to indicated that the patterns to either side
12306 of them are alternatives. The dollar sign is used to indicate the end
12307 of a line and both the two spaces and the tab are each inserted as is to
12308 indicate what they are.
12311 Finally, the last part of the pattern indicates that the end of the line
12312 or the whitespace following the period, question mark or exclamation
12313 mark may, but need not, be followed by one or more carriage returns. In
12314 the pattern, the carriage return is inserted as an actual carriage
12315 return between square brackets but here it is shown as @key{RET}.
12319 @node re-search-forward
12320 @section The @code{re-search-forward} Function
12321 @findex re-search-forward
12323 The @code{re-search-forward} function is very like the
12324 @code{search-forward} function. (@xref{search-forward, , The
12325 @code{search-forward} Function}.)
12327 @code{re-search-forward} searches for a regular expression. If the
12328 search is successful, it leaves point immediately after the last
12329 character in the target. If the search is backwards, it leaves point
12330 just before the first character in the target. You may tell
12331 @code{re-search-forward} to return @code{t} for true. (Moving point
12332 is therefore a `side effect'.)
12334 Like @code{search-forward}, the @code{re-search-forward} function takes
12339 The first argument is the regular expression that the function searches
12340 for. The regular expression will be a string between quotation marks.
12343 The optional second argument limits how far the function will search; it is a
12344 bound, which is specified as a position in the buffer.
12347 The optional third argument specifies how the function responds to
12348 failure: @code{nil} as the third argument causes the function to
12349 signal an error (and print a message) when the search fails; any other
12350 value causes it to return @code{nil} if the search fails and @code{t}
12351 if the search succeeds.
12354 The optional fourth argument is the repeat count. A negative repeat
12355 count causes @code{re-search-forward} to search backwards.
12359 The template for @code{re-search-forward} looks like this:
12363 (re-search-forward "@var{regular-expression}"
12364 @var{limit-of-search}
12365 @var{what-to-do-if-search-fails}
12366 @var{repeat-count})
12370 The second, third, and fourth arguments are optional. However, if you
12371 want to pass a value to either or both of the last two arguments, you
12372 must also pass a value to all the preceding arguments. Otherwise, the
12373 Lisp interpreter will mistake which argument you are passing the value
12377 In the @code{forward-sentence} function, the regular expression will be
12378 the value of the variable @code{sentence-end}. In simple form, that is:
12382 "[.?!][]\"')@}]*\\($\\| \\| \\)[
12388 The limit of the search will be the end of the paragraph (since a
12389 sentence cannot go beyond a paragraph). If the search fails, the
12390 function will return @code{nil}; and the repeat count will be provided
12391 by the argument to the @code{forward-sentence} function.
12393 @node forward-sentence
12394 @section @code{forward-sentence}
12395 @findex forward-sentence
12397 The command to move the cursor forward a sentence is a straightforward
12398 illustration of how to use regular expression searches in Emacs Lisp.
12399 Indeed, the function looks longer and more complicated than it is; this
12400 is because the function is designed to go backwards as well as forwards;
12401 and, optionally, over more than one sentence. The function is usually
12402 bound to the key command @kbd{M-e}.
12405 * Complete forward-sentence::
12406 * fwd-sentence while loops:: Two @code{while} loops.
12407 * fwd-sentence re-search:: A regular expression search.
12411 @node Complete forward-sentence
12412 @unnumberedsubsec Complete @code{forward-sentence} function definition
12416 Here is the code for @code{forward-sentence}:
12421 (defun forward-sentence (&optional arg)
12422 "Move forward to next `sentence-end'. With argument, repeat.
12423 With negative argument, move backward repeatedly to `sentence-beginning'.
12425 The variable `sentence-end' is a regular expression that matches ends of
12426 sentences. Also, every paragraph boundary terminates sentences as well."
12430 (or arg (setq arg 1))
12431 (let ((opoint (point))
12432 (sentence-end (sentence-end)))
12434 (let ((pos (point))
12435 (par-beg (save-excursion (start-of-paragraph-text) (point))))
12436 (if (and (re-search-backward sentence-end par-beg t)
12437 (or (< (match-end 0) pos)
12438 (re-search-backward sentence-end par-beg t)))
12439 (goto-char (match-end 0))
12440 (goto-char par-beg)))
12441 (setq arg (1+ arg)))
12445 (let ((par-end (save-excursion (end-of-paragraph-text) (point))))
12446 (if (re-search-forward sentence-end par-end t)
12447 (skip-chars-backward " \t\n")
12448 (goto-char par-end)))
12449 (setq arg (1- arg)))
12450 (constrain-to-field nil opoint t)))
12458 (defun forward-sentence (&optional arg)
12459 "Move forward to next sentence-end. With argument, repeat.
12460 With negative argument, move backward repeatedly to sentence-beginning.
12461 Sentence ends are identified by the value of sentence-end
12462 treated as a regular expression. Also, every paragraph boundary
12463 terminates sentences as well."
12467 (or arg (setq arg 1))
12470 (save-excursion (start-of-paragraph-text) (point))))
12471 (if (re-search-backward
12472 (concat sentence-end "[^ \t\n]") par-beg t)
12473 (goto-char (1- (match-end 0)))
12474 (goto-char par-beg)))
12475 (setq arg (1+ arg)))
12478 (save-excursion (end-of-paragraph-text) (point))))
12479 (if (re-search-forward sentence-end par-end t)
12480 (skip-chars-backward " \t\n")
12481 (goto-char par-end)))
12482 (setq arg (1- arg))))
12487 The function looks long at first sight and it is best to look at its
12488 skeleton first, and then its muscle. The way to see the skeleton is to
12489 look at the expressions that start in the left-most columns:
12493 (defun forward-sentence (&optional arg)
12494 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
12496 (or arg (setq arg 1))
12497 (let ((opoint (point)) (sentence-end (sentence-end)))
12499 (let ((pos (point))
12500 (par-beg (save-excursion (start-of-paragraph-text) (point))))
12501 @var{rest-of-body-of-while-loop-when-going-backwards}
12503 (let ((par-end (save-excursion (end-of-paragraph-text) (point))))
12504 @var{rest-of-body-of-while-loop-when-going-forwards}
12505 @var{handle-forms-and-equivalent}
12509 This looks much simpler! The function definition consists of
12510 documentation, an @code{interactive} expression, an @code{or}
12511 expression, a @code{let} expression, and @code{while} loops.
12513 Let's look at each of these parts in turn.
12515 We note that the documentation is thorough and understandable.
12517 The function has an @code{interactive "p"} declaration. This means
12518 that the processed prefix argument, if any, is passed to the
12519 function as its argument. (This will be a number.) If the function
12520 is not passed an argument (it is optional) then the argument
12521 @code{arg} will be bound to 1.
12523 When @code{forward-sentence} is called non-interactively without an
12524 argument, @code{arg} is bound to @code{nil}. The @code{or} expression
12525 handles this. What it does is either leave the value of @code{arg} as
12526 it is, but only if @code{arg} is bound to a value; or it sets the
12527 value of @code{arg} to 1, in the case when @code{arg} is bound to
12530 Next is a @code{let}. That specifies the values of two local
12531 variables, @code{point} and @code{sentence-end}. The local value of
12532 point, from before the search, is used in the
12533 @code{constrain-to-field} function which handles forms and
12534 equivalents. The @code{sentence-end} variable is set by the
12535 @code{sentence-end} function.
12537 @node fwd-sentence while loops
12538 @unnumberedsubsec The @code{while} loops
12540 Two @code{while} loops follow. The first @code{while} has a
12541 true-or-false-test that tests true if the prefix argument for
12542 @code{forward-sentence} is a negative number. This is for going
12543 backwards. The body of this loop is similar to the body of the second
12544 @code{while} clause, but it is not exactly the same. We will skip
12545 this @code{while} loop and concentrate on the second @code{while}
12549 The second @code{while} loop is for moving point forward. Its skeleton
12554 (while (> arg 0) ; @r{true-or-false-test}
12556 (if (@var{true-or-false-test})
12559 (setq arg (1- arg)))) ; @code{while} @r{loop decrementer}
12563 The @code{while} loop is of the decrementing kind.
12564 (@xref{Decrementing Loop, , A Loop with a Decrementing Counter}.) It
12565 has a true-or-false-test that tests true so long as the counter (in
12566 this case, the variable @code{arg}) is greater than zero; and it has a
12567 decrementer that subtracts 1 from the value of the counter every time
12570 If no prefix argument is given to @code{forward-sentence}, which is
12571 the most common way the command is used, this @code{while} loop will
12572 run once, since the value of @code{arg} will be 1.
12574 The body of the @code{while} loop consists of a @code{let} expression,
12575 which creates and binds a local variable, and has, as its body, an
12576 @code{if} expression.
12579 The body of the @code{while} loop looks like this:
12584 (save-excursion (end-of-paragraph-text) (point))))
12585 (if (re-search-forward sentence-end par-end t)
12586 (skip-chars-backward " \t\n")
12587 (goto-char par-end)))
12591 The @code{let} expression creates and binds the local variable
12592 @code{par-end}. As we shall see, this local variable is designed to
12593 provide a bound or limit to the regular expression search. If the
12594 search fails to find a proper sentence ending in the paragraph, it will
12595 stop on reaching the end of the paragraph.
12597 But first, let us examine how @code{par-end} is bound to the value of
12598 the end of the paragraph. What happens is that the @code{let} sets the
12599 value of @code{par-end} to the value returned when the Lisp interpreter
12600 evaluates the expression
12604 (save-excursion (end-of-paragraph-text) (point))
12609 In this expression, @code{(end-of-paragraph-text)} moves point to the
12610 end of the paragraph, @code{(point)} returns the value of point, and then
12611 @code{save-excursion} restores point to its original position. Thus,
12612 the @code{let} binds @code{par-end} to the value returned by the
12613 @code{save-excursion} expression, which is the position of the end of
12614 the paragraph. (The @code{end-of-paragraph-text} function uses
12615 @code{forward-paragraph}, which we will discuss shortly.)
12618 Emacs next evaluates the body of the @code{let}, which is an @code{if}
12619 expression that looks like this:
12623 (if (re-search-forward sentence-end par-end t) ; @r{if-part}
12624 (skip-chars-backward " \t\n") ; @r{then-part}
12625 (goto-char par-end))) ; @r{else-part}
12629 The @code{if} tests whether its first argument is true and if so,
12630 evaluates its then-part; otherwise, the Emacs Lisp interpreter
12631 evaluates the else-part. The true-or-false-test of the @code{if}
12632 expression is the regular expression search.
12634 It may seem odd to have what looks like the `real work' of
12635 the @code{forward-sentence} function buried here, but this is a common
12636 way this kind of operation is carried out in Lisp.
12638 @node fwd-sentence re-search
12639 @unnumberedsubsec The regular expression search
12641 The @code{re-search-forward} function searches for the end of the
12642 sentence, that is, for the pattern defined by the @code{sentence-end}
12643 regular expression. If the pattern is found---if the end of the sentence is
12644 found---then the @code{re-search-forward} function does two things:
12648 The @code{re-search-forward} function carries out a side effect, which
12649 is to move point to the end of the occurrence found.
12652 The @code{re-search-forward} function returns a value of true. This is
12653 the value received by the @code{if}, and means that the search was
12658 The side effect, the movement of point, is completed before the
12659 @code{if} function is handed the value returned by the successful
12660 conclusion of the search.
12662 When the @code{if} function receives the value of true from a successful
12663 call to @code{re-search-forward}, the @code{if} evaluates the then-part,
12664 which is the expression @code{(skip-chars-backward " \t\n")}. This
12665 expression moves backwards over any blank spaces, tabs or carriage
12666 returns until a printed character is found and then leaves point after
12667 the character. Since point has already been moved to the end of the
12668 pattern that marks the end of the sentence, this action leaves point
12669 right after the closing printed character of the sentence, which is
12672 On the other hand, if the @code{re-search-forward} function fails to
12673 find a pattern marking the end of the sentence, the function returns
12674 false. The false then causes the @code{if} to evaluate its third
12675 argument, which is @code{(goto-char par-end)}: it moves point to the
12676 end of the paragraph.
12678 (And if the text is in a form or equivalent, and point may not move
12679 fully, then the @code{constrain-to-field} function comes into play.)
12681 Regular expression searches are exceptionally useful and the pattern
12682 illustrated by @code{re-search-forward}, in which the search is the
12683 test of an @code{if} expression, is handy. You will see or write code
12684 incorporating this pattern often.
12686 @node forward-paragraph
12687 @section @code{forward-paragraph}: a Goldmine of Functions
12688 @findex forward-paragraph
12692 (defun forward-paragraph (&optional arg)
12693 "Move forward to end of paragraph.
12694 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
12695 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N paragraphs.
12697 A line which `paragraph-start' matches either separates paragraphs
12698 \(if `paragraph-separate' matches it also) or is the first line of a paragraph.
12699 A paragraph end is the beginning of a line which is not part of the paragraph
12700 to which the end of the previous line belongs, or the end of the buffer.
12701 Returns the count of paragraphs left to move."
12703 (or arg (setq arg 1))
12704 (let* ((opoint (point))
12705 (fill-prefix-regexp
12706 (and fill-prefix (not (equal fill-prefix ""))
12707 (not paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix)
12708 (regexp-quote fill-prefix)))
12709 ;; Remove ^ from paragraph-start and paragraph-sep if they are there.
12710 ;; These regexps shouldn't be anchored, because we look for them
12711 ;; starting at the left-margin. This allows paragraph commands to
12712 ;; work normally with indented text.
12713 ;; This hack will not find problem cases like "whatever\\|^something".
12714 (parstart (if (and (not (equal "" paragraph-start))
12715 (equal ?^ (aref paragraph-start 0)))
12716 (substring paragraph-start 1)
12718 (parsep (if (and (not (equal "" paragraph-separate))
12719 (equal ?^ (aref paragraph-separate 0)))
12720 (substring paragraph-separate 1)
12721 paragraph-separate))
12723 (if fill-prefix-regexp
12724 (concat parsep "\\|"
12725 fill-prefix-regexp "[ \t]*$")
12727 ;; This is used for searching.
12728 (sp-parstart (concat "^[ \t]*\\(?:" parstart "\\|" parsep "\\)"))
12730 (while (and (< arg 0) (not (bobp)))
12731 (if (and (not (looking-at parsep))
12732 (re-search-backward "^\n" (max (1- (point)) (point-min)) t)
12733 (looking-at parsep))
12734 (setq arg (1+ arg))
12735 (setq start (point))
12736 ;; Move back over paragraph-separating lines.
12737 (forward-char -1) (beginning-of-line)
12738 (while (and (not (bobp))
12739 (progn (move-to-left-margin)
12740 (looking-at parsep)))
12744 (setq arg (1+ arg))
12745 ;; Go to end of the previous (non-separating) line.
12747 ;; Search back for line that starts or separates paragraphs.
12748 (if (if fill-prefix-regexp
12749 ;; There is a fill prefix; it overrides parstart.
12750 (let (multiple-lines)
12751 (while (and (progn (beginning-of-line) (not (bobp)))
12752 (progn (move-to-left-margin)
12753 (not (looking-at parsep)))
12754 (looking-at fill-prefix-regexp))
12755 (unless (= (point) start)
12756 (setq multiple-lines t))
12758 (move-to-left-margin)
12759 ;; This deleted code caused a long hanging-indent line
12760 ;; not to be filled together with the following lines.
12761 ;; ;; Don't move back over a line before the paragraph
12762 ;; ;; which doesn't start with fill-prefix
12763 ;; ;; unless that is the only line we've moved over.
12764 ;; (and (not (looking-at fill-prefix-regexp))
12766 ;; (forward-line 1))
12768 (while (and (re-search-backward sp-parstart nil 1)
12769 (setq found-start t)
12770 ;; Found a candidate, but need to check if it is a
12772 (progn (setq start (point))
12773 (move-to-left-margin)
12774 (not (looking-at parsep)))
12775 (not (and (looking-at parstart)
12776 (or (not use-hard-newlines)
12779 (1- start) 'hard)))))
12780 (setq found-start nil)
12785 ;; Move forward over paragraph separators.
12786 ;; We know this cannot reach the place we started
12787 ;; because we know we moved back over a non-separator.
12788 (while (and (not (eobp))
12789 (progn (move-to-left-margin)
12790 (looking-at parsep)))
12792 ;; If line before paragraph is just margin, back up to there.
12794 (if (> (current-column) (current-left-margin))
12796 (skip-chars-backward " \t")
12798 (forward-line 1))))
12799 ;; No starter or separator line => use buffer beg.
12800 (goto-char (point-min))))))
12802 (while (and (> arg 0) (not (eobp)))
12803 ;; Move forward over separator lines...
12804 (while (and (not (eobp))
12805 (progn (move-to-left-margin) (not (eobp)))
12806 (looking-at parsep))
12808 (unless (eobp) (setq arg (1- arg)))
12809 ;; ... and one more line.
12811 (if fill-prefix-regexp
12812 ;; There is a fill prefix; it overrides parstart.
12813 (while (and (not (eobp))
12814 (progn (move-to-left-margin) (not (eobp)))
12815 (not (looking-at parsep))
12816 (looking-at fill-prefix-regexp))
12818 (while (and (re-search-forward sp-parstart nil 1)
12819 (progn (setq start (match-beginning 0))
12822 (progn (move-to-left-margin)
12823 (not (looking-at parsep)))
12824 (or (not (looking-at parstart))
12825 (and use-hard-newlines
12826 (not (get-text-property (1- start) 'hard)))))
12828 (if (< (point) (point-max))
12829 (goto-char start))))
12830 (constrain-to-field nil opoint t)
12831 ;; Return the number of steps that could not be done.
12835 The @code{forward-paragraph} function moves point forward to the end
12836 of the paragraph. It is usually bound to @kbd{M-@}} and makes use of a
12837 number of functions that are important in themselves, including
12838 @code{let*}, @code{match-beginning}, and @code{looking-at}.
12840 The function definition for @code{forward-paragraph} is considerably
12841 longer than the function definition for @code{forward-sentence}
12842 because it works with a paragraph, each line of which may begin with a
12845 A fill prefix consists of a string of characters that are repeated at
12846 the beginning of each line. For example, in Lisp code, it is a
12847 convention to start each line of a paragraph-long comment with
12848 @samp{;;; }. In Text mode, four blank spaces make up another common
12849 fill prefix, creating an indented paragraph. (@xref{Fill Prefix, , ,
12850 emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, for more information about fill
12853 The existence of a fill prefix means that in addition to being able to
12854 find the end of a paragraph whose lines begin on the left-most
12855 column, the @code{forward-paragraph} function must be able to find the
12856 end of a paragraph when all or many of the lines in the buffer begin
12857 with the fill prefix.
12859 Moreover, it is sometimes practical to ignore a fill prefix that
12860 exists, especially when blank lines separate paragraphs.
12861 This is an added complication.
12864 * forward-paragraph in brief:: Key parts of the function definition.
12865 * fwd-para let:: The @code{let*} expression.
12866 * fwd-para while:: The forward motion @code{while} loop.
12870 @node forward-paragraph in brief
12871 @unnumberedsubsec Shortened @code{forward-paragraph} function definition
12874 Rather than print all of the @code{forward-paragraph} function, we
12875 will only print parts of it. Read without preparation, the function
12879 In outline, the function looks like this:
12883 (defun forward-paragraph (&optional arg)
12884 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
12886 (or arg (setq arg 1))
12889 (while (and (< arg 0) (not (bobp))) ; @r{backward-moving-code}
12891 (while (and (> arg 0) (not (eobp))) ; @r{forward-moving-code}
12896 The first parts of the function are routine: the function's argument
12897 list consists of one optional argument. Documentation follows.
12899 The lower case @samp{p} in the @code{interactive} declaration means
12900 that the processed prefix argument, if any, is passed to the function.
12901 This will be a number, and is the repeat count of how many paragraphs
12902 point will move. The @code{or} expression in the next line handles
12903 the common case when no argument is passed to the function, which occurs
12904 if the function is called from other code rather than interactively.
12905 This case was described earlier. (@xref{forward-sentence, The
12906 @code{forward-sentence} function}.) Now we reach the end of the
12907 familiar part of this function.
12910 @unnumberedsubsec The @code{let*} expression
12912 The next line of the @code{forward-paragraph} function begins a
12913 @code{let*} expression. This is a different than @code{let}. The
12914 symbol is @code{let*} not @code{let}.
12916 The @code{let*} special form is like @code{let} except that Emacs sets
12917 each variable in sequence, one after another, and variables in the
12918 latter part of the varlist can make use of the values to which Emacs
12919 set variables in the earlier part of the varlist.
12922 ( refappend save-excursion, , code save-excursion in code append-to-buffer .)
12925 (@ref{append save-excursion, , @code{save-excursion} in @code{append-to-buffer}}.)
12927 In the @code{let*} expression in this function, Emacs binds a total of
12928 seven variables: @code{opoint}, @code{fill-prefix-regexp},
12929 @code{parstart}, @code{parsep}, @code{sp-parstart}, @code{start}, and
12930 @code{found-start}.
12932 The variable @code{parsep} appears twice, first, to remove instances
12933 of @samp{^}, and second, to handle fill prefixes.
12935 The variable @code{opoint} is just the value of @code{point}. As you
12936 can guess, it is used in a @code{constrain-to-field} expression, just
12937 as in @code{forward-sentence}.
12939 The variable @code{fill-prefix-regexp} is set to the value returned by
12940 evaluating the following list:
12945 (not (equal fill-prefix ""))
12946 (not paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix)
12947 (regexp-quote fill-prefix))
12952 This is an expression whose first element is the @code{and} special form.
12954 As we learned earlier (@pxref{kill-new function, , The @code{kill-new}
12955 function}), the @code{and} special form evaluates each of its
12956 arguments until one of the arguments returns a value of @code{nil}, in
12957 which case the @code{and} expression returns @code{nil}; however, if
12958 none of the arguments returns a value of @code{nil}, the value
12959 resulting from evaluating the last argument is returned. (Since such
12960 a value is not @code{nil}, it is considered true in Lisp.) In other
12961 words, an @code{and} expression returns a true value only if all its
12962 arguments are true.
12965 In this case, the variable @code{fill-prefix-regexp} is bound to a
12966 non-@code{nil} value only if the following four expressions produce a
12967 true (i.e., a non-@code{nil}) value when they are evaluated; otherwise,
12968 @code{fill-prefix-regexp} is bound to @code{nil}.
12972 When this variable is evaluated, the value of the fill prefix, if any,
12973 is returned. If there is no fill prefix, this variable returns
12976 @item (not (equal fill-prefix "")
12977 This expression checks whether an existing fill prefix is an empty
12978 string, that is, a string with no characters in it. An empty string is
12979 not a useful fill prefix.
12981 @item (not paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix)
12982 This expression returns @code{nil} if the variable
12983 @code{paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix} has been turned on by being set to a
12984 true value such as @code{t}.
12986 @item (regexp-quote fill-prefix)
12987 This is the last argument to the @code{and} special form. If all the
12988 arguments to the @code{and} are true, the value resulting from
12989 evaluating this expression will be returned by the @code{and} expression
12990 and bound to the variable @code{fill-prefix-regexp},
12993 @findex regexp-quote
12995 The result of evaluating this @code{and} expression successfully is that
12996 @code{fill-prefix-regexp} will be bound to the value of
12997 @code{fill-prefix} as modified by the @code{regexp-quote} function.
12998 What @code{regexp-quote} does is read a string and return a regular
12999 expression that will exactly match the string and match nothing else.
13000 This means that @code{fill-prefix-regexp} will be set to a value that
13001 will exactly match the fill prefix if the fill prefix exists.
13002 Otherwise, the variable will be set to @code{nil}.
13004 The next two local variables in the @code{let*} expression are
13005 designed to remove instances of @samp{^} from @code{parstart} and
13006 @code{parsep}, the local variables which indicate the paragraph start
13007 and the paragraph separator. The next expression sets @code{parsep}
13008 again. That is to handle fill prefixes.
13010 This is the setting that requires the definition call @code{let*}
13011 rather than @code{let}. The true-or-false-test for the @code{if}
13012 depends on whether the variable @code{fill-prefix-regexp} evaluates to
13013 @code{nil} or some other value.
13015 If @code{fill-prefix-regexp} does not have a value, Emacs evaluates
13016 the else-part of the @code{if} expression and binds @code{parsep} to
13017 its local value. (@code{parsep} is a regular expression that matches
13018 what separates paragraphs.)
13020 But if @code{fill-prefix-regexp} does have a value, Emacs evaluates
13021 the then-part of the @code{if} expression and binds @code{parsep} to a
13022 regular expression that includes the @code{fill-prefix-regexp} as part
13025 Specifically, @code{parsep} is set to the original value of the
13026 paragraph separate regular expression concatenated with an alternative
13027 expression that consists of the @code{fill-prefix-regexp} followed by
13028 optional whitespace to the end of the line. The whitespace is defined
13029 by @w{@code{"[ \t]*$"}}.) The @samp{\\|} defines this portion of the
13030 regexp as an alternative to @code{parsep}.
13032 According to a comment in the code, the next local variable,
13033 @code{sp-parstart}, is used for searching, and then the final two,
13034 @code{start} and @code{found-start}, are set to @code{nil}.
13036 Now we get into the body of the @code{let*}. The first part of the body
13037 of the @code{let*} deals with the case when the function is given a
13038 negative argument and is therefore moving backwards. We will skip this
13041 @node fwd-para while
13042 @unnumberedsubsec The forward motion @code{while} loop
13044 The second part of the body of the @code{let*} deals with forward
13045 motion. It is a @code{while} loop that repeats itself so long as the
13046 value of @code{arg} is greater than zero. In the most common use of
13047 the function, the value of the argument is 1, so the body of the
13048 @code{while} loop is evaluated exactly once, and the cursor moves
13049 forward one paragraph.
13052 (while (and (> arg 0) (not (eobp)))
13054 ;; Move forward over separator lines...
13055 (while (and (not (eobp))
13056 (progn (move-to-left-margin) (not (eobp)))
13057 (looking-at parsep))
13059 (unless (eobp) (setq arg (1- arg)))
13060 ;; ... and one more line.
13063 (if fill-prefix-regexp
13064 ;; There is a fill prefix; it overrides parstart.
13065 (while (and (not (eobp))
13066 (progn (move-to-left-margin) (not (eobp)))
13067 (not (looking-at parsep))
13068 (looking-at fill-prefix-regexp))
13071 (while (and (re-search-forward sp-parstart nil 1)
13072 (progn (setq start (match-beginning 0))
13075 (progn (move-to-left-margin)
13076 (not (looking-at parsep)))
13077 (or (not (looking-at parstart))
13078 (and use-hard-newlines
13079 (not (get-text-property (1- start) 'hard)))))
13082 (if (< (point) (point-max))
13083 (goto-char start))))
13086 This part handles three situations: when point is between paragraphs,
13087 when there is a fill prefix and when there is no fill prefix.
13090 The @code{while} loop looks like this:
13094 ;; @r{going forwards and not at the end of the buffer}
13095 (while (and (> arg 0) (not (eobp)))
13097 ;; @r{between paragraphs}
13098 ;; Move forward over separator lines...
13099 (while (and (not (eobp))
13100 (progn (move-to-left-margin) (not (eobp)))
13101 (looking-at parsep))
13103 ;; @r{This decrements the loop}
13104 (unless (eobp) (setq arg (1- arg)))
13105 ;; ... and one more line.
13110 (if fill-prefix-regexp
13111 ;; There is a fill prefix; it overrides parstart;
13112 ;; we go forward line by line
13113 (while (and (not (eobp))
13114 (progn (move-to-left-margin) (not (eobp)))
13115 (not (looking-at parsep))
13116 (looking-at fill-prefix-regexp))
13121 ;; There is no fill prefix;
13122 ;; we go forward character by character
13123 (while (and (re-search-forward sp-parstart nil 1)
13124 (progn (setq start (match-beginning 0))
13127 (progn (move-to-left-margin)
13128 (not (looking-at parsep)))
13129 (or (not (looking-at parstart))
13130 (and use-hard-newlines
13131 (not (get-text-property (1- start) 'hard)))))
13136 ;; and if there is no fill prefix and if we are not at the end,
13137 ;; go to whatever was found in the regular expression search
13139 (if (< (point) (point-max))
13140 (goto-char start))))
13145 We can see that this is a decrementing counter @code{while} loop,
13146 using the expression @code{(setq arg (1- arg))} as the decrementer.
13147 That expression is not far from the @code{while}, but is hidden in
13148 another Lisp macro, an @code{unless} macro. Unless we are at the end
13149 of the buffer---that is what the @code{eobp} function determines; it
13150 is an abbreviation of @samp{End Of Buffer P}---we decrease the value
13151 of @code{arg} by one.
13153 (If we are at the end of the buffer, we cannot go forward any more and
13154 the next loop of the @code{while} expression will test false since the
13155 test is an @code{and} with @code{(not (eobp))}. The @code{not}
13156 function means exactly as you expect; it is another name for
13157 @code{null}, a function that returns true when its argument is false.)
13159 Interestingly, the loop count is not decremented until we leave the
13160 space between paragraphs, unless we come to the end of buffer or stop
13161 seeing the local value of the paragraph separator.
13163 That second @code{while} also has a @code{(move-to-left-margin)}
13164 expression. The function is self-explanatory. It is inside a
13165 @code{progn} expression and not the last element of its body, so it is
13166 only invoked for its side effect, which is to move point to the left
13167 margin of the current line.
13170 The @code{looking-at} function is also self-explanatory; it returns
13171 true if the text after point matches the regular expression given as
13174 The rest of the body of the loop looks difficult at first, but makes
13175 sense as you come to understand it.
13178 First consider what happens if there is a fill prefix:
13182 (if fill-prefix-regexp
13183 ;; There is a fill prefix; it overrides parstart;
13184 ;; we go forward line by line
13185 (while (and (not (eobp))
13186 (progn (move-to-left-margin) (not (eobp)))
13187 (not (looking-at parsep))
13188 (looking-at fill-prefix-regexp))
13194 This expression moves point forward line by line so long
13195 as four conditions are true:
13199 Point is not at the end of the buffer.
13202 We can move to the left margin of the text and are
13203 not at the end of the buffer.
13206 The text following point does not separate paragraphs.
13209 The pattern following point is the fill prefix regular expression.
13212 The last condition may be puzzling, until you remember that point was
13213 moved to the beginning of the line early in the @code{forward-paragraph}
13214 function. This means that if the text has a fill prefix, the
13215 @code{looking-at} function will see it.
13218 Consider what happens when there is no fill prefix.
13222 (while (and (re-search-forward sp-parstart nil 1)
13223 (progn (setq start (match-beginning 0))
13226 (progn (move-to-left-margin)
13227 (not (looking-at parsep)))
13228 (or (not (looking-at parstart))
13229 (and use-hard-newlines
13230 (not (get-text-property (1- start) 'hard)))))
13236 This @code{while} loop has us searching forward for
13237 @code{sp-parstart}, which is the combination of possible whitespace
13238 with the local value of the start of a paragraph or of a paragraph
13239 separator. (The latter two are within an expression starting
13240 @code{\(?:} so that they are not referenced by the
13241 @code{match-beginning} function.)
13244 The two expressions,
13248 (setq start (match-beginning 0))
13254 mean go to the start of the text matched by the regular expression
13257 The @code{(match-beginning 0)} expression is new. It returns a number
13258 specifying the location of the start of the text that was matched by
13261 The @code{match-beginning} function is used here because of a
13262 characteristic of a forward search: a successful forward search,
13263 regardless of whether it is a plain search or a regular expression
13264 search, moves point to the end of the text that is found. In this
13265 case, a successful search moves point to the end of the pattern for
13266 @code{sp-parstart}.
13268 However, we want to put point at the end of the current paragraph, not
13269 somewhere else. Indeed, since the search possibly includes the
13270 paragraph separator, point may end up at the beginning of the next one
13271 unless we use an expression that includes @code{match-beginning}.
13273 @findex match-beginning
13274 When given an argument of 0, @code{match-beginning} returns the
13275 position that is the start of the text matched by the most recent
13276 search. In this case, the most recent search looks for
13277 @code{sp-parstart}. The @code{(match-beginning 0)} expression returns
13278 the beginning position of that pattern, rather than the end position
13281 (Incidentally, when passed a positive number as an argument, the
13282 @code{match-beginning} function returns the location of point at that
13283 parenthesized expression in the last search unless that parenthesized
13284 expression begins with @code{\(?:}. I don't know why @code{\(?:}
13285 appears here since the argument is 0.)
13288 The last expression when there is no fill prefix is
13292 (if (< (point) (point-max))
13293 (goto-char start))))
13298 This says that if there is no fill prefix and if we are not at the
13299 end, point should move to the beginning of whatever was found by the
13300 regular expression search for @code{sp-parstart}.
13302 The full definition for the @code{forward-paragraph} function not only
13303 includes code for going forwards, but also code for going backwards.
13305 If you are reading this inside of GNU Emacs and you want to see the
13306 whole function, you can type @kbd{C-h f} (@code{describe-function})
13307 and the name of the function. This gives you the function
13308 documentation and the name of the library containing the function's
13309 source. Place point over the name of the library and press the RET
13310 key; you will be taken directly to the source. (Be sure to install
13311 your sources! Without them, you are like a person who tries to drive
13312 a car with his eyes shut!)
13315 @section Create Your Own @file{TAGS} File
13317 @cindex @file{TAGS} file, create own
13319 Besides @kbd{C-h f} (@code{describe-function}), another way to see the
13320 source of a function is to type @kbd{M-.} (@code{find-tag}) and the
13321 name of the function when prompted for it. This is a good habit to
13322 get into. The @kbd{M-.} (@code{find-tag}) command takes you directly
13323 to the source for a function, variable, or node. The function depends
13324 on tags tables to tell it where to go.
13326 If the @code{find-tag} function first asks you for the name of a
13327 @file{TAGS} table, give it the name of a @file{TAGS} file such as
13328 @file{/usr/local/src/emacs/src/TAGS}. (The exact path to your
13329 @file{TAGS} file depends on how your copy of Emacs was installed. I
13330 just told you the location that provides both my C and my Emacs Lisp
13333 You can also create your own @file{TAGS} file for directories that
13336 You often need to build and install tags tables yourself. They are
13337 not built automatically. A tags table is called a @file{TAGS} file;
13338 the name is in upper case letters.
13340 You can create a @file{TAGS} file by calling the @code{etags} program
13341 that comes as a part of the Emacs distribution. Usually, @code{etags}
13342 is compiled and installed when Emacs is built. (@code{etags} is not
13343 an Emacs Lisp function or a part of Emacs; it is a C program.)
13346 To create a @file{TAGS} file, first switch to the directory in which
13347 you want to create the file. In Emacs you can do this with the
13348 @kbd{M-x cd} command, or by visiting a file in the directory, or by
13349 listing the directory with @kbd{C-x d} (@code{dired}). Then run the
13350 compile command, with @w{@code{etags *.el}} as the command to execute
13353 M-x compile RET etags *.el RET
13357 to create a @file{TAGS} file for Emacs Lisp.
13359 For example, if you have a large number of files in your
13360 @file{~/emacs} directory, as I do---I have 137 @file{.el} files in it,
13361 of which I load 12---you can create a @file{TAGS} file for the Emacs
13362 Lisp files in that directory.
13365 The @code{etags} program takes all the usual shell `wildcards'. For
13366 example, if you have two directories for which you want a single
13367 @file{TAGS} file, type @w{@code{etags *.el ../elisp/*.el}}, where
13368 @file{../elisp/} is the second directory:
13371 M-x compile RET etags *.el ../elisp/*.el RET
13378 M-x compile RET etags --help RET
13382 to see a list of the options accepted by @code{etags} as well as a
13383 list of supported languages.
13385 The @code{etags} program handles more than 20 languages, including
13386 Emacs Lisp, Common Lisp, Scheme, C, C++, Ada, Fortran, HTML, Java,
13387 LaTeX, Pascal, Perl, PostScript, Python, TeX, Texinfo, makefiles, and
13388 most assemblers. The program has no switches for specifying the
13389 language; it recognizes the language in an input file according to its
13390 file name and contents.
13392 @file{etags} is very helpful when you are writing code yourself and
13393 want to refer back to functions you have already written. Just run
13394 @code{etags} again at intervals as you write new functions, so they
13395 become part of the @file{TAGS} file.
13397 If you think an appropriate @file{TAGS} file already exists for what
13398 you want, but do not know where it is, you can use the @code{locate}
13399 program to attempt to find it.
13401 Type @w{@kbd{M-x locate @key{RET} TAGS @key{RET}}} and Emacs will list
13402 for you the full path names of all your @file{TAGS} files. On my
13403 system, this command lists 34 @file{TAGS} files. On the other hand, a
13404 `plain vanilla' system I recently installed did not contain any
13407 If the tags table you want has been created, you can use the @code{M-x
13408 visit-tags-table} command to specify it. Otherwise, you will need to
13409 create the tag table yourself and then use @code{M-x
13412 @subsubheading Building Tags in the Emacs sources
13413 @cindex Building Tags in the Emacs sources
13414 @cindex Tags in the Emacs sources
13417 The GNU Emacs sources come with a @file{Makefile} that contains a
13418 sophisticated @code{etags} command that creates, collects, and merges
13419 tags tables from all over the Emacs sources and puts the information
13420 into one @file{TAGS} file in the @file{src/} directory. (The
13421 @file{src/} directory is below the top level of your Emacs directory.)
13424 To build this @file{TAGS} file, go to the top level of your Emacs
13425 source directory and run the compile command @code{make tags}:
13428 M-x compile RET make tags RET
13432 (The @code{make tags} command works well with the GNU Emacs sources,
13433 as well as with some other source packages.)
13435 For more information, see @ref{Tags, , Tag Tables, emacs, The GNU Emacs
13438 @node Regexp Review
13441 Here is a brief summary of some recently introduced functions.
13445 Repeatedly evaluate the body of the expression so long as the first
13446 element of the body tests true. Then return @code{nil}. (The
13447 expression is evaluated only for its side effects.)
13456 (insert (format "foo is %d.\n" foo))
13457 (setq foo (1- foo))))
13459 @result{} foo is 2.
13466 (The @code{insert} function inserts its arguments at point; the
13467 @code{format} function returns a string formatted from its arguments
13468 the way @code{message} formats its arguments; @code{\n} produces a new
13471 @item re-search-forward
13472 Search for a pattern, and if the pattern is found, move point to rest
13476 Takes four arguments, like @code{search-forward}:
13480 A regular expression that specifies the pattern to search for.
13481 (Remember to put quotation marks around this argument!)
13484 Optionally, the limit of the search.
13487 Optionally, what to do if the search fails, return @code{nil} or an
13491 Optionally, how many times to repeat the search; if negative, the
13492 search goes backwards.
13496 Bind some variables locally to particular values,
13497 and then evaluate the remaining arguments, returning the value of the
13498 last one. While binding the local variables, use the local values of
13499 variables bound earlier, if any.
13508 (message "`bar' is %d." bar))
13509 @result{} `bar' is 21.
13513 @item match-beginning
13514 Return the position of the start of the text found by the last regular
13518 Return @code{t} for true if the text after point matches the argument,
13519 which should be a regular expression.
13522 Return @code{t} for true if point is at the end of the accessible part
13523 of a buffer. The end of the accessible part is the end of the buffer
13524 if the buffer is not narrowed; it is the end of the narrowed part if
13525 the buffer is narrowed.
13529 @node re-search Exercises
13530 @section Exercises with @code{re-search-forward}
13534 Write a function to search for a regular expression that matches two
13535 or more blank lines in sequence.
13538 Write a function to search for duplicated words, such as `the the'.
13539 @xref{Regexps, , Syntax of Regular Expressions, emacs, The GNU Emacs
13540 Manual}, for information on how to write a regexp (a regular
13541 expression) to match a string that is composed of two identical
13542 halves. You can devise several regexps; some are better than others.
13543 The function I use is described in an appendix, along with several
13544 regexps. @xref{the-the, , @code{the-the} Duplicated Words Function}.
13547 @node Counting Words
13548 @chapter Counting via Repetition and Regexps
13549 @cindex Repetition for word counting
13550 @cindex Regular expressions for word counting
13552 Repetition and regular expression searches are powerful tools that you
13553 often use when you write code in Emacs Lisp. This chapter illustrates
13554 the use of regular expression searches through the construction of
13555 word count commands using @code{while} loops and recursion.
13558 * Why Count Words::
13559 * @value{COUNT-WORDS}:: Use a regexp, but find a problem.
13560 * recursive-count-words:: Start with case of no words in region.
13561 * Counting Exercise::
13565 @node Why Count Words
13566 @unnumberedsec Counting words
13569 The standard Emacs distribution contains functions for counting the
13570 number of lines and words within a region.
13572 Certain types of writing ask you to count words. Thus, if you write
13573 an essay, you may be limited to 800 words; if you write a novel, you
13574 may discipline yourself to write 1000 words a day. It seems odd, but
13575 for a long time, Emacs lacked a word count command. Perhaps people used
13576 Emacs mostly for code or types of documentation that did not require
13577 word counts; or perhaps they restricted themselves to the operating
13578 system word count command, @code{wc}. Alternatively, people may have
13579 followed the publishers' convention and computed a word count by
13580 dividing the number of characters in a document by five.
13582 There are many ways to implement a command to count words. Here are
13583 some examples, which you may wish to compare with the standard Emacs
13584 command, @code{count-words-region}.
13586 @node @value{COUNT-WORDS}
13587 @section The @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} Function
13588 @findex @value{COUNT-WORDS}
13590 A word count command could count words in a line, paragraph, region,
13591 or buffer. What should the command cover? You could design the
13592 command to count the number of words in a complete buffer. However,
13593 the Emacs tradition encourages flexibility---you may want to count
13594 words in just a section, rather than all of a buffer. So it makes
13595 more sense to design the command to count the number of words in a
13596 region. Once you have a command to count words in a region, you can,
13597 if you wish, count words in a whole buffer by marking it with
13598 @w{@kbd{C-x h}} (@code{mark-whole-buffer}).
13600 Clearly, counting words is a repetitive act: starting from the
13601 beginning of the region, you count the first word, then the second
13602 word, then the third word, and so on, until you reach the end of the
13603 region. This means that word counting is ideally suited to recursion
13604 or to a @code{while} loop.
13607 * Design @value{COUNT-WORDS}:: The definition using a @code{while} loop.
13608 * Whitespace Bug:: The Whitespace Bug in @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}.
13612 @node Design @value{COUNT-WORDS}
13613 @unnumberedsubsec Designing @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}
13616 First, we will implement the word count command with a @code{while}
13617 loop, then with recursion. The command will, of course, be
13621 The template for an interactive function definition is, as always:
13625 (defun @var{name-of-function} (@var{argument-list})
13626 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
13627 (@var{interactive-expression}@dots{})
13632 What we need to do is fill in the slots.
13634 The name of the function should be self-explanatory and similar to the
13635 existing @code{count-lines-region} name. This makes the name easier
13636 to remember. @code{count-words-region} is the obvious choice. Since
13637 that name is now used for the standard Emacs command to count words, we
13638 will name our implementation @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}.
13640 The function counts words within a region. This means that the
13641 argument list must contain symbols that are bound to the two
13642 positions, the beginning and end of the region. These two positions
13643 can be called @samp{beginning} and @samp{end} respectively. The first
13644 line of the documentation should be a single sentence, since that is
13645 all that is printed as documentation by a command such as
13646 @code{apropos}. The interactive expression will be of the form
13647 @samp{(interactive "r")}, since that will cause Emacs to pass the
13648 beginning and end of the region to the function's argument list. All
13651 The body of the function needs to be written to do three tasks:
13652 first, to set up conditions under which the @code{while} loop can
13653 count words, second, to run the @code{while} loop, and third, to send
13654 a message to the user.
13656 When a user calls @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}, point may be at the
13657 beginning or the end of the region. However, the counting process
13658 must start at the beginning of the region. This means we will want
13659 to put point there if it is not already there. Executing
13660 @code{(goto-char beginning)} ensures this. Of course, we will want to
13661 return point to its expected position when the function finishes its
13662 work. For this reason, the body must be enclosed in a
13663 @code{save-excursion} expression.
13665 The central part of the body of the function consists of a
13666 @code{while} loop in which one expression jumps point forward word by
13667 word, and another expression counts those jumps. The true-or-false-test
13668 of the @code{while} loop should test true so long as point should jump
13669 forward, and false when point is at the end of the region.
13671 We could use @code{(forward-word 1)} as the expression for moving point
13672 forward word by word, but it is easier to see what Emacs identifies as a
13673 `word' if we use a regular expression search.
13675 A regular expression search that finds the pattern for which it is
13676 searching leaves point after the last character matched. This means
13677 that a succession of successful word searches will move point forward
13680 As a practical matter, we want the regular expression search to jump
13681 over whitespace and punctuation between words as well as over the
13682 words themselves. A regexp that refuses to jump over interword
13683 whitespace would never jump more than one word! This means that
13684 the regexp should include the whitespace and punctuation that follows
13685 a word, if any, as well as the word itself. (A word may end a buffer
13686 and not have any following whitespace or punctuation, so that part of
13687 the regexp must be optional.)
13689 Thus, what we want for the regexp is a pattern defining one or more
13690 word constituent characters followed, optionally, by one or more
13691 characters that are not word constituents. The regular expression for
13699 The buffer's syntax table determines which characters are and are not
13700 word constituents. For more information about syntax,
13701 @pxref{Syntax Tables, , Syntax Tables, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp
13705 The search expression looks like this:
13708 (re-search-forward "\\w+\\W*")
13712 (Note that paired backslashes precede the @samp{w} and @samp{W}. A
13713 single backslash has special meaning to the Emacs Lisp interpreter.
13714 It indicates that the following character is interpreted differently
13715 than usual. For example, the two characters, @samp{\n}, stand for
13716 @samp{newline}, rather than for a backslash followed by @samp{n}. Two
13717 backslashes in a row stand for an ordinary, `unspecial' backslash, so
13718 Emacs Lisp interpreter ends of seeing a single backslash followed by a
13719 letter. So it discovers the letter is special.)
13721 We need a counter to count how many words there are; this variable
13722 must first be set to 0 and then incremented each time Emacs goes
13723 around the @code{while} loop. The incrementing expression is simply:
13726 (setq count (1+ count))
13729 Finally, we want to tell the user how many words there are in the
13730 region. The @code{message} function is intended for presenting this
13731 kind of information to the user. The message has to be phrased so
13732 that it reads properly regardless of how many words there are in the
13733 region: we don't want to say that ``there are 1 words in the region''.
13734 The conflict between singular and plural is ungrammatical. We can
13735 solve this problem by using a conditional expression that evaluates
13736 different messages depending on the number of words in the region.
13737 There are three possibilities: no words in the region, one word in the
13738 region, and more than one word. This means that the @code{cond}
13739 special form is appropriate.
13742 All this leads to the following function definition:
13746 ;;; @r{First version; has bugs!}
13747 (defun @value{COUNT-WORDS} (beginning end)
13748 "Print number of words in the region.
13749 Words are defined as at least one word-constituent
13750 character followed by at least one character that
13751 is not a word-constituent. The buffer's syntax
13752 table determines which characters these are."
13754 (message "Counting words in region ... ")
13758 ;;; @r{1. Set up appropriate conditions.}
13760 (goto-char beginning)
13765 ;;; @r{2. Run the} while @r{loop.}
13766 (while (< (point) end)
13767 (re-search-forward "\\w+\\W*")
13768 (setq count (1+ count)))
13772 ;;; @r{3. Send a message to the user.}
13773 (cond ((zerop count)
13775 "The region does NOT have any words."))
13778 "The region has 1 word."))
13781 "The region has %d words." count))))))
13786 As written, the function works, but not in all circumstances.
13788 @node Whitespace Bug
13789 @subsection The Whitespace Bug in @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}
13791 The @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} command described in the preceding
13792 section has two bugs, or rather, one bug with two manifestations.
13793 First, if you mark a region containing only whitespace in the middle
13794 of some text, the @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} command tells you that the
13795 region contains one word! Second, if you mark a region containing
13796 only whitespace at the end of the buffer or the accessible portion of
13797 a narrowed buffer, the command displays an error message that looks
13801 Search failed: "\\w+\\W*"
13804 If you are reading this in Info in GNU Emacs, you can test for these
13807 First, evaluate the function in the usual manner to install it.
13809 Here is a copy of the definition. Place your cursor after the closing
13810 parenthesis and type @kbd{C-x C-e} to install it.
13814 ;; @r{First version; has bugs!}
13815 (defun @value{COUNT-WORDS} (beginning end)
13816 "Print number of words in the region.
13817 Words are defined as at least one word-constituent character followed
13818 by at least one character that is not a word-constituent. The buffer's
13819 syntax table determines which characters these are."
13823 (message "Counting words in region ... ")
13827 ;;; @r{1. Set up appropriate conditions.}
13829 (goto-char beginning)
13834 ;;; @r{2. Run the} while @r{loop.}
13835 (while (< (point) end)
13836 (re-search-forward "\\w+\\W*")
13837 (setq count (1+ count)))
13841 ;;; @r{3. Send a message to the user.}
13842 (cond ((zerop count)
13843 (message "The region does NOT have any words."))
13844 ((= 1 count) (message "The region has 1 word."))
13845 (t (message "The region has %d words." count))))))
13851 If you wish, you can also install this keybinding by evaluating it:
13854 (global-set-key "\C-c=" '@value{COUNT-WORDS})
13857 To conduct the first test, set mark and point to the beginning and end
13858 of the following line and then type @kbd{C-c =} (or @kbd{M-x
13859 @value{COUNT-WORDS}} if you have not bound @kbd{C-c =}):
13866 Emacs will tell you, correctly, that the region has three words.
13868 Repeat the test, but place mark at the beginning of the line and place
13869 point just @emph{before} the word @samp{one}. Again type the command
13870 @kbd{C-c =} (or @kbd{M-x @value{COUNT-WORDS}}). Emacs should tell you
13871 that the region has no words, since it is composed only of the
13872 whitespace at the beginning of the line. But instead Emacs tells you
13873 that the region has one word!
13875 For the third test, copy the sample line to the end of the
13876 @file{*scratch*} buffer and then type several spaces at the end of the
13877 line. Place mark right after the word @samp{three} and point at the
13878 end of line. (The end of the line will be the end of the buffer.)
13879 Type @kbd{C-c =} (or @kbd{M-x @value{COUNT-WORDS}}) as you did before.
13880 Again, Emacs should tell you that the region has no words, since it is
13881 composed only of the whitespace at the end of the line. Instead,
13882 Emacs displays an error message saying @samp{Search failed}.
13884 The two bugs stem from the same problem.
13886 Consider the first manifestation of the bug, in which the command
13887 tells you that the whitespace at the beginning of the line contains
13888 one word. What happens is this: The @code{M-x @value{COUNT-WORDS}}
13889 command moves point to the beginning of the region. The @code{while}
13890 tests whether the value of point is smaller than the value of
13891 @code{end}, which it is. Consequently, the regular expression search
13892 looks for and finds the first word. It leaves point after the word.
13893 @code{count} is set to one. The @code{while} loop repeats; but this
13894 time the value of point is larger than the value of @code{end}, the
13895 loop is exited; and the function displays a message saying the number
13896 of words in the region is one. In brief, the regular expression
13897 search looks for and finds the word even though it is outside
13900 In the second manifestation of the bug, the region is whitespace at
13901 the end of the buffer. Emacs says @samp{Search failed}. What happens
13902 is that the true-or-false-test in the @code{while} loop tests true, so
13903 the search expression is executed. But since there are no more words
13904 in the buffer, the search fails.
13906 In both manifestations of the bug, the search extends or attempts to
13907 extend outside of the region.
13909 The solution is to limit the search to the region---this is a fairly
13910 simple action, but as you may have come to expect, it is not quite as
13911 simple as you might think.
13913 As we have seen, the @code{re-search-forward} function takes a search
13914 pattern as its first argument. But in addition to this first,
13915 mandatory argument, it accepts three optional arguments. The optional
13916 second argument bounds the search. The optional third argument, if
13917 @code{t}, causes the function to return @code{nil} rather than signal
13918 an error if the search fails. The optional fourth argument is a
13919 repeat count. (In Emacs, you can see a function's documentation by
13920 typing @kbd{C-h f}, the name of the function, and then @key{RET}.)
13922 In the @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} definition, the value of the end of
13923 the region is held by the variable @code{end} which is passed as an
13924 argument to the function. Thus, we can add @code{end} as an argument
13925 to the regular expression search expression:
13928 (re-search-forward "\\w+\\W*" end)
13931 However, if you make only this change to the @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}
13932 definition and then test the new version of the definition on a
13933 stretch of whitespace, you will receive an error message saying
13934 @samp{Search failed}.
13936 What happens is this: the search is limited to the region, and fails
13937 as you expect because there are no word-constituent characters in the
13938 region. Since it fails, we receive an error message. But we do not
13939 want to receive an error message in this case; we want to receive the
13940 message that "The region does NOT have any words."
13942 The solution to this problem is to provide @code{re-search-forward}
13943 with a third argument of @code{t}, which causes the function to return
13944 @code{nil} rather than signal an error if the search fails.
13946 However, if you make this change and try it, you will see the message
13947 ``Counting words in region ... '' and @dots{} you will keep on seeing
13948 that message @dots{}, until you type @kbd{C-g} (@code{keyboard-quit}).
13950 Here is what happens: the search is limited to the region, as before,
13951 and it fails because there are no word-constituent characters in the
13952 region, as expected. Consequently, the @code{re-search-forward}
13953 expression returns @code{nil}. It does nothing else. In particular,
13954 it does not move point, which it does as a side effect if it finds the
13955 search target. After the @code{re-search-forward} expression returns
13956 @code{nil}, the next expression in the @code{while} loop is evaluated.
13957 This expression increments the count. Then the loop repeats. The
13958 true-or-false-test tests true because the value of point is still less
13959 than the value of end, since the @code{re-search-forward} expression
13960 did not move point. @dots{} and the cycle repeats @dots{}
13962 The @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} definition requires yet another
13963 modification, to cause the true-or-false-test of the @code{while} loop
13964 to test false if the search fails. Put another way, there are two
13965 conditions that must be satisfied in the true-or-false-test before the
13966 word count variable is incremented: point must still be within the
13967 region and the search expression must have found a word to count.
13969 Since both the first condition and the second condition must be true
13970 together, the two expressions, the region test and the search
13971 expression, can be joined with an @code{and} special form and embedded in
13972 the @code{while} loop as the true-or-false-test, like this:
13975 (and (< (point) end) (re-search-forward "\\w+\\W*" end t))
13978 @c colon in printed section title causes problem in Info cross reference
13979 @c also trouble with an overfull hbox
13982 (For information about @code{and}, see
13983 @ref{kill-new function, , The @code{kill-new} function}.)
13987 (@xref{kill-new function, , The @code{kill-new} function}, for
13988 information about @code{and}.)
13991 The @code{re-search-forward} expression returns @code{t} if the search
13992 succeeds and as a side effect moves point. Consequently, as words are
13993 found, point is moved through the region. When the search expression
13994 fails to find another word, or when point reaches the end of the
13995 region, the true-or-false-test tests false, the @code{while} loop
13996 exits, and the @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} function displays one or
13997 other of its messages.
13999 After incorporating these final changes, the @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}
14000 works without bugs (or at least, without bugs that I have found!).
14001 Here is what it looks like:
14005 ;;; @r{Final version:} @code{while}
14006 (defun @value{COUNT-WORDS} (beginning end)
14007 "Print number of words in the region."
14009 (message "Counting words in region ... ")
14013 ;;; @r{1. Set up appropriate conditions.}
14016 (goto-char beginning)
14020 ;;; @r{2. Run the} while @r{loop.}
14021 (while (and (< (point) end)
14022 (re-search-forward "\\w+\\W*" end t))
14023 (setq count (1+ count)))
14027 ;;; @r{3. Send a message to the user.}
14028 (cond ((zerop count)
14030 "The region does NOT have any words."))
14033 "The region has 1 word."))
14036 "The region has %d words." count))))))
14040 @node recursive-count-words
14041 @section Count Words Recursively
14042 @cindex Count words recursively
14043 @cindex Recursively counting words
14044 @cindex Words, counted recursively
14046 You can write the function for counting words recursively as well as
14047 with a @code{while} loop. Let's see how this is done.
14049 First, we need to recognize that the @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}
14050 function has three jobs: it sets up the appropriate conditions for
14051 counting to occur; it counts the words in the region; and it sends a
14052 message to the user telling how many words there are.
14054 If we write a single recursive function to do everything, we will
14055 receive a message for every recursive call. If the region contains 13
14056 words, we will receive thirteen messages, one right after the other.
14057 We don't want this! Instead, we must write two functions to do the
14058 job, one of which (the recursive function) will be used inside of the
14059 other. One function will set up the conditions and display the
14060 message; the other will return the word count.
14062 Let us start with the function that causes the message to be displayed.
14063 We can continue to call this @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}.
14065 This is the function that the user will call. It will be interactive.
14066 Indeed, it will be similar to our previous versions of this
14067 function, except that it will call @code{recursive-count-words} to
14068 determine how many words are in the region.
14071 We can readily construct a template for this function, based on our
14076 ;; @r{Recursive version; uses regular expression search}
14077 (defun @value{COUNT-WORDS} (beginning end)
14078 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
14079 (@var{interactive-expression}@dots{})
14083 ;;; @r{1. Set up appropriate conditions.}
14084 (@var{explanatory message})
14085 (@var{set-up functions}@dots{}
14089 ;;; @r{2. Count the words.}
14090 @var{recursive call}
14094 ;;; @r{3. Send a message to the user.}
14095 @var{message providing word count}))
14099 The definition looks straightforward, except that somehow the count
14100 returned by the recursive call must be passed to the message
14101 displaying the word count. A little thought suggests that this can be
14102 done by making use of a @code{let} expression: we can bind a variable
14103 in the varlist of a @code{let} expression to the number of words in
14104 the region, as returned by the recursive call; and then the
14105 @code{cond} expression, using binding, can display the value to the
14108 Often, one thinks of the binding within a @code{let} expression as
14109 somehow secondary to the `primary' work of a function. But in this
14110 case, what you might consider the `primary' job of the function,
14111 counting words, is done within the @code{let} expression.
14114 Using @code{let}, the function definition looks like this:
14118 (defun @value{COUNT-WORDS} (beginning end)
14119 "Print number of words in the region."
14124 ;;; @r{1. Set up appropriate conditions.}
14125 (message "Counting words in region ... ")
14127 (goto-char beginning)
14131 ;;; @r{2. Count the words.}
14132 (let ((count (recursive-count-words end)))
14136 ;;; @r{3. Send a message to the user.}
14137 (cond ((zerop count)
14139 "The region does NOT have any words."))
14142 "The region has 1 word."))
14145 "The region has %d words." count))))))
14149 Next, we need to write the recursive counting function.
14151 A recursive function has at least three parts: the `do-again-test', the
14152 `next-step-expression', and the recursive call.
14154 The do-again-test determines whether the function will or will not be
14155 called again. Since we are counting words in a region and can use a
14156 function that moves point forward for every word, the do-again-test
14157 can check whether point is still within the region. The do-again-test
14158 should find the value of point and determine whether point is before,
14159 at, or after the value of the end of the region. We can use the
14160 @code{point} function to locate point. Clearly, we must pass the
14161 value of the end of the region to the recursive counting function as an
14164 In addition, the do-again-test should also test whether the search finds a
14165 word. If it does not, the function should not call itself again.
14167 The next-step-expression changes a value so that when the recursive
14168 function is supposed to stop calling itself, it stops. More
14169 precisely, the next-step-expression changes a value so that at the
14170 right time, the do-again-test stops the recursive function from
14171 calling itself again. In this case, the next-step-expression can be
14172 the expression that moves point forward, word by word.
14174 The third part of a recursive function is the recursive call.
14176 Somewhere, also, we also need a part that does the `work' of the
14177 function, a part that does the counting. A vital part!
14180 But already, we have an outline of the recursive counting function:
14184 (defun recursive-count-words (region-end)
14185 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
14186 @var{do-again-test}
14187 @var{next-step-expression}
14188 @var{recursive call})
14192 Now we need to fill in the slots. Let's start with the simplest cases
14193 first: if point is at or beyond the end of the region, there cannot
14194 be any words in the region, so the function should return zero.
14195 Likewise, if the search fails, there are no words to count, so the
14196 function should return zero.
14198 On the other hand, if point is within the region and the search
14199 succeeds, the function should call itself again.
14202 Thus, the do-again-test should look like this:
14206 (and (< (point) region-end)
14207 (re-search-forward "\\w+\\W*" region-end t))
14211 Note that the search expression is part of the do-again-test---the
14212 function returns @code{t} if its search succeeds and @code{nil} if it
14213 fails. (@xref{Whitespace Bug, , The Whitespace Bug in
14214 @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}}, for an explanation of how
14215 @code{re-search-forward} works.)
14217 The do-again-test is the true-or-false test of an @code{if} clause.
14218 Clearly, if the do-again-test succeeds, the then-part of the @code{if}
14219 clause should call the function again; but if it fails, the else-part
14220 should return zero since either point is outside the region or the
14221 search failed because there were no words to find.
14223 But before considering the recursive call, we need to consider the
14224 next-step-expression. What is it? Interestingly, it is the search
14225 part of the do-again-test.
14227 In addition to returning @code{t} or @code{nil} for the
14228 do-again-test, @code{re-search-forward} moves point forward as a side
14229 effect of a successful search. This is the action that changes the
14230 value of point so that the recursive function stops calling itself
14231 when point completes its movement through the region. Consequently,
14232 the @code{re-search-forward} expression is the next-step-expression.
14235 In outline, then, the body of the @code{recursive-count-words}
14236 function looks like this:
14240 (if @var{do-again-test-and-next-step-combined}
14242 @var{recursive-call-returning-count}
14248 How to incorporate the mechanism that counts?
14250 If you are not used to writing recursive functions, a question like
14251 this can be troublesome. But it can and should be approached
14254 We know that the counting mechanism should be associated in some way
14255 with the recursive call. Indeed, since the next-step-expression moves
14256 point forward by one word, and since a recursive call is made for
14257 each word, the counting mechanism must be an expression that adds one
14258 to the value returned by a call to @code{recursive-count-words}.
14261 Consider several cases:
14265 If there are two words in the region, the function should return
14266 a value resulting from adding one to the value returned when it counts
14267 the first word, plus the number returned when it counts the remaining
14268 words in the region, which in this case is one.
14271 If there is one word in the region, the function should return
14272 a value resulting from adding one to the value returned when it counts
14273 that word, plus the number returned when it counts the remaining
14274 words in the region, which in this case is zero.
14277 If there are no words in the region, the function should return zero.
14280 From the sketch we can see that the else-part of the @code{if} returns
14281 zero for the case of no words. This means that the then-part of the
14282 @code{if} must return a value resulting from adding one to the value
14283 returned from a count of the remaining words.
14286 The expression will look like this, where @code{1+} is a function that
14287 adds one to its argument.
14290 (1+ (recursive-count-words region-end))
14294 The whole @code{recursive-count-words} function will then look like
14299 (defun recursive-count-words (region-end)
14300 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
14302 ;;; @r{1. do-again-test}
14303 (if (and (< (point) region-end)
14304 (re-search-forward "\\w+\\W*" region-end t))
14308 ;;; @r{2. then-part: the recursive call}
14309 (1+ (recursive-count-words region-end))
14311 ;;; @r{3. else-part}
14317 Let's examine how this works:
14319 If there are no words in the region, the else part of the @code{if}
14320 expression is evaluated and consequently the function returns zero.
14322 If there is one word in the region, the value of point is less than
14323 the value of @code{region-end} and the search succeeds. In this case,
14324 the true-or-false-test of the @code{if} expression tests true, and the
14325 then-part of the @code{if} expression is evaluated. The counting
14326 expression is evaluated. This expression returns a value (which will
14327 be the value returned by the whole function) that is the sum of one
14328 added to the value returned by a recursive call.
14330 Meanwhile, the next-step-expression has caused point to jump over the
14331 first (and in this case only) word in the region. This means that
14332 when @code{(recursive-count-words region-end)} is evaluated a second
14333 time, as a result of the recursive call, the value of point will be
14334 equal to or greater than the value of region end. So this time,
14335 @code{recursive-count-words} will return zero. The zero will be added
14336 to one, and the original evaluation of @code{recursive-count-words}
14337 will return one plus zero, which is one, which is the correct amount.
14339 Clearly, if there are two words in the region, the first call to
14340 @code{recursive-count-words} returns one added to the value returned
14341 by calling @code{recursive-count-words} on a region containing the
14342 remaining word---that is, it adds one to one, producing two, which is
14343 the correct amount.
14345 Similarly, if there are three words in the region, the first call to
14346 @code{recursive-count-words} returns one added to the value returned
14347 by calling @code{recursive-count-words} on a region containing the
14348 remaining two words---and so on and so on.
14352 With full documentation the two functions look like this:
14356 The recursive function:
14358 @findex recursive-count-words
14361 (defun recursive-count-words (region-end)
14362 "Number of words between point and REGION-END."
14366 ;;; @r{1. do-again-test}
14367 (if (and (< (point) region-end)
14368 (re-search-forward "\\w+\\W*" region-end t))
14372 ;;; @r{2. then-part: the recursive call}
14373 (1+ (recursive-count-words region-end))
14375 ;;; @r{3. else-part}
14386 ;;; @r{Recursive version}
14387 (defun @value{COUNT-WORDS} (beginning end)
14388 "Print number of words in the region.
14392 Words are defined as at least one word-constituent
14393 character followed by at least one character that is
14394 not a word-constituent. The buffer's syntax table
14395 determines which characters these are."
14399 (message "Counting words in region ... ")
14401 (goto-char beginning)
14402 (let ((count (recursive-count-words end)))
14405 (cond ((zerop count)
14407 "The region does NOT have any words."))
14411 (message "The region has 1 word."))
14414 "The region has %d words." count))))))
14418 @node Counting Exercise
14419 @section Exercise: Counting Punctuation
14421 Using a @code{while} loop, write a function to count the number of
14422 punctuation marks in a region---period, comma, semicolon, colon,
14423 exclamation mark, and question mark. Do the same using recursion.
14425 @node Words in a defun
14426 @chapter Counting Words in a @code{defun}
14427 @cindex Counting words in a @code{defun}
14428 @cindex Word counting in a @code{defun}
14430 Our next project is to count the number of words in a function
14431 definition. Clearly, this can be done using some variant of
14432 @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}. @xref{Counting Words, , Counting via
14433 Repetition and Regexps}. If we are just going to count the words in
14434 one definition, it is easy enough to mark the definition with the
14435 @kbd{C-M-h} (@code{mark-defun}) command, and then call
14436 @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}.
14438 However, I am more ambitious: I want to count the words and symbols in
14439 every definition in the Emacs sources and then print a graph that
14440 shows how many functions there are of each length: how many contain 40
14441 to 49 words or symbols, how many contain 50 to 59 words or symbols,
14442 and so on. I have often been curious how long a typical function is,
14443 and this will tell.
14446 * Divide and Conquer::
14447 * Words and Symbols:: What to count?
14448 * Syntax:: What constitutes a word or symbol?
14449 * count-words-in-defun:: Very like @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}.
14450 * Several defuns:: Counting several defuns in a file.
14451 * Find a File:: Do you want to look at a file?
14452 * lengths-list-file:: A list of the lengths of many definitions.
14453 * Several files:: Counting in definitions in different files.
14454 * Several files recursively:: Recursively counting in different files.
14455 * Prepare the data:: Prepare the data for display in a graph.
14459 @node Divide and Conquer
14460 @unnumberedsec Divide and Conquer
14463 Described in one phrase, the histogram project is daunting; but
14464 divided into numerous small steps, each of which we can take one at a
14465 time, the project becomes less fearsome. Let us consider what the
14470 First, write a function to count the words in one definition. This
14471 includes the problem of handling symbols as well as words.
14474 Second, write a function to list the numbers of words in each function
14475 in a file. This function can use the @code{count-words-in-defun}
14479 Third, write a function to list the numbers of words in each function
14480 in each of several files. This entails automatically finding the
14481 various files, switching to them, and counting the words in the
14482 definitions within them.
14485 Fourth, write a function to convert the list of numbers that we
14486 created in step three to a form that will be suitable for printing as
14490 Fifth, write a function to print the results as a graph.
14493 This is quite a project! But if we take each step slowly, it will not
14496 @node Words and Symbols
14497 @section What to Count?
14498 @cindex Words and symbols in defun
14500 When we first start thinking about how to count the words in a
14501 function definition, the first question is (or ought to be) what are
14502 we going to count? When we speak of `words' with respect to a Lisp
14503 function definition, we are actually speaking, in large part, of
14504 `symbols'. For example, the following @code{multiply-by-seven}
14505 function contains the five symbols @code{defun},
14506 @code{multiply-by-seven}, @code{number}, @code{*}, and @code{7}. In
14507 addition, in the documentation string, it contains the four words
14508 @samp{Multiply}, @samp{NUMBER}, @samp{by}, and @samp{seven}. The
14509 symbol @samp{number} is repeated, so the definition contains a total
14510 of ten words and symbols.
14514 (defun multiply-by-seven (number)
14515 "Multiply NUMBER by seven."
14521 However, if we mark the @code{multiply-by-seven} definition with
14522 @kbd{C-M-h} (@code{mark-defun}), and then call
14523 @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} on it, we will find that
14524 @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} claims the definition has eleven words, not
14525 ten! Something is wrong!
14527 The problem is twofold: @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} does not count the
14528 @samp{*} as a word, and it counts the single symbol,
14529 @code{multiply-by-seven}, as containing three words. The hyphens are
14530 treated as if they were interword spaces rather than intraword
14531 connectors: @samp{multiply-by-seven} is counted as if it were written
14532 @samp{multiply by seven}.
14534 The cause of this confusion is the regular expression search within
14535 the @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} definition that moves point forward word
14536 by word. In the canonical version of @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}, the
14544 This regular expression is a pattern defining one or more word
14545 constituent characters possibly followed by one or more characters
14546 that are not word constituents. What is meant by `word constituent
14547 characters' brings us to the issue of syntax, which is worth a section
14551 @section What Constitutes a Word or Symbol?
14552 @cindex Syntax categories and tables
14554 Emacs treats different characters as belonging to different
14555 @dfn{syntax categories}. For example, the regular expression,
14556 @samp{\\w+}, is a pattern specifying one or more @emph{word
14557 constituent} characters. Word constituent characters are members of
14558 one syntax category. Other syntax categories include the class of
14559 punctuation characters, such as the period and the comma, and the
14560 class of whitespace characters, such as the blank space and the tab
14561 character. (For more information, @pxref{Syntax Tables, , Syntax
14562 Tables, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.)
14564 Syntax tables specify which characters belong to which categories.
14565 Usually, a hyphen is not specified as a `word constituent character'.
14566 Instead, it is specified as being in the `class of characters that are
14567 part of symbol names but not words.' This means that the
14568 @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} function treats it in the same way it treats
14569 an interword white space, which is why @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}
14570 counts @samp{multiply-by-seven} as three words.
14572 There are two ways to cause Emacs to count @samp{multiply-by-seven} as
14573 one symbol: modify the syntax table or modify the regular expression.
14575 We could redefine a hyphen as a word constituent character by
14576 modifying the syntax table that Emacs keeps for each mode. This
14577 action would serve our purpose, except that a hyphen is merely the
14578 most common character within symbols that is not typically a word
14579 constituent character; there are others, too.
14581 Alternatively, we can redefine the regexp used in the
14582 @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} definition so as to include symbols. This
14583 procedure has the merit of clarity, but the task is a little tricky.
14586 The first part is simple enough: the pattern must match ``at least one
14587 character that is a word or symbol constituent''. Thus:
14590 "\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)+"
14594 The @samp{\\(} is the first part of the grouping construct that
14595 includes the @samp{\\w} and the @samp{\\s_} as alternatives, separated
14596 by the @samp{\\|}. The @samp{\\w} matches any word-constituent
14597 character and the @samp{\\s_} matches any character that is part of a
14598 symbol name but not a word-constituent character. The @samp{+}
14599 following the group indicates that the word or symbol constituent
14600 characters must be matched at least once.
14602 However, the second part of the regexp is more difficult to design.
14603 What we want is to follow the first part with ``optionally one or more
14604 characters that are not constituents of a word or symbol''. At first,
14605 I thought I could define this with the following:
14608 "\\(\\W\\|\\S_\\)*"
14612 The upper case @samp{W} and @samp{S} match characters that are
14613 @emph{not} word or symbol constituents. Unfortunately, this
14614 expression matches any character that is either not a word constituent
14615 or not a symbol constituent. This matches any character!
14617 I then noticed that every word or symbol in my test region was
14618 followed by white space (blank space, tab, or newline). So I tried
14619 placing a pattern to match one or more blank spaces after the pattern
14620 for one or more word or symbol constituents. This failed, too. Words
14621 and symbols are often separated by whitespace, but in actual code
14622 parentheses may follow symbols and punctuation may follow words. So
14623 finally, I designed a pattern in which the word or symbol constituents
14624 are followed optionally by characters that are not white space and
14625 then followed optionally by white space.
14628 Here is the full regular expression:
14631 "\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)+[^ \t\n]*[ \t\n]*"
14634 @node count-words-in-defun
14635 @section The @code{count-words-in-defun} Function
14636 @cindex Counting words in a @code{defun}
14638 We have seen that there are several ways to write a
14639 @code{count-words-region} function. To write a
14640 @code{count-words-in-defun}, we need merely adapt one of these
14643 The version that uses a @code{while} loop is easy to understand, so I
14644 am going to adapt that. Because @code{count-words-in-defun} will be
14645 part of a more complex program, it need not be interactive and it need
14646 not display a message but just return the count. These considerations
14647 simplify the definition a little.
14649 On the other hand, @code{count-words-in-defun} will be used within a
14650 buffer that contains function definitions. Consequently, it is
14651 reasonable to ask that the function determine whether it is called
14652 when point is within a function definition, and if it is, to return
14653 the count for that definition. This adds complexity to the
14654 definition, but saves us from needing to pass arguments to the
14658 These considerations lead us to prepare the following template:
14662 (defun count-words-in-defun ()
14663 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
14664 (@var{set up}@dots{}
14665 (@var{while loop}@dots{})
14666 @var{return count})
14671 As usual, our job is to fill in the slots.
14675 We are presuming that this function will be called within a buffer
14676 containing function definitions. Point will either be within a
14677 function definition or not. For @code{count-words-in-defun} to work,
14678 point must move to the beginning of the definition, a counter must
14679 start at zero, and the counting loop must stop when point reaches the
14680 end of the definition.
14682 The @code{beginning-of-defun} function searches backwards for an
14683 opening delimiter such as a @samp{(} at the beginning of a line, and
14684 moves point to that position, or else to the limit of the search. In
14685 practice, this means that @code{beginning-of-defun} moves point to the
14686 beginning of an enclosing or preceding function definition, or else to
14687 the beginning of the buffer. We can use @code{beginning-of-defun} to
14688 place point where we wish to start.
14690 The @code{while} loop requires a counter to keep track of the words or
14691 symbols being counted. A @code{let} expression can be used to create
14692 a local variable for this purpose, and bind it to an initial value of zero.
14694 The @code{end-of-defun} function works like @code{beginning-of-defun}
14695 except that it moves point to the end of the definition.
14696 @code{end-of-defun} can be used as part of an expression that
14697 determines the position of the end of the definition.
14699 The set up for @code{count-words-in-defun} takes shape rapidly: first
14700 we move point to the beginning of the definition, then we create a
14701 local variable to hold the count, and finally, we record the position
14702 of the end of the definition so the @code{while} loop will know when to stop
14706 The code looks like this:
14710 (beginning-of-defun)
14712 (end (save-excursion (end-of-defun) (point))))
14717 The code is simple. The only slight complication is likely to concern
14718 @code{end}: it is bound to the position of the end of the definition
14719 by a @code{save-excursion} expression that returns the value of point
14720 after @code{end-of-defun} temporarily moves it to the end of the
14723 The second part of the @code{count-words-in-defun}, after the set up,
14724 is the @code{while} loop.
14726 The loop must contain an expression that jumps point forward word by
14727 word and symbol by symbol, and another expression that counts the
14728 jumps. The true-or-false-test for the @code{while} loop should test
14729 true so long as point should jump forward, and false when point is at
14730 the end of the definition. We have already redefined the regular
14731 expression for this, so the loop is straightforward:
14735 (while (and (< (point) end)
14737 "\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)+[^ \t\n]*[ \t\n]*" end t))
14738 (setq count (1+ count)))
14742 The third part of the function definition returns the count of words
14743 and symbols. This part is the last expression within the body of the
14744 @code{let} expression, and can be, very simply, the local variable
14745 @code{count}, which when evaluated returns the count.
14748 Put together, the @code{count-words-in-defun} definition looks like this:
14750 @findex count-words-in-defun
14753 (defun count-words-in-defun ()
14754 "Return the number of words and symbols in a defun."
14755 (beginning-of-defun)
14757 (end (save-excursion (end-of-defun) (point))))
14761 (and (< (point) end)
14763 "\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)+[^ \t\n]*[ \t\n]*"
14765 (setq count (1+ count)))
14770 How to test this? The function is not interactive, but it is easy to
14771 put a wrapper around the function to make it interactive; we can use
14772 almost the same code as for the recursive version of
14773 @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}:
14777 ;;; @r{Interactive version.}
14778 (defun count-words-defun ()
14779 "Number of words and symbols in a function definition."
14782 "Counting words and symbols in function definition ... ")
14785 (let ((count (count-words-in-defun)))
14789 "The definition does NOT have any words or symbols."))
14794 "The definition has 1 word or symbol."))
14797 "The definition has %d words or symbols." count)))))
14803 Let's re-use @kbd{C-c =} as a convenient keybinding:
14806 (global-set-key "\C-c=" 'count-words-defun)
14809 Now we can try out @code{count-words-defun}: install both
14810 @code{count-words-in-defun} and @code{count-words-defun}, and set the
14811 keybinding, and then place the cursor within the following definition:
14815 (defun multiply-by-seven (number)
14816 "Multiply NUMBER by seven."
14823 Success! The definition has 10 words and symbols.
14825 The next problem is to count the numbers of words and symbols in
14826 several definitions within a single file.
14828 @node Several defuns
14829 @section Count Several @code{defuns} Within a File
14831 A file such as @file{simple.el} may have a hundred or more function
14832 definitions within it. Our long term goal is to collect statistics on
14833 many files, but as a first step, our immediate goal is to collect
14834 statistics on one file.
14836 The information will be a series of numbers, each number being the
14837 length of a function definition. We can store the numbers in a list.
14839 We know that we will want to incorporate the information regarding one
14840 file with information about many other files; this means that the
14841 function for counting definition lengths within one file need only
14842 return the list of lengths. It need not and should not display any
14845 The word count commands contain one expression to jump point forward
14846 word by word and another expression to count the jumps. The function
14847 to return the lengths of definitions can be designed to work the same
14848 way, with one expression to jump point forward definition by
14849 definition and another expression to construct the lengths' list.
14851 This statement of the problem makes it elementary to write the
14852 function definition. Clearly, we will start the count at the
14853 beginning of the file, so the first command will be @code{(goto-char
14854 (point-min))}. Next, we start the @code{while} loop; and the
14855 true-or-false test of the loop can be a regular expression search for
14856 the next function definition---so long as the search succeeds, point
14857 is moved forward and then the body of the loop is evaluated. The body
14858 needs an expression that constructs the lengths' list. @code{cons},
14859 the list construction command, can be used to create the list. That
14860 is almost all there is to it.
14863 Here is what this fragment of code looks like:
14867 (goto-char (point-min))
14868 (while (re-search-forward "^(defun" nil t)
14870 (cons (count-words-in-defun) lengths-list)))
14874 What we have left out is the mechanism for finding the file that
14875 contains the function definitions.
14877 In previous examples, we either used this, the Info file, or we
14878 switched back and forth to some other buffer, such as the
14879 @file{*scratch*} buffer.
14881 Finding a file is a new process that we have not yet discussed.
14884 @section Find a File
14885 @cindex Find a File
14887 To find a file in Emacs, you use the @kbd{C-x C-f} (@code{find-file})
14888 command. This command is almost, but not quite right for the lengths
14892 Let's look at the source for @code{find-file}:
14896 (defun find-file (filename)
14897 "Edit file FILENAME.
14898 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME,
14899 creating one if none already exists."
14900 (interactive "FFind file: ")
14901 (switch-to-buffer (find-file-noselect filename)))
14906 (The most recent version of the @code{find-file} function definition
14907 permits you to specify optional wildcards to visit multiple files; that
14908 makes the definition more complex and we will not discuss it here,
14909 since it is not relevant. You can see its source using either
14910 @kbd{M-.} (@code{find-tag}) or @kbd{C-h f} (@code{describe-function}).)
14914 (defun find-file (filename &optional wildcards)
14915 "Edit file FILENAME.
14916 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME,
14917 creating one if none already exists.
14918 Interactively, the default if you just type RET is the current directory,
14919 but the visited file name is available through the minibuffer history:
14920 type M-n to pull it into the minibuffer.
14922 Interactively, or if WILDCARDS is non-nil in a call from Lisp,
14923 expand wildcards (if any) and visit multiple files. You can
14924 suppress wildcard expansion by setting `find-file-wildcards' to nil.
14926 To visit a file without any kind of conversion and without
14927 automatically choosing a major mode, use \\[find-file-literally]."
14928 (interactive (find-file-read-args "Find file: " nil))
14929 (let ((value (find-file-noselect filename nil nil wildcards)))
14931 (mapcar 'switch-to-buffer (nreverse value))
14932 (switch-to-buffer value))))
14935 The definition I am showing possesses short but complete documentation
14936 and an interactive specification that prompts you for a file name when
14937 you use the command interactively. The body of the definition
14938 contains two functions, @code{find-file-noselect} and
14939 @code{switch-to-buffer}.
14941 According to its documentation as shown by @kbd{C-h f} (the
14942 @code{describe-function} command), the @code{find-file-noselect}
14943 function reads the named file into a buffer and returns the buffer.
14944 (Its most recent version includes an optional wildcards argument,
14945 too, as well as another to read a file literally and an other you
14946 suppress warning messages. These optional arguments are irrelevant.)
14948 However, the @code{find-file-noselect} function does not select the
14949 buffer in which it puts the file. Emacs does not switch its attention
14950 (or yours if you are using @code{find-file-noselect}) to the selected
14951 buffer. That is what @code{switch-to-buffer} does: it switches the
14952 buffer to which Emacs attention is directed; and it switches the
14953 buffer displayed in the window to the new buffer. We have discussed
14954 buffer switching elsewhere. (@xref{Switching Buffers}.)
14956 In this histogram project, we do not need to display each file on the
14957 screen as the program determines the length of each definition within
14958 it. Instead of employing @code{switch-to-buffer}, we can work with
14959 @code{set-buffer}, which redirects the attention of the computer
14960 program to a different buffer but does not redisplay it on the screen.
14961 So instead of calling on @code{find-file} to do the job, we must write
14962 our own expression.
14964 The task is easy: use @code{find-file-noselect} and @code{set-buffer}.
14966 @node lengths-list-file
14967 @section @code{lengths-list-file} in Detail
14969 The core of the @code{lengths-list-file} function is a @code{while}
14970 loop containing a function to move point forward `defun by defun' and
14971 a function to count the number of words and symbols in each defun.
14972 This core must be surrounded by functions that do various other tasks,
14973 including finding the file, and ensuring that point starts out at the
14974 beginning of the file. The function definition looks like this:
14975 @findex lengths-list-file
14979 (defun lengths-list-file (filename)
14980 "Return list of definitions' lengths within FILE.
14981 The returned list is a list of numbers.
14982 Each number is the number of words or
14983 symbols in one function definition."
14986 (message "Working on `%s' ... " filename)
14988 (let ((buffer (find-file-noselect filename))
14990 (set-buffer buffer)
14991 (setq buffer-read-only t)
14993 (goto-char (point-min))
14994 (while (re-search-forward "^(defun" nil t)
14996 (cons (count-words-in-defun) lengths-list)))
14997 (kill-buffer buffer)
15003 The function is passed one argument, the name of the file on which it
15004 will work. It has four lines of documentation, but no interactive
15005 specification. Since people worry that a computer is broken if they
15006 don't see anything going on, the first line of the body is a
15009 The next line contains a @code{save-excursion} that returns Emacs's
15010 attention to the current buffer when the function completes. This is
15011 useful in case you embed this function in another function that
15012 presumes point is restored to the original buffer.
15014 In the varlist of the @code{let} expression, Emacs finds the file and
15015 binds the local variable @code{buffer} to the buffer containing the
15016 file. At the same time, Emacs creates @code{lengths-list} as a local
15019 Next, Emacs switches its attention to the buffer.
15021 In the following line, Emacs makes the buffer read-only. Ideally,
15022 this line is not necessary. None of the functions for counting words
15023 and symbols in a function definition should change the buffer.
15024 Besides, the buffer is not going to be saved, even if it were changed.
15025 This line is entirely the consequence of great, perhaps excessive,
15026 caution. The reason for the caution is that this function and those
15027 it calls work on the sources for Emacs and it is inconvenient if they
15028 are inadvertently modified. It goes without saying that I did not
15029 realize a need for this line until an experiment went awry and started
15030 to modify my Emacs source files @dots{}
15032 Next comes a call to widen the buffer if it is narrowed. This
15033 function is usually not needed---Emacs creates a fresh buffer if none
15034 already exists; but if a buffer visiting the file already exists Emacs
15035 returns that one. In this case, the buffer may be narrowed and must
15036 be widened. If we wanted to be fully `user-friendly', we would
15037 arrange to save the restriction and the location of point, but we
15040 The @code{(goto-char (point-min))} expression moves point to the
15041 beginning of the buffer.
15043 Then comes a @code{while} loop in which the `work' of the function is
15044 carried out. In the loop, Emacs determines the length of each
15045 definition and constructs a lengths' list containing the information.
15047 Emacs kills the buffer after working through it. This is to save
15048 space inside of Emacs. My version of GNU Emacs 19 contained over 300
15049 source files of interest; GNU Emacs 22 contains over a thousand source
15050 files. Another function will apply @code{lengths-list-file} to each
15053 Finally, the last expression within the @code{let} expression is the
15054 @code{lengths-list} variable; its value is returned as the value of
15055 the whole function.
15057 You can try this function by installing it in the usual fashion. Then
15058 place your cursor after the following expression and type @kbd{C-x
15059 C-e} (@code{eval-last-sexp}).
15061 @c !!! 22.1.1 lisp sources location here
15064 "/usr/local/share/emacs/22.1/lisp/emacs-lisp/debug.el")
15068 You may need to change the pathname of the file; the one here is for
15069 GNU Emacs version 22.1. To change the expression, copy it to
15070 the @file{*scratch*} buffer and edit it.
15074 Also, to see the full length of the list, rather than a truncated
15075 version, you may have to evaluate the following:
15076 @c We do not want to insert, so do not mention the zero prefix argument.
15079 (custom-set-variables '(eval-expression-print-length nil))
15083 (@xref{defcustom, , Specifying Variables using @code{defcustom}}.
15084 Then evaluate the @code{lengths-list-file} expression.)
15087 The lengths' list for @file{debug.el} takes less than a second to
15088 produce and looks like this in GNU Emacs 22:
15091 (83 113 105 144 289 22 30 97 48 89 25 52 52 88 28 29 77 49 43 290 232 587)
15095 (Using my old machine, the version 19 lengths' list for @file{debug.el}
15096 took seven seconds to produce and looked like this:
15099 (75 41 80 62 20 45 44 68 45 12 34 235)
15103 The newer version of @file{debug.el} contains more defuns than the
15104 earlier one; and my new machine is much faster than the old one.)
15106 Note that the length of the last definition in the file is first in
15109 @node Several files
15110 @section Count Words in @code{defuns} in Different Files
15112 In the previous section, we created a function that returns a list of
15113 the lengths of each definition in a file. Now, we want to define a
15114 function to return a master list of the lengths of the definitions in
15117 Working on each of a list of files is a repetitious act, so we can use
15118 either a @code{while} loop or recursion.
15121 * lengths-list-many-files:: Return a list of the lengths of defuns.
15122 * append:: Attach one list to another.
15126 @node lengths-list-many-files
15127 @unnumberedsubsec Determine the lengths of @code{defuns}
15130 The design using a @code{while} loop is routine. The argument passed
15131 the function is a list of files. As we saw earlier (@pxref{Loop
15132 Example}), you can write a @code{while} loop so that the body of the
15133 loop is evaluated if such a list contains elements, but to exit the
15134 loop if the list is empty. For this design to work, the body of the
15135 loop must contain an expression that shortens the list each time the
15136 body is evaluated, so that eventually the list is empty. The usual
15137 technique is to set the value of the list to the value of the @sc{cdr}
15138 of the list each time the body is evaluated.
15141 The template looks like this:
15145 (while @var{test-whether-list-is-empty}
15147 @var{set-list-to-cdr-of-list})
15151 Also, we remember that a @code{while} loop returns @code{nil} (the
15152 result of evaluating the true-or-false-test), not the result of any
15153 evaluation within its body. (The evaluations within the body of the
15154 loop are done for their side effects.) However, the expression that
15155 sets the lengths' list is part of the body---and that is the value
15156 that we want returned by the function as a whole. To do this, we
15157 enclose the @code{while} loop within a @code{let} expression, and
15158 arrange that the last element of the @code{let} expression contains
15159 the value of the lengths' list. (@xref{Incrementing Example, , Loop
15160 Example with an Incrementing Counter}.)
15162 @findex lengths-list-many-files
15164 These considerations lead us directly to the function itself:
15168 ;;; @r{Use @code{while} loop.}
15169 (defun lengths-list-many-files (list-of-files)
15170 "Return list of lengths of defuns in LIST-OF-FILES."
15173 (let (lengths-list)
15175 ;;; @r{true-or-false-test}
15176 (while list-of-files
15181 ;;; @r{Generate a lengths' list.}
15183 (expand-file-name (car list-of-files)))))
15187 ;;; @r{Make files' list shorter.}
15188 (setq list-of-files (cdr list-of-files)))
15190 ;;; @r{Return final value of lengths' list.}
15195 @code{expand-file-name} is a built-in function that converts a file
15196 name to the absolute, long, path name form. The function employs the
15197 name of the directory in which the function is called.
15199 @c !!! 22.1.1 lisp sources location here
15201 Thus, if @code{expand-file-name} is called on @code{debug.el} when
15202 Emacs is visiting the
15203 @file{/usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/lisp/emacs-lisp/} directory,
15213 @c !!! 22.1.1 lisp sources location here
15215 /usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/lisp/emacs-lisp/debug.el
15218 The only other new element of this function definition is the as yet
15219 unstudied function @code{append}, which merits a short section for
15223 @subsection The @code{append} Function
15226 The @code{append} function attaches one list to another. Thus,
15229 (append '(1 2 3 4) '(5 6 7 8))
15240 This is exactly how we want to attach two lengths' lists produced by
15241 @code{lengths-list-file} to each other. The results contrast with
15245 (cons '(1 2 3 4) '(5 6 7 8))
15250 which constructs a new list in which the first argument to @code{cons}
15251 becomes the first element of the new list:
15254 ((1 2 3 4) 5 6 7 8)
15257 @node Several files recursively
15258 @section Recursively Count Words in Different Files
15260 Besides a @code{while} loop, you can work on each of a list of files
15261 with recursion. A recursive version of @code{lengths-list-many-files}
15262 is short and simple.
15264 The recursive function has the usual parts: the `do-again-test', the
15265 `next-step-expression', and the recursive call. The `do-again-test'
15266 determines whether the function should call itself again, which it
15267 will do if the @code{list-of-files} contains any remaining elements;
15268 the `next-step-expression' resets the @code{list-of-files} to the
15269 @sc{cdr} of itself, so eventually the list will be empty; and the
15270 recursive call calls itself on the shorter list. The complete
15271 function is shorter than this description!
15272 @findex recursive-lengths-list-many-files
15276 (defun recursive-lengths-list-many-files (list-of-files)
15277 "Return list of lengths of each defun in LIST-OF-FILES."
15278 (if list-of-files ; @r{do-again-test}
15281 (expand-file-name (car list-of-files)))
15282 (recursive-lengths-list-many-files
15283 (cdr list-of-files)))))
15288 In a sentence, the function returns the lengths' list for the first of
15289 the @code{list-of-files} appended to the result of calling itself on
15290 the rest of the @code{list-of-files}.
15292 Here is a test of @code{recursive-lengths-list-many-files}, along with
15293 the results of running @code{lengths-list-file} on each of the files
15296 Install @code{recursive-lengths-list-many-files} and
15297 @code{lengths-list-file}, if necessary, and then evaluate the
15298 following expressions. You may need to change the files' pathnames;
15299 those here work when this Info file and the Emacs sources are located
15300 in their customary places. To change the expressions, copy them to
15301 the @file{*scratch*} buffer, edit them, and then evaluate them.
15303 The results are shown after the @samp{@result{}}. (These results are
15304 for files from Emacs version 22.1.1; files from other versions of
15305 Emacs may produce different results.)
15307 @c !!! 22.1.1 lisp sources location here
15310 (cd "/usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/")
15312 (lengths-list-file "./lisp/macros.el")
15313 @result{} (283 263 480 90)
15317 (lengths-list-file "./lisp/mail/mailalias.el")
15318 @result{} (38 32 29 95 178 180 321 218 324)
15322 (lengths-list-file "./lisp/makesum.el")
15327 (recursive-lengths-list-many-files
15328 '("./lisp/macros.el"
15329 "./lisp/mail/mailalias.el"
15330 "./lisp/makesum.el"))
15331 @result{} (283 263 480 90 38 32 29 95 178 180 321 218 324 85 181)
15335 The @code{recursive-lengths-list-many-files} function produces the
15338 The next step is to prepare the data in the list for display in a graph.
15340 @node Prepare the data
15341 @section Prepare the Data for Display in a Graph
15343 The @code{recursive-lengths-list-many-files} function returns a list
15344 of numbers. Each number records the length of a function definition.
15345 What we need to do now is transform this data into a list of numbers
15346 suitable for generating a graph. The new list will tell how many
15347 functions definitions contain less than 10 words and
15348 symbols, how many contain between 10 and 19 words and symbols, how
15349 many contain between 20 and 29 words and symbols, and so on.
15351 In brief, we need to go through the lengths' list produced by the
15352 @code{recursive-lengths-list-many-files} function and count the number
15353 of defuns within each range of lengths, and produce a list of those
15357 * Data for Display in Detail::
15358 * Sorting:: Sorting lists.
15359 * Files List:: Making a list of files.
15360 * Counting function definitions::
15364 @node Data for Display in Detail
15365 @unnumberedsubsec The Data for Display in Detail
15368 Based on what we have done before, we can readily foresee that it
15369 should not be too hard to write a function that `@sc{cdr}s' down the
15370 lengths' list, looks at each element, determines which length range it
15371 is in, and increments a counter for that range.
15373 However, before beginning to write such a function, we should consider
15374 the advantages of sorting the lengths' list first, so the numbers are
15375 ordered from smallest to largest. First, sorting will make it easier
15376 to count the numbers in each range, since two adjacent numbers will
15377 either be in the same length range or in adjacent ranges. Second, by
15378 inspecting a sorted list, we can discover the highest and lowest
15379 number, and thereby determine the largest and smallest length range
15383 @subsection Sorting Lists
15386 Emacs contains a function to sort lists, called (as you might guess)
15387 @code{sort}. The @code{sort} function takes two arguments, the list
15388 to be sorted, and a predicate that determines whether the first of
15389 two list elements is ``less'' than the second.
15391 As we saw earlier (@pxref{Wrong Type of Argument, , Using the Wrong
15392 Type Object as an Argument}), a predicate is a function that
15393 determines whether some property is true or false. The @code{sort}
15394 function will reorder a list according to whatever property the
15395 predicate uses; this means that @code{sort} can be used to sort
15396 non-numeric lists by non-numeric criteria---it can, for example,
15397 alphabetize a list.
15400 The @code{<} function is used when sorting a numeric list. For example,
15403 (sort '(4 8 21 17 33 7 21 7) '<)
15411 (4 7 7 8 17 21 21 33)
15415 (Note that in this example, both the arguments are quoted so that the
15416 symbols are not evaluated before being passed to @code{sort} as
15419 Sorting the list returned by the
15420 @code{recursive-lengths-list-many-files} function is straightforward;
15421 it uses the @code{<} function:
15425 In GNU Emacs 22, eval
15427 (cd "/usr/local/share/emacs/22.0.50/")
15429 (recursive-lengths-list-many-files
15430 '("./lisp/macros.el"
15431 "./lisp/mail/mailalias.el"
15432 "./lisp/makesum.el"))
15440 (recursive-lengths-list-many-files
15441 '("./lisp/macros.el"
15442 "./lisp/mailalias.el"
15443 "./lisp/makesum.el"))
15453 (29 32 38 85 90 95 178 180 181 218 263 283 321 324 480)
15457 (Note that in this example, the first argument to @code{sort} is not
15458 quoted, since the expression must be evaluated so as to produce the
15459 list that is passed to @code{sort}.)
15462 @subsection Making a List of Files
15464 The @code{recursive-lengths-list-many-files} function requires a list
15465 of files as its argument. For our test examples, we constructed such
15466 a list by hand; but the Emacs Lisp source directory is too large for
15467 us to do for that. Instead, we will write a function to do the job
15468 for us. In this function, we will use both a @code{while} loop and a
15471 @findex directory-files
15472 We did not have to write a function like this for older versions of
15473 GNU Emacs, since they placed all the @samp{.el} files in one
15474 directory. Instead, we were able to use the @code{directory-files}
15475 function, which lists the names of files that match a specified
15476 pattern within a single directory.
15478 However, recent versions of Emacs place Emacs Lisp files in
15479 sub-directories of the top level @file{lisp} directory. This
15480 re-arrangement eases navigation. For example, all the mail related
15481 files are in a @file{lisp} sub-directory called @file{mail}. But at
15482 the same time, this arrangement forces us to create a file listing
15483 function that descends into the sub-directories.
15485 @findex files-in-below-directory
15486 We can create this function, called @code{files-in-below-directory},
15487 using familiar functions such as @code{car}, @code{nthcdr}, and
15488 @code{substring} in conjunction with an existing function called
15489 @code{directory-files-and-attributes}. This latter function not only
15490 lists all the filenames in a directory, including the names
15491 of sub-directories, but also their attributes.
15493 To restate our goal: to create a function that will enable us
15494 to feed filenames to @code{recursive-lengths-list-many-files}
15495 as a list that looks like this (but with more elements):
15499 ("./lisp/macros.el"
15500 "./lisp/mail/rmail.el"
15501 "./lisp/makesum.el")
15505 The @code{directory-files-and-attributes} function returns a list of
15506 lists. Each of the lists within the main list consists of 13
15507 elements. The first element is a string that contains the name of the
15508 file---which, in GNU/Linux, may be a `directory file', that is to
15509 say, a file with the special attributes of a directory. The second
15510 element of the list is @code{t} for a directory, a string
15511 for symbolic link (the string is the name linked to), or @code{nil}.
15513 For example, the first @samp{.el} file in the @file{lisp/} directory
15514 is @file{abbrev.el}. Its name is
15515 @file{/usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/lisp/abbrev.el} and it is not a
15516 directory or a symbolic link.
15519 This is how @code{directory-files-and-attributes} lists that file and
15531 (20615 27034 579989 697000)
15533 (20615 26327 734791 805000)
15545 On the other hand, @file{mail/} is a directory within the @file{lisp/}
15546 directory. The beginning of its listing looks like this:
15557 (To learn about the different attributes, look at the documentation of
15558 @code{file-attributes}. Bear in mind that the @code{file-attributes}
15559 function does not list the filename, so its first element is
15560 @code{directory-files-and-attributes}'s second element.)
15562 We will want our new function, @code{files-in-below-directory}, to
15563 list the @samp{.el} files in the directory it is told to check, and in
15564 any directories below that directory.
15566 This gives us a hint on how to construct
15567 @code{files-in-below-directory}: within a directory, the function
15568 should add @samp{.el} filenames to a list; and if, within a directory,
15569 the function comes upon a sub-directory, it should go into that
15570 sub-directory and repeat its actions.
15572 However, we should note that every directory contains a name that
15573 refers to itself, called @file{.}, (``dot'') and a name that refers to
15574 its parent directory, called @file{..} (``double dot''). (In
15575 @file{/}, the root directory, @file{..} refers to itself, since
15576 @file{/} has no parent.) Clearly, we do not want our
15577 @code{files-in-below-directory} function to enter those directories,
15578 since they always lead us, directly or indirectly, to the current
15581 Consequently, our @code{files-in-below-directory} function must do
15586 Check to see whether it is looking at a filename that ends in
15587 @samp{.el}; and if so, add its name to a list.
15590 Check to see whether it is looking at a filename that is the name of a
15591 directory; and if so,
15595 Check to see whether it is looking at @file{.} or @file{..}; and if
15599 Or else, go into that directory and repeat the process.
15603 Let's write a function definition to do these tasks. We will use a
15604 @code{while} loop to move from one filename to another within a
15605 directory, checking what needs to be done; and we will use a recursive
15606 call to repeat the actions on each sub-directory. The recursive
15607 pattern is `accumulate'
15608 (@pxref{Accumulate}),
15609 using @code{append} as the combiner.
15612 (directory-files "/usr/local/src/emacs/lisp/" t "\\.el$")
15613 (shell-command "find /usr/local/src/emacs/lisp/ -name '*.el'")
15615 (directory-files "/usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/lisp/" t "\\.el$")
15616 (shell-command "find /usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/lisp/ -name '*.el'")
15619 @c /usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/lisp/
15622 Here is the function:
15626 (defun files-in-below-directory (directory)
15627 "List the .el files in DIRECTORY and in its sub-directories."
15628 ;; Although the function will be used non-interactively,
15629 ;; it will be easier to test if we make it interactive.
15630 ;; The directory will have a name such as
15631 ;; "/usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/lisp/"
15632 (interactive "DDirectory name: ")
15635 (let (el-files-list
15636 (current-directory-list
15637 (directory-files-and-attributes directory t)))
15638 ;; while we are in the current directory
15639 (while current-directory-list
15643 ;; check to see whether filename ends in `.el'
15644 ;; and if so, append its name to a list.
15645 ((equal ".el" (substring (car (car current-directory-list)) -3))
15646 (setq el-files-list
15647 (cons (car (car current-directory-list)) el-files-list)))
15650 ;; check whether filename is that of a directory
15651 ((eq t (car (cdr (car current-directory-list))))
15652 ;; decide whether to skip or recurse
15655 (substring (car (car current-directory-list)) -1))
15656 ;; then do nothing since filename is that of
15657 ;; current directory or parent, "." or ".."
15661 ;; else descend into the directory and repeat the process
15662 (setq el-files-list
15664 (files-in-below-directory
15665 (car (car current-directory-list)))
15667 ;; move to the next filename in the list; this also
15668 ;; shortens the list so the while loop eventually comes to an end
15669 (setq current-directory-list (cdr current-directory-list)))
15670 ;; return the filenames
15675 @c (files-in-below-directory "/usr/local/src/emacs/lisp/")
15676 @c (files-in-below-directory "/usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/lisp/")
15678 The @code{files-in-below-directory} @code{directory-files} function
15679 takes one argument, the name of a directory.
15682 Thus, on my system,
15684 @c (length (files-in-below-directory "/usr/local/src/emacs/lisp/"))
15686 @c !!! 22.1.1 lisp sources location here
15690 (files-in-below-directory "/usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/lisp/"))
15695 tells me that in and below my Lisp sources directory are 1031
15698 @code{files-in-below-directory} returns a list in reverse alphabetical
15699 order. An expression to sort the list in alphabetical order looks
15705 (files-in-below-directory "/usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/lisp/")
15712 "Test how long it takes to find lengths of all sorted elisp defuns."
15713 (insert "\n" (current-time-string) "\n")
15716 (recursive-lengths-list-many-files
15717 (files-in-below-directory "/usr/local/src/emacs/lisp/"))
15719 (insert (format "%s" (current-time-string))))
15722 @node Counting function definitions
15723 @subsection Counting function definitions
15725 Our immediate goal is to generate a list that tells us how many
15726 function definitions contain fewer than 10 words and symbols, how many
15727 contain between 10 and 19 words and symbols, how many contain between
15728 20 and 29 words and symbols, and so on.
15730 With a sorted list of numbers, this is easy: count how many elements
15731 of the list are smaller than 10, then, after moving past the numbers
15732 just counted, count how many are smaller than 20, then, after moving
15733 past the numbers just counted, count how many are smaller than 30, and
15734 so on. Each of the numbers, 10, 20, 30, 40, and the like, is one
15735 larger than the top of that range. We can call the list of such
15736 numbers the @code{top-of-ranges} list.
15739 If we wished, we could generate this list automatically, but it is
15740 simpler to write a list manually. Here it is:
15741 @vindex top-of-ranges
15745 (defvar top-of-ranges
15748 110 120 130 140 150
15749 160 170 180 190 200
15750 210 220 230 240 250
15751 260 270 280 290 300)
15752 "List specifying ranges for `defuns-per-range'.")
15756 To change the ranges, we edit this list.
15758 Next, we need to write the function that creates the list of the
15759 number of definitions within each range. Clearly, this function must
15760 take the @code{sorted-lengths} and the @code{top-of-ranges} lists
15763 The @code{defuns-per-range} function must do two things again and
15764 again: it must count the number of definitions within a range
15765 specified by the current top-of-range value; and it must shift to the
15766 next higher value in the @code{top-of-ranges} list after counting the
15767 number of definitions in the current range. Since each of these
15768 actions is repetitive, we can use @code{while} loops for the job.
15769 One loop counts the number of definitions in the range defined by the
15770 current top-of-range value, and the other loop selects each of the
15771 top-of-range values in turn.
15773 Several entries of the @code{sorted-lengths} list are counted for each
15774 range; this means that the loop for the @code{sorted-lengths} list
15775 will be inside the loop for the @code{top-of-ranges} list, like a
15776 small gear inside a big gear.
15778 The inner loop counts the number of definitions within the range. It
15779 is a simple counting loop of the type we have seen before.
15780 (@xref{Incrementing Loop, , A loop with an incrementing counter}.)
15781 The true-or-false test of the loop tests whether the value from the
15782 @code{sorted-lengths} list is smaller than the current value of the
15783 top of the range. If it is, the function increments the counter and
15784 tests the next value from the @code{sorted-lengths} list.
15787 The inner loop looks like this:
15791 (while @var{length-element-smaller-than-top-of-range}
15792 (setq number-within-range (1+ number-within-range))
15793 (setq sorted-lengths (cdr sorted-lengths)))
15797 The outer loop must start with the lowest value of the
15798 @code{top-of-ranges} list, and then be set to each of the succeeding
15799 higher values in turn. This can be done with a loop like this:
15803 (while top-of-ranges
15804 @var{body-of-loop}@dots{}
15805 (setq top-of-ranges (cdr top-of-ranges)))
15810 Put together, the two loops look like this:
15814 (while top-of-ranges
15816 ;; @r{Count the number of elements within the current range.}
15817 (while @var{length-element-smaller-than-top-of-range}
15818 (setq number-within-range (1+ number-within-range))
15819 (setq sorted-lengths (cdr sorted-lengths)))
15821 ;; @r{Move to next range.}
15822 (setq top-of-ranges (cdr top-of-ranges)))
15826 In addition, in each circuit of the outer loop, Emacs should record
15827 the number of definitions within that range (the value of
15828 @code{number-within-range}) in a list. We can use @code{cons} for
15829 this purpose. (@xref{cons, , @code{cons}}.)
15831 The @code{cons} function works fine, except that the list it
15832 constructs will contain the number of definitions for the highest
15833 range at its beginning and the number of definitions for the lowest
15834 range at its end. This is because @code{cons} attaches new elements
15835 of the list to the beginning of the list, and since the two loops are
15836 working their way through the lengths' list from the lower end first,
15837 the @code{defuns-per-range-list} will end up largest number first.
15838 But we will want to print our graph with smallest values first and the
15839 larger later. The solution is to reverse the order of the
15840 @code{defuns-per-range-list}. We can do this using the
15841 @code{nreverse} function, which reverses the order of a list.
15848 (nreverse '(1 2 3 4))
15859 Note that the @code{nreverse} function is ``destructive''---that is,
15860 it changes the list to which it is applied; this contrasts with the
15861 @code{car} and @code{cdr} functions, which are non-destructive. In
15862 this case, we do not want the original @code{defuns-per-range-list},
15863 so it does not matter that it is destroyed. (The @code{reverse}
15864 function provides a reversed copy of a list, leaving the original list
15869 Put all together, the @code{defuns-per-range} looks like this:
15873 (defun defuns-per-range (sorted-lengths top-of-ranges)
15874 "SORTED-LENGTHS defuns in each TOP-OF-RANGES range."
15875 (let ((top-of-range (car top-of-ranges))
15876 (number-within-range 0)
15877 defuns-per-range-list)
15882 (while top-of-ranges
15888 ;; @r{Need number for numeric test.}
15889 (car sorted-lengths)
15890 (< (car sorted-lengths) top-of-range))
15894 ;; @r{Count number of definitions within current range.}
15895 (setq number-within-range (1+ number-within-range))
15896 (setq sorted-lengths (cdr sorted-lengths)))
15898 ;; @r{Exit inner loop but remain within outer loop.}
15902 (setq defuns-per-range-list
15903 (cons number-within-range defuns-per-range-list))
15904 (setq number-within-range 0) ; @r{Reset count to zero.}
15908 ;; @r{Move to next range.}
15909 (setq top-of-ranges (cdr top-of-ranges))
15910 ;; @r{Specify next top of range value.}
15911 (setq top-of-range (car top-of-ranges)))
15915 ;; @r{Exit outer loop and count the number of defuns larger than}
15916 ;; @r{ the largest top-of-range value.}
15917 (setq defuns-per-range-list
15919 (length sorted-lengths)
15920 defuns-per-range-list))
15924 ;; @r{Return a list of the number of definitions within each range,}
15925 ;; @r{ smallest to largest.}
15926 (nreverse defuns-per-range-list)))
15932 The function is straightforward except for one subtle feature. The
15933 true-or-false test of the inner loop looks like this:
15937 (and (car sorted-lengths)
15938 (< (car sorted-lengths) top-of-range))
15944 instead of like this:
15947 (< (car sorted-lengths) top-of-range)
15950 The purpose of the test is to determine whether the first item in the
15951 @code{sorted-lengths} list is less than the value of the top of the
15954 The simple version of the test works fine unless the
15955 @code{sorted-lengths} list has a @code{nil} value. In that case, the
15956 @code{(car sorted-lengths)} expression function returns
15957 @code{nil}. The @code{<} function cannot compare a number to
15958 @code{nil}, which is an empty list, so Emacs signals an error and
15959 stops the function from attempting to continue to execute.
15961 The @code{sorted-lengths} list always becomes @code{nil} when the
15962 counter reaches the end of the list. This means that any attempt to
15963 use the @code{defuns-per-range} function with the simple version of
15964 the test will fail.
15966 We solve the problem by using the @code{(car sorted-lengths)}
15967 expression in conjunction with the @code{and} expression. The
15968 @code{(car sorted-lengths)} expression returns a non-@code{nil}
15969 value so long as the list has at least one number within it, but
15970 returns @code{nil} if the list is empty. The @code{and} expression
15971 first evaluates the @code{(car sorted-lengths)} expression, and
15972 if it is @code{nil}, returns false @emph{without} evaluating the
15973 @code{<} expression. But if the @code{(car sorted-lengths)}
15974 expression returns a non-@code{nil} value, the @code{and} expression
15975 evaluates the @code{<} expression, and returns that value as the value
15976 of the @code{and} expression.
15978 @c colon in printed section title causes problem in Info cross reference
15979 This way, we avoid an error.
15982 (For information about @code{and}, see
15983 @ref{kill-new function, , The @code{kill-new} function}.)
15987 (@xref{kill-new function, , The @code{kill-new} function}, for
15988 information about @code{and}.)
15991 Here is a short test of the @code{defuns-per-range} function. First,
15992 evaluate the expression that binds (a shortened)
15993 @code{top-of-ranges} list to the list of values, then evaluate the
15994 expression for binding the @code{sorted-lengths} list, and then
15995 evaluate the @code{defuns-per-range} function.
15999 ;; @r{(Shorter list than we will use later.)}
16000 (setq top-of-ranges
16001 '(110 120 130 140 150
16002 160 170 180 190 200))
16004 (setq sorted-lengths
16005 '(85 86 110 116 122 129 154 176 179 200 265 300 300))
16007 (defuns-per-range sorted-lengths top-of-ranges)
16013 The list returned looks like this:
16016 (2 2 2 0 0 1 0 2 0 0 4)
16020 Indeed, there are two elements of the @code{sorted-lengths} list
16021 smaller than 110, two elements between 110 and 119, two elements
16022 between 120 and 129, and so on. There are four elements with a value
16025 @c The next step is to turn this numbers' list into a graph.
16026 @node Readying a Graph
16027 @chapter Readying a Graph
16028 @cindex Readying a graph
16029 @cindex Graph prototype
16030 @cindex Prototype graph
16031 @cindex Body of graph
16033 Our goal is to construct a graph showing the numbers of function
16034 definitions of various lengths in the Emacs lisp sources.
16036 As a practical matter, if you were creating a graph, you would
16037 probably use a program such as @code{gnuplot} to do the job.
16038 (@code{gnuplot} is nicely integrated into GNU Emacs.) In this case,
16039 however, we create one from scratch, and in the process we will
16040 re-acquaint ourselves with some of what we learned before and learn
16043 In this chapter, we will first write a simple graph printing function.
16044 This first definition will be a @dfn{prototype}, a rapidly written
16045 function that enables us to reconnoiter this unknown graph-making
16046 territory. We will discover dragons, or find that they are myth.
16047 After scouting the terrain, we will feel more confident and enhance
16048 the function to label the axes automatically.
16051 * Columns of a graph::
16052 * graph-body-print:: How to print the body of a graph.
16053 * recursive-graph-body-print::
16055 * Line Graph Exercise::
16059 @node Columns of a graph
16060 @unnumberedsec Printing the Columns of a Graph
16063 Since Emacs is designed to be flexible and work with all kinds of
16064 terminals, including character-only terminals, the graph will need to
16065 be made from one of the `typewriter' symbols. An asterisk will do; as
16066 we enhance the graph-printing function, we can make the choice of
16067 symbol a user option.
16069 We can call this function @code{graph-body-print}; it will take a
16070 @code{numbers-list} as its only argument. At this stage, we will not
16071 label the graph, but only print its body.
16073 The @code{graph-body-print} function inserts a vertical column of
16074 asterisks for each element in the @code{numbers-list}. The height of
16075 each line is determined by the value of that element of the
16076 @code{numbers-list}.
16078 Inserting columns is a repetitive act; that means that this function can
16079 be written either with a @code{while} loop or recursively.
16081 Our first challenge is to discover how to print a column of asterisks.
16082 Usually, in Emacs, we print characters onto a screen horizontally,
16083 line by line, by typing. We have two routes we can follow: write our
16084 own column-insertion function or discover whether one exists in Emacs.
16086 To see whether there is one in Emacs, we can use the @kbd{M-x apropos}
16087 command. This command is like the @kbd{C-h a} (@code{command-apropos})
16088 command, except that the latter finds only those functions that are
16089 commands. The @kbd{M-x apropos} command lists all symbols that match
16090 a regular expression, including functions that are not interactive.
16093 What we want to look for is some command that prints or inserts
16094 columns. Very likely, the name of the function will contain either
16095 the word `print' or the word `insert' or the word `column'.
16096 Therefore, we can simply type @kbd{M-x apropos RET
16097 print\|insert\|column RET} and look at the result. On my system, this
16098 command once too takes quite some time, and then produced a list of 79
16099 functions and variables. Now it does not take much time at all and
16100 produces a list of 211 functions and variables. Scanning down the
16101 list, the only function that looks as if it might do the job is
16102 @code{insert-rectangle}.
16105 Indeed, this is the function we want; its documentation says:
16110 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
16111 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point,
16112 its second line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
16113 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
16114 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
16115 and point is at the lower right corner.
16119 We can run a quick test, to make sure it does what we expect of it.
16121 Here is the result of placing the cursor after the
16122 @code{insert-rectangle} expression and typing @kbd{C-u C-x C-e}
16123 (@code{eval-last-sexp}). The function inserts the strings
16124 @samp{"first"}, @samp{"second"}, and @samp{"third"} at and below
16125 point. Also the function returns @code{nil}.
16129 (insert-rectangle '("first" "second" "third"))first
16136 Of course, we won't be inserting the text of the
16137 @code{insert-rectangle} expression itself into the buffer in which we
16138 are making the graph, but will call the function from our program. We
16139 shall, however, have to make sure that point is in the buffer at the
16140 place where the @code{insert-rectangle} function will insert its
16143 If you are reading this in Info, you can see how this works by
16144 switching to another buffer, such as the @file{*scratch*} buffer,
16145 placing point somewhere in the buffer, typing @kbd{M-:}, typing the
16146 @code{insert-rectangle} expression into the minibuffer at the prompt,
16147 and then typing @key{RET}. This causes Emacs to evaluate the
16148 expression in the minibuffer, but to use as the value of point the
16149 position of point in the @file{*scratch*} buffer. (@kbd{M-:} is the
16150 keybinding for @code{eval-expression}. Also, @code{nil} does not
16151 appear in the @file{*scratch*} buffer since the expression is
16152 evaluated in the minibuffer.)
16154 We find when we do this that point ends up at the end of the last
16155 inserted line---that is to say, this function moves point as a
16156 side-effect. If we were to repeat the command, with point at this
16157 position, the next insertion would be below and to the right of the
16158 previous insertion. We don't want this! If we are going to make a
16159 bar graph, the columns need to be beside each other.
16161 So we discover that each cycle of the column-inserting @code{while}
16162 loop must reposition point to the place we want it, and that place
16163 will be at the top, not the bottom, of the column. Moreover, we
16164 remember that when we print a graph, we do not expect all the columns
16165 to be the same height. This means that the top of each column may be
16166 at a different height from the previous one. We cannot simply
16167 reposition point to the same line each time, but moved over to the
16168 right---or perhaps we can@dots{}
16170 We are planning to make the columns of the bar graph out of asterisks.
16171 The number of asterisks in the column is the number specified by the
16172 current element of the @code{numbers-list}. We need to construct a
16173 list of asterisks of the right length for each call to
16174 @code{insert-rectangle}. If this list consists solely of the requisite
16175 number of asterisks, then we will have position point the right number
16176 of lines above the base for the graph to print correctly. This could
16179 Alternatively, if we can figure out some way to pass
16180 @code{insert-rectangle} a list of the same length each time, then we
16181 can place point on the same line each time, but move it over one
16182 column to the right for each new column. If we do this, however, some
16183 of the entries in the list passed to @code{insert-rectangle} must be
16184 blanks rather than asterisks. For example, if the maximum height of
16185 the graph is 5, but the height of the column is 3, then
16186 @code{insert-rectangle} requires an argument that looks like this:
16189 (" " " " "*" "*" "*")
16192 This last proposal is not so difficult, so long as we can determine
16193 the column height. There are two ways for us to specify the column
16194 height: we can arbitrarily state what it will be, which would work
16195 fine for graphs of that height; or we can search through the list of
16196 numbers and use the maximum height of the list as the maximum height
16197 of the graph. If the latter operation were difficult, then the former
16198 procedure would be easiest, but there is a function built into Emacs
16199 that determines the maximum of its arguments. We can use that
16200 function. The function is called @code{max} and it returns the
16201 largest of all its arguments, which must be numbers. Thus, for
16209 returns 7. (A corresponding function called @code{min} returns the
16210 smallest of all its arguments.)
16214 However, we cannot simply call @code{max} on the @code{numbers-list};
16215 the @code{max} function expects numbers as its argument, not a list of
16216 numbers. Thus, the following expression,
16219 (max '(3 4 6 5 7 3))
16224 produces the following error message;
16227 Wrong type of argument: number-or-marker-p, (3 4 6 5 7 3)
16231 We need a function that passes a list of arguments to a function.
16232 This function is @code{apply}. This function `applies' its first
16233 argument (a function) to its remaining arguments, the last of which
16240 (apply 'max 3 4 7 3 '(4 8 5))
16246 (Incidentally, I don't know how you would learn of this function
16247 without a book such as this. It is possible to discover other
16248 functions, like @code{search-forward} or @code{insert-rectangle}, by
16249 guessing at a part of their names and then using @code{apropos}. Even
16250 though its base in metaphor is clear---`apply' its first argument to
16251 the rest---I doubt a novice would come up with that particular word
16252 when using @code{apropos} or other aid. Of course, I could be wrong;
16253 after all, the function was first named by someone who had to invent
16256 The second and subsequent arguments to @code{apply} are optional, so
16257 we can use @code{apply} to call a function and pass the elements of a
16258 list to it, like this, which also returns 8:
16261 (apply 'max '(4 8 5))
16264 This latter way is how we will use @code{apply}. The
16265 @code{recursive-lengths-list-many-files} function returns a numbers'
16266 list to which we can apply @code{max} (we could also apply @code{max} to
16267 the sorted numbers' list; it does not matter whether the list is
16271 Hence, the operation for finding the maximum height of the graph is this:
16274 (setq max-graph-height (apply 'max numbers-list))
16277 Now we can return to the question of how to create a list of strings
16278 for a column of the graph. Told the maximum height of the graph
16279 and the number of asterisks that should appear in the column, the
16280 function should return a list of strings for the
16281 @code{insert-rectangle} command to insert.
16283 Each column is made up of asterisks or blanks. Since the function is
16284 passed the value of the height of the column and the number of
16285 asterisks in the column, the number of blanks can be found by
16286 subtracting the number of asterisks from the height of the column.
16287 Given the number of blanks and the number of asterisks, two
16288 @code{while} loops can be used to construct the list:
16292 ;;; @r{First version.}
16293 (defun column-of-graph (max-graph-height actual-height)
16294 "Return list of strings that is one column of a graph."
16295 (let ((insert-list nil)
16296 (number-of-top-blanks
16297 (- max-graph-height actual-height)))
16301 ;; @r{Fill in asterisks.}
16302 (while (> actual-height 0)
16303 (setq insert-list (cons "*" insert-list))
16304 (setq actual-height (1- actual-height)))
16308 ;; @r{Fill in blanks.}
16309 (while (> number-of-top-blanks 0)
16310 (setq insert-list (cons " " insert-list))
16311 (setq number-of-top-blanks
16312 (1- number-of-top-blanks)))
16316 ;; @r{Return whole list.}
16321 If you install this function and then evaluate the following
16322 expression you will see that it returns the list as desired:
16325 (column-of-graph 5 3)
16333 (" " " " "*" "*" "*")
16336 As written, @code{column-of-graph} contains a major flaw: the symbols
16337 used for the blank and for the marked entries in the column are
16338 `hard-coded' as a space and asterisk. This is fine for a prototype,
16339 but you, or another user, may wish to use other symbols. For example,
16340 in testing the graph function, you many want to use a period in place
16341 of the space, to make sure the point is being repositioned properly
16342 each time the @code{insert-rectangle} function is called; or you might
16343 want to substitute a @samp{+} sign or other symbol for the asterisk.
16344 You might even want to make a graph-column that is more than one
16345 display column wide. The program should be more flexible. The way to
16346 do that is to replace the blank and the asterisk with two variables
16347 that we can call @code{graph-blank} and @code{graph-symbol} and define
16348 those variables separately.
16350 Also, the documentation is not well written. These considerations
16351 lead us to the second version of the function:
16355 (defvar graph-symbol "*"
16356 "String used as symbol in graph, usually an asterisk.")
16360 (defvar graph-blank " "
16361 "String used as blank in graph, usually a blank space.
16362 graph-blank must be the same number of columns wide
16368 (For an explanation of @code{defvar}, see
16369 @ref{defvar, , Initializing a Variable with @code{defvar}}.)
16373 ;;; @r{Second version.}
16374 (defun column-of-graph (max-graph-height actual-height)
16375 "Return MAX-GRAPH-HEIGHT strings; ACTUAL-HEIGHT are graph-symbols.
16379 The graph-symbols are contiguous entries at the end
16381 The list will be inserted as one column of a graph.
16382 The strings are either graph-blank or graph-symbol."
16386 (let ((insert-list nil)
16387 (number-of-top-blanks
16388 (- max-graph-height actual-height)))
16392 ;; @r{Fill in @code{graph-symbols}.}
16393 (while (> actual-height 0)
16394 (setq insert-list (cons graph-symbol insert-list))
16395 (setq actual-height (1- actual-height)))
16399 ;; @r{Fill in @code{graph-blanks}.}
16400 (while (> number-of-top-blanks 0)
16401 (setq insert-list (cons graph-blank insert-list))
16402 (setq number-of-top-blanks
16403 (1- number-of-top-blanks)))
16405 ;; @r{Return whole list.}
16410 If we wished, we could rewrite @code{column-of-graph} a third time to
16411 provide optionally for a line graph as well as for a bar graph. This
16412 would not be hard to do. One way to think of a line graph is that it
16413 is no more than a bar graph in which the part of each bar that is
16414 below the top is blank. To construct a column for a line graph, the
16415 function first constructs a list of blanks that is one shorter than
16416 the value, then it uses @code{cons} to attach a graph symbol to the
16417 list; then it uses @code{cons} again to attach the `top blanks' to
16420 It is easy to see how to write such a function, but since we don't
16421 need it, we will not do it. But the job could be done, and if it were
16422 done, it would be done with @code{column-of-graph}. Even more
16423 important, it is worth noting that few changes would have to be made
16424 anywhere else. The enhancement, if we ever wish to make it, is
16427 Now, finally, we come to our first actual graph printing function.
16428 This prints the body of a graph, not the labels for the vertical and
16429 horizontal axes, so we can call this @code{graph-body-print}.
16431 @node graph-body-print
16432 @section The @code{graph-body-print} Function
16433 @findex graph-body-print
16435 After our preparation in the preceding section, the
16436 @code{graph-body-print} function is straightforward. The function
16437 will print column after column of asterisks and blanks, using the
16438 elements of a numbers' list to specify the number of asterisks in each
16439 column. This is a repetitive act, which means we can use a
16440 decrementing @code{while} loop or recursive function for the job. In
16441 this section, we will write the definition using a @code{while} loop.
16443 The @code{column-of-graph} function requires the height of the graph
16444 as an argument, so we should determine and record that as a local variable.
16446 This leads us to the following template for the @code{while} loop
16447 version of this function:
16451 (defun graph-body-print (numbers-list)
16452 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
16453 (let ((height @dots{}
16458 (while numbers-list
16459 @var{insert-columns-and-reposition-point}
16460 (setq numbers-list (cdr numbers-list)))))
16465 We need to fill in the slots of the template.
16467 Clearly, we can use the @code{(apply 'max numbers-list)} expression to
16468 determine the height of the graph.
16470 The @code{while} loop will cycle through the @code{numbers-list} one
16471 element at a time. As it is shortened by the @code{(setq numbers-list
16472 (cdr numbers-list))} expression, the @sc{car} of each instance of the
16473 list is the value of the argument for @code{column-of-graph}.
16475 At each cycle of the @code{while} loop, the @code{insert-rectangle}
16476 function inserts the list returned by @code{column-of-graph}. Since
16477 the @code{insert-rectangle} function moves point to the lower right of
16478 the inserted rectangle, we need to save the location of point at the
16479 time the rectangle is inserted, move back to that position after the
16480 rectangle is inserted, and then move horizontally to the next place
16481 from which @code{insert-rectangle} is called.
16483 If the inserted columns are one character wide, as they will be if
16484 single blanks and asterisks are used, the repositioning command is
16485 simply @code{(forward-char 1)}; however, the width of a column may be
16486 greater than one. This means that the repositioning command should be
16487 written @code{(forward-char symbol-width)}. The @code{symbol-width}
16488 itself is the length of a @code{graph-blank} and can be found using
16489 the expression @code{(length graph-blank)}. The best place to bind
16490 the @code{symbol-width} variable to the value of the width of graph
16491 column is in the varlist of the @code{let} expression.
16494 These considerations lead to the following function definition:
16498 (defun graph-body-print (numbers-list)
16499 "Print a bar graph of the NUMBERS-LIST.
16500 The numbers-list consists of the Y-axis values."
16502 (let ((height (apply 'max numbers-list))
16503 (symbol-width (length graph-blank))
16508 (while numbers-list
16509 (setq from-position (point))
16511 (column-of-graph height (car numbers-list)))
16512 (goto-char from-position)
16513 (forward-char symbol-width)
16516 ;; @r{Draw graph column by column.}
16518 (setq numbers-list (cdr numbers-list)))
16521 ;; @r{Place point for X axis labels.}
16522 (forward-line height)
16529 The one unexpected expression in this function is the
16530 @w{@code{(sit-for 0)}} expression in the @code{while} loop. This
16531 expression makes the graph printing operation more interesting to
16532 watch than it would be otherwise. The expression causes Emacs to
16533 `sit' or do nothing for a zero length of time and then redraw the
16534 screen. Placed here, it causes Emacs to redraw the screen column by
16535 column. Without it, Emacs would not redraw the screen until the
16538 We can test @code{graph-body-print} with a short list of numbers.
16542 Install @code{graph-symbol}, @code{graph-blank},
16543 @code{column-of-graph}, which are in
16545 @ref{Readying a Graph, , Readying a Graph},
16548 @ref{Columns of a graph},
16550 and @code{graph-body-print}.
16554 Copy the following expression:
16557 (graph-body-print '(1 2 3 4 6 4 3 5 7 6 5 2 3))
16561 Switch to the @file{*scratch*} buffer and place the cursor where you
16562 want the graph to start.
16565 Type @kbd{M-:} (@code{eval-expression}).
16568 Yank the @code{graph-body-print} expression into the minibuffer
16569 with @kbd{C-y} (@code{yank)}.
16572 Press @key{RET} to evaluate the @code{graph-body-print} expression.
16576 Emacs will print a graph like this:
16590 @node recursive-graph-body-print
16591 @section The @code{recursive-graph-body-print} Function
16592 @findex recursive-graph-body-print
16594 The @code{graph-body-print} function may also be written recursively.
16595 The recursive solution is divided into two parts: an outside `wrapper'
16596 that uses a @code{let} expression to determine the values of several
16597 variables that need only be found once, such as the maximum height of
16598 the graph, and an inside function that is called recursively to print
16602 The `wrapper' is uncomplicated:
16606 (defun recursive-graph-body-print (numbers-list)
16607 "Print a bar graph of the NUMBERS-LIST.
16608 The numbers-list consists of the Y-axis values."
16609 (let ((height (apply 'max numbers-list))
16610 (symbol-width (length graph-blank))
16612 (recursive-graph-body-print-internal
16619 The recursive function is a little more difficult. It has four parts:
16620 the `do-again-test', the printing code, the recursive call, and the
16621 `next-step-expression'. The `do-again-test' is a @code{when}
16622 expression that determines whether the @code{numbers-list} contains
16623 any remaining elements; if it does, the function prints one column of
16624 the graph using the printing code and calls itself again. The
16625 function calls itself again according to the value produced by the
16626 `next-step-expression' which causes the call to act on a shorter
16627 version of the @code{numbers-list}.
16631 (defun recursive-graph-body-print-internal
16632 (numbers-list height symbol-width)
16633 "Print a bar graph.
16634 Used within recursive-graph-body-print function."
16639 (setq from-position (point))
16641 (column-of-graph height (car numbers-list)))
16644 (goto-char from-position)
16645 (forward-char symbol-width)
16646 (sit-for 0) ; @r{Draw graph column by column.}
16647 (recursive-graph-body-print-internal
16648 (cdr numbers-list) height symbol-width)))
16653 After installation, this expression can be tested; here is a sample:
16656 (recursive-graph-body-print '(3 2 5 6 7 5 3 4 6 4 3 2 1))
16660 Here is what @code{recursive-graph-body-print} produces:
16674 Either of these two functions, @code{graph-body-print} or
16675 @code{recursive-graph-body-print}, create the body of a graph.
16678 @section Need for Printed Axes
16680 A graph needs printed axes, so you can orient yourself. For a do-once
16681 project, it may be reasonable to draw the axes by hand using Emacs's
16682 Picture mode; but a graph drawing function may be used more than once.
16684 For this reason, I have written enhancements to the basic
16685 @code{print-graph-body} function that automatically print labels for
16686 the horizontal and vertical axes. Since the label printing functions
16687 do not contain much new material, I have placed their description in
16688 an appendix. @xref{Full Graph, , A Graph with Labeled Axes}.
16690 @node Line Graph Exercise
16693 Write a line graph version of the graph printing functions.
16695 @node Emacs Initialization
16696 @chapter Your @file{.emacs} File
16697 @cindex @file{.emacs} file
16698 @cindex Customizing your @file{.emacs} file
16699 @cindex Initialization file
16701 ``You don't have to like Emacs to like it''---this seemingly
16702 paradoxical statement is the secret of GNU Emacs. The plain, `out of
16703 the box' Emacs is a generic tool. Most people who use it, customize
16704 it to suit themselves.
16706 GNU Emacs is mostly written in Emacs Lisp; this means that by writing
16707 expressions in Emacs Lisp you can change or extend Emacs.
16710 * Default Configuration::
16711 * Site-wide Init:: You can write site-wide init files.
16712 * defcustom:: Emacs will write code for you.
16713 * Beginning init File:: How to write a @file{.emacs} init file.
16714 * Text and Auto-fill:: Automatically wrap lines.
16715 * Mail Aliases:: Use abbreviations for email addresses.
16716 * Indent Tabs Mode:: Don't use tabs with @TeX{}
16717 * Keybindings:: Create some personal keybindings.
16718 * Keymaps:: More about key binding.
16719 * Loading Files:: Load (i.e., evaluate) files automatically.
16720 * Autoload:: Make functions available.
16721 * Simple Extension:: Define a function; bind it to a key.
16722 * X11 Colors:: Colors in X.
16724 * Mode Line:: How to customize your mode line.
16728 @node Default Configuration
16729 @unnumberedsec Emacs's Default Configuration
16732 There are those who appreciate Emacs's default configuration. After
16733 all, Emacs starts you in C mode when you edit a C file, starts you in
16734 Fortran mode when you edit a Fortran file, and starts you in
16735 Fundamental mode when you edit an unadorned file. This all makes
16736 sense, if you do not know who is going to use Emacs. Who knows what a
16737 person hopes to do with an unadorned file? Fundamental mode is the
16738 right default for such a file, just as C mode is the right default for
16739 editing C code. (Enough programming languages have syntaxes
16740 that enable them to share or nearly share features, so C mode is
16741 now provided by CC mode, the `C Collection'.)
16743 But when you do know who is going to use Emacs---you,
16744 yourself---then it makes sense to customize Emacs.
16746 For example, I seldom want Fundamental mode when I edit an
16747 otherwise undistinguished file; I want Text mode. This is why I
16748 customize Emacs: so it suits me.
16750 You can customize and extend Emacs by writing or adapting a
16751 @file{~/.emacs} file. This is your personal initialization file; its
16752 contents, written in Emacs Lisp, tell Emacs what to do.@footnote{You
16753 may also add @file{.el} to @file{~/.emacs} and call it a
16754 @file{~/.emacs.el} file. In the past, you were forbidden to type the
16755 extra keystrokes that the name @file{~/.emacs.el} requires, but now
16756 you may. The new format is consistent with the Emacs Lisp file
16757 naming conventions; the old format saves typing.}
16759 A @file{~/.emacs} file contains Emacs Lisp code. You can write this
16760 code yourself; or you can use Emacs's @code{customize} feature to write
16761 the code for you. You can combine your own expressions and
16762 auto-written Customize expressions in your @file{.emacs} file.
16764 (I myself prefer to write my own expressions, except for those,
16765 particularly fonts, that I find easier to manipulate using the
16766 @code{customize} command. I combine the two methods.)
16768 Most of this chapter is about writing expressions yourself. It
16769 describes a simple @file{.emacs} file; for more information, see
16770 @ref{Init File, , The Init File, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, and
16771 @ref{Init File, , The Init File, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference
16774 @node Site-wide Init
16775 @section Site-wide Initialization Files
16777 @cindex @file{default.el} init file
16778 @cindex @file{site-init.el} init file
16779 @cindex @file{site-load.el} init file
16780 In addition to your personal initialization file, Emacs automatically
16781 loads various site-wide initialization files, if they exist. These
16782 have the same form as your @file{.emacs} file, but are loaded by
16785 Two site-wide initialization files, @file{site-load.el} and
16786 @file{site-init.el}, are loaded into Emacs and then `dumped' if a
16787 `dumped' version of Emacs is created, as is most common. (Dumped
16788 copies of Emacs load more quickly. However, once a file is loaded and
16789 dumped, a change to it does not lead to a change in Emacs unless you
16790 load it yourself or re-dump Emacs. @xref{Building Emacs, , Building
16791 Emacs, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, and the
16792 @file{INSTALL} file.)
16794 Three other site-wide initialization files are loaded automatically
16795 each time you start Emacs, if they exist. These are
16796 @file{site-start.el}, which is loaded @emph{before} your @file{.emacs}
16797 file, and @file{default.el}, and the terminal type file, which are both
16798 loaded @emph{after} your @file{.emacs} file.
16800 Settings and definitions in your @file{.emacs} file will overwrite
16801 conflicting settings and definitions in a @file{site-start.el} file,
16802 if it exists; but the settings and definitions in a @file{default.el}
16803 or terminal type file will overwrite those in your @file{.emacs} file.
16804 (You can prevent interference from a terminal type file by setting
16805 @code{term-file-prefix} to @code{nil}. @xref{Simple Extension, , A
16806 Simple Extension}.)
16808 @c Rewritten to avoid overfull hbox.
16809 The @file{INSTALL} file that comes in the distribution contains
16810 descriptions of the @file{site-init.el} and @file{site-load.el} files.
16812 The @file{loadup.el}, @file{startup.el}, and @file{loaddefs.el} files
16813 control loading. These files are in the @file{lisp} directory of the
16814 Emacs distribution and are worth perusing.
16816 The @file{loaddefs.el} file contains a good many suggestions as to
16817 what to put into your own @file{.emacs} file, or into a site-wide
16818 initialization file.
16821 @section Specifying Variables using @code{defcustom}
16824 You can specify variables using @code{defcustom} so that you and
16825 others can then use Emacs's @code{customize} feature to set their
16826 values. (You cannot use @code{customize} to write function
16827 definitions; but you can write @code{defuns} in your @file{.emacs}
16828 file. Indeed, you can write any Lisp expression in your @file{.emacs}
16831 The @code{customize} feature depends on the @code{defcustom} macro.
16832 Although you can use @code{defvar} or @code{setq} for variables that
16833 users set, the @code{defcustom} macro is designed for the job.
16835 You can use your knowledge of @code{defvar} for writing the
16836 first three arguments for @code{defcustom}. The first argument to
16837 @code{defcustom} is the name of the variable. The second argument is
16838 the variable's initial value, if any; and this value is set only if
16839 the value has not already been set. The third argument is the
16842 The fourth and subsequent arguments to @code{defcustom} specify types
16843 and options; these are not featured in @code{defvar}. (These
16844 arguments are optional.)
16846 Each of these arguments consists of a keyword followed by a value.
16847 Each keyword starts with the colon character @samp{:}.
16850 For example, the customizable user option variable
16851 @code{text-mode-hook} looks like this:
16855 (defcustom text-mode-hook nil
16856 "Normal hook run when entering Text mode and many related modes."
16858 :options '(turn-on-auto-fill flyspell-mode)
16864 The name of the variable is @code{text-mode-hook}; it has no default
16865 value; and its documentation string tells you what it does.
16867 The @code{:type} keyword tells Emacs the kind of data to which
16868 @code{text-mode-hook} should be set and how to display the value in a
16869 Customization buffer.
16871 The @code{:options} keyword specifies a suggested list of values for
16872 the variable. Usually, @code{:options} applies to a hook.
16873 The list is only a suggestion; it is not exclusive; a person who sets
16874 the variable may set it to other values; the list shown following the
16875 @code{:options} keyword is intended to offer convenient choices to a
16878 Finally, the @code{:group} keyword tells the Emacs Customization
16879 command in which group the variable is located. This tells where to
16882 The @code{defcustom} macro recognizes more than a dozen keywords.
16883 For more information, see @ref{Customization, , Writing Customization
16884 Definitions, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.
16886 Consider @code{text-mode-hook} as an example.
16888 There are two ways to customize this variable. You can use the
16889 customization command or write the appropriate expressions yourself.
16892 Using the customization command, you can type:
16899 and find that the group for editing files of data is called `data'.
16900 Enter that group. Text Mode Hook is the first member. You can click
16901 on its various options, such as @code{turn-on-auto-fill}, to set the
16902 values. After you click on the button to
16905 Save for Future Sessions
16909 Emacs will write an expression into your @file{.emacs} file.
16910 It will look like this:
16914 (custom-set-variables
16915 ;; custom-set-variables was added by Custom.
16916 ;; If you edit it by hand, you could mess it up, so be careful.
16917 ;; Your init file should contain only one such instance.
16918 ;; If there is more than one, they won't work right.
16919 '(text-mode-hook (quote (turn-on-auto-fill text-mode-hook-identify))))
16924 (The @code{text-mode-hook-identify} function tells
16925 @code{toggle-text-mode-auto-fill} which buffers are in Text mode.
16926 It comes on automatically.)
16928 The @code{custom-set-variables} function works somewhat differently
16929 than a @code{setq}. While I have never learned the differences, I
16930 modify the @code{custom-set-variables} expressions in my @file{.emacs}
16931 file by hand: I make the changes in what appears to me to be a
16932 reasonable manner and have not had any problems. Others prefer to use
16933 the Customization command and let Emacs do the work for them.
16935 Another @code{custom-set-@dots{}} function is @code{custom-set-faces}.
16936 This function sets the various font faces. Over time, I have set a
16937 considerable number of faces. Some of the time, I re-set them using
16938 @code{customize}; other times, I simply edit the
16939 @code{custom-set-faces} expression in my @file{.emacs} file itself.
16941 The second way to customize your @code{text-mode-hook} is to set it
16942 yourself in your @file{.emacs} file using code that has nothing to do
16943 with the @code{custom-set-@dots{}} functions.
16946 When you do this, and later use @code{customize}, you will see a
16950 CHANGED outside Customize; operating on it here may be unreliable.
16954 This message is only a warning. If you click on the button to
16957 Save for Future Sessions
16961 Emacs will write a @code{custom-set-@dots{}} expression near the end
16962 of your @file{.emacs} file that will be evaluated after your
16963 hand-written expression. It will, therefore, overrule your
16964 hand-written expression. No harm will be done. When you do this,
16965 however, be careful to remember which expression is active; if you
16966 forget, you may confuse yourself.
16968 So long as you remember where the values are set, you will have no
16969 trouble. In any event, the values are always set in your
16970 initialization file, which is usually called @file{.emacs}.
16972 I myself use @code{customize} for hardly anything. Mostly, I write
16973 expressions myself.
16977 Incidentally, to be more complete concerning defines: @code{defsubst}
16978 defines an inline function. The syntax is just like that of
16979 @code{defun}. @code{defconst} defines a symbol as a constant. The
16980 intent is that neither programs nor users should ever change a value
16981 set by @code{defconst}. (You can change it; the value set is a
16982 variable; but please do not.)
16984 @node Beginning init File
16985 @section Beginning a @file{.emacs} File
16986 @cindex @file{.emacs} file, beginning of
16988 When you start Emacs, it loads your @file{.emacs} file unless you tell
16989 it not to by specifying @samp{-q} on the command line. (The
16990 @code{emacs -q} command gives you a plain, out-of-the-box Emacs.)
16992 A @file{.emacs} file contains Lisp expressions. Often, these are no
16993 more than expressions to set values; sometimes they are function
16996 @xref{Init File, , The Init File @file{~/.emacs}, emacs, The GNU Emacs
16997 Manual}, for a short description of initialization files.
16999 This chapter goes over some of the same ground, but is a walk among
17000 extracts from a complete, long-used @file{.emacs} file---my own.
17002 The first part of the file consists of comments: reminders to myself.
17003 By now, of course, I remember these things, but when I started, I did
17009 ;;;; Bob's .emacs file
17010 ; Robert J. Chassell
17011 ; 26 September 1985
17016 Look at that date! I started this file a long time ago. I have been
17017 adding to it ever since.
17021 ; Each section in this file is introduced by a
17022 ; line beginning with four semicolons; and each
17023 ; entry is introduced by a line beginning with
17024 ; three semicolons.
17029 This describes the usual conventions for comments in Emacs Lisp.
17030 Everything on a line that follows a semicolon is a comment. Two,
17031 three, and four semicolons are used as subsection and section markers.
17032 (@xref{Comments, ,, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, for
17033 more about comments.)
17038 ; Control-h is the help key;
17039 ; after typing control-h, type a letter to
17040 ; indicate the subject about which you want help.
17041 ; For an explanation of the help facility,
17042 ; type control-h two times in a row.
17047 Just remember: type @kbd{C-h} two times for help.
17051 ; To find out about any mode, type control-h m
17052 ; while in that mode. For example, to find out
17053 ; about mail mode, enter mail mode and then type
17059 `Mode help', as I call this, is very helpful. Usually, it tells you
17060 all you need to know.
17062 Of course, you don't need to include comments like these in your
17063 @file{.emacs} file. I included them in mine because I kept forgetting
17064 about Mode help or the conventions for comments---but I was able to
17065 remember to look here to remind myself.
17067 @node Text and Auto-fill
17068 @section Text and Auto Fill Mode
17070 Now we come to the part that `turns on' Text mode and
17075 ;;; Text mode and Auto Fill mode
17076 ;; The next two lines put Emacs into Text mode
17077 ;; and Auto Fill mode, and are for writers who
17078 ;; want to start writing prose rather than code.
17079 (setq-default major-mode 'text-mode)
17080 (add-hook 'text-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-fill)
17084 Here is the first part of this @file{.emacs} file that does something
17085 besides remind a forgetful human!
17087 The first of the two lines in parentheses tells Emacs to turn on Text
17088 mode when you find a file, @emph{unless} that file should go into some
17089 other mode, such as C mode.
17091 @cindex Per-buffer, local variables list
17092 @cindex Local variables list, per-buffer,
17093 @cindex Automatic mode selection
17094 @cindex Mode selection, automatic
17095 When Emacs reads a file, it looks at the extension to the file name,
17096 if any. (The extension is the part that comes after a @samp{.}.) If
17097 the file ends with a @samp{.c} or @samp{.h} extension then Emacs turns
17098 on C mode. Also, Emacs looks at first nonblank line of the file; if
17099 the line says @w{@samp{-*- C -*-}}, Emacs turns on C mode. Emacs
17100 possesses a list of extensions and specifications that it uses
17101 automatically. In addition, Emacs looks near the last page for a
17102 per-buffer, ``local variables list'', if any.
17105 @xref{Choosing Modes, , How Major Modes are Chosen, emacs, The GNU
17108 @xref{File Variables, , Local Variables in Files, emacs, The GNU Emacs
17112 See sections ``How Major Modes are Chosen'' and ``Local Variables in
17113 Files'' in @cite{The GNU Emacs Manual}.
17116 Now, back to the @file{.emacs} file.
17119 Here is the line again; how does it work?
17121 @cindex Text Mode turned on
17123 (setq major-mode 'text-mode)
17127 This line is a short, but complete Emacs Lisp expression.
17129 We are already familiar with @code{setq}. It sets the following variable,
17130 @code{major-mode}, to the subsequent value, which is @code{text-mode}.
17131 The single quote mark before @code{text-mode} tells Emacs to deal directly
17132 with the @code{text-mode} symbol, not with whatever it might stand for.
17133 @xref{set & setq, , Setting the Value of a Variable},
17134 for a reminder of how @code{setq} works.
17135 The main point is that there is no difference between the procedure you
17136 use to set a value in your @file{.emacs} file and the procedure you use
17137 anywhere else in Emacs.
17140 Here is the next line:
17142 @cindex Auto Fill mode turned on
17145 (add-hook 'text-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-fill)
17149 In this line, the @code{add-hook} command adds
17150 @code{turn-on-auto-fill} to the variable.
17152 @code{turn-on-auto-fill} is the name of a program, that, you guessed
17153 it!, turns on Auto Fill mode.
17155 Every time Emacs turns on Text mode, Emacs runs the commands `hooked'
17156 onto Text mode. So every time Emacs turns on Text mode, Emacs also
17157 turns on Auto Fill mode.
17159 In brief, the first line causes Emacs to enter Text mode when you edit a
17160 file, unless the file name extension, a first non-blank line, or local
17161 variables to tell Emacs otherwise.
17163 Text mode among other actions, sets the syntax table to work
17164 conveniently for writers. In Text mode, Emacs considers an apostrophe
17165 as part of a word like a letter; but Emacs does not consider a period
17166 or a space as part of a word. Thus, @kbd{M-f} moves you over
17167 @samp{it's}. On the other hand, in C mode, @kbd{M-f} stops just after
17168 the @samp{t} of @samp{it's}.
17170 The second line causes Emacs to turn on Auto Fill mode when it turns
17171 on Text mode. In Auto Fill mode, Emacs automatically breaks a line
17172 that is too wide and brings the excessively wide part of the line down
17173 to the next line. Emacs breaks lines between words, not within them.
17175 When Auto Fill mode is turned off, lines continue to the right as you
17176 type them. Depending on how you set the value of
17177 @code{truncate-lines}, the words you type either disappear off the
17178 right side of the screen, or else are shown, in a rather ugly and
17179 unreadable manner, as a continuation line on the screen.
17182 In addition, in this part of my @file{.emacs} file, I tell the Emacs
17183 fill commands to insert two spaces after a colon:
17186 (setq colon-double-space t)
17190 @section Mail Aliases
17192 Here is a @code{setq} that `turns on' mail aliases, along with more
17198 ; To enter mail mode, type `C-x m'
17199 ; To enter RMAIL (for reading mail),
17201 (setq mail-aliases t)
17205 @cindex Mail aliases
17207 This @code{setq} command sets the value of the variable
17208 @code{mail-aliases} to @code{t}. Since @code{t} means true, the line
17209 says, in effect, ``Yes, use mail aliases.''
17211 Mail aliases are convenient short names for long email addresses or
17212 for lists of email addresses. The file where you keep your `aliases'
17213 is @file{~/.mailrc}. You write an alias like this:
17216 alias geo george@@foobar.wiz.edu
17220 When you write a message to George, address it to @samp{geo}; the
17221 mailer will automatically expand @samp{geo} to the full address.
17223 @node Indent Tabs Mode
17224 @section Indent Tabs Mode
17225 @cindex Tabs, preventing
17226 @findex indent-tabs-mode
17228 By default, Emacs inserts tabs in place of multiple spaces when it
17229 formats a region. (For example, you might indent many lines of text
17230 all at once with the @code{indent-region} command.) Tabs look fine on
17231 a terminal or with ordinary printing, but they produce badly indented
17232 output when you use @TeX{} or Texinfo since @TeX{} ignores tabs.
17235 The following turns off Indent Tabs mode:
17239 ;;; Prevent Extraneous Tabs
17240 (setq-default indent-tabs-mode nil)
17244 Note that this line uses @code{setq-default} rather than the
17245 @code{setq} command that we have seen before. The @code{setq-default}
17246 command sets values only in buffers that do not have their own local
17247 values for the variable.
17250 @xref{Just Spaces, , Tabs vs. Spaces, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}.
17252 @xref{File Variables, , Local Variables in Files, emacs, The GNU Emacs
17256 See sections ``Tabs vs.@: Spaces'' and ``Local Variables in
17257 Files'' in @cite{The GNU Emacs Manual}.
17262 @section Some Keybindings
17264 Now for some personal keybindings:
17268 ;;; Compare windows
17269 (global-set-key "\C-cw" 'compare-windows)
17273 @findex compare-windows
17274 @code{compare-windows} is a nifty command that compares the text in
17275 your current window with text in the next window. It makes the
17276 comparison by starting at point in each window, moving over text in
17277 each window as far as they match. I use this command all the time.
17279 This also shows how to set a key globally, for all modes.
17281 @cindex Setting a key globally
17282 @cindex Global set key
17283 @cindex Key setting globally
17284 @findex global-set-key
17285 The command is @code{global-set-key}. It is followed by the
17286 keybinding. In a @file{.emacs} file, the keybinding is written as
17287 shown: @code{\C-c} stands for `control-c', which means `press the
17288 control key and the @key{c} key at the same time'. The @code{w} means
17289 `press the @key{w} key'. The keybinding is surrounded by double
17290 quotation marks. In documentation, you would write this as
17291 @w{@kbd{C-c w}}. (If you were binding a @key{META} key, such as
17292 @kbd{M-c}, rather than a @key{CTRL} key, you would write
17293 @w{@code{\M-c}} in your @file{.emacs} file. @xref{Init Rebinding, ,
17294 Rebinding Keys in Your Init File, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, for
17297 The command invoked by the keys is @code{compare-windows}. Note that
17298 @code{compare-windows} is preceded by a single quote; otherwise, Emacs
17299 would first try to evaluate the symbol to determine its value.
17301 These three things, the double quotation marks, the backslash before
17302 the @samp{C}, and the single quote mark are necessary parts of
17303 keybinding that I tend to forget. Fortunately, I have come to
17304 remember that I should look at my existing @file{.emacs} file, and
17305 adapt what is there.
17307 As for the keybinding itself: @kbd{C-c w}. This combines the prefix
17308 key, @kbd{C-c}, with a single character, in this case, @kbd{w}. This
17309 set of keys, @kbd{C-c} followed by a single character, is strictly
17310 reserved for individuals' own use. (I call these `own' keys, since
17311 these are for my own use.) You should always be able to create such a
17312 keybinding for your own use without stomping on someone else's
17313 keybinding. If you ever write an extension to Emacs, please avoid
17314 taking any of these keys for public use. Create a key like @kbd{C-c
17315 C-w} instead. Otherwise, we will run out of `own' keys.
17318 Here is another keybinding, with a comment:
17322 ;;; Keybinding for `occur'
17323 ; I use occur a lot, so let's bind it to a key:
17324 (global-set-key "\C-co" 'occur)
17329 The @code{occur} command shows all the lines in the current buffer
17330 that contain a match for a regular expression. Matching lines are
17331 shown in a buffer called @file{*Occur*}. That buffer serves as a menu
17332 to jump to occurrences.
17334 @findex global-unset-key
17335 @cindex Unbinding key
17336 @cindex Key unbinding
17338 Here is how to unbind a key, so it does not
17344 (global-unset-key "\C-xf")
17348 There is a reason for this unbinding: I found I inadvertently typed
17349 @w{@kbd{C-x f}} when I meant to type @kbd{C-x C-f}. Rather than find a
17350 file, as I intended, I accidentally set the width for filled text,
17351 almost always to a width I did not want. Since I hardly ever reset my
17352 default width, I simply unbound the key.
17354 @findex list-buffers, @r{rebound}
17355 @findex buffer-menu, @r{bound to key}
17357 The following rebinds an existing key:
17361 ;;; Rebind `C-x C-b' for `buffer-menu'
17362 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-b" 'buffer-menu)
17366 By default, @kbd{C-x C-b} runs the
17367 @code{list-buffers} command. This command lists
17368 your buffers in @emph{another} window. Since I
17369 almost always want to do something in that
17370 window, I prefer the @code{buffer-menu}
17371 command, which not only lists the buffers,
17372 but moves point into that window.
17377 @cindex Rebinding keys
17379 Emacs uses @dfn{keymaps} to record which keys call which commands.
17380 When you use @code{global-set-key} to set the keybinding for a single
17381 command in all parts of Emacs, you are specifying the keybinding in
17382 @code{current-global-map}.
17384 Specific modes, such as C mode or Text mode, have their own keymaps;
17385 the mode-specific keymaps override the global map that is shared by
17388 The @code{global-set-key} function binds, or rebinds, the global
17389 keymap. For example, the following binds the key @kbd{C-x C-b} to the
17390 function @code{buffer-menu}:
17393 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-b" 'buffer-menu)
17396 Mode-specific keymaps are bound using the @code{define-key} function,
17397 which takes a specific keymap as an argument, as well as the key and
17398 the command. For example, my @file{.emacs} file contains the
17399 following expression to bind the @code{texinfo-insert-@@group} command
17400 to @kbd{C-c C-c g}:
17404 (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-cg" 'texinfo-insert-@@group)
17409 The @code{texinfo-insert-@@group} function itself is a little extension
17410 to Texinfo mode that inserts @samp{@@group} into a Texinfo file. I
17411 use this command all the time and prefer to type the three strokes
17412 @kbd{C-c C-c g} rather than the six strokes @kbd{@@ g r o u p}.
17413 (@samp{@@group} and its matching @samp{@@end group} are commands that
17414 keep all enclosed text together on one page; many multi-line examples
17415 in this book are surrounded by @samp{@@group @dots{} @@end group}.)
17418 Here is the @code{texinfo-insert-@@group} function definition:
17422 (defun texinfo-insert-@@group ()
17423 "Insert the string @@group in a Texinfo buffer."
17425 (beginning-of-line)
17426 (insert "@@group\n"))
17430 (Of course, I could have used Abbrev mode to save typing, rather than
17431 write a function to insert a word; but I prefer key strokes consistent
17432 with other Texinfo mode key bindings.)
17434 You will see numerous @code{define-key} expressions in
17435 @file{loaddefs.el} as well as in the various mode libraries, such as
17436 @file{cc-mode.el} and @file{lisp-mode.el}.
17438 @xref{Key Bindings, , Customizing Key Bindings, emacs, The GNU Emacs
17439 Manual}, and @ref{Keymaps, , Keymaps, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp
17440 Reference Manual}, for more information about keymaps.
17442 @node Loading Files
17443 @section Loading Files
17444 @cindex Loading files
17447 Many people in the GNU Emacs community have written extensions to
17448 Emacs. As time goes by, these extensions are often included in new
17449 releases. For example, the Calendar and Diary packages are now part
17450 of the standard GNU Emacs, as is Calc.
17452 You can use a @code{load} command to evaluate a complete file and
17453 thereby install all the functions and variables in the file into Emacs.
17456 @c (auto-compression-mode t)
17459 (load "~/emacs/slowsplit")
17462 This evaluates, i.e., loads, the @file{slowsplit.el} file or if it
17463 exists, the faster, byte compiled @file{slowsplit.elc} file from the
17464 @file{emacs} sub-directory of your home directory. The file contains
17465 the function @code{split-window-quietly}, which John Robinson wrote in
17468 The @code{split-window-quietly} function splits a window with the
17469 minimum of redisplay. I installed it in 1989 because it worked well
17470 with the slow 1200 baud terminals I was then using. Nowadays, I only
17471 occasionally come across such a slow connection, but I continue to use
17472 the function because I like the way it leaves the bottom half of a
17473 buffer in the lower of the new windows and the top half in the upper
17477 To replace the key binding for the default
17478 @code{split-window-vertically}, you must also unset that key and bind
17479 the keys to @code{split-window-quietly}, like this:
17483 (global-unset-key "\C-x2")
17484 (global-set-key "\C-x2" 'split-window-quietly)
17489 If you load many extensions, as I do, then instead of specifying the
17490 exact location of the extension file, as shown above, you can specify
17491 that directory as part of Emacs's @code{load-path}. Then, when Emacs
17492 loads a file, it will search that directory as well as its default
17493 list of directories. (The default list is specified in @file{paths.h}
17494 when Emacs is built.)
17497 The following command adds your @file{~/emacs} directory to the
17498 existing load path:
17502 ;;; Emacs Load Path
17503 (setq load-path (cons "~/emacs" load-path))
17507 Incidentally, @code{load-library} is an interactive interface to the
17508 @code{load} function. The complete function looks like this:
17510 @findex load-library
17513 (defun load-library (library)
17514 "Load the library named LIBRARY.
17515 This is an interface to the function `load'."
17517 (list (completing-read "Load library: "
17518 (apply-partially 'locate-file-completion-table
17520 (get-load-suffixes)))))
17525 The name of the function, @code{load-library}, comes from the use of
17526 `library' as a conventional synonym for `file'. The source for the
17527 @code{load-library} command is in the @file{files.el} library.
17529 Another interactive command that does a slightly different job is
17530 @code{load-file}. @xref{Lisp Libraries, , Libraries of Lisp Code for
17531 Emacs, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, for information on the
17532 distinction between @code{load-library} and this command.
17535 @section Autoloading
17538 Instead of installing a function by loading the file that contains it,
17539 or by evaluating the function definition, you can make the function
17540 available but not actually install it until it is first called. This
17541 is called @dfn{autoloading}.
17543 When you execute an autoloaded function, Emacs automatically evaluates
17544 the file that contains the definition, and then calls the function.
17546 Emacs starts quicker with autoloaded functions, since their libraries
17547 are not loaded right away; but you need to wait a moment when you
17548 first use such a function, while its containing file is evaluated.
17550 Rarely used functions are frequently autoloaded. The
17551 @file{loaddefs.el} library contains thousands of autoloaded functions,
17552 from @code{5x5} to @code{zone}. Of course, you may
17553 come to use a `rare' function frequently. When you do, you should
17554 load that function's file with a @code{load} expression in your
17555 @file{.emacs} file.
17557 In my @file{.emacs} file, I load 14 libraries that contain functions
17558 that would otherwise be autoloaded. (Actually, it would have been
17559 better to include these files in my `dumped' Emacs, but I forgot.
17560 @xref{Building Emacs, , Building Emacs, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp
17561 Reference Manual}, and the @file{INSTALL} file for more about
17564 You may also want to include autoloaded expressions in your @file{.emacs}
17565 file. @code{autoload} is a built-in function that takes up to five
17566 arguments, the final three of which are optional. The first argument
17567 is the name of the function to be autoloaded; the second is the name
17568 of the file to be loaded. The third argument is documentation for the
17569 function, and the fourth tells whether the function can be called
17570 interactively. The fifth argument tells what type of
17571 object---@code{autoload} can handle a keymap or macro as well as a
17572 function (the default is a function).
17575 Here is a typical example:
17579 (autoload 'html-helper-mode
17580 "html-helper-mode" "Edit HTML documents" t)
17585 (@code{html-helper-mode} is an older alternative to @code{html-mode},
17586 which is a standard part of the distribution.)
17589 This expression autoloads the @code{html-helper-mode} function. It
17590 takes it from the @file{html-helper-mode.el} file (or from the byte
17591 compiled version @file{html-helper-mode.elc}, if that exists.) The
17592 file must be located in a directory specified by @code{load-path}.
17593 The documentation says that this is a mode to help you edit documents
17594 written in the HyperText Markup Language. You can call this mode
17595 interactively by typing @kbd{M-x html-helper-mode}. (You need to
17596 duplicate the function's regular documentation in the autoload
17597 expression because the regular function is not yet loaded, so its
17598 documentation is not available.)
17600 @xref{Autoload, , Autoload, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference
17601 Manual}, for more information.
17603 @node Simple Extension
17604 @section A Simple Extension: @code{line-to-top-of-window}
17605 @findex line-to-top-of-window
17606 @cindex Simple extension in @file{.emacs} file
17608 Here is a simple extension to Emacs that moves the line point is on to
17609 the top of the window. I use this all the time, to make text easier
17612 You can put the following code into a separate file and then load it
17613 from your @file{.emacs} file, or you can include it within your
17614 @file{.emacs} file.
17617 Here is the definition:
17621 ;;; Line to top of window;
17622 ;;; replace three keystroke sequence C-u 0 C-l
17623 (defun line-to-top-of-window ()
17624 "Move the line point is on to top of window."
17631 Now for the keybinding.
17633 Nowadays, function keys as well as mouse button events and
17634 non-@sc{ascii} characters are written within square brackets, without
17635 quotation marks. (In Emacs version 18 and before, you had to write
17636 different function key bindings for each different make of terminal.)
17638 I bind @code{line-to-top-of-window} to my @key{F6} function key like
17642 (global-set-key [f6] 'line-to-top-of-window)
17645 For more information, see @ref{Init Rebinding, , Rebinding Keys in
17646 Your Init File, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}.
17648 @cindex Conditional 'twixt two versions of Emacs
17649 @cindex Version of Emacs, choosing
17650 @cindex Emacs version, choosing
17651 If you run two versions of GNU Emacs, such as versions 22 and 23, and
17652 use one @file{.emacs} file, you can select which code to evaluate with
17653 the following conditional:
17658 ((= 22 emacs-major-version)
17659 ;; evaluate version 22 code
17661 ((= 23 emacs-major-version)
17662 ;; evaluate version 23 code
17667 For example, recent versions blink
17668 their cursors by default. I hate such blinking, as well as other
17669 features, so I placed the following in my @file{.emacs}
17670 file@footnote{When I start instances of Emacs that do not load my
17671 @file{.emacs} file or any site file, I also turn off blinking:
17674 emacs -q --no-site-file -eval '(blink-cursor-mode nil)'
17676 @exdent Or nowadays, using an even more sophisticated set of options,
17684 (when (>= emacs-major-version 21)
17685 (blink-cursor-mode 0)
17686 ;; Insert newline when you press `C-n' (next-line)
17687 ;; at the end of the buffer
17688 (setq next-line-add-newlines t)
17691 ;; Turn on image viewing
17692 (auto-image-file-mode t)
17695 ;; Turn on menu bar (this bar has text)
17696 ;; (Use numeric argument to turn on)
17700 ;; Turn off tool bar (this bar has icons)
17701 ;; (Use numeric argument to turn on)
17702 (tool-bar-mode nil)
17705 ;; Turn off tooltip mode for tool bar
17706 ;; (This mode causes icon explanations to pop up)
17707 ;; (Use numeric argument to turn on)
17709 ;; If tooltips turned on, make tips appear promptly
17710 (setq tooltip-delay 0.1) ; default is 0.7 second
17716 @section X11 Colors
17718 You can specify colors when you use Emacs with the MIT X Windowing
17721 I dislike the default colors and specify my own.
17724 Here are the expressions in my @file{.emacs}
17725 file that set values:
17729 ;; Set cursor color
17730 (set-cursor-color "white")
17733 (set-mouse-color "white")
17735 ;; Set foreground and background
17736 (set-foreground-color "white")
17737 (set-background-color "darkblue")
17741 ;;; Set highlighting colors for isearch and drag
17742 (set-face-foreground 'highlight "white")
17743 (set-face-background 'highlight "blue")
17747 (set-face-foreground 'region "cyan")
17748 (set-face-background 'region "blue")
17752 (set-face-foreground 'secondary-selection "skyblue")
17753 (set-face-background 'secondary-selection "darkblue")
17757 ;; Set calendar highlighting colors
17758 (add-hook 'calendar-load-hook
17760 (set-face-foreground 'diary-face "skyblue")
17761 (set-face-background 'holiday-face "slate blue")
17762 (set-face-foreground 'holiday-face "white")))
17766 The various shades of blue soothe my eye and prevent me from seeing
17767 the screen flicker.
17769 Alternatively, I could have set my specifications in various X
17770 initialization files. For example, I could set the foreground,
17771 background, cursor, and pointer (i.e., mouse) colors in my
17772 @file{~/.Xresources} file like this:
17776 Emacs*foreground: white
17777 Emacs*background: darkblue
17778 Emacs*cursorColor: white
17779 Emacs*pointerColor: white
17783 In any event, since it is not part of Emacs, I set the root color of
17784 my X window in my @file{~/.xinitrc} file, like this@footnote{I also
17785 run more modern window managers, such as Enlightenment, Gnome, or KDE;
17786 in those cases, I often specify an image rather than a plain color.}:
17789 xsetroot -solid Navy -fg white &
17793 @node Miscellaneous
17794 @section Miscellaneous Settings for a @file{.emacs} File
17797 Here are a few miscellaneous settings:
17802 Set the shape and color of the mouse cursor:
17806 ; Cursor shapes are defined in
17807 ; `/usr/include/X11/cursorfont.h';
17808 ; for example, the `target' cursor is number 128;
17809 ; the `top_left_arrow' cursor is number 132.
17813 (let ((mpointer (x-get-resource "*mpointer"
17814 "*emacs*mpointer")))
17815 ;; If you have not set your mouse pointer
17816 ;; then set it, otherwise leave as is:
17817 (if (eq mpointer nil)
17818 (setq mpointer "132")) ; top_left_arrow
17821 (setq x-pointer-shape (string-to-int mpointer))
17822 (set-mouse-color "white"))
17827 Or you can set the values of a variety of features in an alist, like
17833 default-frame-alist
17834 '((cursor-color . "white")
17835 (mouse-color . "white")
17836 (foreground-color . "white")
17837 (background-color . "DodgerBlue4")
17838 ;; (cursor-type . bar)
17839 (cursor-type . box)
17842 (tool-bar-lines . 0)
17843 (menu-bar-lines . 1)
17847 "-Misc-Fixed-Medium-R-Normal--20-200-75-75-C-100-ISO8859-1")
17853 Convert @kbd{@key{CTRL}-h} into @key{DEL} and @key{DEL}
17854 into @kbd{@key{CTRL}-h}.@*
17855 (Some older keyboards needed this, although I have not seen the
17860 ;; Translate `C-h' to <DEL>.
17861 ; (keyboard-translate ?\C-h ?\C-?)
17863 ;; Translate <DEL> to `C-h'.
17864 (keyboard-translate ?\C-? ?\C-h)
17868 @item Turn off a blinking cursor!
17872 (if (fboundp 'blink-cursor-mode)
17873 (blink-cursor-mode -1))
17878 or start GNU Emacs with the command @code{emacs -nbc}.
17881 @item When using `grep'@*
17882 @samp{-i}@w{ } Ignore case distinctions@*
17883 @samp{-n}@w{ } Prefix each line of output with line number@*
17884 @samp{-H}@w{ } Print the filename for each match.@*
17885 @samp{-e}@w{ } Protect patterns beginning with a hyphen character, @samp{-}
17888 (setq grep-command "grep -i -nH -e ")
17892 @c Evidently, no longer needed in GNU Emacs 22
17894 item Automatically uncompress compressed files when visiting them
17897 (load "uncompress")
17902 @item Find an existing buffer, even if it has a different name@*
17903 This avoids problems with symbolic links.
17906 (setq find-file-existing-other-name t)
17909 @item Set your language environment and default input method
17913 (set-language-environment "latin-1")
17914 ;; Remember you can enable or disable multilingual text input
17915 ;; with the @code{toggle-input-method'} (@kbd{C-\}) command
17916 (setq default-input-method "latin-1-prefix")
17920 If you want to write with Chinese `GB' characters, set this instead:
17924 (set-language-environment "Chinese-GB")
17925 (setq default-input-method "chinese-tonepy")
17930 @subsubheading Fixing Unpleasant Key Bindings
17931 @cindex Key bindings, fixing
17932 @cindex Bindings, key, fixing unpleasant
17934 Some systems bind keys unpleasantly. Sometimes, for example, the
17935 @key{CTRL} key appears in an awkward spot rather than at the far left
17938 Usually, when people fix these sorts of keybindings, they do not
17939 change their @file{~/.emacs} file. Instead, they bind the proper keys
17940 on their consoles with the @code{loadkeys} or @code{install-keymap}
17941 commands in their boot script and then include @code{xmodmap} commands
17942 in their @file{.xinitrc} or @file{.Xsession} file for X Windows.
17950 loadkeys /usr/share/keymaps/i386/qwerty/emacs2.kmap.gz
17952 install-keymap emacs2
17958 For a @file{.xinitrc} or @file{.Xsession} file when the @key{Caps
17959 Lock} key is at the far left of the home row:
17963 # Bind the key labeled `Caps Lock' to `Control'
17964 # (Such a broken user interface suggests that keyboard manufacturers
17965 # think that computers are typewriters from 1885.)
17967 xmodmap -e "clear Lock"
17968 xmodmap -e "add Control = Caps_Lock"
17974 In a @file{.xinitrc} or @file{.Xsession} file, to convert an @key{ALT}
17975 key to a @key{META} key:
17979 # Some ill designed keyboards have a key labeled ALT and no Meta
17980 xmodmap -e "keysym Alt_L = Meta_L Alt_L"
17986 @section A Modified Mode Line
17987 @vindex mode-line-format
17988 @cindex Mode line format
17990 Finally, a feature I really like: a modified mode line.
17992 When I work over a network, I forget which machine I am using. Also,
17993 I tend to I lose track of where I am, and which line point is on.
17995 So I reset my mode line to look like this:
17998 -:-- foo.texi rattlesnake:/home/bob/ Line 1 (Texinfo Fill) Top
18001 I am visiting a file called @file{foo.texi}, on my machine
18002 @file{rattlesnake} in my @file{/home/bob} buffer. I am on line 1, in
18003 Texinfo mode, and am at the top of the buffer.
18006 My @file{.emacs} file has a section that looks like this:
18010 ;; Set a Mode Line that tells me which machine, which directory,
18011 ;; and which line I am on, plus the other customary information.
18012 (setq-default mode-line-format
18016 "mouse-1: select window, mouse-2: delete others ..."))
18017 mode-line-mule-info
18019 mode-line-frame-identification
18023 mode-line-buffer-identification
18026 (system-name) 0 (string-match "\\..+" (system-name))))
18031 "mouse-1: select window, mouse-2: delete others ..."))
18032 (line-number-mode " Line %l ")
18038 "mouse-1: select window, mouse-2: delete others ..."))
18039 (:eval (mode-line-mode-name))
18042 #("%n" 0 2 (help-echo "mouse-2: widen" local-map (keymap ...)))
18051 Here, I redefine the default mode line. Most of the parts are from
18052 the original; but I make a few changes. I set the @emph{default} mode
18053 line format so as to permit various modes, such as Info, to override
18056 Many elements in the list are self-explanatory:
18057 @code{mode-line-modified} is a variable that tells whether the buffer
18058 has been modified, @code{mode-name} tells the name of the mode, and so
18059 on. However, the format looks complicated because of two features we
18060 have not discussed.
18062 @cindex Properties, in mode line example
18063 The first string in the mode line is a dash or hyphen, @samp{-}. In
18064 the old days, it would have been specified simply as @code{"-"}. But
18065 nowadays, Emacs can add properties to a string, such as highlighting
18066 or, as in this case, a help feature. If you place your mouse cursor
18067 over the hyphen, some help information appears (By default, you must
18068 wait seven-tenths of a second before the information appears. You can
18069 change that timing by changing the value of @code{tooltip-delay}.)
18072 The new string format has a special syntax:
18075 #("-" 0 1 (help-echo "mouse-1: select window, ..."))
18079 The @code{#(} begins a list. The first element of the list is the
18080 string itself, just one @samp{-}. The second and third
18081 elements specify the range over which the fourth element applies. A
18082 range starts @emph{after} a character, so a zero means the range
18083 starts just before the first character; a 1 means that the range ends
18084 just after the first character. The third element is the property for
18085 the range. It consists of a property list, a
18086 property name, in this case, @samp{help-echo}, followed by a value, in this
18087 case, a string. The second, third, and fourth elements of this new
18088 string format can be repeated.
18090 @xref{Text Properties, , Text Properties, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp
18091 Reference Manual}, and see @ref{Mode Line Format, , Mode Line Format,
18092 elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, for more information.
18094 @code{mode-line-buffer-identification}
18095 displays the current buffer name. It is a list
18096 beginning @code{(#("%12b" 0 4 @dots{}}.
18097 The @code{#(} begins the list.
18099 The @samp{"%12b"} displays the current buffer name, using the
18100 @code{buffer-name} function with which we are familiar; the `12'
18101 specifies the maximum number of characters that will be displayed.
18102 When a name has fewer characters, whitespace is added to fill out to
18103 this number. (Buffer names can and often should be longer than 12
18104 characters; this length works well in a typical 80 column wide
18107 @code{:eval} says to evaluate the following form and use the result as
18108 a string to display. In this case, the expression displays the first
18109 component of the full system name. The end of the first component is
18110 a @samp{.} (`period'), so I use the @code{string-match} function to
18111 tell me the length of the first component. The substring from the
18112 zeroth character to that length is the name of the machine.
18115 This is the expression:
18120 (system-name) 0 (string-match "\\..+" (system-name))))
18124 @samp{%[} and @samp{%]} cause a pair of square brackets
18125 to appear for each recursive editing level. @samp{%n} says `Narrow'
18126 when narrowing is in effect. @samp{%P} tells you the percentage of
18127 the buffer that is above the bottom of the window, or `Top', `Bottom',
18128 or `All'. (A lower case @samp{p} tell you the percentage above the
18129 @emph{top} of the window.) @samp{%-} inserts enough dashes to fill
18132 Remember, ``You don't have to like Emacs to like it''---your own
18133 Emacs can have different colors, different commands, and different
18134 keys than a default Emacs.
18136 On the other hand, if you want to bring up a plain `out of the box'
18137 Emacs, with no customization, type:
18144 This will start an Emacs that does @emph{not} load your
18145 @file{~/.emacs} initialization file. A plain, default Emacs. Nothing
18152 GNU Emacs has two debuggers, @code{debug} and @code{edebug}. The
18153 first is built into the internals of Emacs and is always with you;
18154 the second requires that you instrument a function before you can use it.
18156 Both debuggers are described extensively in @ref{Debugging, ,
18157 Debugging Lisp Programs, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.
18158 In this chapter, I will walk through a short example of each.
18161 * debug:: How to use the built-in debugger.
18162 * debug-on-entry:: Start debugging when you call a function.
18163 * debug-on-quit:: Start debugging when you quit with @kbd{C-g}.
18164 * edebug:: How to use Edebug, a source level debugger.
18165 * Debugging Exercises::
18169 @section @code{debug}
18172 Suppose you have written a function definition that is intended to
18173 return the sum of the numbers 1 through a given number. (This is the
18174 @code{triangle} function discussed earlier. @xref{Decrementing
18175 Example, , Example with Decrementing Counter}, for a discussion.)
18176 @c xref{Decrementing Loop,, Loop with a Decrementing Counter}, for a discussion.)
18178 However, your function definition has a bug. You have mistyped
18179 @samp{1=} for @samp{1-}. Here is the broken definition:
18181 @findex triangle-bugged
18184 (defun triangle-bugged (number)
18185 "Return sum of numbers 1 through NUMBER inclusive."
18187 (while (> number 0)
18188 (setq total (+ total number))
18189 (setq number (1= number))) ; @r{Error here.}
18194 If you are reading this in Info, you can evaluate this definition in
18195 the normal fashion. You will see @code{triangle-bugged} appear in the
18199 Now evaluate the @code{triangle-bugged} function with an
18203 (triangle-bugged 4)
18207 In a recent GNU Emacs, you will create and enter a @file{*Backtrace*}
18213 ---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
18214 Debugger entered--Lisp error: (void-function 1=)
18216 (setq number (1= number))
18217 (while (> number 0) (setq total (+ total number))
18218 (setq number (1= number)))
18219 (let ((total 0)) (while (> number 0) (setq total ...)
18220 (setq number ...)) total)
18224 eval((triangle-bugged 4))
18225 eval-last-sexp-1(nil)
18226 eval-last-sexp(nil)
18227 call-interactively(eval-last-sexp)
18228 ---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
18233 (I have reformatted this example slightly; the debugger does not fold
18234 long lines. As usual, you can quit the debugger by typing @kbd{q} in
18235 the @file{*Backtrace*} buffer.)
18237 In practice, for a bug as simple as this, the `Lisp error' line will
18238 tell you what you need to know to correct the definition. The
18239 function @code{1=} is `void'.
18243 In GNU Emacs 20 and before, you will see:
18246 Symbol's function definition is void:@: 1=
18250 which has the same meaning as the @file{*Backtrace*} buffer line in
18254 However, suppose you are not quite certain what is going on?
18255 You can read the complete backtrace.
18257 In this case, you need to run a recent GNU Emacs, which automatically
18258 starts the debugger that puts you in the @file{*Backtrace*} buffer; or
18259 else, you need to start the debugger manually as described below.
18261 Read the @file{*Backtrace*} buffer from the bottom up; it tells you
18262 what Emacs did that led to the error. Emacs made an interactive call
18263 to @kbd{C-x C-e} (@code{eval-last-sexp}), which led to the evaluation
18264 of the @code{triangle-bugged} expression. Each line above tells you
18265 what the Lisp interpreter evaluated next.
18268 The third line from the top of the buffer is
18271 (setq number (1= number))
18275 Emacs tried to evaluate this expression; in order to do so, it tried
18276 to evaluate the inner expression shown on the second line from the
18285 This is where the error occurred; as the top line says:
18288 Debugger entered--Lisp error: (void-function 1=)
18292 You can correct the mistake, re-evaluate the function definition, and
18293 then run your test again.
18295 @node debug-on-entry
18296 @section @code{debug-on-entry}
18297 @findex debug-on-entry
18299 A recent GNU Emacs starts the debugger automatically when your
18300 function has an error.
18303 GNU Emacs version 20 and before did not; it simply
18304 presented you with an error message. You had to start the debugger
18308 Incidentally, you can start the debugger manually for all versions of
18309 Emacs; the advantage is that the debugger runs even if you do not have
18310 a bug in your code. Sometimes your code will be free of bugs!
18312 You can enter the debugger when you call the function by calling
18313 @code{debug-on-entry}.
18320 M-x debug-on-entry RET triangle-bugged RET
18325 Now, evaluate the following:
18328 (triangle-bugged 5)
18332 All versions of Emacs will create a @file{*Backtrace*} buffer and tell
18333 you that it is beginning to evaluate the @code{triangle-bugged}
18338 ---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
18339 Debugger entered--entering a function:
18340 * triangle-bugged(5)
18341 eval((triangle-bugged 5))
18344 eval-last-sexp-1(nil)
18345 eval-last-sexp(nil)
18346 call-interactively(eval-last-sexp)
18347 ---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
18351 In the @file{*Backtrace*} buffer, type @kbd{d}. Emacs will evaluate
18352 the first expression in @code{triangle-bugged}; the buffer will look
18357 ---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
18358 Debugger entered--beginning evaluation of function call form:
18359 * (let ((total 0)) (while (> number 0) (setq total ...)
18360 (setq number ...)) total)
18361 * triangle-bugged(5)
18362 eval((triangle-bugged 5))
18365 eval-last-sexp-1(nil)
18366 eval-last-sexp(nil)
18367 call-interactively(eval-last-sexp)
18368 ---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
18373 Now, type @kbd{d} again, eight times, slowly. Each time you type
18374 @kbd{d}, Emacs will evaluate another expression in the function
18378 Eventually, the buffer will look like this:
18382 ---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
18383 Debugger entered--beginning evaluation of function call form:
18384 * (setq number (1= number))
18385 * (while (> number 0) (setq total (+ total number))
18386 (setq number (1= number)))
18389 * (let ((total 0)) (while (> number 0) (setq total ...)
18390 (setq number ...)) total)
18391 * triangle-bugged(5)
18392 eval((triangle-bugged 5))
18395 eval-last-sexp-1(nil)
18396 eval-last-sexp(nil)
18397 call-interactively(eval-last-sexp)
18398 ---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
18404 Finally, after you type @kbd{d} two more times, Emacs will reach the
18405 error, and the top two lines of the @file{*Backtrace*} buffer will look
18410 ---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
18411 Debugger entered--Lisp error: (void-function 1=)
18414 ---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
18418 By typing @kbd{d}, you were able to step through the function.
18420 You can quit a @file{*Backtrace*} buffer by typing @kbd{q} in it; this
18421 quits the trace, but does not cancel @code{debug-on-entry}.
18423 @findex cancel-debug-on-entry
18424 To cancel the effect of @code{debug-on-entry}, call
18425 @code{cancel-debug-on-entry} and the name of the function, like this:
18428 M-x cancel-debug-on-entry RET triangle-bugged RET
18432 (If you are reading this in Info, cancel @code{debug-on-entry} now.)
18434 @node debug-on-quit
18435 @section @code{debug-on-quit} and @code{(debug)}
18437 In addition to setting @code{debug-on-error} or calling @code{debug-on-entry},
18438 there are two other ways to start @code{debug}.
18440 @findex debug-on-quit
18441 You can start @code{debug} whenever you type @kbd{C-g}
18442 (@code{keyboard-quit}) by setting the variable @code{debug-on-quit} to
18443 @code{t}. This is useful for debugging infinite loops.
18446 @cindex @code{(debug)} in code
18447 Or, you can insert a line that says @code{(debug)} into your code
18448 where you want the debugger to start, like this:
18452 (defun triangle-bugged (number)
18453 "Return sum of numbers 1 through NUMBER inclusive."
18455 (while (> number 0)
18456 (setq total (+ total number))
18457 (debug) ; @r{Start debugger.}
18458 (setq number (1= number))) ; @r{Error here.}
18463 The @code{debug} function is described in detail in @ref{Debugger, ,
18464 The Lisp Debugger, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.
18467 @section The @code{edebug} Source Level Debugger
18468 @cindex Source level debugger
18471 Edebug is a source level debugger. Edebug normally displays the
18472 source of the code you are debugging, with an arrow at the left that
18473 shows which line you are currently executing.
18475 You can walk through the execution of a function, line by line, or run
18476 quickly until reaching a @dfn{breakpoint} where execution stops.
18478 Edebug is described in @ref{Edebug, , , elisp, The GNU Emacs
18479 Lisp Reference Manual}.
18482 Here is a bugged function definition for @code{triangle-recursively}.
18483 @xref{Recursive triangle function, , Recursion in place of a counter},
18484 for a review of it.
18488 (defun triangle-recursively-bugged (number)
18489 "Return sum of numbers 1 through NUMBER inclusive.
18494 (triangle-recursively-bugged
18495 (1= number))))) ; @r{Error here.}
18500 Normally, you would install this definition by positioning your cursor
18501 after the function's closing parenthesis and typing @kbd{C-x C-e}
18502 (@code{eval-last-sexp}) or else by positioning your cursor within the
18503 definition and typing @kbd{C-M-x} (@code{eval-defun}). (By default,
18504 the @code{eval-defun} command works only in Emacs Lisp mode or in Lisp
18508 However, to prepare this function definition for Edebug, you must
18509 first @dfn{instrument} the code using a different command. You can do
18510 this by positioning your cursor within or just after the definition
18514 M-x edebug-defun RET
18518 This will cause Emacs to load Edebug automatically if it is not
18519 already loaded, and properly instrument the function.
18521 After instrumenting the function, place your cursor after the
18522 following expression and type @kbd{C-x C-e} (@code{eval-last-sexp}):
18525 (triangle-recursively-bugged 3)
18529 You will be jumped back to the source for
18530 @code{triangle-recursively-bugged} and the cursor positioned at the
18531 beginning of the @code{if} line of the function. Also, you will see
18532 an arrowhead at the left hand side of that line. The arrowhead marks
18533 the line where the function is executing. (In the following examples,
18534 we show the arrowhead with @samp{=>}; in a windowing system, you may
18535 see the arrowhead as a solid triangle in the window `fringe'.)
18538 =>@point{}(if (= number 1)
18543 In the example, the location of point is displayed with a star,
18544 @samp{@point{}} (in Info, it is displayed as @samp{-!-}).
18547 In the example, the location of point is displayed as @samp{@point{}}
18548 (in a printed book, it is displayed with a five pointed star).
18551 If you now press @key{SPC}, point will move to the next expression to
18552 be executed; the line will look like this:
18555 =>(if @point{}(= number 1)
18559 As you continue to press @key{SPC}, point will move from expression to
18560 expression. At the same time, whenever an expression returns a value,
18561 that value will be displayed in the echo area. For example, after you
18562 move point past @code{number}, you will see the following:
18565 Result: 3 (#o3, #x3, ?\C-c)
18569 This means the value of @code{number} is 3, which is octal three,
18570 hexadecimal three, and @sc{ascii} `control-c' (the third letter of the
18571 alphabet, in case you need to know this information).
18573 You can continue moving through the code until you reach the line with
18574 the error. Before evaluation, that line looks like this:
18577 => @point{}(1= number))))) ; @r{Error here.}
18582 When you press @key{SPC} once again, you will produce an error message
18586 Symbol's function definition is void:@: 1=
18592 Press @kbd{q} to quit Edebug.
18594 To remove instrumentation from a function definition, simply
18595 re-evaluate it with a command that does not instrument it.
18596 For example, you could place your cursor after the definition's
18597 closing parenthesis and type @kbd{C-x C-e}.
18599 Edebug does a great deal more than walk with you through a function.
18600 You can set it so it races through on its own, stopping only at an
18601 error or at specified stopping points; you can cause it to display the
18602 changing values of various expressions; you can find out how many
18603 times a function is called, and more.
18605 Edebug is described in @ref{Edebug, , , elisp, The GNU Emacs
18606 Lisp Reference Manual}.
18609 @node Debugging Exercises
18610 @section Debugging Exercises
18614 Install the @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} function and then cause it to
18615 enter the built-in debugger when you call it. Run the command on a
18616 region containing two words. You will need to press @kbd{d} a
18617 remarkable number of times. On your system, is a `hook' called after
18618 the command finishes? (For information on hooks, see @ref{Command
18619 Overview, , Command Loop Overview, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference
18623 Copy @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} into the @file{*scratch*} buffer,
18624 instrument the function for Edebug, and walk through its execution.
18625 The function does not need to have a bug, although you can introduce
18626 one if you wish. If the function lacks a bug, the walk-through
18627 completes without problems.
18630 While running Edebug, type @kbd{?} to see a list of all the Edebug commands.
18631 (The @code{global-edebug-prefix} is usually @kbd{C-x X}, i.e.,
18632 @kbd{@key{CTRL}-x} followed by an upper case @kbd{X}; use this prefix
18633 for commands made outside of the Edebug debugging buffer.)
18636 In the Edebug debugging buffer, use the @kbd{p}
18637 (@code{edebug-bounce-point}) command to see where in the region the
18638 @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} is working.
18641 Move point to some spot further down the function and then type the
18642 @kbd{h} (@code{edebug-goto-here}) command to jump to that location.
18645 Use the @kbd{t} (@code{edebug-trace-mode}) command to cause Edebug to
18646 walk through the function on its own; use an upper case @kbd{T} for
18647 @code{edebug-Trace-fast-mode}.
18650 Set a breakpoint, then run Edebug in Trace mode until it reaches the
18655 @chapter Conclusion
18657 We have now reached the end of this Introduction. You have now
18658 learned enough about programming in Emacs Lisp to set values, to write
18659 simple @file{.emacs} files for yourself and your friends, and write
18660 simple customizations and extensions to Emacs.
18662 This is a place to stop. Or, if you wish, you can now go onward, and
18665 You have learned some of the basic nuts and bolts of programming. But
18666 only some. There are a great many more brackets and hinges that are
18667 easy to use that we have not touched.
18669 A path you can follow right now lies among the sources to GNU Emacs
18672 @cite{The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.
18675 @ref{Top, , The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual, elisp, The GNU
18676 Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.
18679 The Emacs Lisp sources are an adventure. When you read the sources and
18680 come across a function or expression that is unfamiliar, you need to
18681 figure out or find out what it does.
18683 Go to the Reference Manual. It is a thorough, complete, and fairly
18684 easy-to-read description of Emacs Lisp. It is written not only for
18685 experts, but for people who know what you know. (The @cite{Reference
18686 Manual} comes with the standard GNU Emacs distribution. Like this
18687 introduction, it comes as a Texinfo source file, so you can read it
18688 on your computer and as a typeset, printed book.)
18690 Go to the other built-in help that is part of GNU Emacs: the built-in
18691 documentation for all functions and variables, and @code{find-tag},
18692 the program that takes you to sources.
18694 Here is an example of how I explore the sources. Because of its name,
18695 @file{simple.el} is the file I looked at first, a long time ago. As
18696 it happens some of the functions in @file{simple.el} are complicated,
18697 or at least look complicated at first sight. The @code{open-line}
18698 function, for example, looks complicated.
18700 You may want to walk through this function slowly, as we did with the
18701 @code{forward-sentence} function. (@xref{forward-sentence, The
18702 @code{forward-sentence} function}.) Or you may want to skip that
18703 function and look at another, such as @code{split-line}. You don't
18704 need to read all the functions. According to
18705 @code{count-words-in-defun}, the @code{split-line} function contains
18706 102 words and symbols.
18708 Even though it is short, @code{split-line} contains expressions
18709 we have not studied: @code{skip-chars-forward}, @code{indent-to},
18710 @code{current-column} and @code{insert-and-inherit}.
18712 Consider the @code{skip-chars-forward} function. (It is part of the
18713 function definition for @code{back-to-indentation}, which is shown in
18714 @ref{Review, , Review}.)
18716 In GNU Emacs, you can find out more about @code{skip-chars-forward} by
18717 typing @kbd{C-h f} (@code{describe-function}) and the name of the
18718 function. This gives you the function documentation.
18720 You may be able to guess what is done by a well named function such as
18721 @code{indent-to}; or you can look it up, too. Incidentally, the
18722 @code{describe-function} function itself is in @file{help.el}; it is
18723 one of those long, but decipherable functions. You can look up
18724 @code{describe-function} using the @kbd{C-h f} command!
18726 In this instance, since the code is Lisp, the @file{*Help*} buffer
18727 contains the name of the library containing the function's source.
18728 You can put point over the name of the library and press the RET key,
18729 which in this situation is bound to @code{help-follow}, and be taken
18730 directly to the source, in the same way as @kbd{M-.}
18733 The definition for @code{describe-function} illustrates how to
18734 customize the @code{interactive} expression without using the standard
18735 character codes; and it shows how to create a temporary buffer.
18737 (The @code{indent-to} function is written in C rather than Emacs Lisp;
18738 it is a `built-in' function. @code{help-follow} takes you to its
18739 source as does @code{find-tag}, when properly set up.)
18741 You can look at a function's source using @code{find-tag}, which is
18742 bound to @kbd{M-.} Finally, you can find out what the Reference
18743 Manual has to say by visiting the manual in Info, and typing @kbd{i}
18744 (@code{Info-index}) and the name of the function, or by looking up the
18745 function in the index to a printed copy of the manual.
18747 Similarly, you can find out what is meant by
18748 @code{insert-and-inherit}.
18750 Other interesting source files include @file{paragraphs.el},
18751 @file{loaddefs.el}, and @file{loadup.el}. The @file{paragraphs.el}
18752 file includes short, easily understood functions as well as longer
18753 ones. The @file{loaddefs.el} file contains the many standard
18754 autoloads and many keymaps. I have never looked at it all; only at
18755 parts. @file{loadup.el} is the file that loads the standard parts of
18756 Emacs; it tells you a great deal about how Emacs is built.
18757 (@xref{Building Emacs, , Building Emacs, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp
18758 Reference Manual}, for more about building.)
18760 As I said, you have learned some nuts and bolts; however, and very
18761 importantly, we have hardly touched major aspects of programming; I
18762 have said nothing about how to sort information, except to use the
18763 predefined @code{sort} function; I have said nothing about how to store
18764 information, except to use variables and lists; I have said nothing
18765 about how to write programs that write programs. These are topics for
18766 another, and different kind of book, a different kind of learning.
18768 What you have done is learn enough for much practical work with GNU
18769 Emacs. What you have done is get started. This is the end of a
18772 @c ================ Appendix ================
18775 @appendix The @code{the-the} Function
18777 @cindex Duplicated words function
18778 @cindex Words, duplicated
18780 Sometimes when you you write text, you duplicate words---as with ``you
18781 you'' near the beginning of this sentence. I find that most
18782 frequently, I duplicate ``the''; hence, I call the function for
18783 detecting duplicated words, @code{the-the}.
18786 As a first step, you could use the following regular expression to
18787 search for duplicates:
18790 \\(\\w+[ \t\n]+\\)\\1
18794 This regexp matches one or more word-constituent characters followed
18795 by one or more spaces, tabs, or newlines. However, it does not detect
18796 duplicated words on different lines, since the ending of the first
18797 word, the end of the line, is different from the ending of the second
18798 word, a space. (For more information about regular expressions, see
18799 @ref{Regexp Search, , Regular Expression Searches}, as well as
18800 @ref{Regexps, , Syntax of Regular Expressions, emacs, The GNU Emacs
18801 Manual}, and @ref{Regular Expressions, , Regular Expressions, elisp,
18802 The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.)
18804 You might try searching just for duplicated word-constituent
18805 characters but that does not work since the pattern detects doubles
18806 such as the two occurrences of `th' in `with the'.
18808 Another possible regexp searches for word-constituent characters
18809 followed by non-word-constituent characters, reduplicated. Here,
18810 @w{@samp{\\w+}} matches one or more word-constituent characters and
18811 @w{@samp{\\W*}} matches zero or more non-word-constituent characters.
18814 \\(\\(\\w+\\)\\W*\\)\\1
18820 Here is the pattern that I use. It is not perfect, but good enough.
18821 @w{@samp{\\b}} matches the empty string, provided it is at the beginning
18822 or end of a word; @w{@samp{[^@@ \n\t]+}} matches one or more occurrences of
18823 any characters that are @emph{not} an @@-sign, space, newline, or tab.
18826 \\b\\([^@@ \n\t]+\\)[ \n\t]+\\1\\b
18829 One can write more complicated expressions, but I found that this
18830 expression is good enough, so I use it.
18832 Here is the @code{the-the} function, as I include it in my
18833 @file{.emacs} file, along with a handy global key binding:
18838 "Search forward for for a duplicated word."
18840 (message "Searching for for duplicated words ...")
18844 ;; This regexp is not perfect
18845 ;; but is fairly good over all:
18846 (if (re-search-forward
18847 "\\b\\([^@@ \n\t]+\\)[ \n\t]+\\1\\b" nil 'move)
18848 (message "Found duplicated word.")
18849 (message "End of buffer")))
18853 ;; Bind `the-the' to C-c \
18854 (global-set-key "\C-c\\" 'the-the)
18863 one two two three four five
18868 You can substitute the other regular expressions shown above in the
18869 function definition and try each of them on this list.
18872 @appendix Handling the Kill Ring
18873 @cindex Kill ring handling
18874 @cindex Handling the kill ring
18875 @cindex Ring, making a list like a
18877 The kill ring is a list that is transformed into a ring by the
18878 workings of the @code{current-kill} function. The @code{yank} and
18879 @code{yank-pop} commands use the @code{current-kill} function.
18881 This appendix describes the @code{current-kill} function as well as
18882 both the @code{yank} and the @code{yank-pop} commands, but first,
18883 consider the workings of the kill ring.
18886 * What the Kill Ring Does::
18888 * yank:: Paste a copy of a clipped element.
18889 * yank-pop:: Insert element pointed to.
18894 @node What the Kill Ring Does
18895 @unnumberedsec What the Kill Ring Does
18899 The kill ring has a default maximum length of sixty items; this number
18900 is too large for an explanation. Instead, set it to four. Please
18901 evaluate the following:
18905 (setq old-kill-ring-max kill-ring-max)
18906 (setq kill-ring-max 4)
18911 Then, please copy each line of the following indented example into the
18912 kill ring. You may kill each line with @kbd{C-k} or mark it and copy
18916 (In a read-only buffer, such as the @file{*info*} buffer, the kill
18917 command, @kbd{C-k} (@code{kill-line}), will not remove the text,
18918 merely copy it to the kill ring. However, your machine may beep at
18919 you. Alternatively, for silence, you may copy the region of each line
18920 with the @kbd{M-w} (@code{kill-ring-save}) command. You must mark
18921 each line for this command to succeed, but it does not matter at which
18922 end you put point or mark.)
18926 Please invoke the calls in order, so that five elements attempt to
18927 fill the kill ring:
18932 second piece of text
18934 fourth line of text
18941 Then find the value of @code{kill-ring} by evaluating
18953 ("fifth bit of text" "fourth line of text"
18954 "third line" "second piece of text")
18959 The first element, @samp{first some text}, was dropped.
18962 To return to the old value for the length of the kill ring, evaluate:
18965 (setq kill-ring-max old-kill-ring-max)
18969 @appendixsec The @code{current-kill} Function
18970 @findex current-kill
18972 The @code{current-kill} function changes the element in the kill ring
18973 to which @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} points. (Also, the
18974 @code{kill-new} function sets @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} to point
18975 to the latest element of the kill ring. The @code{kill-new}
18976 function is used directly or indirectly by @code{kill-append},
18977 @code{copy-region-as-kill}, @code{kill-ring-save}, @code{kill-line},
18978 and @code{kill-region}.)
18981 * Code for current-kill::
18982 * Understanding current-kill::
18986 @node Code for current-kill
18987 @unnumberedsubsec The code for @code{current-kill}
18992 The @code{current-kill} function is used by @code{yank} and by
18993 @code{yank-pop}. Here is the code for @code{current-kill}:
18997 (defun current-kill (n &optional do-not-move)
18998 "Rotate the yanking point by N places, and then return that kill.
18999 If N is zero, `interprogram-paste-function' is set, and calling it
19000 returns a string, then that string is added to the front of the
19001 kill ring and returned as the latest kill.
19004 If optional arg DO-NOT-MOVE is non-nil, then don't actually move the
19005 yanking point; just return the Nth kill forward."
19006 (let ((interprogram-paste (and (= n 0)
19007 interprogram-paste-function
19008 (funcall interprogram-paste-function))))
19011 (if interprogram-paste
19013 ;; Disable the interprogram cut function when we add the new
19014 ;; text to the kill ring, so Emacs doesn't try to own the
19015 ;; selection, with identical text.
19016 (let ((interprogram-cut-function nil))
19017 (kill-new interprogram-paste))
19018 interprogram-paste)
19021 (or kill-ring (error "Kill ring is empty"))
19022 (let ((ARGth-kill-element
19023 (nthcdr (mod (- n (length kill-ring-yank-pointer))
19024 (length kill-ring))
19027 (setq kill-ring-yank-pointer ARGth-kill-element))
19028 (car ARGth-kill-element)))))
19032 Remember also that the @code{kill-new} function sets
19033 @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} to the latest element of the kill
19034 ring, which means that all the functions that call it set the value
19035 indirectly: @code{kill-append}, @code{copy-region-as-kill},
19036 @code{kill-ring-save}, @code{kill-line}, and @code{kill-region}.
19039 Here is the line in @code{kill-new}, which is explained in
19040 @ref{kill-new function, , The @code{kill-new} function}.
19043 (setq kill-ring-yank-pointer kill-ring)
19047 @node Understanding current-kill
19048 @unnumberedsubsec @code{current-kill} in Outline
19051 The @code{current-kill} function looks complex, but as usual, it can
19052 be understood by taking it apart piece by piece. First look at it in
19057 (defun current-kill (n &optional do-not-move)
19058 "Rotate the yanking point by N places, and then return that kill."
19064 This function takes two arguments, one of which is optional. It has a
19065 documentation string. It is @emph{not} interactive.
19068 * Body of current-kill::
19069 * Digression concerning error:: How to mislead humans, but not computers.
19070 * Determining the Element::
19074 @node Body of current-kill
19075 @unnumberedsubsubsec The Body of @code{current-kill}
19078 The body of the function definition is a @code{let} expression, which
19079 itself has a body as well as a @var{varlist}.
19081 The @code{let} expression declares a variable that will be only usable
19082 within the bounds of this function. This variable is called
19083 @code{interprogram-paste} and is for copying to another program. It
19084 is not for copying within this instance of GNU Emacs. Most window
19085 systems provide a facility for interprogram pasting. Sadly, that
19086 facility usually provides only for the last element. Most windowing
19087 systems have not adopted a ring of many possibilities, even though
19088 Emacs has provided it for decades.
19090 The @code{if} expression has two parts, one if there exists
19091 @code{interprogram-paste} and one if not.
19094 Let us consider the `if not' or else-part of the @code{current-kill}
19095 function. (The then-part uses the @code{kill-new} function, which
19096 we have already described. @xref{kill-new function, , The
19097 @code{kill-new} function}.)
19101 (or kill-ring (error "Kill ring is empty"))
19102 (let ((ARGth-kill-element
19103 (nthcdr (mod (- n (length kill-ring-yank-pointer))
19104 (length kill-ring))
19107 (setq kill-ring-yank-pointer ARGth-kill-element))
19108 (car ARGth-kill-element))
19113 The code first checks whether the kill ring has content; otherwise it
19117 Note that the @code{or} expression is very similar to testing length
19124 (if (zerop (length kill-ring)) ; @r{if-part}
19125 (error "Kill ring is empty")) ; @r{then-part}
19131 If there is not anything in the kill ring, its length must be zero and
19132 an error message sent to the user: @samp{Kill ring is empty}. The
19133 @code{current-kill} function uses an @code{or} expression which is
19134 simpler. But an @code{if} expression reminds us what goes on.
19136 This @code{if} expression uses the function @code{zerop} which returns
19137 true if the value it is testing is zero. When @code{zerop} tests
19138 true, the then-part of the @code{if} is evaluated. The then-part is a
19139 list starting with the function @code{error}, which is a function that
19140 is similar to the @code{message} function
19141 (@pxref{message, , The @code{message} Function}) in that
19142 it prints a one-line message in the echo area. However, in addition
19143 to printing a message, @code{error} also stops evaluation of the
19144 function within which it is embedded. This means that the rest of the
19145 function will not be evaluated if the length of the kill ring is zero.
19147 Then the @code{current-kill} function selects the element to return.
19148 The selection depends on the number of places that @code{current-kill}
19149 rotates and on where @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} points.
19151 Next, either the optional @code{do-not-move} argument is true or the
19152 current value of @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} is set to point to the
19153 list. Finally, another expression returns the first element of the
19154 list even if the @code{do-not-move} argument is true.
19157 @node Digression concerning error
19158 @unnumberedsubsubsec Digression about the word `error'
19161 In my opinion, it is slightly misleading, at least to humans, to use
19162 the term `error' as the name of the @code{error} function. A better
19163 term would be `cancel'. Strictly speaking, of course, you cannot
19164 point to, much less rotate a pointer to a list that has no length, so
19165 from the point of view of the computer, the word `error' is correct.
19166 But a human expects to attempt this sort of thing, if only to find out
19167 whether the kill ring is full or empty. This is an act of
19170 From the human point of view, the act of exploration and discovery is
19171 not necessarily an error, and therefore should not be labeled as one,
19172 even in the bowels of a computer. As it is, the code in Emacs implies
19173 that a human who is acting virtuously, by exploring his or her
19174 environment, is making an error. This is bad. Even though the computer
19175 takes the same steps as it does when there is an `error', a term such as
19176 `cancel' would have a clearer connotation.
19179 @node Determining the Element
19180 @unnumberedsubsubsec Determining the Element
19183 Among other actions, the else-part of the @code{if} expression sets
19184 the value of @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} to
19185 @code{ARGth-kill-element} when the kill ring has something in it and
19186 the value of @code{do-not-move} is @code{nil}.
19189 The code looks like this:
19193 (nthcdr (mod (- n (length kill-ring-yank-pointer))
19194 (length kill-ring))
19199 This needs some examination. Unless it is not supposed to move the
19200 pointer, the @code{current-kill} function changes where
19201 @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} points.
19203 @w{@code{(setq kill-ring-yank-pointer ARGth-kill-element))}}
19204 expression does. Also, clearly, @code{ARGth-kill-element} is being
19205 set to be equal to some @sc{cdr} of the kill ring, using the
19206 @code{nthcdr} function that is described in an earlier section.
19207 (@xref{copy-region-as-kill}.) How does it do this?
19209 As we have seen before (@pxref{nthcdr}), the @code{nthcdr} function
19210 works by repeatedly taking the @sc{cdr} of a list---it takes the
19211 @sc{cdr} of the @sc{cdr} of the @sc{cdr} @dots{}
19214 The two following expressions produce the same result:
19218 (setq kill-ring-yank-pointer (cdr kill-ring))
19220 (setq kill-ring-yank-pointer (nthcdr 1 kill-ring))
19224 However, the @code{nthcdr} expression is more complicated. It uses
19225 the @code{mod} function to determine which @sc{cdr} to select.
19227 (You will remember to look at inner functions first; indeed, we will
19228 have to go inside the @code{mod}.)
19230 The @code{mod} function returns the value of its first argument modulo
19231 the second; that is to say, it returns the remainder after dividing
19232 the first argument by the second. The value returned has the same
19233 sign as the second argument.
19241 @result{} 0 ;; @r{because there is no remainder}
19248 In this case, the first argument is often smaller than the second.
19260 We can guess what the @code{-} function does. It is like @code{+} but
19261 subtracts instead of adds; the @code{-} function subtracts its second
19262 argument from its first. Also, we already know what the @code{length}
19263 function does (@pxref{length}). It returns the length of a list.
19265 And @code{n} is the name of the required argument to the
19266 @code{current-kill} function.
19269 So when the first argument to @code{nthcdr} is zero, the @code{nthcdr}
19270 expression returns the whole list, as you can see by evaluating the
19275 ;; kill-ring-yank-pointer @r{and} kill-ring @r{have a length of four}
19276 ;; @r{and} (mod (- 0 4) 4) @result{} 0
19277 (nthcdr (mod (- 0 4) 4)
19278 '("fourth line of text"
19280 "second piece of text"
19281 "first some text"))
19286 When the first argument to the @code{current-kill} function is one,
19287 the @code{nthcdr} expression returns the list without its first
19292 (nthcdr (mod (- 1 4) 4)
19293 '("fourth line of text"
19295 "second piece of text"
19296 "first some text"))
19300 @cindex @samp{global variable} defined
19301 @cindex @samp{variable, global}, defined
19302 Incidentally, both @code{kill-ring} and @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer}
19303 are @dfn{global variables}. That means that any expression in Emacs
19304 Lisp can access them. They are not like the local variables set by
19305 @code{let} or like the symbols in an argument list.
19306 Local variables can only be accessed
19307 within the @code{let} that defines them or the function that specifies
19308 them in an argument list (and within expressions called by them).
19311 @c texi2dvi fails when the name of the section is within ifnottex ...
19312 (@xref{Prevent confusion, , @code{let} Prevents Confusion}, and
19313 @ref{defun, , The @code{defun} Macro}.)
19317 @appendixsec @code{yank}
19320 After learning about @code{current-kill}, the code for the
19321 @code{yank} function is almost easy.
19323 The @code{yank} function does not use the
19324 @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} variable directly. It calls
19325 @code{insert-for-yank} which calls @code{current-kill} which sets the
19326 @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} variable.
19329 The code looks like this:
19334 (defun yank (&optional arg)
19335 "Reinsert (\"paste\") the last stretch of killed text.
19336 More precisely, reinsert the stretch of killed text most recently
19337 killed OR yanked. Put point at end, and set mark at beginning.
19338 With just \\[universal-argument] as argument, same but put point at
19339 beginning (and mark at end). With argument N, reinsert the Nth most
19340 recently killed stretch of killed text.
19342 When this command inserts killed text into the buffer, it honors
19343 `yank-excluded-properties' and `yank-handler' as described in the
19344 doc string for `insert-for-yank-1', which see.
19346 See also the command \\[yank-pop]."
19350 (setq yank-window-start (window-start))
19351 ;; If we don't get all the way thru, make last-command indicate that
19352 ;; for the following command.
19353 (setq this-command t)
19354 (push-mark (point))
19357 (insert-for-yank (current-kill (cond
19362 ;; This is like exchange-point-and-mark,
19363 ;; but doesn't activate the mark.
19364 ;; It is cleaner to avoid activation, even though the command
19365 ;; loop would deactivate the mark because we inserted text.
19366 (goto-char (prog1 (mark t)
19367 (set-marker (mark-marker) (point) (current-buffer)))))
19370 ;; If we do get all the way thru, make this-command indicate that.
19371 (if (eq this-command t)
19372 (setq this-command 'yank))
19377 The key expression is @code{insert-for-yank}, which inserts the string
19378 returned by @code{current-kill}, but removes some text properties from
19381 However, before getting to that expression, the function sets the value
19382 of @code{yank-window-start} to the position returned by the
19383 @code{(window-start)} expression, the position at which the display
19384 currently starts. The @code{yank} function also sets
19385 @code{this-command} and pushes the mark.
19387 After it yanks the appropriate element, if the optional argument is a
19388 @sc{cons} rather than a number or nothing, it puts point at beginning
19389 of the yanked text and mark at its end.
19391 (The @code{prog1} function is like @code{progn} but returns the value
19392 of its first argument rather than the value of its last argument. Its
19393 first argument is forced to return the buffer's mark as an integer.
19394 You can see the documentation for these functions by placing point
19395 over them in this buffer and then typing @kbd{C-h f}
19396 (@code{describe-function}) followed by a @kbd{RET}; the default is the
19399 The last part of the function tells what to do when it succeeds.
19402 @appendixsec @code{yank-pop}
19405 After understanding @code{yank} and @code{current-kill}, you know how
19406 to approach the @code{yank-pop} function. Leaving out the
19407 documentation to save space, it looks like this:
19412 (defun yank-pop (&optional arg)
19415 (if (not (eq last-command 'yank))
19416 (error "Previous command was not a yank"))
19419 (setq this-command 'yank)
19420 (unless arg (setq arg 1))
19421 (let ((inhibit-read-only t)
19422 (before (< (point) (mark t))))
19426 (funcall (or yank-undo-function 'delete-region) (point) (mark t))
19427 (funcall (or yank-undo-function 'delete-region) (mark t) (point)))
19428 (setq yank-undo-function nil)
19431 (set-marker (mark-marker) (point) (current-buffer))
19432 (insert-for-yank (current-kill arg))
19433 ;; Set the window start back where it was in the yank command,
19435 (set-window-start (selected-window) yank-window-start t)
19439 ;; This is like exchange-point-and-mark,
19440 ;; but doesn't activate the mark.
19441 ;; It is cleaner to avoid activation, even though the command
19442 ;; loop would deactivate the mark because we inserted text.
19443 (goto-char (prog1 (mark t)
19444 (set-marker (mark-marker)
19446 (current-buffer))))))
19451 The function is interactive with a small @samp{p} so the prefix
19452 argument is processed and passed to the function. The command can
19453 only be used after a previous yank; otherwise an error message is
19454 sent. This check uses the variable @code{last-command} which is set
19455 by @code{yank} and is discussed elsewhere.
19456 (@xref{copy-region-as-kill}.)
19458 The @code{let} clause sets the variable @code{before} to true or false
19459 depending whether point is before or after mark and then the region
19460 between point and mark is deleted. This is the region that was just
19461 inserted by the previous yank and it is this text that will be
19464 @code{funcall} calls its first argument as a function, passing
19465 remaining arguments to it. The first argument is whatever the
19466 @code{or} expression returns. The two remaining arguments are the
19467 positions of point and mark set by the preceding @code{yank} command.
19469 There is more, but that is the hardest part.
19472 @appendixsec The @file{ring.el} File
19473 @cindex @file{ring.el} file
19475 Interestingly, GNU Emacs posses a file called @file{ring.el} that
19476 provides many of the features we just discussed. But functions such
19477 as @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} do not use this library, possibly
19478 because they were written earlier.
19481 @appendix A Graph with Labeled Axes
19483 Printed axes help you understand a graph. They convey scale. In an
19484 earlier chapter (@pxref{Readying a Graph, , Readying a Graph}), we
19485 wrote the code to print the body of a graph. Here we write the code
19486 for printing and labeling vertical and horizontal axes, along with the
19490 * Labeled Example::
19491 * print-graph Varlist:: @code{let} expression in @code{print-graph}.
19492 * print-Y-axis:: Print a label for the vertical axis.
19493 * print-X-axis:: Print a horizontal label.
19494 * Print Whole Graph:: The function to print a complete graph.
19498 @node Labeled Example
19499 @unnumberedsec Labeled Example Graph
19502 Since insertions fill a buffer to the right and below point, the new
19503 graph printing function should first print the Y or vertical axis,
19504 then the body of the graph, and finally the X or horizontal axis.
19505 This sequence lays out for us the contents of the function:
19515 Print body of graph.
19522 Here is an example of how a finished graph should look:
19535 1 - ****************
19542 In this graph, both the vertical and the horizontal axes are labeled
19543 with numbers. However, in some graphs, the horizontal axis is time
19544 and would be better labeled with months, like this:
19558 Indeed, with a little thought, we can easily come up with a variety of
19559 vertical and horizontal labeling schemes. Our task could become
19560 complicated. But complications breed confusion. Rather than permit
19561 this, it is better choose a simple labeling scheme for our first
19562 effort, and to modify or replace it later.
19565 These considerations suggest the following outline for the
19566 @code{print-graph} function:
19570 (defun print-graph (numbers-list)
19571 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
19572 (let ((height @dots{}
19576 (print-Y-axis height @dots{} )
19577 (graph-body-print numbers-list)
19578 (print-X-axis @dots{} )))
19582 We can work on each part of the @code{print-graph} function definition
19585 @node print-graph Varlist
19586 @appendixsec The @code{print-graph} Varlist
19587 @cindex @code{print-graph} varlist
19589 In writing the @code{print-graph} function, the first task is to write
19590 the varlist in the @code{let} expression. (We will leave aside for the
19591 moment any thoughts about making the function interactive or about the
19592 contents of its documentation string.)
19594 The varlist should set several values. Clearly, the top of the label
19595 for the vertical axis must be at least the height of the graph, which
19596 means that we must obtain this information here. Note that the
19597 @code{print-graph-body} function also requires this information. There
19598 is no reason to calculate the height of the graph in two different
19599 places, so we should change @code{print-graph-body} from the way we
19600 defined it earlier to take advantage of the calculation.
19602 Similarly, both the function for printing the X axis labels and the
19603 @code{print-graph-body} function need to learn the value of the width of
19604 each symbol. We can perform the calculation here and change the
19605 definition for @code{print-graph-body} from the way we defined it in the
19608 The length of the label for the horizontal axis must be at least as long
19609 as the graph. However, this information is used only in the function
19610 that prints the horizontal axis, so it does not need to be calculated here.
19612 These thoughts lead us directly to the following form for the varlist
19613 in the @code{let} for @code{print-graph}:
19617 (let ((height (apply 'max numbers-list)) ; @r{First version.}
19618 (symbol-width (length graph-blank)))
19623 As we shall see, this expression is not quite right.
19627 @appendixsec The @code{print-Y-axis} Function
19628 @cindex Axis, print vertical
19629 @cindex Y axis printing
19630 @cindex Vertical axis printing
19631 @cindex Print vertical axis
19633 The job of the @code{print-Y-axis} function is to print a label for
19634 the vertical axis that looks like this:
19652 The function should be passed the height of the graph, and then should
19653 construct and insert the appropriate numbers and marks.
19656 * print-Y-axis in Detail::
19657 * Height of label:: What height for the Y axis?
19658 * Compute a Remainder:: How to compute the remainder of a division.
19659 * Y Axis Element:: Construct a line for the Y axis.
19660 * Y-axis-column:: Generate a list of Y axis labels.
19661 * print-Y-axis Penultimate:: A not quite final version.
19665 @node print-Y-axis in Detail
19666 @unnumberedsubsec The @code{print-Y-axis} Function in Detail
19669 It is easy enough to see in the figure what the Y axis label should
19670 look like; but to say in words, and then to write a function
19671 definition to do the job is another matter. It is not quite true to
19672 say that we want a number and a tic every five lines: there are only
19673 three lines between the @samp{1} and the @samp{5} (lines 2, 3, and 4),
19674 but four lines between the @samp{5} and the @samp{10} (lines 6, 7, 8,
19675 and 9). It is better to say that we want a number and a tic mark on
19676 the base line (number 1) and then that we want a number and a tic on
19677 the fifth line from the bottom and on every line that is a multiple of
19681 @node Height of label
19682 @unnumberedsubsec What height should the label be?
19685 The next issue is what height the label should be? Suppose the maximum
19686 height of tallest column of the graph is seven. Should the highest
19687 label on the Y axis be @samp{5 -}, and should the graph stick up above
19688 the label? Or should the highest label be @samp{7 -}, and mark the peak
19689 of the graph? Or should the highest label be @code{10 -}, which is a
19690 multiple of five, and be higher than the topmost value of the graph?
19692 The latter form is preferred. Most graphs are drawn within rectangles
19693 whose sides are an integral number of steps long---5, 10, 15, and so
19694 on for a step distance of five. But as soon as we decide to use a
19695 step height for the vertical axis, we discover that the simple
19696 expression in the varlist for computing the height is wrong. The
19697 expression is @code{(apply 'max numbers-list)}. This returns the
19698 precise height, not the maximum height plus whatever is necessary to
19699 round up to the nearest multiple of five. A more complex expression
19702 As usual in cases like this, a complex problem becomes simpler if it is
19703 divided into several smaller problems.
19705 First, consider the case when the highest value of the graph is an
19706 integral multiple of five---when it is 5, 10, 15, or some higher
19707 multiple of five. We can use this value as the Y axis height.
19709 A fairly simply way to determine whether a number is a multiple of
19710 five is to divide it by five and see if the division results in a
19711 remainder. If there is no remainder, the number is a multiple of
19712 five. Thus, seven divided by five has a remainder of two, and seven
19713 is not an integral multiple of five. Put in slightly different
19714 language, more reminiscent of the classroom, five goes into seven
19715 once, with a remainder of two. However, five goes into ten twice,
19716 with no remainder: ten is an integral multiple of five.
19718 @node Compute a Remainder
19719 @appendixsubsec Side Trip: Compute a Remainder
19721 @findex % @r{(remainder function)}
19722 @cindex Remainder function, @code{%}
19723 In Lisp, the function for computing a remainder is @code{%}. The
19724 function returns the remainder of its first argument divided by its
19725 second argument. As it happens, @code{%} is a function in Emacs Lisp
19726 that you cannot discover using @code{apropos}: you find nothing if you
19727 type @kbd{M-x apropos @key{RET} remainder @key{RET}}. The only way to
19728 learn of the existence of @code{%} is to read about it in a book such
19729 as this or in the Emacs Lisp sources.
19731 You can try the @code{%} function by evaluating the following two
19743 The first expression returns 2 and the second expression returns 0.
19745 To test whether the returned value is zero or some other number, we
19746 can use the @code{zerop} function. This function returns @code{t} if
19747 its argument, which must be a number, is zero.
19759 Thus, the following expression will return @code{t} if the height
19760 of the graph is evenly divisible by five:
19763 (zerop (% height 5))
19767 (The value of @code{height}, of course, can be found from @code{(apply
19768 'max numbers-list)}.)
19770 On the other hand, if the value of @code{height} is not a multiple of
19771 five, we want to reset the value to the next higher multiple of five.
19772 This is straightforward arithmetic using functions with which we are
19773 already familiar. First, we divide the value of @code{height} by five
19774 to determine how many times five goes into the number. Thus, five
19775 goes into twelve twice. If we add one to this quotient and multiply by
19776 five, we will obtain the value of the next multiple of five that is
19777 larger than the height. Five goes into twelve twice. Add one to two,
19778 and multiply by five; the result is fifteen, which is the next multiple
19779 of five that is higher than twelve. The Lisp expression for this is:
19782 (* (1+ (/ height 5)) 5)
19786 For example, if you evaluate the following, the result is 15:
19789 (* (1+ (/ 12 5)) 5)
19792 All through this discussion, we have been using `five' as the value
19793 for spacing labels on the Y axis; but we may want to use some other
19794 value. For generality, we should replace `five' with a variable to
19795 which we can assign a value. The best name I can think of for this
19796 variable is @code{Y-axis-label-spacing}.
19799 Using this term, and an @code{if} expression, we produce the
19804 (if (zerop (% height Y-axis-label-spacing))
19807 (* (1+ (/ height Y-axis-label-spacing))
19808 Y-axis-label-spacing))
19813 This expression returns the value of @code{height} itself if the height
19814 is an even multiple of the value of the @code{Y-axis-label-spacing} or
19815 else it computes and returns a value of @code{height} that is equal to
19816 the next higher multiple of the value of the @code{Y-axis-label-spacing}.
19818 We can now include this expression in the @code{let} expression of the
19819 @code{print-graph} function (after first setting the value of
19820 @code{Y-axis-label-spacing}):
19821 @vindex Y-axis-label-spacing
19825 (defvar Y-axis-label-spacing 5
19826 "Number of lines from one Y axis label to next.")
19831 (let* ((height (apply 'max numbers-list))
19832 (height-of-top-line
19833 (if (zerop (% height Y-axis-label-spacing))
19838 (* (1+ (/ height Y-axis-label-spacing))
19839 Y-axis-label-spacing)))
19840 (symbol-width (length graph-blank))))
19846 (Note use of the @code{let*} function: the initial value of height is
19847 computed once by the @code{(apply 'max numbers-list)} expression and
19848 then the resulting value of @code{height} is used to compute its
19849 final value. @xref{fwd-para let, , The @code{let*} expression}, for
19850 more about @code{let*}.)
19852 @node Y Axis Element
19853 @appendixsubsec Construct a Y Axis Element
19855 When we print the vertical axis, we want to insert strings such as
19856 @w{@samp{5 -}} and @w{@samp{10 - }} every five lines.
19857 Moreover, we want the numbers and dashes to line up, so shorter
19858 numbers must be padded with leading spaces. If some of the strings
19859 use two digit numbers, the strings with single digit numbers must
19860 include a leading blank space before the number.
19862 @findex number-to-string
19863 To figure out the length of the number, the @code{length} function is
19864 used. But the @code{length} function works only with a string, not with
19865 a number. So the number has to be converted from being a number to
19866 being a string. This is done with the @code{number-to-string} function.
19871 (length (number-to-string 35))
19874 (length (number-to-string 100))
19880 (@code{number-to-string} is also called @code{int-to-string}; you will
19881 see this alternative name in various sources.)
19883 In addition, in each label, each number is followed by a string such
19884 as @w{@samp{ - }}, which we will call the @code{Y-axis-tic} marker.
19885 This variable is defined with @code{defvar}:
19890 (defvar Y-axis-tic " - "
19891 "String that follows number in a Y axis label.")
19895 The length of the Y label is the sum of the length of the Y axis tic
19896 mark and the length of the number of the top of the graph.
19899 (length (concat (number-to-string height) Y-axis-tic)))
19902 This value will be calculated by the @code{print-graph} function in
19903 its varlist as @code{full-Y-label-width} and passed on. (Note that we
19904 did not think to include this in the varlist when we first proposed it.)
19906 To make a complete vertical axis label, a tic mark is concatenated
19907 with a number; and the two together may be preceded by one or more
19908 spaces depending on how long the number is. The label consists of
19909 three parts: the (optional) leading spaces, the number, and the tic
19910 mark. The function is passed the value of the number for the specific
19911 row, and the value of the width of the top line, which is calculated
19912 (just once) by @code{print-graph}.
19916 (defun Y-axis-element (number full-Y-label-width)
19917 "Construct a NUMBERed label element.
19918 A numbered element looks like this ` 5 - ',
19919 and is padded as needed so all line up with
19920 the element for the largest number."
19923 (let* ((leading-spaces
19924 (- full-Y-label-width
19926 (concat (number-to-string number)
19931 (make-string leading-spaces ? )
19932 (number-to-string number)
19937 The @code{Y-axis-element} function concatenates together the leading
19938 spaces, if any; the number, as a string; and the tic mark.
19940 To figure out how many leading spaces the label will need, the
19941 function subtracts the actual length of the label---the length of the
19942 number plus the length of the tic mark---from the desired label width.
19944 @findex make-string
19945 Blank spaces are inserted using the @code{make-string} function. This
19946 function takes two arguments: the first tells it how long the string
19947 will be and the second is a symbol for the character to insert, in a
19948 special format. The format is a question mark followed by a blank
19949 space, like this, @samp{? }. @xref{Character Type, , Character Type,
19950 elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, for a description of the
19951 syntax for characters. (Of course, you might want to replace the
19952 blank space by some other character @dots{} You know what to do.)
19954 The @code{number-to-string} function is used in the concatenation
19955 expression, to convert the number to a string that is concatenated
19956 with the leading spaces and the tic mark.
19958 @node Y-axis-column
19959 @appendixsubsec Create a Y Axis Column
19961 The preceding functions provide all the tools needed to construct a
19962 function that generates a list of numbered and blank strings to insert
19963 as the label for the vertical axis:
19965 @findex Y-axis-column
19968 (defun Y-axis-column (height width-of-label)
19969 "Construct list of Y axis labels and blank strings.
19970 For HEIGHT of line above base and WIDTH-OF-LABEL."
19974 (while (> height 1)
19975 (if (zerop (% height Y-axis-label-spacing))
19976 ;; @r{Insert label.}
19979 (Y-axis-element height width-of-label)
19983 ;; @r{Else, insert blanks.}
19986 (make-string width-of-label ? )
19988 (setq height (1- height)))
19989 ;; @r{Insert base line.}
19991 (cons (Y-axis-element 1 width-of-label) Y-axis))
19992 (nreverse Y-axis)))
19996 In this function, we start with the value of @code{height} and
19997 repetitively subtract one from its value. After each subtraction, we
19998 test to see whether the value is an integral multiple of the
19999 @code{Y-axis-label-spacing}. If it is, we construct a numbered label
20000 using the @code{Y-axis-element} function; if not, we construct a
20001 blank label using the @code{make-string} function. The base line
20002 consists of the number one followed by a tic mark.
20005 @node print-Y-axis Penultimate
20006 @appendixsubsec The Not Quite Final Version of @code{print-Y-axis}
20008 The list constructed by the @code{Y-axis-column} function is passed to
20009 the @code{print-Y-axis} function, which inserts the list as a column.
20011 @findex print-Y-axis
20014 (defun print-Y-axis (height full-Y-label-width)
20015 "Insert Y axis using HEIGHT and FULL-Y-LABEL-WIDTH.
20016 Height must be the maximum height of the graph.
20017 Full width is the width of the highest label element."
20018 ;; Value of height and full-Y-label-width
20019 ;; are passed by `print-graph'.
20022 (let ((start (point)))
20024 (Y-axis-column height full-Y-label-width))
20025 ;; @r{Place point ready for inserting graph.}
20027 ;; @r{Move point forward by value of} full-Y-label-width
20028 (forward-char full-Y-label-width)))
20032 The @code{print-Y-axis} uses the @code{insert-rectangle} function to
20033 insert the Y axis labels created by the @code{Y-axis-column} function.
20034 In addition, it places point at the correct position for printing the body of
20037 You can test @code{print-Y-axis}:
20045 Y-axis-label-spacing
20054 Copy the following expression:
20057 (print-Y-axis 12 5)
20061 Switch to the @file{*scratch*} buffer and place the cursor where you
20062 want the axis labels to start.
20065 Type @kbd{M-:} (@code{eval-expression}).
20068 Yank the @code{graph-body-print} expression into the minibuffer
20069 with @kbd{C-y} (@code{yank)}.
20072 Press @key{RET} to evaluate the expression.
20075 Emacs will print labels vertically, the top one being @w{@samp{10 -@w{
20076 }}}. (The @code{print-graph} function will pass the value of
20077 @code{height-of-top-line}, which in this case will end up as 15,
20078 thereby getting rid of what might appear as a bug.)
20082 @appendixsec The @code{print-X-axis} Function
20083 @cindex Axis, print horizontal
20084 @cindex X axis printing
20085 @cindex Print horizontal axis
20086 @cindex Horizontal axis printing
20088 X axis labels are much like Y axis labels, except that the ticks are on a
20089 line above the numbers. Labels should look like this:
20098 The first tic is under the first column of the graph and is preceded by
20099 several blank spaces. These spaces provide room in rows above for the Y
20100 axis labels. The second, third, fourth, and subsequent ticks are all
20101 spaced equally, according to the value of @code{X-axis-label-spacing}.
20103 The second row of the X axis consists of numbers, preceded by several
20104 blank spaces and also separated according to the value of the variable
20105 @code{X-axis-label-spacing}.
20107 The value of the variable @code{X-axis-label-spacing} should itself be
20108 measured in units of @code{symbol-width}, since you may want to change
20109 the width of the symbols that you are using to print the body of the
20110 graph without changing the ways the graph is labeled.
20113 * Similarities differences:: Much like @code{print-Y-axis}, but not exactly.
20114 * X Axis Tic Marks:: Create tic marks for the horizontal axis.
20118 @node Similarities differences
20119 @unnumberedsubsec Similarities and differences
20122 The @code{print-X-axis} function is constructed in more or less the
20123 same fashion as the @code{print-Y-axis} function except that it has
20124 two lines: the line of tic marks and the numbers. We will write a
20125 separate function to print each line and then combine them within the
20126 @code{print-X-axis} function.
20128 This is a three step process:
20132 Write a function to print the X axis tic marks, @code{print-X-axis-tic-line}.
20135 Write a function to print the X numbers, @code{print-X-axis-numbered-line}.
20138 Write a function to print both lines, the @code{print-X-axis} function,
20139 using @code{print-X-axis-tic-line} and
20140 @code{print-X-axis-numbered-line}.
20143 @node X Axis Tic Marks
20144 @appendixsubsec X Axis Tic Marks
20146 The first function should print the X axis tic marks. We must specify
20147 the tic marks themselves and their spacing:
20151 (defvar X-axis-label-spacing
20152 (if (boundp 'graph-blank)
20153 (* 5 (length graph-blank)) 5)
20154 "Number of units from one X axis label to next.")
20159 (Note that the value of @code{graph-blank} is set by another
20160 @code{defvar}. The @code{boundp} predicate checks whether it has
20161 already been set; @code{boundp} returns @code{nil} if it has not. If
20162 @code{graph-blank} were unbound and we did not use this conditional
20163 construction, in a recent GNU Emacs, we would enter the debugger and
20164 see an error message saying @samp{@w{Debugger entered--Lisp error:}
20165 @w{(void-variable graph-blank)}}.)
20168 Here is the @code{defvar} for @code{X-axis-tic-symbol}:
20172 (defvar X-axis-tic-symbol "|"
20173 "String to insert to point to a column in X axis.")
20178 The goal is to make a line that looks like this:
20184 The first tic is indented so that it is under the first column, which is
20185 indented to provide space for the Y axis labels.
20187 A tic element consists of the blank spaces that stretch from one tic to
20188 the next plus a tic symbol. The number of blanks is determined by the
20189 width of the tic symbol and the @code{X-axis-label-spacing}.
20192 The code looks like this:
20196 ;;; X-axis-tic-element
20200 ;; @r{Make a string of blanks.}
20201 (- (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing)
20202 (length X-axis-tic-symbol))
20204 ;; @r{Concatenate blanks with tic symbol.}
20210 Next, we determine how many blanks are needed to indent the first tic
20211 mark to the first column of the graph. This uses the value of
20212 @code{full-Y-label-width} passed it by the @code{print-graph} function.
20215 The code to make @code{X-axis-leading-spaces}
20220 ;; X-axis-leading-spaces
20222 (make-string full-Y-label-width ? )
20227 We also need to determine the length of the horizontal axis, which is
20228 the length of the numbers list, and the number of ticks in the horizontal
20235 (length numbers-list)
20241 (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing)
20245 ;; number-of-X-ticks
20246 (if (zerop (% (X-length tic-width)))
20247 (/ (X-length tic-width))
20248 (1+ (/ (X-length tic-width))))
20253 All this leads us directly to the function for printing the X axis tic line:
20255 @findex print-X-axis-tic-line
20258 (defun print-X-axis-tic-line
20259 (number-of-X-tics X-axis-leading-spaces X-axis-tic-element)
20260 "Print ticks for X axis."
20261 (insert X-axis-leading-spaces)
20262 (insert X-axis-tic-symbol) ; @r{Under first column.}
20265 ;; @r{Insert second tic in the right spot.}
20268 (- (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing)
20269 ;; @r{Insert white space up to second tic symbol.}
20270 (* 2 (length X-axis-tic-symbol)))
20272 X-axis-tic-symbol))
20275 ;; @r{Insert remaining ticks.}
20276 (while (> number-of-X-tics 1)
20277 (insert X-axis-tic-element)
20278 (setq number-of-X-tics (1- number-of-X-tics))))
20282 The line of numbers is equally straightforward:
20285 First, we create a numbered element with blank spaces before each number:
20287 @findex X-axis-element
20290 (defun X-axis-element (number)
20291 "Construct a numbered X axis element."
20292 (let ((leading-spaces
20293 (- (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing)
20294 (length (number-to-string number)))))
20295 (concat (make-string leading-spaces ? )
20296 (number-to-string number))))
20300 Next, we create the function to print the numbered line, starting with
20301 the number ``1'' under the first column:
20303 @findex print-X-axis-numbered-line
20306 (defun print-X-axis-numbered-line
20307 (number-of-X-tics X-axis-leading-spaces)
20308 "Print line of X-axis numbers"
20309 (let ((number X-axis-label-spacing))
20310 (insert X-axis-leading-spaces)
20316 ;; @r{Insert white space up to next number.}
20317 (- (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing) 2)
20319 (number-to-string number)))
20322 ;; @r{Insert remaining numbers.}
20323 (setq number (+ number X-axis-label-spacing))
20324 (while (> number-of-X-tics 1)
20325 (insert (X-axis-element number))
20326 (setq number (+ number X-axis-label-spacing))
20327 (setq number-of-X-tics (1- number-of-X-tics)))))
20331 Finally, we need to write the @code{print-X-axis} that uses
20332 @code{print-X-axis-tic-line} and
20333 @code{print-X-axis-numbered-line}.
20335 The function must determine the local values of the variables used by both
20336 @code{print-X-axis-tic-line} and @code{print-X-axis-numbered-line}, and
20337 then it must call them. Also, it must print the carriage return that
20338 separates the two lines.
20340 The function consists of a varlist that specifies five local variables,
20341 and calls to each of the two line printing functions:
20343 @findex print-X-axis
20346 (defun print-X-axis (numbers-list)
20347 "Print X axis labels to length of NUMBERS-LIST."
20348 (let* ((leading-spaces
20349 (make-string full-Y-label-width ? ))
20352 ;; symbol-width @r{is provided by} graph-body-print
20353 (tic-width (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing))
20354 (X-length (length numbers-list))
20362 ;; @r{Make a string of blanks.}
20363 (- (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing)
20364 (length X-axis-tic-symbol))
20368 ;; @r{Concatenate blanks with tic symbol.}
20369 X-axis-tic-symbol))
20373 (if (zerop (% X-length tic-width))
20374 (/ X-length tic-width)
20375 (1+ (/ X-length tic-width)))))
20378 (print-X-axis-tic-line tic-number leading-spaces X-tic)
20380 (print-X-axis-numbered-line tic-number leading-spaces)))
20385 You can test @code{print-X-axis}:
20389 Install @code{X-axis-tic-symbol}, @code{X-axis-label-spacing},
20390 @code{print-X-axis-tic-line}, as well as @code{X-axis-element},
20391 @code{print-X-axis-numbered-line}, and @code{print-X-axis}.
20394 Copy the following expression:
20399 (let ((full-Y-label-width 5)
20402 '(1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16))))
20407 Switch to the @file{*scratch*} buffer and place the cursor where you
20408 want the axis labels to start.
20411 Type @kbd{M-:} (@code{eval-expression}).
20414 Yank the test expression into the minibuffer
20415 with @kbd{C-y} (@code{yank)}.
20418 Press @key{RET} to evaluate the expression.
20422 Emacs will print the horizontal axis like this:
20432 @node Print Whole Graph
20433 @appendixsec Printing the Whole Graph
20434 @cindex Printing the whole graph
20435 @cindex Whole graph printing
20436 @cindex Graph, printing all
20438 Now we are nearly ready to print the whole graph.
20440 The function to print the graph with the proper labels follows the
20441 outline we created earlier (@pxref{Full Graph, , A Graph with Labeled
20442 Axes}), but with additions.
20445 Here is the outline:
20449 (defun print-graph (numbers-list)
20450 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
20451 (let ((height @dots{}
20455 (print-Y-axis height @dots{} )
20456 (graph-body-print numbers-list)
20457 (print-X-axis @dots{} )))
20462 * The final version:: A few changes.
20463 * Test print-graph:: Run a short test.
20464 * Graphing words in defuns:: Executing the final code.
20465 * lambda:: How to write an anonymous function.
20466 * mapcar:: Apply a function to elements of a list.
20467 * Another Bug:: Yet another bug @dots{} most insidious.
20468 * Final printed graph:: The graph itself!
20472 @node The final version
20473 @unnumberedsubsec Changes for the Final Version
20476 The final version is different from what we planned in two ways:
20477 first, it contains additional values calculated once in the varlist;
20478 second, it carries an option to specify the labels' increment per row.
20479 This latter feature turns out to be essential; otherwise, a graph may
20480 have more rows than fit on a display or on a sheet of paper.
20483 This new feature requires a change to the @code{Y-axis-column}
20484 function, to add @code{vertical-step} to it. The function looks like
20487 @findex Y-axis-column @r{Final version.}
20490 ;;; @r{Final version.}
20491 (defun Y-axis-column
20492 (height width-of-label &optional vertical-step)
20493 "Construct list of labels for Y axis.
20494 HEIGHT is maximum height of graph.
20495 WIDTH-OF-LABEL is maximum width of label.
20496 VERTICAL-STEP, an option, is a positive integer
20497 that specifies how much a Y axis label increments
20498 for each line. For example, a step of 5 means
20499 that each line is five units of the graph."
20503 (number-per-line (or vertical-step 1)))
20504 (while (> height 1)
20505 (if (zerop (% height Y-axis-label-spacing))
20508 ;; @r{Insert label.}
20512 (* height number-per-line)
20517 ;; @r{Else, insert blanks.}
20520 (make-string width-of-label ? )
20522 (setq height (1- height)))
20525 ;; @r{Insert base line.}
20526 (setq Y-axis (cons (Y-axis-element
20527 (or vertical-step 1)
20530 (nreverse Y-axis)))
20534 The values for the maximum height of graph and the width of a symbol
20535 are computed by @code{print-graph} in its @code{let} expression; so
20536 @code{graph-body-print} must be changed to accept them.
20538 @findex graph-body-print @r{Final version.}
20541 ;;; @r{Final version.}
20542 (defun graph-body-print (numbers-list height symbol-width)
20543 "Print a bar graph of the NUMBERS-LIST.
20544 The numbers-list consists of the Y-axis values.
20545 HEIGHT is maximum height of graph.
20546 SYMBOL-WIDTH is number of each column."
20549 (let (from-position)
20550 (while numbers-list
20551 (setq from-position (point))
20553 (column-of-graph height (car numbers-list)))
20554 (goto-char from-position)
20555 (forward-char symbol-width)
20558 ;; @r{Draw graph column by column.}
20560 (setq numbers-list (cdr numbers-list)))
20561 ;; @r{Place point for X axis labels.}
20562 (forward-line height)
20568 Finally, the code for the @code{print-graph} function:
20570 @findex print-graph @r{Final version.}
20573 ;;; @r{Final version.}
20575 (numbers-list &optional vertical-step)
20576 "Print labeled bar graph of the NUMBERS-LIST.
20577 The numbers-list consists of the Y-axis values.
20581 Optionally, VERTICAL-STEP, a positive integer,
20582 specifies how much a Y axis label increments for
20583 each line. For example, a step of 5 means that
20584 each row is five units."
20587 (let* ((symbol-width (length graph-blank))
20588 ;; @code{height} @r{is both the largest number}
20589 ;; @r{and the number with the most digits.}
20590 (height (apply 'max numbers-list))
20593 (height-of-top-line
20594 (if (zerop (% height Y-axis-label-spacing))
20597 (* (1+ (/ height Y-axis-label-spacing))
20598 Y-axis-label-spacing)))
20601 (vertical-step (or vertical-step 1))
20602 (full-Y-label-width
20608 (* height-of-top-line vertical-step))
20614 height-of-top-line full-Y-label-width vertical-step)
20618 numbers-list height-of-top-line symbol-width)
20619 (print-X-axis numbers-list)))
20623 @node Test print-graph
20624 @appendixsubsec Testing @code{print-graph}
20627 We can test the @code{print-graph} function with a short list of numbers:
20631 Install the final versions of @code{Y-axis-column},
20632 @code{graph-body-print}, and @code{print-graph} (in addition to the
20636 Copy the following expression:
20639 (print-graph '(3 2 5 6 7 5 3 4 6 4 3 2 1))
20643 Switch to the @file{*scratch*} buffer and place the cursor where you
20644 want the axis labels to start.
20647 Type @kbd{M-:} (@code{eval-expression}).
20650 Yank the test expression into the minibuffer
20651 with @kbd{C-y} (@code{yank)}.
20654 Press @key{RET} to evaluate the expression.
20658 Emacs will print a graph that looks like this:
20679 On the other hand, if you pass @code{print-graph} a
20680 @code{vertical-step} value of 2, by evaluating this expression:
20683 (print-graph '(3 2 5 6 7 5 3 4 6 4 3 2 1) 2)
20688 The graph looks like this:
20709 (A question: is the `2' on the bottom of the vertical axis a bug or a
20710 feature? If you think it is a bug, and should be a `1' instead, (or
20711 even a `0'), you can modify the sources.)
20713 @node Graphing words in defuns
20714 @appendixsubsec Graphing Numbers of Words and Symbols
20716 Now for the graph for which all this code was written: a graph that
20717 shows how many function definitions contain fewer than 10 words and
20718 symbols, how many contain between 10 and 19 words and symbols, how
20719 many contain between 20 and 29 words and symbols, and so on.
20721 This is a multi-step process. First make sure you have loaded all the
20725 It is a good idea to reset the value of @code{top-of-ranges} in case
20726 you have set it to some different value. You can evaluate the
20731 (setq top-of-ranges
20734 110 120 130 140 150
20735 160 170 180 190 200
20736 210 220 230 240 250
20737 260 270 280 290 300)
20742 Next create a list of the number of words and symbols in each range.
20746 Evaluate the following:
20750 (setq list-for-graph
20753 (recursive-lengths-list-many-files
20754 (directory-files "/usr/local/emacs/lisp"
20762 On my old machine, this took about an hour. It looked though 303 Lisp
20763 files in my copy of Emacs version 19.23. After all that computing,
20764 the @code{list-for-graph} had this value:
20768 (537 1027 955 785 594 483 349 292 224 199 166 120 116 99
20769 90 80 67 48 52 45 41 33 28 26 25 20 12 28 11 13 220)
20774 This means that my copy of Emacs had 537 function definitions with
20775 fewer than 10 words or symbols in them, 1,027 function definitions
20776 with 10 to 19 words or symbols in them, 955 function definitions with
20777 20 to 29 words or symbols in them, and so on.
20779 Clearly, just by looking at this list we can see that most function
20780 definitions contain ten to thirty words and symbols.
20782 Now for printing. We do @emph{not} want to print a graph that is
20783 1,030 lines high @dots{} Instead, we should print a graph that is
20784 fewer than twenty-five lines high. A graph that height can be
20785 displayed on almost any monitor, and easily printed on a sheet of paper.
20787 This means that each value in @code{list-for-graph} must be reduced to
20788 one-fiftieth its present value.
20790 Here is a short function to do just that, using two functions we have
20791 not yet seen, @code{mapcar} and @code{lambda}.
20795 (defun one-fiftieth (full-range)
20796 "Return list, each number one-fiftieth of previous."
20797 (mapcar (lambda (arg) (/ arg 50)) full-range))
20802 @appendixsubsec A @code{lambda} Expression: Useful Anonymity
20803 @cindex Anonymous function
20806 @code{lambda} is the symbol for an anonymous function, a function
20807 without a name. Every time you use an anonymous function, you need to
20808 include its whole body.
20815 (lambda (arg) (/ arg 50))
20819 is a function definition that says `return the value resulting from
20820 dividing whatever is passed to me as @code{arg} by 50'.
20823 Earlier, for example, we had a function @code{multiply-by-seven}; it
20824 multiplied its argument by 7. This function is similar, except it
20825 divides its argument by 50; and, it has no name. The anonymous
20826 equivalent of @code{multiply-by-seven} is:
20829 (lambda (number) (* 7 number))
20833 (@xref{defun, , The @code{defun} Macro}.)
20837 If we want to multiply 3 by 7, we can write:
20839 @c clear print-postscript-figures
20840 @c lambda example diagram #1
20844 (multiply-by-seven 3)
20845 \_______________/ ^
20851 @ifset print-postscript-figures
20854 @center @image{lambda-1}
20858 @ifclear print-postscript-figures
20862 (multiply-by-seven 3)
20863 \_______________/ ^
20872 This expression returns 21.
20876 Similarly, we can write:
20878 @c lambda example diagram #2
20882 ((lambda (number) (* 7 number)) 3)
20883 \____________________________/ ^
20885 anonymous function argument
20889 @ifset print-postscript-figures
20892 @center @image{lambda-2}
20896 @ifclear print-postscript-figures
20900 ((lambda (number) (* 7 number)) 3)
20901 \____________________________/ ^
20903 anonymous function argument
20911 If we want to divide 100 by 50, we can write:
20913 @c lambda example diagram #3
20917 ((lambda (arg) (/ arg 50)) 100)
20918 \______________________/ \_/
20920 anonymous function argument
20924 @ifset print-postscript-figures
20927 @center @image{lambda-3}
20931 @ifclear print-postscript-figures
20935 ((lambda (arg) (/ arg 50)) 100)
20936 \______________________/ \_/
20938 anonymous function argument
20945 This expression returns 2. The 100 is passed to the function, which
20946 divides that number by 50.
20948 @xref{Lambda Expressions, , Lambda Expressions, elisp, The GNU Emacs
20949 Lisp Reference Manual}, for more about @code{lambda}. Lisp and lambda
20950 expressions derive from the Lambda Calculus.
20953 @appendixsubsec The @code{mapcar} Function
20956 @code{mapcar} is a function that calls its first argument with each
20957 element of its second argument, in turn. The second argument must be
20960 The @samp{map} part of the name comes from the mathematical phrase,
20961 `mapping over a domain', meaning to apply a function to each of the
20962 elements in a domain. The mathematical phrase is based on the
20963 metaphor of a surveyor walking, one step at a time, over an area he is
20964 mapping. And @samp{car}, of course, comes from the Lisp notion of the
20973 (mapcar '1+ '(2 4 6))
20979 The function @code{1+} which adds one to its argument, is executed on
20980 @emph{each} element of the list, and a new list is returned.
20982 Contrast this with @code{apply}, which applies its first argument to
20984 (@xref{Readying a Graph, , Readying a Graph}, for a explanation of
20988 In the definition of @code{one-fiftieth}, the first argument is the
20989 anonymous function:
20992 (lambda (arg) (/ arg 50))
20996 and the second argument is @code{full-range}, which will be bound to
20997 @code{list-for-graph}.
21000 The whole expression looks like this:
21003 (mapcar (lambda (arg) (/ arg 50)) full-range))
21006 @xref{Mapping Functions, , Mapping Functions, elisp, The GNU Emacs
21007 Lisp Reference Manual}, for more about @code{mapcar}.
21009 Using the @code{one-fiftieth} function, we can generate a list in
21010 which each element is one-fiftieth the size of the corresponding
21011 element in @code{list-for-graph}.
21015 (setq fiftieth-list-for-graph
21016 (one-fiftieth list-for-graph))
21021 The resulting list looks like this:
21025 (10 20 19 15 11 9 6 5 4 3 3 2 2
21026 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4)
21031 This, we are almost ready to print! (We also notice the loss of
21032 information: many of the higher ranges are 0, meaning that fewer than
21033 50 defuns had that many words or symbols---but not necessarily meaning
21034 that none had that many words or symbols.)
21037 @appendixsubsec Another Bug @dots{} Most Insidious
21038 @cindex Bug, most insidious type
21039 @cindex Insidious type of bug
21041 I said `almost ready to print'! Of course, there is a bug in the
21042 @code{print-graph} function @dots{} It has a @code{vertical-step}
21043 option, but not a @code{horizontal-step} option. The
21044 @code{top-of-range} scale goes from 10 to 300 by tens. But the
21045 @code{print-graph} function will print only by ones.
21047 This is a classic example of what some consider the most insidious
21048 type of bug, the bug of omission. This is not the kind of bug you can
21049 find by studying the code, for it is not in the code; it is an omitted
21050 feature. Your best actions are to try your program early and often;
21051 and try to arrange, as much as you can, to write code that is easy to
21052 understand and easy to change. Try to be aware, whenever you can,
21053 that whatever you have written, @emph{will} be rewritten, if not soon,
21054 eventually. A hard maxim to follow.
21056 It is the @code{print-X-axis-numbered-line} function that needs the
21057 work; and then the @code{print-X-axis} and the @code{print-graph}
21058 functions need to be adapted. Not much needs to be done; there is one
21059 nicety: the numbers ought to line up under the tic marks. This takes
21063 Here is the corrected @code{print-X-axis-numbered-line}:
21067 (defun print-X-axis-numbered-line
21068 (number-of-X-tics X-axis-leading-spaces
21069 &optional horizontal-step)
21070 "Print line of X-axis numbers"
21071 (let ((number X-axis-label-spacing)
21072 (horizontal-step (or horizontal-step 1)))
21075 (insert X-axis-leading-spaces)
21076 ;; @r{Delete extra leading spaces.}
21079 (length (number-to-string horizontal-step)))))
21084 ;; @r{Insert white space.}
21086 X-axis-label-spacing)
21089 (number-to-string horizontal-step)))
21093 (* number horizontal-step))))
21096 ;; @r{Insert remaining numbers.}
21097 (setq number (+ number X-axis-label-spacing))
21098 (while (> number-of-X-tics 1)
21099 (insert (X-axis-element
21100 (* number horizontal-step)))
21101 (setq number (+ number X-axis-label-spacing))
21102 (setq number-of-X-tics (1- number-of-X-tics)))))
21107 If you are reading this in Info, you can see the new versions of
21108 @code{print-X-axis} @code{print-graph} and evaluate them. If you are
21109 reading this in a printed book, you can see the changed lines here
21110 (the full text is too much to print).
21115 (defun print-X-axis (numbers-list horizontal-step)
21117 (print-X-axis-numbered-line
21118 tic-number leading-spaces horizontal-step))
21126 &optional vertical-step horizontal-step)
21128 (print-X-axis numbers-list horizontal-step))
21136 (defun print-X-axis (numbers-list horizontal-step)
21137 "Print X axis labels to length of NUMBERS-LIST.
21138 Optionally, HORIZONTAL-STEP, a positive integer,
21139 specifies how much an X axis label increments for
21143 ;; Value of symbol-width and full-Y-label-width
21144 ;; are passed by `print-graph'.
21145 (let* ((leading-spaces
21146 (make-string full-Y-label-width ? ))
21147 ;; symbol-width @r{is provided by} graph-body-print
21148 (tic-width (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing))
21149 (X-length (length numbers-list))
21155 ;; @r{Make a string of blanks.}
21156 (- (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing)
21157 (length X-axis-tic-symbol))
21161 ;; @r{Concatenate blanks with tic symbol.}
21162 X-axis-tic-symbol))
21164 (if (zerop (% X-length tic-width))
21165 (/ X-length tic-width)
21166 (1+ (/ X-length tic-width)))))
21170 (print-X-axis-tic-line
21171 tic-number leading-spaces X-tic)
21173 (print-X-axis-numbered-line
21174 tic-number leading-spaces horizontal-step)))
21181 (numbers-list &optional vertical-step horizontal-step)
21182 "Print labeled bar graph of the NUMBERS-LIST.
21183 The numbers-list consists of the Y-axis values.
21187 Optionally, VERTICAL-STEP, a positive integer,
21188 specifies how much a Y axis label increments for
21189 each line. For example, a step of 5 means that
21190 each row is five units.
21194 Optionally, HORIZONTAL-STEP, a positive integer,
21195 specifies how much an X axis label increments for
21197 (let* ((symbol-width (length graph-blank))
21198 ;; @code{height} @r{is both the largest number}
21199 ;; @r{and the number with the most digits.}
21200 (height (apply 'max numbers-list))
21203 (height-of-top-line
21204 (if (zerop (% height Y-axis-label-spacing))
21207 (* (1+ (/ height Y-axis-label-spacing))
21208 Y-axis-label-spacing)))
21211 (vertical-step (or vertical-step 1))
21212 (full-Y-label-width
21216 (* height-of-top-line vertical-step))
21221 height-of-top-line full-Y-label-width vertical-step)
21223 numbers-list height-of-top-line symbol-width)
21224 (print-X-axis numbers-list horizontal-step)))
21231 Graphing Definitions Re-listed
21234 Here are all the graphing definitions in their final form:
21238 (defvar top-of-ranges
21241 110 120 130 140 150
21242 160 170 180 190 200
21243 210 220 230 240 250)
21244 "List specifying ranges for `defuns-per-range'.")
21248 (defvar graph-symbol "*"
21249 "String used as symbol in graph, usually an asterisk.")
21253 (defvar graph-blank " "
21254 "String used as blank in graph, usually a blank space.
21255 graph-blank must be the same number of columns wide
21260 (defvar Y-axis-tic " - "
21261 "String that follows number in a Y axis label.")
21265 (defvar Y-axis-label-spacing 5
21266 "Number of lines from one Y axis label to next.")
21270 (defvar X-axis-tic-symbol "|"
21271 "String to insert to point to a column in X axis.")
21275 (defvar X-axis-label-spacing
21276 (if (boundp 'graph-blank)
21277 (* 5 (length graph-blank)) 5)
21278 "Number of units from one X axis label to next.")
21284 (defun count-words-in-defun ()
21285 "Return the number of words and symbols in a defun."
21286 (beginning-of-defun)
21288 (end (save-excursion (end-of-defun) (point))))
21293 (and (< (point) end)
21295 "\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)+[^ \t\n]*[ \t\n]*"
21297 (setq count (1+ count)))
21304 (defun lengths-list-file (filename)
21305 "Return list of definitions' lengths within FILE.
21306 The returned list is a list of numbers.
21307 Each number is the number of words or
21308 symbols in one function definition."
21312 (message "Working on `%s' ... " filename)
21314 (let ((buffer (find-file-noselect filename))
21316 (set-buffer buffer)
21317 (setq buffer-read-only t)
21319 (goto-char (point-min))
21323 (while (re-search-forward "^(defun" nil t)
21325 (cons (count-words-in-defun) lengths-list)))
21326 (kill-buffer buffer)
21333 (defun lengths-list-many-files (list-of-files)
21334 "Return list of lengths of defuns in LIST-OF-FILES."
21335 (let (lengths-list)
21336 ;;; @r{true-or-false-test}
21337 (while list-of-files
21343 ;;; @r{Generate a lengths' list.}
21345 (expand-file-name (car list-of-files)))))
21346 ;;; @r{Make files' list shorter.}
21347 (setq list-of-files (cdr list-of-files)))
21348 ;;; @r{Return final value of lengths' list.}
21355 (defun defuns-per-range (sorted-lengths top-of-ranges)
21356 "SORTED-LENGTHS defuns in each TOP-OF-RANGES range."
21357 (let ((top-of-range (car top-of-ranges))
21358 (number-within-range 0)
21359 defuns-per-range-list)
21364 (while top-of-ranges
21368 ;; @r{Need number for numeric test.}
21369 (car sorted-lengths)
21370 (< (car sorted-lengths) top-of-range))
21372 ;; @r{Count number of definitions within current range.}
21373 (setq number-within-range (1+ number-within-range))
21374 (setq sorted-lengths (cdr sorted-lengths)))
21378 ;; @r{Exit inner loop but remain within outer loop.}
21380 (setq defuns-per-range-list
21381 (cons number-within-range defuns-per-range-list))
21382 (setq number-within-range 0) ; @r{Reset count to zero.}
21384 ;; @r{Move to next range.}
21385 (setq top-of-ranges (cdr top-of-ranges))
21386 ;; @r{Specify next top of range value.}
21387 (setq top-of-range (car top-of-ranges)))
21391 ;; @r{Exit outer loop and count the number of defuns larger than}
21392 ;; @r{ the largest top-of-range value.}
21393 (setq defuns-per-range-list
21395 (length sorted-lengths)
21396 defuns-per-range-list))
21398 ;; @r{Return a list of the number of definitions within each range,}
21399 ;; @r{ smallest to largest.}
21400 (nreverse defuns-per-range-list)))
21406 (defun column-of-graph (max-graph-height actual-height)
21407 "Return list of MAX-GRAPH-HEIGHT strings;
21408 ACTUAL-HEIGHT are graph-symbols.
21409 The graph-symbols are contiguous entries at the end
21411 The list will be inserted as one column of a graph.
21412 The strings are either graph-blank or graph-symbol."
21416 (let ((insert-list nil)
21417 (number-of-top-blanks
21418 (- max-graph-height actual-height)))
21420 ;; @r{Fill in @code{graph-symbols}.}
21421 (while (> actual-height 0)
21422 (setq insert-list (cons graph-symbol insert-list))
21423 (setq actual-height (1- actual-height)))
21427 ;; @r{Fill in @code{graph-blanks}.}
21428 (while (> number-of-top-blanks 0)
21429 (setq insert-list (cons graph-blank insert-list))
21430 (setq number-of-top-blanks
21431 (1- number-of-top-blanks)))
21433 ;; @r{Return whole list.}
21440 (defun Y-axis-element (number full-Y-label-width)
21441 "Construct a NUMBERed label element.
21442 A numbered element looks like this ` 5 - ',
21443 and is padded as needed so all line up with
21444 the element for the largest number."
21447 (let* ((leading-spaces
21448 (- full-Y-label-width
21450 (concat (number-to-string number)
21455 (make-string leading-spaces ? )
21456 (number-to-string number)
21463 (defun print-Y-axis
21464 (height full-Y-label-width &optional vertical-step)
21465 "Insert Y axis by HEIGHT and FULL-Y-LABEL-WIDTH.
21466 Height must be the maximum height of the graph.
21467 Full width is the width of the highest label element.
21468 Optionally, print according to VERTICAL-STEP."
21471 ;; Value of height and full-Y-label-width
21472 ;; are passed by `print-graph'.
21473 (let ((start (point)))
21475 (Y-axis-column height full-Y-label-width vertical-step))
21478 ;; @r{Place point ready for inserting graph.}
21480 ;; @r{Move point forward by value of} full-Y-label-width
21481 (forward-char full-Y-label-width)))
21487 (defun print-X-axis-tic-line
21488 (number-of-X-tics X-axis-leading-spaces X-axis-tic-element)
21489 "Print ticks for X axis."
21490 (insert X-axis-leading-spaces)
21491 (insert X-axis-tic-symbol) ; @r{Under first column.}
21494 ;; @r{Insert second tic in the right spot.}
21497 (- (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing)
21498 ;; @r{Insert white space up to second tic symbol.}
21499 (* 2 (length X-axis-tic-symbol)))
21501 X-axis-tic-symbol))
21504 ;; @r{Insert remaining ticks.}
21505 (while (> number-of-X-tics 1)
21506 (insert X-axis-tic-element)
21507 (setq number-of-X-tics (1- number-of-X-tics))))
21513 (defun X-axis-element (number)
21514 "Construct a numbered X axis element."
21515 (let ((leading-spaces
21516 (- (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing)
21517 (length (number-to-string number)))))
21518 (concat (make-string leading-spaces ? )
21519 (number-to-string number))))
21525 (defun graph-body-print (numbers-list height symbol-width)
21526 "Print a bar graph of the NUMBERS-LIST.
21527 The numbers-list consists of the Y-axis values.
21528 HEIGHT is maximum height of graph.
21529 SYMBOL-WIDTH is number of each column."
21532 (let (from-position)
21533 (while numbers-list
21534 (setq from-position (point))
21536 (column-of-graph height (car numbers-list)))
21537 (goto-char from-position)
21538 (forward-char symbol-width)
21541 ;; @r{Draw graph column by column.}
21543 (setq numbers-list (cdr numbers-list)))
21544 ;; @r{Place point for X axis labels.}
21545 (forward-line height)
21552 (defun Y-axis-column
21553 (height width-of-label &optional vertical-step)
21554 "Construct list of labels for Y axis.
21555 HEIGHT is maximum height of graph.
21556 WIDTH-OF-LABEL is maximum width of label.
21559 VERTICAL-STEP, an option, is a positive integer
21560 that specifies how much a Y axis label increments
21561 for each line. For example, a step of 5 means
21562 that each line is five units of the graph."
21564 (number-per-line (or vertical-step 1)))
21567 (while (> height 1)
21568 (if (zerop (% height Y-axis-label-spacing))
21569 ;; @r{Insert label.}
21573 (* height number-per-line)
21578 ;; @r{Else, insert blanks.}
21581 (make-string width-of-label ? )
21583 (setq height (1- height)))
21586 ;; @r{Insert base line.}
21587 (setq Y-axis (cons (Y-axis-element
21588 (or vertical-step 1)
21591 (nreverse Y-axis)))
21597 (defun print-X-axis-numbered-line
21598 (number-of-X-tics X-axis-leading-spaces
21599 &optional horizontal-step)
21600 "Print line of X-axis numbers"
21601 (let ((number X-axis-label-spacing)
21602 (horizontal-step (or horizontal-step 1)))
21605 (insert X-axis-leading-spaces)
21607 (delete-char (- (1- (length (number-to-string horizontal-step)))))
21610 ;; @r{Insert white space up to next number.}
21611 (- (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing)
21612 (1- (length (number-to-string horizontal-step)))
21615 (number-to-string (* number horizontal-step))))
21618 ;; @r{Insert remaining numbers.}
21619 (setq number (+ number X-axis-label-spacing))
21620 (while (> number-of-X-tics 1)
21621 (insert (X-axis-element (* number horizontal-step)))
21622 (setq number (+ number X-axis-label-spacing))
21623 (setq number-of-X-tics (1- number-of-X-tics)))))
21629 (defun print-X-axis (numbers-list horizontal-step)
21630 "Print X axis labels to length of NUMBERS-LIST.
21631 Optionally, HORIZONTAL-STEP, a positive integer,
21632 specifies how much an X axis label increments for
21636 ;; Value of symbol-width and full-Y-label-width
21637 ;; are passed by `print-graph'.
21638 (let* ((leading-spaces
21639 (make-string full-Y-label-width ? ))
21640 ;; symbol-width @r{is provided by} graph-body-print
21641 (tic-width (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing))
21642 (X-length (length numbers-list))
21648 ;; @r{Make a string of blanks.}
21649 (- (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing)
21650 (length X-axis-tic-symbol))
21654 ;; @r{Concatenate blanks with tic symbol.}
21655 X-axis-tic-symbol))
21657 (if (zerop (% X-length tic-width))
21658 (/ X-length tic-width)
21659 (1+ (/ X-length tic-width)))))
21663 (print-X-axis-tic-line
21664 tic-number leading-spaces X-tic)
21666 (print-X-axis-numbered-line
21667 tic-number leading-spaces horizontal-step)))
21673 (defun one-fiftieth (full-range)
21674 "Return list, each number of which is 1/50th previous."
21675 (mapcar (lambda (arg) (/ arg 50)) full-range))
21682 (numbers-list &optional vertical-step horizontal-step)
21683 "Print labeled bar graph of the NUMBERS-LIST.
21684 The numbers-list consists of the Y-axis values.
21688 Optionally, VERTICAL-STEP, a positive integer,
21689 specifies how much a Y axis label increments for
21690 each line. For example, a step of 5 means that
21691 each row is five units.
21695 Optionally, HORIZONTAL-STEP, a positive integer,
21696 specifies how much an X axis label increments for
21698 (let* ((symbol-width (length graph-blank))
21699 ;; @code{height} @r{is both the largest number}
21700 ;; @r{and the number with the most digits.}
21701 (height (apply 'max numbers-list))
21704 (height-of-top-line
21705 (if (zerop (% height Y-axis-label-spacing))
21708 (* (1+ (/ height Y-axis-label-spacing))
21709 Y-axis-label-spacing)))
21712 (vertical-step (or vertical-step 1))
21713 (full-Y-label-width
21717 (* height-of-top-line vertical-step))
21723 height-of-top-line full-Y-label-width vertical-step)
21725 numbers-list height-of-top-line symbol-width)
21726 (print-X-axis numbers-list horizontal-step)))
21733 @node Final printed graph
21734 @appendixsubsec The Printed Graph
21736 When made and installed, you can call the @code{print-graph} command
21742 (print-graph fiftieth-list-for-graph 50 10)
21772 50 - ***************** * *
21774 10 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
21781 The largest group of functions contain 10--19 words and symbols each.
21783 @node Free Software and Free Manuals
21784 @appendix Free Software and Free Manuals
21786 @strong{by Richard M. Stallman}
21789 The biggest deficiency in free operating systems is not in the
21790 software---it is the lack of good free manuals that we can include in
21791 these systems. Many of our most important programs do not come with
21792 full manuals. Documentation is an essential part of any software
21793 package; when an important free software package does not come with a
21794 free manual, that is a major gap. We have many such gaps today.
21796 Once upon a time, many years ago, I thought I would learn Perl. I got
21797 a copy of a free manual, but I found it hard to read. When I asked
21798 Perl users about alternatives, they told me that there were better
21799 introductory manuals---but those were not free.
21801 Why was this? The authors of the good manuals had written them for
21802 O'Reilly Associates, which published them with restrictive terms---no
21803 copying, no modification, source files not available---which exclude
21804 them from the free software community.
21806 That wasn't the first time this sort of thing has happened, and (to
21807 our community's great loss) it was far from the last. Proprietary
21808 manual publishers have enticed a great many authors to restrict their
21809 manuals since then. Many times I have heard a GNU user eagerly tell me
21810 about a manual that he is writing, with which he expects to help the
21811 GNU project---and then had my hopes dashed, as he proceeded to explain
21812 that he had signed a contract with a publisher that would restrict it
21813 so that we cannot use it.
21815 Given that writing good English is a rare skill among programmers, we
21816 can ill afford to lose manuals this way.
21818 Free documentation, like free software, is a matter of freedom, not
21819 price. The problem with these manuals was not that O'Reilly Associates
21820 charged a price for printed copies---that in itself is fine. The Free
21821 Software Foundation @uref{http://shop.fsf.org, sells printed copies} of
21822 free @uref{http://www.gnu.org/doc/doc.html, GNU manuals}, too.
21823 But GNU manuals are available in source code form, while these manuals
21824 are available only on paper. GNU manuals come with permission to copy
21825 and modify; the Perl manuals do not. These restrictions are the
21828 The criterion for a free manual is pretty much the same as for free
21829 software: it is a matter of giving all users certain
21830 freedoms. Redistribution (including commercial redistribution) must be
21831 permitted, so that the manual can accompany every copy of the program,
21832 on-line or on paper. Permission for modification is crucial too.
21834 As a general rule, I don't believe that it is essential for people to
21835 have permission to modify all sorts of articles and books. The issues
21836 for writings are not necessarily the same as those for software. For
21837 example, I don't think you or I are obliged to give permission to
21838 modify articles like this one, which describe our actions and our
21841 But there is a particular reason why the freedom to modify is crucial
21842 for documentation for free software. When people exercise their right
21843 to modify the software, and add or change its features, if they are
21844 conscientious they will change the manual too---so they can provide
21845 accurate and usable documentation with the modified program. A manual
21846 which forbids programmers to be conscientious and finish the job, or
21847 more precisely requires them to write a new manual from scratch if
21848 they change the program, does not fill our community's needs.
21850 While a blanket prohibition on modification is unacceptable, some
21851 kinds of limits on the method of modification pose no problem. For
21852 example, requirements to preserve the original author's copyright
21853 notice, the distribution terms, or the list of authors, are ok. It is
21854 also no problem to require modified versions to include notice that
21855 they were modified, even to have entire sections that may not be
21856 deleted or changed, as long as these sections deal with nontechnical
21857 topics. (Some GNU manuals have them.)
21859 These kinds of restrictions are not a problem because, as a practical
21860 matter, they don't stop the conscientious programmer from adapting the
21861 manual to fit the modified program. In other words, they don't block
21862 the free software community from making full use of the manual.
21864 However, it must be possible to modify all the technical content of
21865 the manual, and then distribute the result in all the usual media,
21866 through all the usual channels; otherwise, the restrictions do block
21867 the community, the manual is not free, and so we need another manual.
21869 Unfortunately, it is often hard to find someone to write another
21870 manual when a proprietary manual exists. The obstacle is that many
21871 users think that a proprietary manual is good enough---so they don't
21872 see the need to write a free manual. They do not see that the free
21873 operating system has a gap that needs filling.
21875 Why do users think that proprietary manuals are good enough? Some have
21876 not considered the issue. I hope this article will do something to
21879 Other users consider proprietary manuals acceptable for the same
21880 reason so many people consider proprietary software acceptable: they
21881 judge in purely practical terms, not using freedom as a
21882 criterion. These people are entitled to their opinions, but since
21883 those opinions spring from values which do not include freedom, they
21884 are no guide for those of us who do value freedom.
21886 Please spread the word about this issue. We continue to lose manuals
21887 to proprietary publishing. If we spread the word that proprietary
21888 manuals are not sufficient, perhaps the next person who wants to help
21889 GNU by writing documentation will realize, before it is too late, that
21890 he must above all make it free.
21892 We can also encourage commercial publishers to sell free, copylefted
21893 manuals instead of proprietary ones. One way you can help this is to
21894 check the distribution terms of a manual before you buy it, and prefer
21895 copylefted manuals to non-copylefted ones.
21899 Note: The Free Software Foundation maintains a page on its Web site
21900 that lists free books available from other publishers:@*
21901 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/doc/other-free-books.html}
21903 @node GNU Free Documentation License
21904 @appendix GNU Free Documentation License
21906 @cindex FDL, GNU Free Documentation License
21907 @include doclicense.texi
21913 MENU ENTRY: NODE NAME.
21919 @c Place biographical information on right-hand (verso) page
21922 \par\vfill\supereject
21924 \global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil}
21925 \global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}
21928 % \par\vfill\supereject
21929 \global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil}
21930 \global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}
21931 %\page\hbox{}%\page
21932 %\page\hbox{}%\page
21939 @c ================ Biographical information ================
21943 @center About the Author
21948 @node About the Author
21949 @unnumbered About the Author
21953 Robert J. Chassell has worked with GNU Emacs since 1985. He writes
21954 and edits, teaches Emacs and Emacs Lisp, and speaks throughout the
21955 world on software freedom. Chassell was a founding Director and
21956 Treasurer of the Free Software Foundation, Inc. He is co-author of
21957 the @cite{Texinfo} manual, and has edited more than a dozen other
21958 books. He graduated from Cambridge University, in England. He has an
21959 abiding interest in social and economic history and flies his own
21966 @c @c Prevent page number on blank verso, so eject it first.
21968 @c \par\vfill\supereject
21973 @c @evenheading @thispage @| @| @thistitle
21974 @c @oddheading @| @| @thispage